www.biodiversityjournal.com

Biodiversity

Journal

ISSN 2039-0394 (Print Edition) JUNE 2015, 6 (2): 495-670

ISSN 2039-0408 (Online Edition) 7 v 7

with the support of

w o r I c

biodiversity

association

o n I u s

FOR NATURALISTIC RESEARCH

AND ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Cytisus aeolicus Guss. - Vulcano, Eolie Islands, Italy

BIODIVERSITY JOURNAL

20 1 5, 6 (2): 495-670

Quaternly scientific journal

edited by Edizioni Danaus,

via V. Di Marco 43, 90 1 43 Palermo, Italy

www.biodiversityjournal.com

biodiversityjournal@gmail.com

Official authorization no. 40 (28. 1 2.20 1 0)

ISSN 2039-0394 (Print Edition)

ISSN 2039-0408 (Online Edition)

Soil microbial diversity has an impact on plant diversity and safeguard. Bacterial and Archaeal

communities play a key role in biogeochemical cycles of C, N, S and P and are main players in ecosystem

functioning. Nevertheless, only generic information is available on diversity of prokaryotes in water and soil

ecosystems and microbial diversity is not on the biodiversity conservation agenda. One reason for this

oversight is due to the opinion that microbes are generally resistant to physico-chemical fluctuations and

resilient to perturbations, moreover their functions are considered redundant and not menaced by loss of

biodiversity. Assessing microbial diversity, however, is a challenge due to microscopic size and to the fact

that only 1% of the actual microbial diversity is represented as cultured organisms while the characteristics

and functions of the remaining 99% are largely unknown. Recently, molecular techniques have contributed

to open the black box of microbial diversity in natural ecosystems and helped linking taxonomic and

functional diversity. Among the ecosystem services provided by prokaryotes nitrogen fixation is the most

exclusive and crucial for life on earth. Symbiotic nitrogen fixing bacteria fix atmospheric nitrogen in the

plant root nodules thus providing nitrogen nutrition to cultivated and spontaneous legumes. Spontaneous

legume shrubs such as Anagyris foetida , Genista spp., Calicotome spp., Spartinmjunceum , Astragalus spp.,

play an important role for the conservation of soils, especially during the primary and secondary succession.

Soil is a key natural resource that is threatened by desertification and pollution and its protection is essential

to human health, to return land to agriculture and to increase the pool of soil carbon in order to mitigate

climate change. In semi-arid Mediterranean ecosystems shrubby legumes have great potential for

rehabilitation of degraded/anthropogenic soils as they establish mutualistic symbiosis not only with N-fixing

rhizobia but also with mycorrhizal fungi that contribute to P uptake and plant fitness. Both symbiosis are

highly specific and soil disturbance can prevent the formation of beneficial plant-microbes symbiosis. Most

of the rhizobia isolated from Sicilian native and endemic shrub legumes, Genisteae in particular, are slow-

growing rhizobia phylogenetically affiliated to the genus Bradyrhizobium. A strict specificity was evidenced

between Cytisus aeolicus and its root symbionts that differ by effectiveness and competition ability for

nodule occupancy. C. aeolycus is an endangered plant species strictly endemic of Aeolian Archipelago

(South Tyrrhenian Sea, Italy). Due to differences from other species and sharp taxonomic isolation it is

considered a relic species. The reintroduction of selected specific microbial symbionts may thus improve

plant survival and help spreading rare legumes. Once identified, these beneficial symbiosis can be exploited

for rehabilitation of arid, low productive and human-impacted soils of the Mediterranean area. To preserve

and exploit the diversity of rhizobia a collection from wild Mediterranean legumes is maintained at the

laboratory of Microbial Ecology & Environmental Microbiology of the Dept. STEBICEF at the University

of Palermo: a little effort to preserve, understand and protect the huge diversity of the unseen majority.

Cover photo by A. Troia. Up: Root

nodules of Anagyris foetida (photo T.

LaMantia)

Colonization Etna lavas by endemic

species Astragalus siculus and Genista

aetnensis (photo T. La Mantia)

Paola Quatrini & Tommaso La

Mantia, University of Palermo, Italy;

email: paola.quatrini@unipa.it;

tommaso.lamantia@unipa.it

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 497-504

Checklist of aphyllophoroid fungi (Basidiomycota) of the

Ekenas Archipelago National Park, Southern Finland

Panu Kunttu '*,Jorma Pennanen 2 & Heikki Kotiranta 3

'University of Eastern Finland, School of Forest Sciences. P.O. Box 111, FI-80101 Joensuu, Finland; email: panu.kunttu@uef.fi

2 Pentbyntie 1 A 2, FI-10300 Karjaa, Finland; email: jhpennanen@gmail.com

3 Finnish Environment Institute, Biodiversity Unit, P.O. Box 140, FI-0025 1 Helsinki, Finland; email: heikki.kotiranta@ymparisto.fi

’Corresponding author

ABSTRACT This is the first checklist of aphyllophoroid fungi (Basidiomycota) of the Ekenas Ar-

chipelago National Park on the Finnish south coast. The focus is on wood-dwelling poly-

pores and corticioids. The material was collected in the years 1989, 1990, 2010 and 2012,

respectively, during one or a few days each year. The field work was carried out on the two

largest islands: Algo and Jussaro. The number of species detected was 150, which is 20%

of all the Finnish polypores and corticioids. Eight of the species are nationally or regionally

threatened.

KEY WORDS aphyllophorales; corticioids; fungal diversity; polypores; species richness.

Received 28.02.2015; accepted 22.06.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

For the polypores and corticioids the term

aphyllophorales is used solely for pragmatic

reasons. Both of the groups are highly diverse and

polyphyletic (Hibbett et al., 2014). In this study we

concentrated on species which are saprobes,

parasites or mycorrhizal, but for instance the clav-

arioid taxa and soil dwelling hydnaceous fungi

(e.g., Banker a Coker & Beers ex Pouzar, Hydnellum

P. Karst., Hydnum Linnaeus) are excluded.

In the checklist of Kotiranta et al. (2009) 756

corticioids and polypores are reported from Finland,

and 489 of them occur on the southwestern coast of

Finland where our study islands are situated. After

this Finnish checklist numerous papers have been

published with new records of aphyllophoroid fungi

(e.g., Kunttu et al., 2010; 2012; Kotiranta &

Shiryaev, 2013; Spirin et al., 2013a). There is only

one earlier large scale biogeographical study of

aphyllophorales from the Finnish southern ar-

chipelago (Kunttu et al., 2015).

The Ekenas Archipelago National Park was

founded in 1989. One part of the national park was

former Jussaro Strict Nature Reserve which was

established in 1956. The national park contains a

few hundreds of islands or skerries, and the land

area is 844 hectares and sea area 4577 hectares

(Nordstrom & Tainio, 2012). It is also a part of the

large Natura 2000 conservation area, dominated by

sea and archipelago landscapes (Nordstrom &

Tainio, 2012).

The national park is situated in the Gulf of

Finland (approx. 59° N, 23° E) in the hemiboreal

vegetation zone (Ahti et al., 1968) in sectionlb (see

e.g., Kotiranta et al., 2009, p. 7 or Rassi et al., 2010,

p. 27). It belongs to the Uusimaa biogeographical

province (Hansen & Knudsen, 1997).

The national park extends from larger forested

islands near the mainland out to rugged skerries and

498

Panu Kunttu etalii

open seascapes of the Gulf of Finland. The park is

divided into inner, middle and outer archipelago

zones (Hayren, 1948). The larger islands inhabit

also old-growth forests suitable for pretentious

wood-decayers. Small islands have been saved

from intense forestry but household use for build-

ing, fodder for domestic animals and collecting of

firewood have occurred. Small islands are mainly

poor, rocky Scots pine ( Pinus sylvestris Linnaeus)

dominated, and in general the forests are mainly

barren Cladina-, Calluna-, Empetrum-Vaccinium-

and Myrti 1 1 us-s i te- ty p e heath forests with only some

patches of herb-rich forests (Bonn & Routasuo,

1997; Nordstrom & Tainio, 2012).

As a whole, the national park contains high biod-

iversity with rare and threatened species and habitat

types, like 13 Natura 2000-habitat types according

to the European Union's Habitat Directive, and 61

threatened or near-threatened species (Nordstrom

& Tainio, 2012; Metsahallitus, 2014).

MATERIAL AND METHODS

This study was carried out on the two largest is-

lands of the national park: Algo (698 hectares) and

Jussaro (134 hectares). Inventories were concen-

trated in the southern parts of Algo (48 hectares)

and the western parts of Jussaro (66 hectares).

Heikki Kotiranta (HK) surveyed and collected

material during the autumns 1989 and 1990, Panu

Kunttu (PK) 2010 and Jorma Pennanen (JP) 2012.

Altogether these inventories contained eight days

of field work.

The authors PK and JP used the inventory

methods according to Junninen (2009), which is

widely used in polypore inventories in the state

owned forests. The focus was on rare, red-listed and

old-growth forest indicators. HK sampled extens-

ively both polypores and corticioids, but PK and JP

concentrated more on polypores and collected

corticioids only occasionally and selectively (large,

hydnoid species). PK and JP made most of their

inventories in the forest stands with the highest

volume of dead wood, and generally these were

Norway spruce, Picea abies (Linnaeus) H. Karsten,

dominated forests.

The island of Algo is located on the northern

boundary of the national park (Fig. 1). It is the

largest island of the park with some small lakes, and

is mostly covered with coniferous forests inter-

mixed with deciduous trees, like birches ( Betula

spp. Linnaeus) and aspen ( Populus tremula Lin-

naeus) (Fig. 2). On the stony shores and other wet

places black alder ( Alnus glutinosa (Linnaeus)

Gaertner) is common. Selectively loggings in

spruce forests were made 40 years ago but part of

these forests have been restored recently (Nord-

strom & Tainio, 2012).

The island of Jussaro is located on the eastern

boundary of the national park (Fig. 1), and is the

second largest in the park. Such forested inlands are

unusual in the outer archipelago zone. It is divided

into two parts: the western part is dominated by old-

growth forests with up 150 years old spruces (Fig.

3), and it has been untouched for decades, and the

eastern side is strongly affected by mining, which

was practised over hundred years until 1960’s

(Nordstrom & Tainio, 2012).

The specimens were identified by the authors

themselves. Voucher specimens are deposited in the

herbaria of Universities of Turku (TUR), Helsinki

(H) and/or private collections of the authors HK and

JP. The nomenclature follows mainly Kotiranta

et al. (2009), but of the genus Hyphodontia sensu

lato Hjortstam & Ryvarden (2009). Some recent

combinations are according to Miettinen & Larsson

(2011), Miettinen et al. (2012) and Spirin et al.

(2013b). The Finnish national red-listing evaluation

of the IUCN red list categories is according to

Kotiranta et al. (2010).

RESULTS

A total of 150 species are listed in Table 1 in

alphabetic order regardless of their systematic

position. This is ca. 20% of all known species of

these species groups in Finland and ca. 30% of

species found from the hemiboreal oak zone

(section lb). The list comprises 66 polypores, 83

corticioids and one wood inhabiting hydnaceous

species ( Mucronella bresadolae). It is a matter of

taste weather one species belongs to polypores or

corticioids. For instance Schizopora paradoxa and

the poroid Trechispora species are here included

in corticioids. The most species-rich genera are

Phellinus (9 species), Peniophora (7 species),

Postia (7 species), Skeletocutis (5 species) and

Trechispora (5 species).

Checklist of aphyllophoroid fungi (Basidiomycota) of the Ekenas Archipelago National Park, S-Finland

499

Following red-listed species were found: Amy-

locorticium subincarnatum (VU), Skeletocutis

stellae (VXJ), Aporpium canescens (NT, RT),

Fomitopsis rosea (NT, RT), Onnia tomentosa (NT),

Phlebia centrifuga (NT, RT), Sidera lenis (NT, RT)

and Skeletocutis odora (NT, RT). All these species

grow almost solely in old-growth forests, and

nowadays their survival is dependent on protected

areas.

The list of species contains three virgin forest

indicators (VFI) and 1 1 old-growth forest indicators

(OFI) of pine and spruce dominated forests (Table

1). According to the classification of old-growth

forest indicators by Kotiranta & Niemela (1996)

these two forest areas reach 13 points for spruce

dominated forests and 1 0 points for pine dominated

forests.

DISCUSSION

The number of species (150) found in the

Ekenas Archipelago National Park is an expected

number of species in Southern Finland if compared

to the consumed time and studied area (ca. 1 0% of

the whole land area of the national park). It is well

known that fungi do not fruit every year (Straatsma

et al., 2001) and species occupying narrow ecolo-

gical niches may have been overlooked (Juutil-

ainen et al., 2011). So, many more species could

be found with more intensive field work, because

the forests of the national park offer wide range of

tree species, diversity of habitats and high volume

of dead wood. Especially the corticioids are under-

represented in this material and quite common

species, like Amphinema byssoides (Pers.: Fr.) J.

Eriksson, are lacking from our list. For example,

from the near-situated Archipelago Sea National

Park 303 polypores and corticioids were listed

(Kunttu et al., 2015).

We studied quite little barren and rocky Scots

pine dominated forest habitats and therefore some

specialist species living in kelo trees have not been

found in our study. Kelos are dead and old age

trunks of Scots pine, and their surface is grey, hard

and decorticated. Scots pine can become kelo tree

mainly on dry and barren forest habitats (Leikola,

1969; Niemela et al., 2002). It is known that kelo

trees sustain specific fungal diversity (Niemela et

al., 2002). Also a comprehensive inventory of black

Algo

59 ° 50 ' “

Sweden

Finland

Jussaro

Gulf of Finland

23 ° 30 '

I

2 kfn

Figure 1. Location of the study islands: Ekenas Archipe-

lago National Park, Southern Finland.

Figure 2. Mixed forest near the shore on the island of Algo.

Figure 3. Old-growth spruce forest on the island of Jussaro.

500

Panu Kunttu etalii

Species and authors

Status

Alutaceodontia alutacea (Fr.) Hjortstam et

Ryvarden, 2002

Amylocorticium subincarnatum (Peck) Pouzar,

1959

VU

Amylostereum chailletii (Pers.) Boidin, 1958

Amylostereum laevigatum (Fr.) Boidin, 1958

Antrodia serialis (Fr.) Donk, 1 966

Antrodia sinuosa (Fr.) P. Karsten, 1881

Antrodia xantha (Fr. : Fr.) Ryvarden, 1973

Antrodiella pallescens (Pilat) Niemela et Mietti-

nen, 2006

Antrodiella serpula (P. Karst.) Spirin et Niemela,

2006

Aphanobasidium pseudotsugae (Burt) Boidin et

Gilles, 1989

Aporpium canescens (P. Karst.) Bondartsev et

Singer, 1944

NT, RT

Asterodon ferruginosus Patouillard, 1 894

OFI

Athelia acrospora Jiilich, 1972

Athelia arachnoidea (Berk.) Julich, 1972

Athelia epiphylla Persoon, 1 822

Basidioradulum radula (Fr.) Nobles, 1967

Bjerkandera adusta (Willd.: Fr.) P. Karsten, 1879

Botryobasidium botryosum (Berk, et M.A. Curtis)

J. Eriksson, 1958

Botryobasidium subcoronatum (Hohn. et Litsch.)

Donk, 1931

Bulbillomyces farinosus (Bres.) Julich, 1974

Byssomerulius corium (Fr.) Parmasto, 1967

Ceraceomyces eludens K.H. Larsson, 1998

Ceriporiopsis balaenae Niemela, 1985

Cerrena unicolor (Bull.: Fr.) Murrill, 1903

Chondrostereum purpureum (Pers.: Fr.) Pouzar,

1959

Cinereomyces lindbladii (Berk.) Julich, 1982

Climacocystis borealis (Fr.) Kotlaba et Pouzar,

1958

Conferticium ochraceum (Fr.: Fr.) Hallenberg,

1980

Coniophora arida (Fr.) P. Karsten, 1868

Coniophora olivacea (Pers.: Fr.) P. Karsten, 1879

Coniophora puteana (Schumach.: Fr.) P. Karsten,

1868

Corticium roseum Persoon, 1794

Cylindrobasidium evolvens (Fr.) Jiilich, 1 974

Cytidia salicina (Fr.) Burt, 1924

Daedaleopsis confragosa (Bolton: Fr.) J. Schroter,

1888

Datronia mollis (Sommerf.) Donk, 1966

Eichleriella deglubens (Berk, et Broome) D.A.

Reid, 1970

Exidiopsis calcea (Pers.: Fr.) K. Wells, 1962

Fomes fomentarius (L.: Fr.) Fr., 1849

Fomitopsis pinicola (Sw.: Fr.) P. Karsten, 1881

Fomitopsis rosea (Alb. et Schwein.: Fr.) P.

Karsten, 1881

NT,RT,

OFI

Galzinia incrustans (Hohn. et Litsch.) Parmasto,

1965

Ganoderma applanatum (Pers.) G.F. Patouillard,

1887

Ganoderma lucidum (M.A. Curtis: Fr.) P. Karsten,

1881

Globulicium hiemale (Laurila) Hjortstam, 1973

Gloeocystidiellum porosum (Berk, et M.A. Curtis)

Donk, 1931

Gloeophyllum odoratum (Wulfen: Fr.) Imazelti,

1943

Gloeophyllum sepiarium (Wulfen: Fr.) P. Karsten,

1882

Gloeoporus dichrous (Fr.: Fr.) Bresadola, 1912

Heterobasidion parviporum Niemela et Korhonen,

1998

Hymenochaete fuliginosa (Pers.) Bresadola, 1 846

Hymenochaete tabacina (Sowerby) Leveille, 1846

Hyphodontia alutaria (Burt) J. Eriksson, 1958

Hyphodontia arguta (Fr.) J. Eriksson, 1958

Hyphodontia pallidula (Bres.) J. Eriksson, 1958

Hypochnicium albostramineum (Bres.)

Hallenberg, 1985

Hypochnicium bombycinum (Sommerf. et Fr.)

J. Eriksson, 1958

Hypochnicium multiforme (Berk, et Broome)

Hjortstam, 1998

Inonotus obliquus (Pers.: Fr.) Pilat, 1942

Inonotus radiatus (Sowerby: Fr.) P. Karsten, 1881

Ischnoderma benzoinum (Wahlenb.: Fr.) P.

Karsten, 1879

Junghuhnia nitida (Pers.: Fr.) Ryvarden, 1972

Laxitextum bicolor (Pers.: Fr.) Lentz, 1956

Leptoporus mollis (Pers.: Fr.) Quelet, 1886

OFI

Leptosporomyces galzinii (Bourdot) Jiilich, 1972

Leucogyrophana romellii (Fr.) Ginns, 1978

Lobulicium occultum K.H. Larsson et Hiortstam,

1982

Megalocystidium leucoxanthum (Bres.) Boidin,

1978

Checklist of aphyllophoroid fungi (Basidiomycota) of the Ekenas Archipelago National Park, S-Finland

501

Meruliopsis taxi cola (Pers.: Fr.) Bondartsev, 1959

OFI

Mucronella bresadolae (Quel.) Comer, 1970

Oligoporus rennyi (Berk, et Broome) Donk, 1971

Oligopoms sericeomollis (Romell) Bondartsev,

1983

OFI

Onnia tomentosa (Fr.) P. Karsten, 1889

NT

Peniophora cinerea (Pers.: Fr.) Cooke, 1879

Peniophora incarnata (Pers.: Fr.) P. Karsten, 1889

Peniophora limitata (Chaillet ex Fr.) Cooke, 1879

Peniophora nuda (Fr.) Bresadola, 1950

Peniophora pithya (Pers.) J. Eriksson, 1950

Peniophora polvgonia (Pers.: Fr.) Bourdot et

Galzin, 1928

Peniophora violaceolivida (Sommerf.) Massee,

Peniophorella praetermissa (P. Karst.) K.H.

Farsson, 2007

Peniophorella pubera (Fr.) P. Karsten, 1889

Phaeolus schweinitzii (Fr.) Patouillard, 1900

OFI

Phanerochaete sanguinea (Fr.) Pouzar , 1973

Phanerochaete velutina (DC.: Fr.) P. Karsten, 1968

Phellinus alni (Bondartsev) Parmasto, 1976

Phellinus cinereus (Niemela) Parmasto, 1976

Phellinus conchatus (Pers.: Fr.) Quelet, 1886

Phellinus ferrugineofuscus (P. Karst.) Bourdot, 1932

OFI

Phellinus igniarius (F .: Fr.) Quelet, 1886

Phellinus laevigatas (P. Karst.) Bourdot et Galzin,

1928

Phellinus pirn (Brot.: Fr.) A. Ames, 1913

OFI

Phellinus punctatus (P. Karst.) Pilat, 1942

Phellinus tremulae (Bondartsev) Bondartsev

et Borisov, 1953

Phlebia centrifuga P. Karsten, 1881

NT,

RT,VFI

Phlebia radiata Fr., 1821

Phlebia tremellosa (Schrad.: Fr.) Nakasone, 1984

Phlebiella cf. subnites (Bourdot et Galzin)

K.H. Farsson et Hjortstam, 1987

Phlebiella sulphurea (Pers.: Fr.) Ginns et

Fefebvre, 1993

Phlebiella tulasnelloidea (Hohn. et Fitsch.)

Ginns et Fefebvre, 1 993

Piloderma fallax (Fiberta) Stalpers, 1984

Piptoporus betulinus (Bull.: Fr.) P. Karsten, 1881

Polyporus brumalis (Pers.: Fr.) Fr., 1818

P ostia alni Niemela et Vampola, 2001

Postia caesia (Schrad.: Fr.) P. Karsten, 1881

Postia fragilis (Fr.) Jiilich, 1982

Postia leucomallella (Murrill) Jiilich, 1982

OFI

Postia ptychogaster (F. Fudw.) Vesterholt, 1996

Postia stiptica (Pers.: Fr.) Jiilich, 1982

Postia tephroleuca (Fr.) Jiilich, 1982

Pseudotomentella mucidula (P. Karst.)

Svrcek, 1958

Pycnoporellus fulgens (Fr.) Donk, 1971

OFI

Pycnoporus cinnabarinus (Jacq.: Fr.) P. Karsten,

1881

Radulomyces confluens (Fr.: Fr.) M.P. Christensen,

1960

Resinicium bicolor (Alb. et Schwein.: Fr.)

Parmasto, 1968

Resinicium furfuraceum (Bres.) Parmasto, 1968

Rigidoporus populinus (Schumach.: Fr.) Pouzar,

1966

Schizopora paradoxa (Schrad.: Fr.) Donk, 1967

Scytinostroma odoratum (Fr.) Donk, 1956

Scytinostroma portentosum (Berk, et M. A. Curtis)

Donk, 1956

Serpula liimantioides (Fr.: Fr.) P. Karsten, 1885

Sidera lenis (P. Karst.) Miettinen, 2011

NT, RT,

VFI

Sistotrema sernanderi (Fitsch.) Donk, 1956

Skeletocutis amorpha (Fr.) Kotlaba et Pouzar, 1958

Skeletocutis biguttulata (Romell) Niemela, 1998

Skeletocutis carneogrisea A. David, 1982

Skeletocutis odora (Sacc.) Ginns, 1984

NT,RT,

OFI

Skeletocutis stellae (Pilat) Jean Keller, 1979

VU, VFI

Spongiporus undosus (Peck) A. David, 1980

Stereum hirsutum (Willd.: Fr.) Gray, 1800

Stereum rugosum Pers.: Fr., 1794

Stereum sanguinolentum (Alb. et Schwein.: Fr.)

Fr., 1838

Subulicystidium longisporum (Pat.) Parmasto,

1968

Trametes hirsuta (Wulfen: Fr.) Pilat, 1939

Trametes ochracea (Pers.) Gilbertson et Ryvarden,

1987

Trametes pubescens (Schumach.: Fr.) Pilat, 1939

Trametes velutina (Fr.) G. Cunningham, 1965

Table 1/1 . Aphyllophoroid fungi of the Ekenas Archipelago

National Park. Red list status in Finland: VU = Vulnerable,

NT = Near Threatened, RT = Regionally Threatened.

Indicator species: VFI = Virgin Forest Indicator, OFI = Old-

growth Forest Indicator (continued).

502

Kunttu et alii

Species and authors

Status

Trechispora cohaerens (Schw.) Julich et Stalpers,

1980

Trechispora farinacea (Pers.: Fr.) Liberta, 1966

Trechispora hymenocystis (Berk, et Broome)

K.H. Larsson, 1994

Trechispora mollusca (Pers.: Fr.) Liberta, 1974

Trechispora subsphaerospora (Litsch.) Liberta,

1973

Trichaptum abietinum (Pers.: Fr.) Ryvarden, 1972

Trichaptum fuscoviolaceum (J.C. Schmidt: Fr.)

Kreisel, 1972

Tubulicrinis accedens (Bourdot et Galzin) Donk,

1956

Tylospora fibrillosa (Burt) Donk, 1960

Vesiculomyces citrinus (Pers.) E. Hagstrom, 1977

Vuilleminia comedens (Nees: Fr.) Maire, 1902

Xylodon asperus (Fr.) Hjortstam et Ryvarden, 2009

Xylodon brevisetus (P. Karst.) Hjortstam et

Ryvarden, 2009

Table 1/2. Aphyllophoroid fungi of the Ekenas Archipelago

National Park. Red list status in Finland: VU = Vulnerable,

NT = Near Threatened, RT = Regionally Threatened.

Indicator species: VFI = Virgin Forest Indicator, OFI = Old-

growth Forest Indicator.

alders could reveal more aphyllophoroid species,

therefore that black alder hosts many rare or little

collected species in Finland (Kunttu et al., 2011;

2012; 2014).

Based on the indicator points of Jussaro and

Algo, these are valuable in the view of nature

conservation. Particularly on Jussaro, the spruce

dominated old-growth forest is very valuable in the

sense of forest biodiversity. It has been estimated

to be one of the most representative old-growth

forests on the south coast of Finland (Nordstrom &

Tainio, 2012). Remote location and early protec-

tion in 1956 have saved forests of western Jussaro.

Also in general, isolated location have saved some

archipelago areas from large-scale intensive

forestry and this explains why certain forests in the

archipelago have a high degree of naturalness.

Precisely 11% of land area of the Ekenas Ar-

chipelago National Park is boreal natural forest

according to Natura 2000-habitat type definition

(Metsahallitus, 2014).

Relatively many aphyllophoroid fungi found

here have a preference, or are even depending on

old-growth forests. Many of these are today

common only in protected areas in northern or

eastern Finland (Renvall, 1995; Lindgren, 2001;

Sippola et al., 2005). It is obvious that the distri-

bution of these species has earlier covered almost

the whole Finland, but as a result of forceful

forestry with large clear-cuttings these species have

viable populations nowadays only in the large

protected areas in northern and eastern Finland.

Small old-growth forest fragments are maybe not

large enough to preserve the most pretentious

virgin forest species. This is especially alarming

since the dispersal ability of many fungal species

with specialised resources and habitat requirements

is weak; it affects the occurrences of these species

in fragmented landscapes (Norros et al., 2012) and

therefore colonization of species can be slow after

disturbance (Kouki et al., 2011). The Finnish

southern archipelago is far away from the present

occurrence sites of these wood-inhabiting fungi

with strict habitat requirements related to natural

characteristics of forests and thus the returning of

these species can be a long process.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Metsahallitus, Parks & Wildlife Finland is

thanked for good cooperation in the field work as

well as the help of The Finnish Border Guard for

transportation to Jussaro. We also thank Sanna-Mari

Kunttu for drawing the map.

REFERENCES

Ahti T., Hamet-Ahti L. & Jalas J., 1968. Vegetation zones

and their sections in northwestern Europe. Annales

Botanici Fennici, 5: 169—211.

Bonn T. & Routasuo P. (Eds.), 1997. Tammisaaren saa-

riston kansallispuiston kasvillisuus ja kasvisto.

Metsahallituksen luonnonsuojelujulkaisuja A 67.

Metsahallitus, Vantaa, 90 pp.

Hansen L. & Knudsen H. (Eds.), 1997. Nordic macro-

mycetes 3. Heterobasidioid, aphyllophoroid and

gastromycetoid basidiomycetes. Nordsvamp, Copen-

hagen, 444 pp.

Hibbett D.S., Bauer R., Binder M., Giachini A.J., Hosaka

K., Justo A., Larsson E., Larsson K.H., Lawrey J.D.,

Miettinen O., Nagy L.G, Nilsson R.H. & Thom R.G.,

2014. Agaricomycetes. In: McLaughlin D.J. &

Spatafora J. W. (Eds.) 2014. The Mycota, A Compre-

Checklist of aphyllophoroid fungi (Basidiomycota) of the Ekenas Archipelago National Park, S-Finland

503

hensive Treatise on Fungi as Experimental Systems

for Basic and Applied Research. Vol. VII. Systematics

and Evolution, 2nd Edition. Springer- Verlag, Berlin

Heidelberg, 373-429.

Hjortstam K. & Ryvarden L., 2009. A checklist of names

in Hyphodontia sensu stricto - sensu lato and Schizo-

pora with new combinations in Lagarobasidium,

Lyomyces, Kneiffiella , Schizopora and Xylodon.

Synopsis Fungoram, 26: 33-55.

Hayren E., 1948. Skargardens langzoner. In: Lindberg H.

(Ed.) 1948. Skargardsboken. Nordenskiold-Samfun-

det i Finland, Helsingfors, 242-256.

Junninen K., 2009. Kaapakartoitusten yleisohje. Met-

sahallitus Natural Heritage Services, 3 pp.

Juutilainen K., Halme R, Kotiranta H. & Monkkonen M.,

2011. Size matters in studies of dead wood and wood-

inhabiting fungi. Fungal Ecology, 4: 342-349. DOI:

10.1 01 6/j.funeco.201 1.05. 004

Kotiranta H. & Niemela T., 1996. Threatened polypores

in Finland. 2nd revised edition. Finnish Environment

Institute & Edita, Helsinki, 184 pp. (In Finnish with

English summary)

Kotiranta H. & Shiryaev A., 2013. Notes on Aphyllo-

phoroid fungi (Basidiomycota) in Kevo, collected in

2009. Kevo Notes, 14: 1-22.

Kotiranta H., Saarenoksa R. & Kytovuori, I., 2009.

Aphyllophoroid fungi of Finland. A Check-list with

ecology, distribution, and threat categories. Norrlinia,

19: 1-223.

Kotiranta H., Junninen K., Saarenoksa R., Kinnunen J.

& Kytovuori I., 2010. Aphyllophorales & Hetero-

basidiomycetes. In: Rassi P., Hyvarinen E., Juslen A.

& Mannerkoski I. (Eds.) 2010. The 2010 Red List of

Finnish Species. Ministry of the Environment &

Finnish Environment Institute, Helsinki, 249—263.

Kouki J., Hyvarinen E., Lappalainen H., Martikainen P.

& Simila M., 2011. Landscape context affects the

success of habitat restoration: large-scale coloniza-

tion patterns of saproxylic and fire-associated species

in boreal forests. Diversity and Distributions, 18:

348-355. DOI: 1 0. 1 1 1 1/j. 1472-4642.20 1 1 .00839.x

Kunttu P., Kulju M. & Kotiranta H., 2010. Rare corticioid

fungi in Finland - records of new and little collected

species (Basidiomycota). Karstenia, 50: 35-44.

Kunttu P., Kulju M. & Kotiranta H., 2012. New national

and regional biological records for Finland 2.

Contributions to the Finnish aphyllophoroid funga

(Basidiomycota). Memoranda Societas Fauna Flora

Fennica, 88: 61-66.

Kunttu P., Kulju M. & Kotiranta H., 2015. Checklist of

aphyllophoroid fungi (Basidiomycota) of the Ar-

chipelago Sea National Park, Southwest Finland.

CheckList, 11(2): 1587. DOI: 10.15560/11.2.1587.

Kunttu P., Kulju M., Pennanen J., Kotiranta H. & Halme

P., 2011. Additions to the Finnish aphyllophoroid

fungi. Folia Cryptogamica Estonica, 48: 25-30.

Kunttu P., Pennanen J., Kekki T., Kulju M. & Suominen

M., 2014. Noteworthy records of aphyllophoroid

fungi in Finland (Basidiomycota). Acta Mycologica,

49: 221-235. DOI: 10.5586/am.2014.017

Leikola M., 1969. On the termination of diameter growth

of Scots pine in old age in northernmost Finnish

Lapland. Silva Fennica, 3: 50-61. (In Finnish with

English summary)

Lindgren M., 2001. Polypore (Basidiomycetes) species

richness and community structure in natural boreal

forests of NW Russian Karelia and adjacent areas in

Finland. Acta Botanica Fennica, 170: 1-41.

Metsahallitus 2014. Metsahallituksen selvitys Suomen-

lahden merikansallispuistojen taydentamistarpeista

ja-mahdollisuuksista. Metsahallitus, Helsinki, 105 pp.

Miettinen O. & Larsson K.-H., 2011. Sidera, a new genus

in Hymenochaetales with poroid and hydnoid

species. Mycological Progress, 10: 131-141. DOI:

10. 1007/s 11557-010-0682-5

Miettinen O., Spirin V. & Niemela T., 2012. Notes on the

genus Aporpium (Auriculariales, Basidiomycota),

with a new species for temperate Europe. Annales

Botanici Fennici, 49: 359-368. DOI: 10.5735/085.

049.0607

Niemela T., Wallenius T. & Kotiranta H., 2002. The kelo

tree, a vanishing substrate of specified wood-inhab-

iting fungi. Polish Botanical Journal, 47: 91-101.

Nordstrom M. & Tainio E., 2012. Tammisaaren saariston

ja Hangon itaisen saariston hoito- ja kayttosuun-

nitelma. Metsahallituksen luonnonsuojelujulkaisuja

C 78. Metsahallitus, Jyvaskyla, 144 pp.

Norros V., Penttila R., Suominen M. & Ovaskainen O.,

2012. Dispersal may limit the occurrence of special-

ized wood decay fungi already at small spatial scales.

Oikos 121: 961-974. DOI: 1 0. 1 1 1 1/j . 1 600-0706.

2012.20052.x

Rassi R, Hyvarinen E., Juslen A. & Mannerkoski I.

(Eds.), 2010. The 2010 Red List of Finnish Species.

Ministry of the Environment & Finnish Environment

Institute, Helsinki, 685 pp.

Renvall P., 1995. Community structure and dynamics of

wood-rotting Basidiomycetes on decomposing con-

ifer trunks in northern Finland. Karstenia, 35: 1—51.

Sippola A.-L., Monkkonen M. & Renvall P., 2005.

Polypore diversity in the herb-rich woodland key

habitats of Koli National park in eastern Finland.

Biological Conservation, 126: 260-269. DOI:

10.1016/j .biocon.2005 .06.002

Spirin V., Vlasak J., Niemela T. & Miettinen O., 2013b.

What is Antrodia sensu stricto? Mycologia, 105:

1555-1576. DOI: 10.3852/13-039

Spirin V., Miettinen O., Pennanen J., Kotiranta H. &

Niemela T., 2013a. Antrodiahyalina, a new polypore

from Russia, and A. leucaena, new to Europe.

504

Panu Kunttu etalii

Mycological Progress, 12: 53-56. DOI: 10.1007/

s 1 1557-012-08 15-0

Straatsma G., Ayer F. & Egli S., 2001. Species richness,

abundance, and phenology of fungal fruit bodies over

21 years in a Swiss forest plot. Mycological Research,

105: 515-523. DOL10.1017/S0953756201004154

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 505-512

Pontoscolex corethrurus (Muller, 1 857) (Oligochaeta Glosso-

scolecidae) in forest transformation system in Bungku Village,

Jambi, Indonesia

Andy Darmawan 1 ,Tri Atmowidi 1 , Wasmen Manalu 2 & Bambang Suryobroto 1

'Department of Biology, Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences, Bogor Agricultural University, Darmaga Campus, Bogor

16680, Indonesia

department of Anatomy, Physiology and Pharmacology, Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, Bogor Agricultural University, Indonesia

^Corresponding author, e-mail: and.darm@gmail.com

ABSTRACT Pontoscolex corethrurus (Muller, 1 857) (Oligochaeta Glossoscolecidae) is a widely distributed

exotic earthworm. We showed that P corethrurus completely dominated the secondary forest

and agricultural plantations in Bungku Village, Jambi Province, Sumatra, Indonesia. Bungku

Village in Jambi consists of the forest undergoing transformation into oil palm plantation,

rubber plantations, and rubber jungle. Purposive random sampling with hand-sorting method

was conducted to extract P. corethrurus. We found that all of 940 recovered earthworms were

P corethrurus. Their density was not significantly different in the four systems. Our result

showed that P corethrurus abundance was significantly influenced by soil physical factor,

mineral content, and texture. We propose that anthropogenic practice in Bungku Village

caused the condition which does not support the native earthworms. Pontoscolex corethrurus

which have better tolerance than the native earthworms are favored by anthropogenic

practice.

KEY WORDS earthworm; exotic; oil palm; rubber; soil.

Received 12.03.2015; accepted 22.05.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

Pontoscolex corethrurus (Muller, 1857) (Oligo-

chaeta Glossoscolecidae) is a widely distributed

exotic earthworm (Brown et al., 2006; Gonzalez et

al., 2006; Hendrix et al., 2006). This endogeic

earthworm is originally native in South America

and is the commonest earthworm in Brazil (Hendrix

& Bohlen, 2002). Nowadays, it is quite dispersed

up to South Africa and Asia Pacific regions as alien

species (Plisko, 2001; Blakemore, 2010). Its dis-

persal is probably related to the introduction of rub-

ber plant, Hevea brasiliensis (Willd. ex A. Juss.)

Mull. Arg.), from Brazil (Murdiyarso et al., 2002;

Nath & Chaudhuri, 2010) or pine seedling (Pinus

sp.) (Plisko, 2001). Frequently, it becomes invasive

competing with the native earthworms or coloniz-

ing the disturbed habitat where the native earth-

worms are reduced (Gonzalez et al., 2006).

Anthropogenic transformation of forest results

in unfavorable and reduced resources for native

earthworms (Hendrix et al., 2006; Marichal et al.,

2010). Pontoscolex corethrurus density increases

with the increase in the age of disturbed habitat

while the density of native earthworms decreases

(Nath & Chaudhuri, 2010). The native earthworms

tend to disappear and P. corethrurus fills the niche

(Gonzalez et al., 2006; Marichal et al., 2010).

506

Andy Darmawan et alii

Although direct competition with native earth-

worms is common, the extirpation of natives is not

easily demonstrated (Hendrix et al., 2006). On the

other hand, Hendrix et al. (2006) stated that exotic

earthworms invade ecosystem even in the absence

of obvious human disturbance. Therefore, it re-

quires more study to conclude that the anthropo-

genic influence is necessary for P. corethrurus to

sucessfully invade the area.

Indonesia experienced almost half million hec-

tare net loss of forest area in 2000-2010 (FAO,

2010). Central Sumatra had annual deforestation

rate of 3. 2-5. 9% (Achard et al., 2002) and Jambi is

undergoing a rapid primary forest transformation

into agricultural system (Murdiyarso & Wasrin,

1995). Bunglcu Village in Jambi consists of the

forest undergoing transformation into oil palm

plantation, rubber plantation, and rubber jungle.

Here, we showed that P. corethrurus completely

dominated the secondary forest and agricultural

plantations in Bungku Village, Jambi Province,

Sumatra, Indonesia. Moreover, we also analyzed

the soil parameters affecting their abundance.

precipitation of 2700 mm (BPPD, 2010). Sampling

area comprised of 1 5 year-old oil palm plantation

(S 01° 54' 33.8", E 103° 15' 56.3"), 11 year-old rub-

ber plantation (S 01° 54' 39.6", E 103° 15’ 59.3"),

19 year-old rubber jungle (S 01° 55' 39.9", E 103°

15' 32.0"), and secondary forest (S 01° 54' 52.1", E

103° 15' 57.3"). The coordinates were taken in the

outer side of each system.

Dominant plants in oil palm plantation were

oil palm, Elais guineensis Jacq., and grass

(Gramineae). Rubber plantation consisted of only

rubber, Hevea brasiliensis . Rubber jungle was

dominated by rubber, Asian melastome, Melastoma

candidum D. Don., grass, and billian, Eusider-

oxylon zwageri Teijsm. et Binn. Meanwhile, sec-

ondary forest was dominated by tempinis, Sloetia

elongata Koord., medang, Litsea firma (Blume)

Hook, f., and bamboo (Bambusoideae). Vegetation

analysis using profile method revealed that the

structure of old jungle rubber and secondary forest

are similar (Gouyon et al., 1993).

Pontoscolex corethrurus extraction

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Study sites

Sampling was conducted on November 2012 in

wet season in Bungku Village, Batanghari Regency,

Jambi (1°1 5 , -2°20’ south latitude - 120°30 , -104°30’

east longitude) (Fig. 1). This area had average

annual temperature of 25.5 °C and cumulative

Bungku Village

w

Fig. 1. Study site in Jambi Province, Indonesia.

Purposive random sampling was conducted to

extract P. corethrurus. Three sets of sampling sites,

about 20 m apart from each other, were placed in

each system. Each set consisted of 25 of 30 x 30 cm

and 30 cm depth plots placed randomly 1 m apart

from each other, making total of 75 plots in each

system. Hand-sorting method was carried out.

Pontoscolex corethrurus were cleansed with paper

towel prior to recording the biomass and fixation in

70% ethanol. Due to insensitivity of the weight scale,

we only measured the adult P corethrurus biomass.

Identification and description of P corethrurus were

conducted by following Blakemore method (2010).

Pontoscolex corethrurus with and without clitellum

were classified into adult and juvenile, respectively.

Meanwhile, P. corethrurus without anterior part was

classified into unknown stage.

Pontoscolex corethrurus in this study showed

the following characteristics: length 60-80 mm.

Width approximately 3 mm. Segments 173-230

with secondary annulations. Unpigmented with

yellowish clitellum. Prostomium retracted (pre-

served specimen). Dorsal pore absent. Setae 8 per

segment, quincunx in posterior. Nephropores dif-

ficult to see, clear from segment 10/11. Clitellum

saddle shaped, 15-22,23. Male pores and female

Pontoscolex corethrurus in forest transformation system in Bungku Village, Jambi, Indonesia

507

pores difficult to see. The first spemathecal pores

in 6/7. Genital markings on 19-21. Septa thick on

6/7, 7/8, 8/9. Dorsal blood vessel single. Hearts in

10 and 11 look strong. Gizzard spherical and

muscular in 6. Calciferous glands three pairs, under

the thick septa in 7-9. Intestine origin in 13 or 14.

Nephridia holoic. Testes probably in 10. Seminal

vesicles elongated in 12. Prostate absent. Sper-

mathecae three pairs in 7-9.

Soil parameter

Human disturbance may cause changes in soil

physical and chemical properties (Guariguata &

Ostertag, 2001) viz. temperature, pH, water, min-

eral content, and texture, which are directly related

to the P. corethrurus abundance (Edwards, 2004).

Soil parameters observed were soil physical factors

(temperature, pH, water content), mineral content

(C organic, P, Ca, Mg, K, Na), and texture (sand,

silt, clay).

Soil physical factors were assessed in each plot.

Soil temperature was measured using soil thermo-

meter. Meanwhile, soil pH and water contents were

measured using soil pH and humidity tester.

Soil mineral content and texture were assessed

following compositing method. Soils from each set

of sampling site were sampled, making total of 12

soil samples for 4 systems (3 samples for each

system). Five hundred grams of soil was air dried

prior to analyzing its C organic, P, Ca, Mg, K, Na

contents, and texture. The soils were analyzed for

organic content and texture following Walkley-

Black and Pipette method, respectively. Mean-

while, soil Ca, Mg, K, and Na contents were

analyzed using neutral 1 M ammonium acetate

(NH 4 OAc) method. Afterward, soil phosphorus

was analyzed using solution of HC1 25% (Sarkar

& Haidar, 2005). Soil analysis was conducted in

Laboratory of Department of Soil Science and

Land Resource, Faculty of Agriculture, Bogor

Agricultural University.

Statistical analysis

Data analysis was conducted using R 2.11.0

software (Ihaka & Gentleman, 1996; R Develop-

ment Core Team, 2010). Kruskal-Wallis test in

‘agricolae’ package (Mendiburu, 2010) was used

to assess P. corethrurus density, adult biomass, and

soil parameters in all systems. Soil factors influen-

cing P corethrurus abundance was analyzed by

constructing generalized linear model as the abund-

ance followed Poisson distribution (Zuur et al.,

2009). Pontoscolex corethrurus abundance as

response, soil factors as predictors. Soil factors

were transformed logarithmic naturally to meet the

normality assumption. Outliers were removed

from analysis. Collinearity among soil factors was

assessed using Variance Inflation Factors, and the

value of 3.00 was set as threshold. The model was

simplified using drop 1 . The final model used was:

P corethrurus abundance ~ pH + water content +

C organic + Na + salt. Homogeneity of variance

was assessed on model residual vs. fitted value and

independence of soil factors was assessed on

model residual vs. soil factors plot. No clear pat-

tern on those plots indicated that the model met

homogeneity of variance and independence as-

sumption.

RESULTS

Domination, density, and adult biomass of

P. corethrurus in four land systems

A common effect of anthropogenic disturb-

ance into agricultural system is domination of

exotic earthworm like in Tripura, India, where P

corethrurus successfully dominated rubber plan-

tation with >70% frequency (Chaudhuri et al.,

2008; Chaudhuri & Nath, 2011). We also found P.

corethrurus in Bungku Village. All of 940 re-

covered earthworms there were P. corethrurus.

Previous study by Bignell et al. (2000) found only

two earthworm species in neighboring 1 5 years old

monoculture rubber plantation and one species in

secondary forest in Pasir Mayang, Jambi. However,

they found five species in jungle rubber of Pan-

curan Gading, Jambi, which contained rubber trees

and secondary forest regrowth with liana. Unfor-

tunately, they did not mention the earthworm

species. They concluded that earthworms had low

diversity in Jambi except in Sengon (Paraserian-

thes) plantation and jungle rubber. In comparison,

the other study conducted by Darmawan et al.

in undisturbed forest in West Java recovered

more than six earthworm species including P.

corethrurus (unpublished data).

508

Andy Darmawan et alii

Pontoscolex corethrurus density was not signi-

ficantly different in the four systems (Table 1). All

of our results were lower than previous study in

Tripura, India, which found a P. corethrurus density

of 78-88 ind/m 2 (Chaudhuri et al., 2008; Chaudhuri

& Nath, 2011).

The adult biomasss ± SD of P. corethrurus in oil

palm plantation, rubber plantation, rubber jungle,

and secondary forest were 7.56 ± 6.25a, 4.74 ±

3.49b, 7.56 ± 6.23a, and 5.45 ± 4.15b g/m 2 respect-

ively (p-value < 0.01). The values with the same

letter are not different.

Soil parameters in four land systems and

their influence on P. corethrurus abundance

Oil palm and rubber plantation had high value

of soil phosphorus and potassium as the con-

sequences of being fertilized with NPK (nitrogen,

phosphate, potassium) by the land owner (Table 2).

Conceptually, tree plantations may affect earth-

worm community structure through alteration of

soil physical and chemical properties (Gonzalez et

al., 1996; Sarlo, 2006; Nadeem et al., 2007). How-

ever, rubber plantation and mixed forest which had

similar soil properties consisted of different earth-

worm community structures in Tripura, India

(Chaudhuri & Nath, 2011). As earthworm abund-

ance is affected by soil parameters, our result

showed that P. corethrurus abundance was signific-

antly influenced by soil physical factor, mineral

content, and texture (Table 3).

DISCUSSION

Severely disturbed habitat caused by anthropo-

genic practices such as deforestation or transforma-

tion into agricultural system often lead to

soil inhabitation by exotic earthworm (Nath &

Chaudhuri, 2010). If the disturbance is severe, it is

possible that the native species be extirpated leaving

only the exotic species (Gonzalez et al., 2006) as in

our study. In that case, the native earthworms were

reduced because of failure to adapt to the new

environment, and then the niche was colonized by

exotic earthworms.

Colonization of P corethrurus in Bungku

Village might be also associated with the plant

species in the area i.e., rubber and oil palm planta-

tions, which do not support the other earthworm

species (Sarlo, 2006). In addition, P. corethrurus

has better tolerance to fill the niche left by the nat-

ives (Gonzalez et al., 2006). Most earthworms

tolerate narrow range of temperature. However, P

corethrurus can tolerate approximately 13-27 °C of

temperature (Kale & Krishnamoorthy, 1979) and

even up to 29 °C in the present study. Pontoscolex

corethrurus is characterized as having constant oxy-

gen consumption without diurnal rhythm and toler-

ance for low oxygen availability (Chuang & Chen,

2008). The epidermal cells of P. corethrurus consist

of more granules, so it can secret more mucus to

provide the protection from UV light as compared

to Amynthas gracilis and Metaphire posthuma

(Chuang et al., 2006; Gonzalez et al., 2008).

Parthenogenesis also occurs in P corethrurus and

it can enhance their colonization (Hendrix &

Bohlen, 2002). They are also able to enter diapause

and regenerate the lost posterior segment regardless

of soil moisture (Fragoso & Lozano, 1992).

Our result showed no significant difference of

P corethrurus density in the four systems, and this

was not in agreement with previous study which

mentioned that earthworm density was higher in

forest than plantation (Marichal et al., 2010;

Chaudhuri & Nath, 2011). Concerning the overall

lower density of P. corethrurus than that reported

in previous study, we speculate that it might be due

to the higher soil pH (6.5) as P. corethrurus prefers

lower pH (< 5.0) (Chaudhuri et al., 2008; Nath &

Chaudhuri, 2010). We also found boar tracks in the

secondary forest. Hence, we hypothesize that in

secondary forest, predation by wild boars, Sus scrofa

Linnaeus, 1758, caused a lower P corethrurus

density in Jambi, as predation can become a lim-

iting factor for the exotic earthworms to invade new

habitat (Hendrix et al., 2006). Consequently, their

lower density caused lower biomass. Moreover,

we only assessed the adult P corethrurus biomass.

For comparison, the previously mentioned P.

corethrurus from Tripura, India, had biomass of 26-

30 g/m 2 (Chaudhuri et al., 2008; Chaudhuri & Nath,

2011 ).

Our result showed that soil pH and water

content were important soil physical factors. Most

earthworms prefer normal soil pH (Edwards, 2004),

and few of them can live in acidic soil (Ismail &

Murthy, 1985). Pontoscolex corethrurus is an

earthworm which can tolerate or even prefer acidic

Pontoscolex corethrurus in forest transformation system in Bungku Village, Jambi, Indonesia

509

System

Stage

T otal

Juvenile

Adult

Unknown

X UlCU

Oil palm plantation

7.85 ± 10.30

22.22 ± 19.55

7.11 ±9.95

37.33 ±21.51

Rubber plantation

5.78 ±8.04

20.44 ± 17.90

5.93 ±8.82

32.15 ±20.31

Rubber jungle

8.74 ± 10.38

23.56 ± 18.08

4.44 ± 7.08

36.74 ±25.20

Secondary forest

6.67 ±9.13

20.00 ± 13.30

6.67 ±9.13

33.33 ± 18.63

P-value

0.24

0.64

0.41

0.48

Table 1 . Kruskal- Wallis test of Pontoscolex corethrurus density in each system.

The values are mean of P. corethrurus abundance/m 2 ± SD.

System

Oil palm plantation Rubber plantation

Rubber jungle

Secondary forest

All systems

Temperature (°C)

29.76 ±1.46 a

27.81 ±1.06 b

26.54 ± 1.14 d

27.47 ± 0.90 c

27.90 ±1.65

pH

6.67 ± 0.15 a

6.51 ± 0.18 b

6.44 ± 0.1 6 C

6.47 dt 0.23 bc

6.52 ±0.20

Water content (%)

61.47 ± 20.53 a

46.80 ±12.88 c

38.1 1 ± 8.05 d

51.88 ± 12.65 b

49.56 ±16.51

C-organic (%)

1.91 ±O.I3 b

1 .86 ± 0.17 c

1 .72 ± 0.33 d

2.79± 0.07 a

2.07 ±0.47

P (ppm)

97.93 ± 1.44 a

95.10 ±3.56 b

81 .9 ± 4.3 l d

93.57 ±4.00 c

92.12 ±7.05

Ca(me/100g)

2.02 ± 0.3 l a

4.80 ± 4.35 a

0.66 ±0. 1 6 C

1 .62 ± 0.47 b

2.28 ±2.67

Mg (me/lOOg)

0.61 ± 0. 14 b

0.49 ±0.15°

0.30 ± 0.03 d

0.94± 0.02 a

0.58 ± 0.26

K (me/lOOg)

0. 1 5 ± 0.02 b

0.16 ± 0.01 a

0.1 1 ±0.01 d

0.14 ± 0.01 c

0.14 ±0.02

Na(me/100g)

0.33 ± 0.05 b

0.33 ± 0.07 b

0. 1 9 ± 0.02 c

0.44± 0.01 a

0.32 ±0.10

Sand (%)

20.18 ±2.25 c

23.41 ±2.61 b

26.10 ±4.44 a

26.77 ±10.67 a

24.11 ±6.54

Silt (%)

47.95 ±3.52 a

46.22 ± 4.76”

38.95 ± 9. 14 d

41.93 ±6.92 c

43.76 ±7.33

Clay (%)

31.87 ± 4.19 a

30.30 ±4.15 a

34.95 ±8.16 a

31.30 ±3.80 a

32.12 ±5.63

Table 2. Kruskal- Wallis test of soil parameters in each system. Mean ± SD, values with

the same letter in a row are not significantly different (p-value < 0.05).

510

Andy Darmawan et alii

Soil parameter

Slope

Std. Error

Z value

P- value

pH

-2.888

1.168

-2.473

0.013

Water content

0.303

0.110

2.760

0.006

C organic

0.551

0.190

2.901

0.004

Na

-0.505

0.125

-4.049

<0.001

Sand

-0.482

0.124

-3.900

<0.001

Null deviance: 307.16 on 289 degrees of freedom

Residual deviance: 263.77 on 284 degrees of freedom

AIC: 1084.20

Table 3. Soil parameters affecting Pontoscolex corethrurus abundance.

soil (Nath & Chaudhuri, 2010). Hence, negative

influence of soil pH in our result was in agreement

with that theory. For positive influence of soil water

content, it is not peculiar as water is essential to

maintain P. corethrurus moisture.

Meanwhile, soil C organic and Na content were

important soil mineral factors. As organic matter is

the main source for earthworm diet (Ismail &

Murthy, 1985; Edwards, 2004), it is not surprising

to have higher abundance of P. corethrurus in soil

containing higher C organic. Na showed negative

influence on P corethrurus abundance. Na is

influenced in Na-K pump which regulates internal

fluid (Barrett et al., 2005). Excess of Na causes

unbalance of internal fluid.

High sand fraction was not preferred by P.

corethrurus. Sandy soil cannot hold the water

well and earthworms are susceptible to drought

(Edwards, 2004). Therefore, the negative influence

of sand fraction supports the positive influence of

soil water content to P corethrurus abundance.

In summary, we propose that anthropogenic

practice in Bungku Village causes the condition

which does not support the native earthworm’s

survival. Pontoscolex corethrurus which have

better tolerance than the native earthworms are

favored by anthropogenic practice. Therefore,

they are able to fill the niche left by natives and

completely dominating oil palm plantation, rub-

ber plantation, rubber jungle, and secondary forest

in Bungku Village. Their abundance is influenced

by soil pH, water, C organic, sodium, and sand

content. Sampling in larger area is needed to

study about P. corethrurus domination in Indone-

sian disturbed forest.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This work was partly funded by Collaborative

Research Center, George August Universtat

Gottingen, Germany. Thank you to R. J. Blakemore

for confirmation of the earthworm species.

REFERENCES

Achard F., Eva H.D., Stibig H.J., Mayaux R, Gallego J.,

Richard T. & Malingreau J., 2002. Determination

of deforestation rates of the world’s humid tropical

forests. Science, 297: 999-1002.

Barrett K., Brooks H., Boitano S. & Barman S., 2005.

Ganong’s Review of Medical Physiology. 23rd ed.

McGraw-Hill, New York, 715 pp.

Bignell D.E., Widodo E., Susilo F.X. & H. Suryo, 2000.

Soil macrofauna: Ground-dwelling ants, termites,

other macroarthropods and earthworms. In: Gillison,

Pontoscolex corethrurus in forest transformation system in Bungku Village, Jambi, Indonesia

511

A.N. (Ed.). Alternatives to slash-and-burn: above

ground biodiversity assessment working group: sum-

mary report 1996-99: impact of different land uses

on biodiversity. International Centre for Research in

Agroforestry, Nairobi, 91-127.

Blakemore R.J., 2010. Cosmopolitan Earthworms - an

Eco-Taxonomic Guide to the Peregrine Species of

the World. 4th ed. Verm Ecology, Yokohama, 839

pp.

BPPD (Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan Daerah),

2010. Jambi in Figures. Pemerintah Daerah dan

Badan Pusat Statistik Provinsi Jambi, Jambi, 660 pp.

Brown G.G., James S.W., Pasini A., Nunes D.H., Benito

N.P., Martins P.T. & Sautter K.D., 2006. Exotic, per-

egrine, and invasive earthworms in Brazil: diversity,

distribution, and effects on soils and plants. Carib-

bean Journal of Science, 42: 339-348.

Chaudhuri P.S., Nath S. & Paliwal R., 2008. Earthworm

population of rubber plantations ( Hevea brasiliensis)

in Tripura, India. Tropical Ecology, 49: 225-234.

Chaudhuri P.S. & Nath S., 2011. Community structure of

earthworms under rubber plantations and mixed

forests in Tripura, India. Journal of Environmental

Biology, 32: 537-541.

Chuang S.C., Lai W.S. & Chen J.H., 2006. Influence

of ultraviolet radiation on selected physiological re-

sponses of earthworms. The Journal of Experimental

Biology, 209: 4304-4312.

Chuang S.C. & Chen J.H., 2008. Role of diurnal rhythm

of oxygen consumption in emergence from soil at

night after heavy rain by earthworms. Invertebrate

Biology, 127: 80-86.

Edwards C.A., 2004. Earthworm Ecology. 2nd ed. CRC

Press, Boca Raton, 424 pp.

FAO (Food and Agricultural Organization), 2010. Global

Forest Resources Assessment 2010 Country Report

Indonesia Forest Resource Assessment (FRA)

2010/095 (Rome: UNFAO).

Fragoso C. & Lozano N., 1992. Resource allocation

strategies imposed by caudal amputation and soil

moisture in the tropical earthworm Pontoscolex

corethrurus. Soil Biology and Biochemistry, 24:

1237-1240.

Gonzalez G., Zou X. & Borges S., 1996. Earthworm

abundance and species composition in abandoned

tropical croplands: comparisons of tree plantations

and secondary forests. Pedobiologia, 40: 385-391.

Gonzalez G., Huang C.Y., Zou X. & Rodriguez C., 2006.

Earthworm invasions in the tropics. Biological Inva-

sions, 8: 1247-1256.

Gonzalez G., Huang C.Y. & Chuang S.C., 2008.

Earthworms and post-agricultural succession. In:

Myster R.W. (Ed.). Post-Agricultural Succession in

Neotropics. 2008. Chapter 5. Springer, New York,

115-138.

Gouyon A., Forestade H. & Levang P., 1993. Does

‘jungle rubber’ deserve its name? An analysis of rub-

ber agro forestry systems in southeast Sumatra. Agro-

forestry Systems, 22: 181-206.

Guariguata M.R. & Ostertag R., 2001. Neotropical

secondary forest succession: changes in structural

and functional characteristics. Forest Ecology and

Management, 148: 185-206.

Hendrix P.F. & Bohlen P.J., 2002. Exotic earthworm

invasions in North America: ecological and policy

implications. BioScience, 52: 801-811.

Hendrix P.F., Baker G.H., Callahan M.A.Jr., Damoff

G.A., Fragoso C., Gonzalez G., James S. W.,

Lachnicht S.L., Winsome T. & Zou X., 2006. Inva-

sion of exotic earthworms into ecosystems inhabited

by native earthworms. Biological Invasions, 8: 1287—

1300.

Ihaka R. & Gentleman R., 1996. R: A language for data

analysis and graphics. Journal of Computational and

Graphical Statistics, 5: 299-314.

Ismail S.A. & Murthy V.A., 1985. Distribution of

earthworms in Madras. Proceeding of the Indian

Academy of Sciences (Animal Sciences), 94: 557-566.

Kale R.D. & Krishnamoorthy R.V., 1979. A comparative

account of coelomocytes and haemocytes of five

species of earthworms. Proceedings of the Indian

Academy of Science Section B, 88: 329-337.

Marichal R., Martinez A.F., Praxedes C., Ruiz D.,

Carvajal A.F., Oszwald J., Hurtado M.Del.P., Brown

G.G., Grimaldi M., Desjardins T., Sarrazin M.,

Decaens T., Velasquez E. & Lavelle P., 2010. Inva-

sion of Pontoscolex corethrurus (Glossoscolecidae,

Oligochaeta) in landscapes of the Amazonian de-

forestation arc. Applied Soil Ecology, 46: 443-449.

Mendiburu F.De., 2010. Agricolae: Statistical Procedu-

res for Agricultural Research. R package version

1.0-9.

Murdiyarso D. & Wasrin U.R., 1995. Estimating land use

change and carbon release from tropical forests

conversion using remote sensing technique. Journal

of Biogeography, 22: 2591-2525.

Murdiyarso D., Van Noordwijk M., Wasrin U.R., Tomich

T.P. & Gillison A.N., 2002. Environmental benefits

and sustainable land-use options in the Jambi

transect, Sumatra. Journal of Vegetation Science, 13:

429-438.

Nadeem A., Sarwar M., Iqbal M.K. & Sahifiq T., 2007.

Habitat preference of earthworms relative to different

fruit trees. Punjab University Journal of Zoology, 22:

33-39.

Nath S. & Chaudhuri P.S., 2010. Human-induced biolo-

gical invasions in rubber (Hevea brasiliensis) plant-

ations of Tripura (India) - Pontoscolex corethrurus as

a case study. Asian Journal of Experimental Biolo-

gical Science, 1: 360-369.

512

Andy Darmawan et alii

Plisko J.D., 2001. Notes on the occurrence of the intro-

duced earthworm Pontoscolex corethrurus (Muller,

1857) in South Africa (Oligochaeta: Glossoscol-

ecidae). African Invertebrates, 42: 323-334.

R Development Core Team, 2010. R: A language and

environment for statistical computing. R Foundation

for Statistical Computing, Vienna, Austria.

Sarkar D. & Haidar A., 2005. Physical and Chemical

Methods in Soil Analysis. New Age International (P)

Ltd, New Delhi, 176 pp.

Sarlo M., 2006. Individual tree species effects on

earthworm biomass in a tropical plantation in

Panama. Caribbean Journal of Science, 42: 419-427.

Zuur A.F., Ieno E.N., Walker N.J., Saveliev A. A. & Smith

G.M., 2009. Mixed Effects Models and Extensions

in Ecology with R. New York, Springer, 574 pp.

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 513-516

Field survey of freshwater fishes in Upper Wang River, North

Thailand

Nidsaraporn Petsut 1 & Sitthi Kulabtong 2 *

'Department of Agricultural Technology, Faculty of Science, Ramkhamhaeng University, Bangkok, Thailand; email:

nidsaraporn@ru.ac.th

2 Save wildlife volunteer Thailand, Wangnoi District, Ayuttaya Province 13170, Thailand; e-mail: kulabtong2011@hotmail.com

* Corresponding author

ABSTRACT The present paper reports a fields survey of freshwater fish in Upper Wang River, at Jae Horn

District, Lumpang Province, North Thailand in September 2013. We found 11 families and

16 species of freshwater fishes. Hampala macrolepidota Kuhl et van Hasselt, 1823 and

Mystacoleucus marginatus (Valenciennes, 1842) (Cypriniformes Cyprinidae) are dominant

in transparent and running fast stream ecosystem while Pangio anguillaris (Vaillant, 1902)

(Cypriniformes Cobitidae) is a dominant in turbid and running slowly stream ecosystem.

One species, Channa cf. gachua (Hamilton, 1822) (Perciformes Channidae), still has an

unclear taxonomic status. The Thai local names and distribution data of freshwater fishes

are provided.

KEY WORDS freshwater fishes; Wang River; Lumpang Province; Thailand.

Received 03.04.2015; accepted 19.05.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

Wang River is a tributary of Chao Phraya Basin,

it originates at the Phi Pan Nam Mountain Range,

Wiang Pa Pao District, Chiang Rai Province, North

Thailand. The river flows from north to south, from

Chiang Rai Province to Lumpang Province,

southward passing into the Tak Province, North-

west Thailand. The Wang River System is alto-

gether 335 kilometers (208 miles) long. It joins the

Ping River near Ban Tak District, Tak Province and

The Ping River is itself a tributary of the Chao

Phraya River System (Vidthayanon et al., 1997).

The Wang Basin is part of the Ping Basin and

the Chao Phraya Watershed. The total land area

drained by the Wang River and its tributaries is

10,792 square kilometres (4,167 square miles). The

geography of upper Wang River is a plain hill and

a little flat land, but the lower area is relatively flat

(The Working Group of the Office of Natural Water

Resources Committee of Thailand, nd.). Upper

Wang River is characterized by its own ecological

features which differentiate it from the other river

systems of Thailand. Although it is certainly of in-

terest, nevertheless is poorly investigated and little

is known about freshwater fishes occurring in this

area. The survey project on freshwater fishes of the

Upper Wang River at Jae Horn District, Lumpang

Province, North Thailand (Figs. 1-3) was carried

out in September 2013. We separated this area into

3 regions in accordance to the ecosystems; namely:

1. Main stream under Kio Kho Ma Dam (Fig.

2). The average width of the stream is about 15 m,

average depth is less than 1 m, the bottom is a com-

bination of sand, gravel and large rock, the stream

is transparent and running fast.

2. Main stream in Ban Hui Sa Nao, Jae Horn

District, Lumpang Province (Fig. 3). The average

514

Nidsaraporn Petsut & SlTTHI Kulabtong

3

Figures 1-3. Study area, Upper Wang River, Lumpang

Province, North Thailand.

width of the stream is about 20 m, average depth

is about 1 m, the bottom is a combination of clay

and sandy mud, the stream is turbid and running

slowly.

3. Main stream in Ban Mae Ta Lung, Jae Horn

District, Lumpang Province. The average width of

the stream is about 10 m, average depth is less than

1 m, the bottom is a combination of sandy mud and

gravel, the stream is rather transparent (trans-

parency is about 70 cm) and running fast.

ACRONYMS. Standard length (SL).

RESULTS

SYSTEMATICS

Order OSTEOGLOSSIFORMES L.S. Berg, 1940

Family NOTOPTER1DAE Bleelcer, 1859

Notopterus notopterus (Pallas, 1769)

Bronze featherback

Distribution. This species is known from India

Sub-continent to South East Asia

Thai local name. Pla sa lad.

Order C YPRINIF ORMES Bleeker, 1859

Family CYPRINIDAE Cuvier, 1817

Hampala macrolepidota Kuhl et van Hasselt, 1 823

Hampala barb

Distribution. This species (Fig. 4) is known

from Chao Phraya Basin, Thailand; Mekong Basin,

Indochina; Malay Peninsula and Indonesia.

Remarks. This species is dominant in trans-

parent and running fast streams. In Thailand, H.

macrolepidota is a fish predominantly of clear and

fast flowing streams and rivers, but sometimes can

be found in reservoir and standing water (Kottelat,

2001 ).

Thai local name Pla kra soob ked.

Mystacoleucus marginatus (Valenciennes, 1842)

Indian river barb

Distribution. This species (Fig. 5) is known

from Myanmar to Indonesia.

Fields survey of freshwater fishes in Upper Wang River, North Thailand

515

Remarks. This species is dominant in trans

parent and running fast streams. In Thailand, M.

marginatus can be found in many hill streams with

sand, gravel or large rocks and can be found in

reservoir and large running fast rivers (Kottelat,

1998).

Thai local name. Pla kee yok or Pla num lung.

Labiobarbus siamensis (Sauvage, 1881)

Long finned barb

Distribution. This species is known from Chao

Phraya Basin and Bankpakong, Thailand; Mekong

Basin, Indochina.

Thai local name. Pla sar.

Family COBITIDAE Swainson, 1838

Acanthopsoides gracilentus (Smith, 1945)

Horseface loach

Distribution. This species is known from Chao

Phraya Basin and Maeklong Basin, Thailand;

Mekong Basin, Indochina.

Thai local name. Pla larg kluy kae.

Pangio anguillaris (Vaillant, 1902)

Loach

Distribution. This species is known from Chao

Phraya Basin, Thailand; Mekong basins, Indochina;

Malay Peninsula; Sumatra and Borneo, Indonesia.

Remarks. This species is dominant in turbid and

running slowly streams. In the nature, P. anguillaris

lives in peat swamp, inhabits sand, mud or leaf-litter

in slow running streams (Rainboth, 1996).

Thai local name. Pla sai thong.

Order SILURIFORMES Cuvier, 1816

Family BAGRIDAE Bleeker, 1858

Hemibagrus nemurus (Valenciennes, 1840)

Yellow mystus

Distribution. This species is known from

Myanmar; Thailand; Indochina; Malaysia and

Indonesia.

Thai local name. Pla kod luang.

Mystus singaringan (Bleeker, 1846)

Long fatty finned mystus

Distribution. This species is known from

Thailand; Indochina; Malay Peninsula; Sumatra,

Borneo, and Java, Indonesia.

Thai local name. Pla ka yang bai kow.

Order BELONIFORMES L.S. Berg, 1937

Family BELONIDAE Bonaparte, 1835

Xenentodon cancila (F. Hamilton, 1822)

Freshwater garfish

Distribution. This species is known from India

Sub-continent to Southeast Asia. Introduced in

America.

Thai local name. Pla kra tung hav.

Order SYNBRANCHIFORMES J.S. Nelson, 1994

Family MASTACEMBELIDAE

Figures 4, 5. Dominant species of freshwater fishes found

in study area. Hampala macrolepidota , 141 mm SL (Fig. 4)

and Mystacoleucus marginatus, 98 mm SL (Fig. 5).

516

Nidsaraporn Petsut & SlTTHI Kulabtong

Mastacembelus favus Hora, 1924

Tire track eel

Distribution. This species is known from Thai-

land to Malay Peninsula.

Thai local name. Pla kra ting.

Order PERCIFORMES Bleeker, 1859

Family AMBASSIDAE Klunzinger, 1870

Parambassis siamensis (Fowler, 1937)

Siamese glassfish

Distribution. This species is known from In-

dochina to Malay Peninsula; introduced in Singa-

pore and Indonesia.

Thai local name. Pla pan ghav.

Family NANDIDAE Bleeker, 1852

Pristolepis fasciata (Bleeker, 1851)

Malayan leaffish

Distribution. This species is known from

Myanmar to Indonesia.

Thai local name. Pla mor chang yab.

Family OSPHRONEMIDAE Bleeker, 1859

Trichopsis vittata (Cuvier, 1831)

Croaking gourami

Distribution. This species is known from

Myanmar to Indonesia.

Thai local name. Pla sev kvay.

Family ELEOTRIDAE Bonaparte, 1835

Oxyeleotris marmorata (Bleeker, 1852)

Marble goby

Distribution. This species is known from Thai-

land to Philippines.

Thai local name. Pla bu sai.

Family CHANNIDAE Fowler, 1934

Channa cf. gachua (Hamilton, 1822)

Dwarf snakehead

Distribution. This species is known from India

Sub-continent to Southeast Asia.

Remarks. In Thailand, the taxonomic status of

this taxon is still unclear, being reported from time

to time as C. gachua or C. limb at a.

Thai local name. Pla gung.

Channa striata (Bloch, 1793)

Striped snakehead

Distribution. This species is known from

Pakistan, India Sub-continent to Southeast Asia and

China; introduced in Europe, Africa, America,

Philippines, Papua New Guinea and Korea.

Thai local name. Pla chon.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The authors are grateful to reviewers for re-

viewing this manuscript and special thanks are

given to all partners for supporting this survey.

REFERENCES

Kottelat M., 1998. Fishes of the Nam Theun and Xe

Bangfai basins, Laos, with diagnoses of twenty-two

new species (Teleostei: Cyprinidae, Balitoridae,

Cobitidae, Coiidae and Odontobutidae). Ichthyolo-

gical Exploration of Freshwaters, 9: 1-128.

Kottelat M., 2001. Fishes of Laos. WHT Publications,

Colombo, 198 pp.

Rainboth W.J., 1996. Fishes of the Cambodian Mekong.

FAO Species Identification Field Guide for Fishery

Purposes. FAO, Rome, 265 pp.

The Working Group of the Office of Natural Water

Resources Committee of Thailand, nd. Chao Phraya

River Basin, Thailand, pilot case studies: a focus on

real-world examples. UNESCO, 399 pp.

Vidthayanon C., Kamasuta J. & Nabhitabhata J., 1997.

Diversity of freshwater fishes in Thailand. Office of

Environmental and Planning, Bangkok, 120 pp.

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 517-520

The mole crab Hippa marmorata (Hombron et Jacquinot,

1 846) (Crustacea Anomura Hippidae): a first record from

Indonesian waters

Yusli Wardiatno 1 *, Puji Utari Ardika 2 , Achmad Farajallah 2 , Ali Mashar 1 & Ismail 3

'Department of Aquatic Resources Management, Faculty of Fisheries and Marine Science, Bogor Agricultural University, Bogor,

Jawa Barat, Indonesia

department of Biology, Faculty of Mathematics and Science, Bogor Agricultural University, Bogor, Jawa Barat, Indonesia

3 Sorong Marine and Fisheries Polytechnic, Sorong, West Papua, Indonesia

^Corresponding author, e-mail: yusli@ipb.ac.id

ABSTRACT Specimens of Hippa marmorata (Hombron et Jacquinot, 1 846) (Crustacea Anomura Hip-

pidae) were collected from several coastlines of Indonesia (Sulawesi, Lombok, Tual Island,

and West Papua). The specimens represent the first record of this species in Indonesia and

confirm its presence in the Wallacea Line region and to its eastern fringes. Its systematic and

morphological characteristics (i.e., anterior median lobe of carapace having two lobes and

left antenna having two to three articles) are described. This finding provides new information

on the geographical distribution of the species in Indonesian waters.

KEY WORDS Anomura; first record; mole crab; Hippidae; Indonesia.

Received 18.04.2015; accepted 01.06.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

Mole crabs of the family Hippidae are distrib-

uted from the Indo-West Pacific (eastern coast of

North America, the Red Sea, and Indonesia in the

east) to the Atlantic region (Boyko & Harvey,

2002). These mole crabs commonly live in inter-

tidal areas (swash zones) and engage in quick sand

digging (Lastra et al., 2002).

The presence of mole crabs of the family Hip-

pidae in Indonesia is well known, but few studies

have been carried out on this group. Many members

of the family Hippidae are present along Indonesia’s

seashore, including species of the genera Hippa

(Fabricius, 1787) and Emerita (Scopoli, 1777).

Other species include H. admirabilis (Thallwitz,

1892) in Papua and H. celaeno (de Man, 1896) in

Makassar, Sulawesi and Ambon, Moluccas (de

Man, 1896). Information on the existence of mole

crabs in the genus Emerita was reported by Efford

(1976) during an expedition in Bengkulu, Sumatra.

Members of Hippidae are also widely distrib-

uted along the west coast of Sumatra and the south

coast of Java. The abundance of H. marmorata

(Hombron et Jacquinot, 1 846) has been important

in the field of exploration, which has contributed

information on the geographical distribution of

species of sand crab in Indonesia. Hippa marm-

orata is distributed across Tanzania, Hawaii, New

South Wales in Australia, China, Japan, Western

California, Panama, and the Galapagos Islands (Ef-

ford, 1972). However, the occurrence of this mole

crab in Indonesia has not previously been recorded.

The finding of H. marmorata documented in this

report is the first in Indonesian territorial waters.

518

Yusli Wardiatno etalii

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Figure 1 provides a map showing the locations

where the specimens were collected. All specimens

in each location were obtained by digging the

sand in their habitat. The collected specimens were

photographed with a Lumix G3 camera (Panasonic,

Tokyo, Japan). They were preserved in 70% alcohol

that was replaced with 96% alcohol in the labor-

atory, and then drawn using a camera lucida. Spe-

cimens were deposited in the Museum Zoologicum

Bogoriense, Research Institute for Biology, In-

donesian Institute of Science (LIPI) to obtain a

registration number.

SYSTEMATICS

Infraorder ANOMURA Macleay, 1838

Family HIPPIDAE Stimpson, 1858

Genus Hippa Fabricius, 1787

Hippa marmorata (Hombron et Jacquinot, 1846)

Remipes pacificus Dana, 1852 (junior synonym)

Type material. West Papua. Sorong, Jefman Is-

land: 3 females, 3 males (MZB Cru 4153), 0°55’S,

131°07’E, coll. Fatmawati, 7 Feb 2015.

Diagnosis. The carapace of H. marmorata was

wide and flat (Figs. 2, 6). The submarginal com-

prises 20 to 40 rows. The carapace grooves were

transverse and cream in colour, with short anten-

nules and two median lobes (Fig. 3). The dactyl was

not acute (obtuse) (Fig. 4). The antennules com-

prised two articles (Fig. 5).

Examined material. Lombok. Gili Meno Is-

land, North Lombok, Gili Indah: 1 male, 1 female,

3 ov. females (MZB Cru. 4125), 8°20'S, 116°03'E,

coll. Y. Wardiatno, A. Mashar, A. Farajallah, 22

Sept 2014. Sulawesi. Banggai Islands: 1 male, 2 ov.

females (MZB Cru. 4126), 1°36’S, 123°29’E, coll.

M. Sataral, 1 Nov 2013. Kei Islands. Tual: 3 males,

1 female, 6 ov. females (MZB Cru. 4127), 5°43'S,

132°42'E, coll. IPB, Aug 2014. West Papua.

Sorong, Jefman Island: 3 females, 3 males (MZB

Cru. 4153), 0°55S, 131°07E, coll. Fatmawati, 7 Feb

2015.

Remarks. The systematics followed is that of

Boyko et Harvey (1999). In total, 24 specimens

were collected. Fresh specimens exhibited a white

(cream) and grey pattern on the carapace (see figure

2), a round to oval shape, and a carapace length of

2.0 to 2.5 cm. The anterior median lobe comprised

two lobes (similar to H. celaeno), and 20 to 40

setose pit rows were present on the submarginal

carapace. The main distinctive characteristic of

these specimens was the number of left antennae

with two articles (Osawa et al., 2010). The ocular

peduncle was shorter than that in H. adactyla. The

first pereopod commonly differed in length between

the right and left sides.

DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS

Hippa marmorata are closely related to H. ovalis

(Osawa et al., 2010), and the two species have sim-

ilar antennulae, comprising two to three segments.

The morphological characteristics of the specimens

in this study were consistent with those of the

Taiwan species Hippa and Hippa marmorata

(Osawa et al., 2010). Hippa marmorata is in the

family Hippidae and has been reported in Taiwan

and Australia as a possible synonym of H. pacifica

(Haig, 1974).

The species inhabits swash zones and engages

in sand digging. It has been found along the west

coast of Lombok, Banggai, Tual Island, and West

Papua. No previous reports describe the discovery

of this species in Sundaland. Its distribution is thus

spread across regions around the Wallacea Line and

to its eastern fringes. The Hippa marmorata collec-

ted from each location exhibit similar charac-

teristics and colours. This species is also morpho-

logically identical to H. ovalis , which is found in

Sulawesi (Osawa et al., 2010). The specimens

found in Papua displayed different carapace colour

patterns in the male and female; the female speci-

men was relatively uniformly coloured, whereas the

male was patterned.

Based on the distribution of this species in

Taiwan (Osawa et al., 2010), its distribution is pos-

sibly affected by sea currents and various biological

factors. The substrate textures of the west coast of

Sumatra and of the south coast of Java are nearly

identical, whereas the sand from Sulawesi, Lom-

bok, and Papua differs and is white, similar to the

colouring of the carapace of H. marmorata. The

colour of the crabs’ carapace is generally influenced

The mole crab Hippa marmorata (Crustacea Anomura Hippidae):a first record from Indonesian waters

519

Figure 1. Map of Indonesia. Red circles indicate the locations where the specimens were collected. Figure 2. Specimen of

Hippa marmorata (male) from Jefman Island, West Papua, Indonesia (scale: 1.0 mm). Figure 3. Hippa marmorata (26.50

mm) anterior carapace (length ratio = 20.78 mm). Fig. 4. Idem, dactyl (dorsal view). Fig. 5. Idem, antennulae. Fig. 6. Idem,

submarginal carapace. Scale: Figs. 3, 6 = 4.0 mm, Figs. 4, 5 = 1.0 mm.

520

Yusli Wardiatno etalii

by the colour of the sand in their particular habitat

(Wenner, 1972). More female than male specimens

were found in this study. Ovigerous female species

were dominant, indicating that the species is in

regeneration (Forward et al., 2007).

The scarce information on the biology and

distribution of H. marmorata does not provide any

clear indication of the geographical distribution of

this species in Indonesia. Further study is required

to better understand its distribution, and phylogeo-

graphic analysis would be helpful in elucidating the

source of this population in Indonesian intertidal

zones.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The research was funded by Indonesian Govern-

ment through Directorate General of Higher Edu-

cation, Ministry of Education and Culture from

Fiscal Year 2014.

REFERENCES

Boyko C.B. & Harvey A. W., 1999. Cmstacea Decapoda:

Albuneidae and Hippidae of the tropical Indo-West

Pacific region. Memoires du Museum National d’

Histoire Naturelle. Musorstom 20, 379-406.

Boyko C.B. & Harvey A. W., 2002. Case 3106. Remipes

pacificus Dana, 1852 (currently Hippa pacifica;

Crustacea, Anomura): proposed precedence over

Remipes marmoratus Jacquinot, 1846. The Bulletin

of Zoological Nomenclature, 59: 12-16.

De Man J.G., 1896. Bericht liber die von Herrn Schiff-

scapitan Storm zu Atjeh, and den westlichen Kusten

von Malakka, Borneo und Celebes sowie in der Java

See gesammelten Decapoden und Stomatopoden.

Vierter Theil. Zoologische Jahrbuecher Systematik,

9:459-514.

Efford I.E., 1972. The distribution of the sand crabs,

Hippa strigillata (Stimpson) and Hippa pacifica

(Dana) in the eastern Pacific Ocean (Decapoda,

Anomura). Cmstaceana, 23: 119-122.

Efford I.E., 1976. Distribution of the sand crab in the

genus Emerita (Decapoda, Hippidae). Cmstaceana,

30: 169-183.

Fabricius J., 1787. Mantissa insectorum sisten eorum

species nuper detectan: ajectis karakteribus genericis,

diferencis, specifis, emedationibus, observanibus

[downloaded on 2013 Des 12] 1 (348. Available in:

http://cms.biota.biodiv.tw/node/232

Forward R.B. Jr., Thaler A.D. & Singer R., 2007.

Entrainment of the activity rhythm of the mole crab

Emerita talpoida. Journal of Experimental Marine

Biology and Ecology, 34: 10-15.

Lastra M, Dugan J.E. & Hubbard D.M., 2002. Burrowing

and swash behavior of the pacific mole crab Hippa

pacifica in tropical sandy beaches. Journal of Crusta-

cean Biology, 22: 53-58.

Haig J., 1974. A review of the Australian crabs of the

family Hippidae (Cmstacea, Decapoda, Anomura).

Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, 71: 175-189.

Osawa M., Boyko C.B. & Chan T.Y., 2010. Part I.

Hippoidea (Mole crabs). In: Chan, T.-Y. (Ed.).

Cmstacean Fauna of Taiwan: Crab-like Anomurans

(Hippoidea, Lithodoidea and Porcellanidae). National

Taiwan Ocean University, Keelung, 1-41.

Wenner A.M., 1972. Sex ratio as a function of size in mar-

ine Cmstacea. The American Naturalist, 106: 321-350.

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 521-528

On Parthenina monozona (Brusina, 1 869) and its variability

(Gastropoda Heterobranchia Pyramidellidae)

Pasquale Micali 1 *, Italo Nofroni 2 , Riccardo Giannuzzi Savelli 3 , Francesco Pusateri 4 & Stefano Bartolini 5

'Via Papiria 17, 61032 Fano, Pesaro-Urbino, Italy; e-mail: lino.micali@virgilio.it

2 Via B. Croce 97, 00142 Roma, Italy; e-mail: italo.nofroni@uniromal.it

3 Via Mater Dolorosa 54, 90146 Palermo, Italy; e-mail: malakos@tin.it

4 Via Castellana 64, 90135 Palermo, Italy; e-mail: francesco@pusateri.it

5 Via E. Zacconi 16, 50137 Firenze, Italy; e-mail: stefmaria.bartolini@libero.it

‘Corresponding author

ABSTRACT Study of type material of Parthenina monozona (Brusina, 1 869), preserved at Croatian Natural

History Museum (CNHM), consisting of four specimens, three of which well preserved, has

proved that this species is senior synonym of Parthenina intermixta (Monterosato, 1884).

Brusina’s name has priority over Monterosato’s name, because it is older. The polymorphism

of this species is discussed.

KEY WORDS Pyramidellidae; Parthenina', monozona', type; recent; Mediterranean Sea.

Received 26.04.2015; accepted 05.06.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

Study of type material is the only way to know

some species not properly described/figured,

because apart from personal interpretations of the

various Authors, really some species have never

been clarified. The present work illustrates the

result of Parthenina monozona (Brusina, 1869)

type material investigation. Even if the result of the

study, that is the synonymy between P. monozona

and P. intermixta (Monterosato, 1884), has been

mentioned by most Authors (e.g. Aartsen, 1977;

Linden & Eikenboom, 1992; Penas et al., 1996), it

was based on personal interpretations, without any

study of typical or Author’s named material.

SYSTEMATICS

Subclass Heterobranchia J.E. Gray, 1840

Order Heterostropha P. Fischer, 1885

Superfamily Pyramidelloidea J.E. Gray, 1 840

Family PYRAMIDELLIDAE J.E. Gray, 1840

Subfamily Chrysallidinae Saurin, 1958

Genus Parthenina B.D.D., 1883

Type species: Odostomia interstincta Montagu,

1 803 = Turbo interstinctus J. Adams, 1797, European

Seas by original designation

Parthenina monozona (Brusina, 1869)

Odostomia monozona Brusina, 1869: 240

Odostomia monozona - Monterosato, 1872a: 31

Odostomia monozona - Monterosato, 1872b: 42

Odostomia monozona - Aradas & Benoit, 1874: 240

Odostomia monozona - Monterosato, 1875: 32

Odostomia monozona - Monterosato, 1877a: 39

Odostomia ( Pyrgulina ) monozona - Monterosato,

1877b: 35

522

Pasquale Micali et alii

Odostomia ( Pyrgulina ) monozona - Monterosato,

1877c: 421

Odostomia monozona - Monterosato, 1878: 93

Odostomia monozona - Stossich, 1876: 79

Odostomia ( Parthenina ) jeffreysi B.D.D., 1883:

170, pi. 20, figs. 8-10 (var.)

Odostomia monozona - Bucquoy et al., 1883: 173,

pi. 20, figs. 12, 13 (see discussion)

Pyrgulina monozona - Monterosato, 1884: 87

Pyrgulina intermixta - Monterosato, 1884: 87

Pyrgulina monozona - Monterosato, 1885: 81

Pyrgulina intermixta - Monterosato, 1885: 81

Odostomia monozona - Brasina, 1886: 31

Parthenina monozona - Locard, 1886: 235

Parthenina intermixta - Locard, 1891: 144

Parthenina monozona - Locard, 1891: 145

Parthenina monozona - Ancey, 1898: 53

Odostomia intermixta - Pallary, 1900: 341

Parthenina monozona - Kobe It, 1903: 117-118

Odostomia intermixta - Pallary, 1912: 133

Parthenina intermixta - Cerulli-Irelli, 1914: 435, pi.

54, figs. 7-9

Pyrgulina monozona - Monterosato, 1917: 17

Pyrgulina monozona var. attenuata Monterosato -

Monterosato, 1917: 17

Pyrgulina ( Parthenina ) intermixta - Fekih, 1969:

19, pi. 3, fig. 3

Chrysallida monozona - Parenzan, 1970: 125, fig. 45

Parthenina intermixta - Parenzan, 1970: 125

Chrysallida monozona - Ghisotti, 1972: 102

Chrysallida (. Parthenina ) monozona - Nordsieck,

1972: 93, pi. PI fig. 12 (see discussion)

Chrysallida (. Parthenina ) intermixta - Nordsieck,

1972: 93, pi. PI, fig. 10

Chrysallida ( Parthenina ) intermixta - Di Gero-

nimo, 1975: 104

Chrysallida monozona - van Aartsen, 1977: 57-58

Chrysallida intermixta - van Aartsen, 1977: 57-59,

pi. 3, fig. 21

Chrysallida intermixta - Ruggieri, 1982: 260

Chrysallida intermixta - Rolan Mosquera, 1983:

fig. pag. 297, 298

Chrysallida intermixta - Mietto & Quaggiotto,

1983: 137, pi. l,fig. 18

Chrysallida intermixta - van Aartsen et al., 1984:

49 n. 238

Ch?ysallida intermixta - Ballesteros et al., 1986: 43

Chrysallida intermixta - Martin-Sintes et al., 1990:

452

Chrysallida intermixta - Poppe & Goto, 1991 : 49, 200

Chrysallida monozona - Riedl, 1991: 270, pi. 105

Chrysallida intermixta - Barash & Danin, 1992: 164

Chrysallida intermixta - van der Linden & Eiken-

boom, 1992: 20, fig. 33

Chrysallida rara - Gaglini, 1992: 149, fig. 130

Chrysallida intermixta - Cachia et al., 1993: 37

Chrysallida intermixta - Mifsud, 1994: 34, fig. 27

Chrysallida intermixta - Cecalupo & Quadri, 1996:

95, 118

Chrysallida intermixta - Penas et al., 1996: 22, figs.

40, 42

Chrysallida intermixta - Giribet & Penas, 1997: 53

Chrysallida intermixta - Cachia, 1999: 97, fig. pag.

98

Chrysallida intermixta - Oztiirk & Cevik, 2000: 37

Chrysallida intermixta - Cachia et al., 2001: 87, pi.

13, fig. 11

Chrysallida intermixta - Oztiirk et al., 2004: 60

Chrysallida intermixta - Micali & Nofroni, 2004: 179

Chrysallida intermixta - Coppini et al., 2005: 3

Chrysallida intermixta - Brunet Navarro & Cap-

devila, 2005: 36, 79 fig. 307

Chrysallida intermixta - Penas et al., 2006: 44

Chrysallida intermixta - Trono, 2006: 61

Chrysallida monozona - Trono, 2006: 61

Chrysallida intermixta - Mazziotti et al., 2008: 78

Chrysallida intermixta - Cecalupo et al., 2008: 32,

pi. 71, figs. 10-13.

Chrysallida monozona - Cosentino & Giacobbe,

2008: 166

Chrysallida intermixta - Vazzana, 2010: 71

Chrysallida monozona - Cossignani & Ardovini,

2011: 347

Chrysallida intermixta - Cossignani & Ardovini,

2011: 347

Chrysallida intermixta - Penas & Rolan in Gofas

et al., 2011: 373 (with SEM photos)

Chrysallida intermixta - Chirli & Micali, 2011: 34

Parthenina intermixta - Trono & Maori, 2013: 36

Chrysallida monozona - Trono & Maori, 2013: 36

Chrysallida intermixta - Oztiirk, 2014: 28

Parthenina monozona - Giannuzzi-Savelli et al.,

2014: 19, 67, figs. 163-168

Original description. Brusina (1869: 240): “O.

testa subulato-turrita obtusiuscula, nitida, lactea;

anfractibus 5 V 2 convexiusculis, sutura satis

profunda disjunctis, longitudinaliter plicata, plicis

subcontinuis, rectis, interstitia aequantibus, basi

evanidis; cingulo transversali ad basin anfractuum

On Parthenina monozona (Brusina, 1869) and its variability (Gastropoda Heterobranchia Pyramidellidae)

523

ornata; apertura ovata, tertiam totius longitudinis

partem non aequante. - Long. 2 % mill., lat. 1 mill. 9 *

[shell elongate-turriculate, with blunt top, clear,

white; 5 V 2 whorls, quite convex, separated by very

deep suture, axial ribs near aligned from one whorl

to the other, straight, as large as the interspaces,

evanescent on the base; one spiral ridge in the

abapical portion of the whorls; aperture ovate; less

than one third of the whole height. Length 2 % mm,

breadth 1 mm"].

Type material. It is preserved at Croatian

Natural History Museum (CNHM), with register

number 1374. The material includes four speci-

mens, three of which are in good conditions (Figs.

1-5), while one (Fig. 6) is quite eroded but possibly

conspecific with the others. Specimen at figures

1-3 is designated as lectotype and the other three

specimens are then paralectotypes. The well pre-

served specimens are clearly conspecific with P. in-

termixta, showing also the characteristic spiral

striature in the interspaces between axial ribs. Brus-

ina’s name, that is older, has the priority and P. in-

termixta becomes junior synonym of P. monozona.

Type locality. Mica cape, Melada (Molat)

island, Croatia. The Museum’s label (Fig. 7) indic-

ates this locality: “P Med. Mulat, Zadar”.

Description of type material. Shell conical,

semi-transparent, white color. The protoconch is

heterostrophic, making an angle of about 150° with

the axis of the teleoconch (type B). The teleoconch

is composed of about 5 whorls, flat, slightly gradate

at the adapical suture, while abapically are angu-

lated by the spiral on the initial whorls, gently curved

in the last whorls and restricted toward the suture.

The teleoconch whorls are covered by robust axial

ribs, large as the interspaces, orthocline, straight.

The ribs are in number of 20-22 on the last two

whorls. The ribs extend, slightly attenuated, on the

base. The spiral sculpture consists in a spiral rib

placed at about % of whorl height from abapical

suture, present in all whorls. In the interspaces and

on the base is present a microscopic spiral striature.

The base is convex, covered by the extension of the

axial ribs and the concentric spiral striature. Aper-

ture oval. The columella is angulated in the middle.

The columellar lip is slightly expanded. The inner

lip forms a thin film over the adapical part of the

aperture and joins the outer, to form a continuous

peristome. The columellar plica is oblique, well

developed, reaching the margin of columellar lip

about at the middle of it. The outer lip is simple,

with external sculpture visible in transparency. Seen

from the side, the outer lip is a little arched, fol-

lowing the flexuous profile of the axial ribs.

Variability. Protoconch: the angle of the

protoconch ranges between 135° and 150° in the

Adriatic specimens, while specimens from other

areas normally show an angle of 135°. Outline and

whorl profile: outline is conical, more or less

slender (compare Fig. 8 with Fig. 11). The whorls

may be flat, curved toward the adapical suture,

angulated at the spiral rib and restriced toward the

abapical suture (Figs. 9, 10, 12) or more regularly

curved toward the sutures (Figs. 1-4, 8). Some-

times the adapical suture is coronate by the ribs,

other times the ribs become weaker toward the

suture, and it is linear (compare Figs. 8 and 12

with Figs. 9, 10, 11).

Axial ribs: in the type series the axial ribs are

orthocline. Linden & Eilcenboom (1992) indicate

that “ Mostly the ribs incline to the left [i. e. proso-

cline], sometimes they are almost vertical, but they

never incline to the right [i. e. opisthocline]”. In the

studied material all the three cases have been

observed, even if opisthocline only rarely (Fig. 9).

Presence of axial ribs on the base: the type series

and all specimens from Vela Luka (Korcula island,

Croatia) (Fig. 8) as well as the specimen from

Otranto (Fig. 12) have the axial ribs extending all

over the base, while specimens from other areas

normally have the the ribs ending at the periphery

and only concentric striature on the base. Linden &

Eilcenboom (1992) states that the ribs are “ seldom

decreasing or even continuing to the base ”.

The specimens of P. monozona having elongate

ouline, well spaced ribs, spiral striature and deep

suture may be easily separated from P. interstincta.

The type series, as well as specimens found in other

points of Middle and North Adriatic Sea has a form

tending towards P. interstincta , from which may be

separated (Fig. 13) for the more pointed apex,

stronger axial ribs and spiral rib, spiral rib posi-

tioned more distant from the suture, presence of

microscopic spiral striature in the ribs interspaces

and on the base.

Distribution. The species is distributed in the

whole Mediterranean sea and along european coasts

from Portugal to NW Spain (fide Linden & Eiken-

boom, 1992). Record of Rolan Mosquera (1983) for

524

Pasquale Micali et alii

Vigo was based on P. inter stincta (Rolan pers. com.,

mail dated 26.08.2014). Not reported for west

Africa. As fossil it occurrs in the Pliocene of

Tuscany and Tunisia and in the Pleistocene of

Latium and Sicily.

DISCUSSION

First investigated matter is the origin of syn-

onymy with P. intermixta. Synonymy originates

from Aartsen (1977) statement that “the two species

which Nordsieck described and figures with the

name of intermixta (Monterosato) and monozona

(Brusina) are in really only one species’’’’ and the

indicated synonymy. Possibly even Aartsen felt that

the synonymy was not well proved, and this could

be the reason for not using Bmsina’s name, which

has priority. Nordsieck (1972: 93, pi. PI fig. 12)

drawing of monozona is based on a specimen from

Ibiza, therefore this is no more than a Nordsieck’s

personal interpretation of the species. Nordsieck’s

(1972) drawing shows a specimen without spiral

rib on the whorls, possibly following the name

ethymology of “ monozona ” which may be trans-

lated as “ single zone”.

About Nordsieck’s drawings Ronald Janssen,

curator of molluscs at Senckenberg Museum,

Franlcfurt/M (pers. comm, to R. Giannuzzi Savelli)

tells us: “ You need to have always in mind that

Nordsieck's « descriptions » are not necessarily

based on his own specimens but a compilation also

from literature! Also his drawings most often are

«free style» compositions using also figures from

the literature. This explains why only rarely speci-

mens can be found which match his figures ”.

In addition to be highlighted that Brusina’s

original description states “ cingulo transversali ad

basim anfractuum ornata ”, where “ anfractuum ” is

in the plural, therefore the spiral rib is indicated as

present along all the whorls. What above does not

prove at all the synonymy.

In the original description Brusina (1869)

compares the new species only with his Odostomia

turbonilloides Brusina, 1869 non Deshayes, 1861

(today the valid name is Partulida incerta (Milas-

chewitch, 1916)) from which it is anyway so dif-

ferent that a comparison is not needed.

Aradas & Benoit (1874) report that this species

has been found in various Sicilian localities and

state that it is similar to C. interstincta but “ Quan -

tunque la specie del Montagu presenti molte

varieta, nessuna di quelle che abbiamo avuto per

le mani, offre gli anfratti cost arrotondati e la

sutura cosi profonda come nella specie del

Brusina .” [Notwithstanding the several varieties of

Montagu’s species, no one of those we had in our

hands, has inflated whorls and deep suture as the

Brusina’s species]".

Monterosato (1872b) only lists the name as

"var." of P. interstincta, specifying “(ex typ.)”, to

indicate that he examined the type material. How-

ever in this list also P suturalis and P. emaciata are

considered varities of P interstincta. Monterosato

(1875) only lists the name as "var. 3" of P. inter-

stincta, while later on (Monterosato, 1878) the

species is listed as valid.

B.D.D. (1883: 173, pi. XX, figs. 12 and 13)

describe and draw Odostomia monozona, but they

do not mention the study of type material or the

origin of material. The description mentions “On

remarque en outre sur les intervalles des cotes

plusieurs rangees de trabicules qui entourent la

partie inferieure des tours et se prolongent sur la

partie mediane du dernier ” [in the interspaces of

the ribs there are some rows of nodules that encircle

the lower part of the whorls and extend up to the

central part]". Kobelt (1903) considers that B.D.D.

erroneously inteipreted Bmsina’s species and base

his new species Parthenina dollfusi on monozona

sensu B.D.D., “nee Brusina”. In B.D.D. it is not

mentioned the study of monozona type material,

therefore it is not surprising that these Authors

wrongly interpreted Bmsina’s species.

Monterosato (1884) states that he examined the

type material, but includes, without any comment,

the B.D.D. ’s reference and indicates that this

species is quite abundant. We suppose that he

realised B.D.D. ’s mistake, but due to good relation

with these malacologists he avoided to highlight.

In proposing the new name Pyrgulina inter-

r

mixta, Monterosato states: “E la forma littorale

Mediterranea erroneamente confusa con la P

interstincta, Mtg. che ha un maggiore numero di

coste piii sottili ed una forma piu tarchiata. Varie

forme; piuttosto frequente [This is a Mediterranean

litoral species, erroneously confused with P. inter-

stincta, Mtg., that has more numerous and narrower

axial ribs, and a stouter profile. Various forms; quite

frequent]”.

On Parthenina monozona (Brusina, 1869) and its variability (Gastropoda Heterobranchia Pyramidellidae)

525

Figures 1-7. Parthenina monozona , Melada (= Molat) island (Croatia), syntypes. Figs. 1-3: lectotype, H = 2.2 mm. Fig. 1 :

front view. Fig. 2: lateral view. Fig. 3: dorsal view. Fig. 4: paralectotype “A”, H = 1.9 mm. Fig. 5: paralectotype “B”, H =

2 mm. Fig. 6: paralectotype “C”, H = 1.9 mm. Fig. 7: Museum’s label. Figures 8-12. Parthenina monozona. Fig. 8: Vela

Luka (Korcula island, Croatia), -26/32 m, FI = 1.9 mm. Fig. 9: Algeciras (E), -3/6 m, FI = 2.1 mm. Fig. 10: Umag (Croatia),

beach, H = 2.2 mm. Fig. 1 1 : Portopalo (Sicily, Italy), -3 m, H = 2.3 mm. Fig. 12: Otranto (South Adriatic Sea), -20 m, H =

2.7 mm. Figure 13. Parthenina interstincta, Marina di Camerota (Tyrrhenian Sea), - 25 m, H = 2.1 mm.

526

Pasquale Micali et alii

Pallary (1900) mentions P. monozona for Al-

gerian coast.

Nordsieck (1972: 93, pi. PI, fig. 12) draws an

un-realistic specimen of Chrysallida monozona

from Ibiza, completely lacking spiral cords.

As discussed above, van Aartsen (1977: 58)

considers P. monozona synonym of P. intermixta

(Monterosato, 1884) only based on Nordsieck’ s

drawings, but this is not correct from a taxonomic

point of view, because the name monozona is much

older therefore has the precedence over Pyrgulina

intermixta Monterosato, 1884, that is a new name

for Odostomia ( Parthenina ) jeffreysi B.D.D., 1883,

non Koch & Weichmann, 1872 [ Turbonilla ], nee

Bell A., 1871 [Menestho]. Really the B.D.D.’s

name is not a secondary homonym of the others,

therefore could be used. According to art. 23.9.1 of

ICZN, dealing with the prevailing usage, it seems

that the B.D.D.’s name has been immediately

forgotten once Monterosato proposed the new

name, therefore conditions of art. 23.9.1.1 “ the

senior synonym has not been used as valid name

after 1899 ” and 23.9.1.2 “the junior synonym has

been used (omissis) in at least 25 works published

by at least 10 authors in the immediately preceding

50 years and encompassing a span of not less than

10 years'’’ are both complied with, therefore O. ( P. )

jeffreysi Bucquoy et al., 1883 is nomen oblitum,

while P. intermixta is nomen protectum. Anyway

this situation does not protect intermixta when it is

proved to be junior synonym of monozona.

From what above it is clear that, apart the

mistakes, many Authors, except Monterosato and

possibly Pallary, feel that P. monozona (Brusina,

1869) is synonym of P. intermixta Monterosato,

1884, but they do not prefer Brusina’s name

because of the poor knowledge of his species.

Monterosato is the only one who saw the type

material, and is also the Author of P intermixta, a

species surely well known to him, who had close

contacts with Dautzenberg. Monterosato (1884: 87)

makes two sections under Pyrgulina and in the

“group A” includes the species with axial ribs

evanescent on the base: P. monozona, P. intermixta,

P. suturalis, P. emaciata and P. brevicula Monterosato

nomen nudum: = P. monterosatii (Clessin, 1900).

As stated above, P monozona is indicated as quite

abundant. By comparing the above list with real

situation and considering the indicated frequency,

the result is that P monozona is applied to the

species normally determined as P. interstincta,

because the latter name is not mentioned. Really it

is not possible to know if Monterosato had speci-

mens by Brusina, if he saw the material and, due to

the remarkable difference from Sicilian form,

considered Brusina’s species different from his P.

intermixta, or if Brusina mixed together P mono-

zona and P. interstincta specimens, due to similarity

and lacking of comparison with this latter species.

Similarly, Pallary (1900) mentions for Algerian

coast P. monozona and P jeffreysi, but not P. inter-

stincta, which cannot be missing in that area.

From what above it is clear that some Authors

used the name monozona for the species actually

named interstincta.

Chrysallida rara Gaglini, 1992 ex Monterosato

ms, based on material from Sfax (south Tunisia),

clearly falls inside the range of variability of P.

monozona, showing remarkable similarity with

Sicilian forms, and is considered synonym.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We are grateful to Vesna Stamol (CNHM) for

the loan of type material, Marco Oliverio (La

Sapienza University, Roma, Italy) for his support.

We thank Serge Gofas (Universidad de Malaga,

Spain) for the useful discussions and Emilio Rolan

(Museum de Historia Natural, Santiago de Compo-

stela, Spain) for the informations.

REFERENCES

Aartsen J.J. van, 1977. European Pyramidellidae: I.

Chrysallida. Conchiglie, 13: 49-64.

Aartsen J.J., Menkhorst H.P.M.G. & Gittenberger E.,

1984. The marine Mollusca of the Bay of Algeciras,

Spain, with general notes on Mitrella, Marginellidae

and Turridae. Basteria suppl. 2: 1-135 .

Ancey C.F., 1898. List of marine shells collected at

Port Gueydon, Kabylia, with description of a new

Cyclostrema. The Nautilus, 12: 52-57 .

Aradas A. & Benoit L., 1874. Conchiliologia vivente

marina della Sicilia e delle isole che la circondano.

Atti Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali (3), 6:

113-226 + pis. 3,4.

Ballesteros M., Barrajon A., Luque A. A., Moreno

D., Talavera P. & Templado J., 1986. Contribucion

al conocimiento de los Gasteropodos marinos de

Almeria. Iberus, 6: 39-55.

On Parthenina monozona (Brusina, 1869) and its variability (Gastropoda Heterobranchia Pyramidellidae)

527

Barash A. & Danin Z., 1992. Fauna Palestina. Annotated

list of Mediterranean molluscs of Israel and Sinai.

Jerusalem, Academy of Sciences and Humaties, 405

pp. + 372 figs.

Brunet Navarro J. & Capdevila M., 2005. Atlas mala-

cologic del Delta de l'Ebre. Joan Brunet Navarro,

Sant Carles de la Rapita, 198 pp.

Brusina S., 1869. Gasteropodes nouveaux de l’Adri-

atique. Journal de Conchy liologie, 17: 230-249.

Brusina S., 1886. Ueber die Mollusken-Fauna Oester-

reich-Ungams. Mittheilungen des Naturwissenschaft-

lichen Vereins fur Steiermark, 22 (1885): 29-56.

Bucquoy E., Dautzenberg Ph. & Dollfus G., 1882-1886.

Les mollusques marin du Roussillon. Tome 1,

Gasteropodes. J. B. Bailliere & Fils., Paris, 570 pp.

[pp. 85-196, 1883].

Cachia C., 1999. II Molluski ta Malta. Kullana kulturali

N 5. Publ. PIN, Pieta, Malta, xii + 113 pp.

Cachia C., Mifsud C. & Sammut P.M., 1993. An annot-

ated checklist of the marine Mollusca of the Maltese

Islands. Erste Vorarlberger Malakologische Gesell-

schaft: 1-80.

Cachia C., Mifsud C. & Sammut P.M., 2001. The marine

Mollusca of the Maltese Islands. Part Three. Subclass

Prosbranchia to subclass Pulmonata, order Basom-

matophora. Backhuys Publishers, Leiden, 182 pp., 26

pis.

Cecalupo A., Buzzurro G. & Mariani M., 2008. Con-

tribute alia conoscenza della malacofauna del Golfo

di Gabes (Tunisia). Quaderni della Civica Stazione

Idrobiologica di Milano, 31: 1-175 pp., 92 pis.

Cecalupo A. & Quadri P., 1996. Contributo alia cono-

scenza malacologia per il nord dell’isola di Cipro

(Terza e ultima parte). Bollettino malacologico, 31

(1995): 95-118.

Cerulli Irelli S., 1914. Fauna Malacologica Mariana.

Parte 7. Palaeontologia Italica, 20: 183-277.

Chirli C. & Micali P., 2011. Malacofauna Pliocenica To-

scana. Vol. 8. Pyramidelloidea. C. Chirli, Tavarnelle,

pp. X+131, 40 pis.

Coppini M., Cuneo F., Margelli A. & Campani E., 2005.

Gastropoda e Scaphopoda del porto di Livorno.

Bollettino malacologico, 41: 43-50 [erroneously

paginated 1-8].

Cosentino A. & Giacobbe S., 2008. Aspects of epizoo-

biontic mollusc assemblages on Pinna shells. II. Does

the Mediterranean P. nobilis represent an isle of biod-

iversity? Cahiers de Biologie Marine, 49: 161-173.

Cossignani T. & Ardovini R., 2011. Malacologia Medi-

terranea. L’Informatore Piceno, Ancona, 536 pp.

Di Geronimo I., 1975. La malacofauna Siciliana del

Ciaramitaio (Grammichele, Catania). Conchiglie, 11:

101-137.

Fekih M., 1969. Pyramidellidae recoltes dans le Pliocene

de l’Oued El Galaa (Menzel Bourguiba). Notes de

Service Geologique, 29: 5-58.

Gaglini A., 1992. Terze Spigolature... Monterosatiane.

Argonauta, 7: 125-180.

Ghisotti F., 1972. Le conchiglie del Golfo di Gabes parte

seconda. Conchiglie, 8: 101-113.

Giannuzzi-Savelli R., Pusateri F., Micali P., Nofroni I. &

Bartolini S., 2014. Atlante delle conchiglie marine

del Mediterraneo. Vol. 5 (Heterobranchia). Edizioni

Danaus, Palermo, 111+91 pp., 363 figs.

Giribet C. & Penas A., 1997. Fauna malacologica del

litoral del Garraf (NE de la Peninsula Iberica). Iberus,

15: 41-93.

Kobelt W., 1903. Iconographie der schalentragenden

europaischen Meeresconchylien, 3. C.W. KreideFs

Verlag, Wiesbaden, pp. 25-200.

Linden van der J. & Eikenboom J.C.A., 1992. On the

taxonomy of the Recent species of the genus Chrysal-

lida Carpenter from Europe, the Canary Islands and

the Azores (Gastropoda, Pyramidellidae), Basteria,

56: 3-63.

Locard A., 1886. Prodrome de malacologie Franqaise

mollusques marins. Annales de la Societe d’Agricul-

ture et d’Histoire Naturelle de Lyon, 8: 1-216.

Locard A., 1891. Les coquilles marines des cotes de

France. Annales de la Societe Linneenne de Lyon, 37:

1-385.

Martin Sintes D., Dantart L. & Ballesteros M., 1990.

Moluscos de las concreciones de algas calcareas del

litoral Catalan (NE Espana). Lavori S.I.M., 23: 445-

456.

Mazziotti C., Agamennone F. & Tisselli M., 2008.

Checklist della malacofauna delle Isole Tremiti

(Medio Adriatico). Bollettino malacologico, 44: 71-

86 .

Micali P. & Nofroni I., 2004. On the specific validity of

Chrysallida penchynati (B.D.D, 1883) and descrip-

tion of Chrysallida rinaldii n. sp. Bollettino malaco-

logico, 39 (2003): 177-180.

Mietto P. & Quaggiotto E., 1983. Molluschi nuovi o poco

noti dell'isola d'Elba (Mare Tirreno). Bollettino ma-

lacologico, 19: 127-140.

Mifsud C.,1994. On some living Mollusca from Maltese

waters. La Conchiglia, 26 (272): 29-36.

Monterosato T.A. di Maria, 1872a. Notizie intomo alle

conchiglie fossili di Monte Pellegrino e Ficarazzi.

Uff. Tip. M. Amenta, Palermo, 44 pp.

Monterosato T.A. di Maria, 1872b. Catalogo delle

Conchiglie Mediterranee. Uff. Tipografia M. Amenta,

Palermo, 61 pp.

Monterosato T.A. di Maria, 1875. Nuova rivista delle

conchiglie mediterranee. Atti Accademia Palermitana

di Scienze, Lettere e Arti, Palermo, 2: 1-50.

Monterosato T.A. di Maria, 1877a. Note sur quelques

coquilles provenant des cotes d’Algerie. Journal de

Conchyliologie, 25: 24-49.

528

Pasquale Micali et alii

Monterosato T.A. di Maria, 1877b. Catalogo delle

conchiglie fossili di Monte Pellegrino e Ficarazzi

presso Palermo. Bollettino del R. Comitato Geolo-

gico d'ltalia, 1-2: 28-42.

Monterosato T.A. di Maria, 1877c. Notizie sulle

conchiglie della rada di Civitavecchia. Annali del

Museo Civico di Genova, 9: 407-428.

Monterosato T.A., di Maria, 1878. Enumerazione e

sinonimia delle conchiglie mediterranee. Giornale di

Scienze Naturali ed Economiche, Palermo, 13: 61-

115.

Monterosato T.A. di Maria, 1884. Nomenclatura generica

e specifica di alcune conchiglie mediterranee.

Stabilimento Tipografico Virzi, Palermo, 152 pp.

Monterosato T.A. di Maria, 1885. Conchiglie litorali

mediterranee. II Naturalista siciliano, 3: 80-84.

Monterosato T.A. di Maria, 1917. Molluschi viventi e

quaternari raccolti lungo le coste della Tripolitania

dall’Ing. Camillo Crema. Bollettino della Societa

Zoologica Italiana, 4: 1-28.

Nordsieck F., 1972. Die Europaischen Meeresschnecken

(Opisthobranchia mit Pyramidellidae; Rissoacea).

Vom Eismeer bis Kapverden, Mittelmeer und

Schwarzes Meer. Gustav Fischer Verlag. Stuttgart.

327 pp.

Oztiirk B., 2014. Shelled marine Molluscs of the Turkish

Coasts. Informal group “Lower Heterobranchia”

(Mollusca-Gastropoda). Ege University Press.

Publications of the Faculty of Fisheries n° 81, 131

pp., 118 figs.

Oztiirk B., Buzzurro G. & Benli H.A., 2004. Marine

molluscs from Cyprus: new data and checklist.

Bollettino malacologico, 39 (2003): 49-78.

Oztiirk B. & £evik C., 2000. Molluscs Fauna of Turkish

Seas. Club Conchylia Informationen, 32: 27-53.

Pallary P., 1900. Coquilles marins du littoral du departe-

ment d’Oran. Journal de Conchyliologie, 28: 211-

434.

Pallary P., 1912. Catalogue des Mollusques du littoral

Mediterraneen de FEgypte. Memoires de l'lnstitut

egyptien, 7: 69-200.

Parenzan P., 1970. Carta d’identita delle conchiglie del

Mediterraneo. vol. 1, ed. Bios Taras, Taranto, 286

pp.

Penas A. & Rolan E., 2011. Familia Pyramidellidae,

Amathinidae y Murchisonellidae. In: Gofas S.,

Moreno D. & Salas C. (Eds.). Moluscos marinos de

Andalucia. Malaga: Servicio de Publicaciones e

Intercambio Cientifico, Universidad de Malaga,

365-398,.

Penas A., Templado J. & Martinez J.L., 1996. Contribu-

tion to the knowledge of the Pyramidelloidea

(Gastropoda, Heterostropha) in the Spanish Mediter-

ranean coasts. Iberus, 14: 1-82.

Penas A., Rolan E., Luque A., Templado J., Moreno D.,

Rubio F., Salas C., Sierra A. & Gofas S., 2006.

Moluscos marinos de la isla de Alboran. Iberus, 24:

23-151.

Poppe G.T. & Goto Y., 1991. European Seashell. Vol. I.

(Polyplacophora, Caudofoveata, Solenogastra,

Gastropoda). Verlag Christa Hemmen, Wiesbaden,

352 pp.

Riedl R., 1991. Fauna e flora del Mediterraneo. Padova,

Muzio, 777 pp.

Rolan Mosquera E., 1983. Moluscos de la Ria de Vigo.

I. Gasteropodos. Revista de Ciencias del Mar

Thalassas, 1: 1-183.

Ruggieri G., 1982. Segnalazione di Parastrophia

(Gastropoda, Caecidae) nel Pliocene della Sicilia.

Bollettino malacologico, 18: 255-262.

Stossich A., 1876. Prospetto della Fauna del mare Adri-

atico. IV Mollusca. Bollettino della Societa adriatica

di scienze naturali in Trieste, 5: 55-184.

Trono D., 2006. Nuovi dati sulla malacofauna del Salento

(Puglia meridionale). Bollettino malacologico, 42:

58-84

Trono D. & Maori G., 2013. Malacofauna del Salento

(Trono, 2006): corrigenda e addenda. Bollettino ma-

lacologico, 49: 26-48.

Vazzana A., 2010. La malacofauna del Circalitorale di

Scilla (Stretto di Messina). Bollettino malacologico,

46: 65-74.

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 529-592

Monograph

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenop-

tera Mutillidae)

Pietro Lo Cascio

Nesos, via Vittorio Emanuele 24, 98055 Lipari, Messina, Italy; e-mail: plocascio@nesos.org

ABSTRACT The family of Mutillidae includes 776 taxa among species and subspecies recorded for 311

islands worldwide, whose distribution is provided in the present checklist. A brief review of

some traits that characterize the insular faunas of these hymenopteran parasitoids is given.

The main constraints to the dispersal on islands are due to the apterogyny and the occurrence

of suitable hosts. Species richness is generally correlated with island size. Although probably

still underestimated, the greatest number of species is found on Sri Lanka (82), Borneo (77),

Madagascar (70) and Taiwan (61). Endemics are more than half (55%) of the whole insular

mutillids and are found mostly in the oceanic islands and in those that have undergone to

a long-time isolation. On the contrary, endemic genera are represented only on few islands

(Madagascar, Sri Lanka and, secondarily, New Guinea, Sulawesi and Canary).

KEY WORDS Hymenoptera; Mutillidae; islands of the world; checklist; biogeography.

Received 26.04.2015; accepted 21.06.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

The family Mutillidae includes 210 genera

(Lelej & Brothers, 2008; see also Williams & Pitts,

2009; Williams et al., 2011; Brothers, 2012; Tu et

al., 2014) and more than 4,300 species so far

described. These latter are estimated to be about

6,000 (according to Lelej & Brothers, 2008), but

their number is rather uncertain pending for further

investigations that could lead to establish several

new synonymies, because many species, and even

a few genera, are still known only for one sex.

The strong sexual dimorphism typical of the

members of this hymenopteran family makes

indeed difficult the association between males

(mostly winged) and females (all apterous), that is

generally based on the direct observations of

mating, although have been also used alternative

methods such as live-caught females to attract

conspecific males (Manley, 1999) and molecular

analysis (Pilgrim & Pitts, 2006).

Despite the uncertainty that still persists about

the amount of true species belonging to this fam-

ily, 428 (about 10% of those actually described),

as well as 1 3 genera, are known to be exclusively

distributed on islands. That confirms once again

as the islands contribute disproportionately to the

global biodiversity (Whittaker & Fernandez-Pala-

cios, 2006).

The occurrence of mutillids wasps on islands is

however constrained by two morphological and

biological traits: i) the low dispersal ability of the

wingless females, and ii) their dependence on

finding of suitable hosts, because Mutillidae are

parasitoids that develop mainly on immature stages

of other Hymenoptera (Brothers, 1989).

Consequently, the number of species on the

islands presumably decrease with increase of their

530

Pietro Lo Cascio

degree of isolation, and thus the species richness

should be greater on the continental islands rather

than on the oceanic. By contrast, these latter could

be more often characterized by processes of specia-

tion and adaptive radiation.

The first information on insular mutillids is

due to Fabricius (1775), who described Mutilla

antiguensis from “insula Antigua” (Lesser Antilles,

Caribbean Sea), a species still considered as valid

although included among the taxa incertae sedis by

Nonveiller (1990). Just few records were added

during the first decades of the 19th century by

Spinola (1839, 1841), Ghiliani (1842), Westwood

(1843) and Lepeletier de Saint-Fargeau (1845),

while several are those published since the second

half of this century, thanks to the significant

increase of the scientific expeditions to the islands

carried out, among others, by naturalists such as

Alfred Russell Wallace.

More recently, several studies specifically

concerning the insular faunas of Mutillidae or that

provide extensive faunal lists have been published

(Arnone & Romano, 1995; Brothers, 2012;

Brothers et al., 2011; Esaki, 1938; Hammer, 1950;

Invrea, 1940, 1952c, 1955a, 1960, 1966; Krombein,

1949a, 1971, 1972; Lo Cascio & Romano, 2004; Lo

Cascio et al., 2012; McCallan, 1990, 1991a;

Mickel, 1928b, 1933, 1934, 1935; Nonveiller, 1972;

Olsoufieff, 1938; Schembri, 1983; Strumia &

Pagliano, 2014; Strumia et al., 2008; Terayama,

2005; Terayama et al., 2011; Tsuneki, 1972a,

1972b; Tsuneki et al., 1993, Turner, 1914; Turrisi,

1999a), but a comprehensive and updated overview

of all the available data, often scattered in papers

not eminently dealing with this hymenopteran

family, is still lacking.

The aim of the present paper is to provide a

checklist of the faunal records of Mutillidae for the

islands worldwide (including the estuarine but

excluding fluvial and lacustrine ones). A wide liter-

ature has been therefore checked in order to achieve

a list as exhaustive as possible, even if cannot be

excluded that some data may have been neglected,

hence reporting of any omissions or mistakes,

as well as that of new records, is enthusiastically

welcomed.

In light of the available data, it was also possible

to outline the main biogeographical traits of the

island faunas, which are briefly analyzed and dis-

cussed in a separate paragraph.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Geographical setting

310 islands distributed between 55°N and 42°S

where Mutillidae have been recorded are listed and

grouped in alphabetical order with in the respective

ecoregions in Table 1 ; another island (High Island)

has been mentioned in Table 2 but not in Table 1

(see below).

Ecoregions follow the geographic boundaries

given by Olson et al. (2001) with the only exception

of Palearctic which is here subdivided in two dif-

ferent regions (Western and Eastern), and are listed

in clockwise order from East of Greenwich and

from North to South (see also Fig. 1).

As the boundary between Indo-Malay and

Australasia is still debated (see Simpson, 1977;

New, 2002; Halloway, 2009 and references therein),

in the present paper the Weber line was adopted

following the proposals given by Holt et al. (2013).

According to Echenique-Diaz et al. (2009), all the

Japanese islands that lie south of latitude 3 1 ° N

(Ryukyu or Nansei Archipelago) are assigned to the

Indo-Malay, while Ogasawara (or Bonin) Islands

belong to the Oceania.

Island’s name and localization have been checked

using both the Island Directory provided by UNEP

(islands.unep.ch/isldir.htm) and the GeoNames

Search facility of the US National Geospatial-

Intelligence Agency (geonames.nga.mil/ggmagaz/).

Some Japanese islands were named using al-

ternatively the suffix -shima or -jima. Asterisks

after the name indicate *) that the island is artifi-

cially connected to the mainland (or to the nearest

main island), **) it is composed by two sub-islands

(data given in the next columns concern the overall

island), ***) the toponym quoted in literature

without further indications concerns an island

group (whose name is reported into square

brackets), hence geographical data are referred to

its larger island.

Two-letter code of the country is given accord-

ing to the International Organization for Standard-

ization (www.iso.org). Surface and elevation are

respectively indicated in Km 2 (with 0.5 approxima-

tion) and in m a.s.l. Isolation index was calculated

according to the proposals given by Dahl (1991 ; see

also islands.unep.ch/isldir.htm) and successively

assigned to a numerical class (e.g. values ranging

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

531

from 1 to 10 are included in the class 10, from 11

to 20 in the class 20, etc.).

Data sources

Data were gathered through the examination of

a wide literature which includes worldwide or

regional catalogues and monographs (Andre, 1 899—

1903, 1902; Baltazar, 1966; Bischoff, 1920-1921;

Blake, 1871; Brothers et al., 2011; Cameron, 1892;

1897, 1898, 1900; Dalla Torre, 1897; Krombein,

1972, 1979b; Lelej, 1985, 2002, 2005; Lepeletier

de Saint-Fargeau, 1845; Mickel, 1928a; Nonveiller,

1990; Olsoufieff, 1938; Ramakrishna, 1916; Sichel

& Radoszkowski, 1869-1870), reviews of genera

and/or species groups (Bradley, 1916a; Lelej &

Krombein, 2001; Ljubomirov, 2011; Manley &

Pitts, 2007; Mickel, 1938, 1939, 1941; Nonveiller,

1979a, 1994, 1995a, 1995b; Nonveiller & Cetko vie,

1995, 1996; Petersen, 1988; Pitts & McHugh, 2002;

Radoszkowski, 1885; Reck Bartholomay, 2014;

Suarez, 1988; Tu et al., 2014; Williams & Pitts,

2007, 2013; Williams et al., 2012), or museum col-

lections (Andre, 1896a, 1896b, 1898, 1907-1908,

1908a, 1908b, 1909; Casolari & Casolari Moreno,

1980; Hashimoto &Nakanishi, 1997; Ljubomirov,

2006; Matteini Palmerini, 1992; Pagliano, 2005;

Smith, 1855, 1879; Spooner, 1942; Starr, 1993;

Suarez, 1959a; Taeger et al., 2005; Zavattari,

1910a).

Other relevant references which have been con-

sulted are:

W-Palearctic. Alicata et al. (1975), Archer

(1986, 2014), Arnone & Romano (1995, 1998),

Baez & Ortega (1978), Baldock (2014, 2015),

Berland (1925), Bigot (1958), Bischoff (1928,

1933), Bischoff & Nonveiller (1965), Bordoni

(1980), Broad (2014), Canovai et al. (2000),

Cecconi (1895), Cocquempot & Chambon (1992),

Cocquempot & Rungs (2009), Compte Sart (1959),

Costa (1856-1860, 1882, 1883, 1885, 1887),

Deschamps (1898), De Stefani-Perez ( 1 885—

1886,1887a, 1887b, 1897), Edwards (1997), Failla

Tedaldi (1887), Garcia Mercet (1913), Garcias Font

(1953), Generani et al. (2001), Ghiliani (1842),

Gribodo (1880), Grimshaw (1913), Haeseler

(2008), Hammer (1950), Hohmann et al. (1993), In-

vrea (1940, 1941b, 1942, 1951, 1952a, 1952b,

1952c, 1953, 1954, 1955a, 1955b, 1957, 1958, 1960,

1962, 1964, 1966), King (1915), Lelej et al. (2003a),

Leo (1989), Lo Cascio (2000, 2014), Lo Cascio &

Romano (2004), Lo Cascio et al. (1998), Mantero

(1905, 1909), Masi (1933), Mellor (1932), Mingo

& Compte (1963), Monastra (1989, 1990), Nagy

(1972), Nonveiller (1972, 1979b), Nonveiller et al.

(1998), Pagliano (2003, 2011), Pagliano & Matteini

Palmerini (2014), Pagliano & Strumia (2000, 2007,

2013), Richards (1980), Riggio (1885), Riggio &

De Stefani-Perez (1887), Romano (2004, 2012),

Saunders (1880, 1881, 1896, 1901, 1904), Schem-

bri (1983, 1984), Schulthess (1929), Spicer (1873),

Spinola (1839), Stelfox (1933), Strumia & Pagliano

(2014), Strumia et al. (2008), Suarez (1959b, 1970,

1975), Turrisi (1999a, 1999b), Valletta (1971,

1979), Villarubia & Espanol (1933), Yarrow (1954),

Yeo & Corbet (1995), and Zavattari (1910b, 1912).

Afrotropic. Andre (1895, 1899, 1901a, 1903a,

1903b, 1904, 1905, 1908b), Atkins & Webb (2013),

Brancsik (1891), Friese (1900), Garcia Mercet

(1903), Gerstaecker (1871), Invrea (1941a),

Krombein (1939, 1951), Lelej & Harten (2006), Lo

Cascio et al. (2012), McCallan (1991a), Nonveiller

& Petersen (1995), Olsoufieff (1936), Paulian

(1950), Saussure (1890-1892, 1891), Schulthess

(1919), Schulz (1912), Seyrig (1936), and Viette

(1957, 1978).

Indo-Malay. Andre (1907a, 1907b), Ashmead

(1905a, 1905b), Bingham (1895, 1897), Brown

(1906), Cameron (1902a, 1902b, 1903, 1909), Chen

(1957), Cockerell (1927), Dammermann (1923,

1948), Easton (2001), Garcia Mercet (1903), Green

(1912), Hammer (1962), Haneda (1982), Ikudome

& Yamane (2009), Invrea (1943), Krombein (1978,

1979a, 1981, 1982), Krombein & Lelej (1999),

Krombein et al. (1999), Lelej (1993, 1995, 1996b),

Matsumura & Uchida (1926), Mickel (1933, 1934),

Motschulslcy (1863), Murota (1973a, 1973b), Pag-

den (1938), Rohwer (1910), Sakagami et al. (1996),

Saussure (1867a, 1867b), Smith (1857-1858, 1858,

1861a), Sonan (1931), Tennent (1859), Terayama

(2005), Terayama et al. (2011), Tsuneki (1972b,

1972c, 1982a, 1982b, 1993a, 1993b), Tsuneki et al.

(1993), Turner (1911), Wickwar (1908), Williams

(1919), Yamane (1983), Yamane et al. (1992, 1999),

Yasumatsu (1934), and Zavattari (1913a).

E-Palearctic. Fukasawa & Miyano (2010),

Haneda (1979), Hisamatsu (2004), Lelej (1996a,

2012), Lelej & Yamane (1992), Lelej et al. (2001),

Matsumura (1911), Mickel (1936), Miyamoto

532

Pietro Lo Cascio

(1959), Nagase (2004), Nagase & Kawashima

(2012), Ogawa et al. (2012), Paik (1994, 1995),

Sakagami (1980), Sakagami et al. (1982), Smith

(1873, 1874), Takahashi (1993), Terayama (2005),

Terayama et al. (2011), Tsuneki (1962, 1972a,

1973), Tsurusaki et al. (2012), Vertyankin (2010),

Yasumatsu (1931, 1937), and Yoshida (1989).

Australasia. Andre (1901b, 1905), Brothers

(1971, 2012), Cameron (1901, 1907), Hill (1955),

Jennings et al. (2013), Krombein (1971), Mantero

(1900), Mickel (1935), Montague (1914), Smith

(1859, 1861b), Turner (1912, 1914), Valentine &

Walker (1983), Villemant (2011), Westwood

(1843), Williams (1945), and Zavattari (1913b).

Indo-Malay and Australasia. Mickel

(1937), O’Toole (1975), Pagden (1949), Smith

(1861-1862, 1864a, 1864b, 1865), and Smith &

Wallace (1873).

Oceania. Esaki (1938), Krombein (1949a),

Sugiura et al. (2013), Takahashi & Shimizu (2007),

Tsuneki (1984), and Yasumatsu (1936, 1950).

Nearctic. Bradley (1916b), Cockerell (1915),

Cooper (1953), Deyrup & Manley (1986), Hurd

(1951), McAlister & McAlister (1993), Ortiz

(1976), Seavey (1892), and Wilson & Pitts

(2009).

Neotropic. Alayo Dalmau (1975), Ashmead

(1896, 1900), Askew (1980, 1994), Cambra &

Quintero Arias (1992, 1993), Cresson (1865), Dow

(1931), Elliott & Elliott (1994, 1996), Elliot et al.

(2002), Evans (1972), Fox (1900), Genaro (1997),

Genaro & Torres (1999), Krombein (1949b),

Lenko (1964), McCallan (1942, 1950, 1990,

1991b), Mickel (1926, 1928b, 1952, 1961), Perez-

Gelabert (2008), Pitts (2007), Portuondo Ferrer

& Fernandez Triana (2004), Quintero Arias &

Cambra (2001), Schuster (1946), Snelling (2005),

Spinola (1841), Starr & Hook (2003), and William

(1926).

Finally, the checklist includes data from the list

of the specimens identified by the late B. Petersen

and kept in the Zoological Museum of the Univer-

sity of Copenhagen (hereafter ZMUC, available at:

www.zmuc.dk/EntoWeb/collections-databaser/

Hymenoptera); from the distributional maps of

BWARS (www.bwars.com); unpublished records

for Gavdos Island which are based on specimens

identified by the late G. Nonveiller and kept in the

Natural History Museum of Crete (A. Trichas, in

litteris 20. i. 1999); some other unpublished records

have been given in details in Table 3.

Statistical analysis

The effects of geographical predictors on faunal

ensembles were assessed by using simple linear

regression analysis with 95% confidence limits and

performed with the open source software PAST

version 3.04 (Hammer et al., 2001). Evaluation of

diversity indices and UPGMA analysis were done

using MVSP® (Multivariate Statistical Package),

version 3.22. Numbers that follow ± are referred to

standard error.

CHECKLIST

In Table 2, 719 species and 49 subspecies of

Mutillidae are listed in alphabetical order with the

respective insular distribution. Also, 8 species are

indicated only at generic rank as quoted in literat-

ure; the only exception concerns “ Ephutomorpha ”

sp. from New Guinea, recorded by Andre (1896a)

and Mantero (1900) as the Australian Ephutomor-

pha morosa (Westwood, 1843), that according to

Mickel (1935) probably represents a yet undes-

cribed species.

Taxonomy and nomenclature follow those

adopted by the most recent literature (see Data

source), except for the genus Smicromyrme Thom-

son, 1870 which has been considered here as

feminine gender (Romano & Lo Cascio, in prepar-

ation). For the species whose generic placement is

still considered doubtful, genus name is indicated

in quotes. That is the case, for instance, of the

Madagascan species referred to genus Trogaspidia

Ashmead, 1899 (see Brothers et al., 2011); or the

whole genus Ephutomorpha Andre, 1902, appro-

priately defined by Krombein (1971) as a “por-

tmanteau”, which currently includes many

Australasian species that should be assigned to

other genera yet undescribed (see also Brothers,

2012 ).

In the next column “E” indicates when a taxon

is exclusively distributed on islands (specifying

whether it is an endemic subspecies). Ephucilla

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

533

viet (Lelej, 1995) and Glossotilla illudens Invrea,

1941 are known only for Dang Kho (Vietnam) and

Koyaama (Somalia), respectively, but it is unlikely

that are really endemic of these small coastal

islands and their distribution range probably in-

cludes neighboring continental areas. Conversely,

Smicromyrme mauromoustakisi Invrea, 1940 from

Cyprus is treated as endemic, because a record for

Palestine (Invrea, 1965) should be referred to an

yet undescribed species (P. Lo Cascio, unpubl.

data). Also, Wallacidia vicina (Sichel et Ra-

doszkowski, 1870) is considered endemic of some

Australasian islands because a record for India

given by Andre (1894) was not confirmed by Lelej

(2005).

Species and records excluded from the checklist

Records of Mutillidae have been taken into

account in the checklist when identified at least at

generic rank and excluding those as: the “velvet

ants” mentioned by Weiskittle (2004) for Pea

Island (35.42N, 075. 30W; code: US; surface:

127.5 Km 2 ; max elevation: 10 m a.s.l.; isolation:

10); an unspecified number of mutillids found on

Coiba Island (7.28N, 081.46W; PA; 503.0; 425;

20) reported by Nieves- Aldrey & Fontal-Cazalla

(1997); one unidentified morphospecies recorded

byElliot & Elliot (1984) for Cat Island (24.24N,

075.3 1W; BS; 386.5; 122; 50); two unidentified

morphospecies recorded by Pizarro-Araya et al.

(2014) for Chanaral Island (29.01S, 071.34W; CL;

5.0; 145; 10); twenty-four (according to Callan

et al., 2011) or even twenty- five unidentified

morphospecies (according to www.padil.gov.au:

80/barrow-island/) found during recent faunal

investigations on Barrow Island (20.47S, 1 15.24E;

AU; 234.0; 64; 10).

From the checklist have also been excluded:

Dasylabris lybica (Invrea, 1940), recorded for

Malta in the list of ZMUC collections (see

www.zmuc.dk/EntoWeb/collections-databaser/

Hymenoptera), whose occurrence needs to be con-

firmed; Ephutomorpha gaudens Zavattari, 1913,

described for New Guinea but successively

neglected by Mickel (1935), whose taxonomic

value needs hence to be clarified; Hoplomutilla

gabbii (Blake, 1879), whose old records for Ja-

maica are due to the erroneous label of a specimen

kept in the British Museum collections (Mickel,

1939); Krombeinidia unifasciata (Smith, 1855),

whose record for Sulawesi (Smith, 1858; see also

Smith & Wallace, 1873) is doubtful (Lelej, 2005);

Mutilla marginata Baer, 1848, recorded for Sicily

by Andre (1899-1903) but not confirmed by

Turrisi (1999); Myrmosa macrocephala Olivier,

1811, described from Java, which belongs to the

family Tiphiidae (see Lelej, 2005); Odontomutilla

urania (Smith, 1857), whose terra typica is

Melaka (Peninsular Malaysia) and not Borneo

(Lelej, 2005); Petersenidia gribodoi (Magretti,

1892), whose records for Sumatra and New Gui-

nea (Mantero, 1 900) are due to erroneous identi-

fications (Mickel, 1935); Petersenidia subanalis

(Magretti, 1892), Trogaspidia aulica (Smith,

1855), T. pilosella (Magretti, 1892), T. fortinata

(Cameron, 1899), and T. pulchriceps (Cameron,

1892), whose records for Sri Lanka (Andre, 1903a,

1907a; Bingham, 1897; Wickwar, 1908) have not

been verified by Lelej (2005) and need to be con-

firmed; Physetopoda discreta (Cameron, 1897),

whose record for Philippines (Bingham, 1897) is

doubtful (Lelej, 2005); Sinotilla decora (Smith,

1879), whose record for Java (Zavattari, 1913a) is

doubtful (Lelej, 2005); Trogaspidia analis (Lepe-

letier, 1845), whose records for Sri Lanka, Borneo,

Sumatra, Bali, Sulawesi, Sumbawa, Ambon,

Halmahera, Morotai, Ternate and Taiwan (Andre,

1907a; Zavattari, 1913b; Pagliano, 2005) have not

been confirmed by Mickel (1935) and Lelej

(2005); Trogaspidia catanensis (Rossi, 1794),

whose record for Zanzibar (Zavattari, 1910a) must

be certainly referred to another species; Tro-

gaspidia floralis (Klug, 1829), whose record for

Zanzibar (Bischoff, 1920-1921) is due to erro-

neous identification (Nonveiller & Petersen,

1995); Trogaspidia rubripes (Andre, 1901), recor-

ded for Cyprus and supposed to be the opposite

sex of Neotrogaspidia hammeri (Suarez, 1959) by

Suarez (1959b), but recently treated as valid

species by Lelej (2002), who however has ex-

cluded this island from its distribution range; Tro-

gaspidia repraesentans (Smith, 1855), erroneously

recorded by Smith & Wallace (1873) and Zavattari

(1913b) for Borneo and Java, respectively (Mickel,

1935; Lelej, 2005); Wallacidia sexmaculata (Swe-

derus, 1787) recorded by Lepeletier de Saint -

Fargeau (1845) for Java from a specimen kept in

the Spinola’s collection (Regional Museum of

Natural Sciences, Turin) doubtfully identified as

534

Pietro Lo Cascio

Mutilla fuscipennis Fabricius, 1804, but not con-

firmed by Lelej (2005; see also Pagliano, 2005).

Furthermore, from the distribution of some

species included in the checklist have been omit-

ted the following doubtful records: Blakeius

bipunctatus (Latreille, 1792) for Cyprus by Andre

(1899-1903), not confirmed by Invrea (1940) and

Hammer (1950); Dasylabris maura carinulata

(Dalla Torre, 1897) for Rhodes by Pagliano

(2005), which need to be confirmed; “ Ephuto -

morphcT australasiae (Fabricius, 1804) and

“ Ephutomorpha ” fausta (Smith, 1863), given

respectively for New Britain and New Guinea

by Andre (1898), which need to be confirmed;

Krombeinella thoracica (Fabricius, 1793) for

Sicily by several authors, not confirmed by Sua-

rez (1988); Myrmilla mutica (Andre, 1903) for

Cyprus by Bogusch (2006), not confirmed by

Ljubomirov (2011); Mutilla europaea Linnaeus,

1758 for Sardinia by Costa (1887), not confirmed

by Arnone & Romano (1998); the same for the

“Inner Hebrides” and “Outer Hebrides” without

further information, respectively by the Scottish

Aculeate List (www. hbrg.org.uk/SAL/index.

html) and the Outer Hebrides Biological Recor-

ding (http://www.ohbr.org.uk); Myrmilla erythro-

cephala (Latreille, 1792) for Kerkyra, not confirmed

by Ljubomirov (2011); Myrmilla lezginica (Ra-

doszkowski, 1885) for “Cyclades” without further

information by Andre (1899-1903); Physetopoda

halensis (Fabricius, 1 787) for Lampedusa by Pagliano

(2003), that has been successively referred to an-

other species (see Pagliano, 2011); Physetopoda

pusilla (Klug, 1835) and P. scutellaris (Latreille,

1792) for Cyprus, respectively, by Bischoff

(1933) and Invrea (1940) and by Hammer (1950),

which need to be confirmed; Platymyrmilla quinque-

fasciata (Olivier, 1811) for Sicily by Pagliano &

Strumia (2007) on the basis of a doubtful record

from Spinola’s collection (see also Pagliano,

2005); Ronisia ghilianii (Spinola, 1843) for Cyprus

by Hammer (1950), which need to be confirmed;

Smicromyrme rufipes (Fabricius, 1878) for Malta

by Pagliano (2005) and Pagliano & Strumia

(2007), which need to be confirmed; Smi-

cromyrme vladani Nonveiller, 1972 for Malta,

given in the list of ZMUC collections (see

www.zmuc.dk/EntoWeb/collections-databaser

/Hymenoptera), that should be confirmed; Timulla

mediata persa Mickel, 1938 for Trinidad by

Nonveiller (1990), as the same island is inhabited

by the nominal subspecies; Trogaspidia rhea rhea

(Mickel, 1933) for “Japan” by Mickel (1933)

without further information; Trogaspidia subin-

trans (Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1870) for Taiwan

by Zavattari (1913a), not confirmed by Lelej

(2005), as well as those for Timor (Sichel & Ra-

doszkowski, 1869-1870), Sumatra and Borneo

(Zavattari, 1913b), although not mentioned by

Lelej (2005), need to be confirmed; Wallacidia

merops (Smith, 1860), for New Guinea by Andre

(1896a) and Mantero (1900), that according to

O’Toole (1975) are due to erroneous identifica-

tions; Wallacidia oculata (Fabricius, 1804) for

Bali, Flores, Sumba and Palawan by Zavattari

(1913b), need to be confirmed; Yamanetilla

taiwaniana (Zavattari, 1913) for “Japan” in

the ZMUC material (www.zmuc.dk/EntoWeb/

collections-databaser/ Hymenoptera) without

further information.

On the contrary, the checklist includes a record

of Myrmosa unicolor Say, 1824 given by Bradley

(1917) for High Island (Outer Banks, Virginia, US);

this latter belongs to a group of barrier islands

whose number changes through time due to dy-

namic processes or violent stomis and its name has

not been localized in the recent maps, thus the

island is not listed in Table 1 .

Although often the toponym “Cayenne” was used

in past to indicate also continental areas of French

Guiana, data given by Spinola (1841) have been

included in the checklist because the author refers

explicitly to specimens collected by Leprieur “ dans

les regions inexplorees de cette ile ” (see Spinola,

1840). For the same reason, the checklist takes into

account also the data given by Lepeletier de Saint-

Fargeau (1845) concerning this estuarine island.

A separate discussion concerns Myrmilla re-

unionis described by Zavattari (1909), that accord-

ing to Brothers et al. (2011) is likely not from

Reunion Island. Pagliano (2005) has reported two

specimens kept in the Spinola’s collection labelled

as “Mutilla doueyi ” (a female) and “ Mutilla douei ”

(a male) and indicated to be from “Isola di Bour-

bon” (the former name of Reunion) without further

information; the female was sent in loan in 1999 to

Guido Nonveiller and probably has been lost.

Waiting for a confirmation of the occurrence of

mutillids on this island, the above records have not

been included in the checklist.

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

535

Island

Localization

Code

Surface

Elevation

Isolation

W- PALE ARCTIC

Andros

37.S0N 24.52E

GR

371.0

994

10

Anglesey*

53.30N 04.40W

GB

654.0

222

10

Antikythera

35.5 IN 23. 18E

GR

21.0

379

20

Asmara

41.04N 08.28E

IT

51.0

408

20

Astypalea

36.34N 26.22E

GR

97.0

506

30

Bagaud

43. DON 06.2 I E

FR

0.5

69

10

Baltrum

53.43N 07.23E

DE

7.0

10

Brat

43.34N I6.65E

HR

395.5

778

10

Budclli

41.16N 09.20E

IT

1.5

87

20

Capraia

43.05N G9.90E

IT

19.5

447

10

Capri

40.55N 14.25E

IT

10.5

585

10

Cavallo

4L22N 09. 1 5E

FR

1.0

32

20

Chergui (Chergtiia)

34.43N 11.1 3E

TN

99.0

13

10

Chios

3 8.23 N 26.02E

GR

822.5

1297

10

(jovo

43.30N 16.17E

HR

28.0

218

10

Com i no

36.00N I4.20E

MT

3.5

75

30

Conigli

35.30N 12.33E

IT

0.05

26

30

Corsica

42.15N 09.15E

FR

8741.5

2706

30

Cres

44.90N 14.45E

HR

406.0

650

10

Crete

35.20N 25.00E

GR

8336.0

2456

30

Cyprus

35. ION 33.40E

CY

9234.5

2021

30

Djerba

33.47N 10.53E

TN

523,0

53

10

Elba

42. SON 10.25E

IT

223.5

1019

10

Embiez

43.04N 05.47E

FR

1.0

57

10

Euboea (Evvoia)

38.50N 24.00E

GR

3670.0

1743

10

Favignana

37.55N 12.19E

IT

20.0

302

10

Filicudi

38.34N 14.33E

IT

9,5

774

20

Folegandros

36.37N 24.54E

GR

32.0

455

20

Fuerte ventura

28.42N 14.00W

ES

1633.5

807

30

Gataya el Bahria

33.43N I0.42E

TN

1.5

6

10

Gavdos

3 4. 5 ON 24.05 E

GR

33.0

345

30

Giannutri

42.15N II.06E

IT

2.5

93

10

Giglio

42.21N 10.54E

IT

21.0

498

10

Gomera

28.1 IN 17.20W

ES

359.0

1487

50

Gorgona

43.25N 09.54E

IT

2.5

255

10

Gozo (Ghawdex)

36.G2N 14.15E

MT

67.0

191

30

Table 1/1. Islands’ list with geographical data (continued).

536

Pietro Lo Cascio

Island

Localization

Code

Surface

Elevation

Isolation

W-P ALE ARCTIC

Gran Canaria

27.95N 15.62W

ES

1530.0

1426

40

Great Britain

55.00N 02.00 W

GB

209331.0

1333

20

Gremdi

34.45N 1I.19E

TN

2.0

3

10

Hay! mg’

50.78N 00.9 6 W

GB

30.0

15

10

llerm

49.47N 02,45 W

GB

2.0

106

20

Hierro

27.75N 18.00W

ES

290.5

1500

50

Ilvar

43.14N 1 6.80 E

HR

297.5

626

10

Ireland

53.0ON 08.00 W

JE/GR

81638.0

1032

30

Ischia

40.73N 13.95E

IT

46.5

792

10

Jahtah (Galita)

37.3 IN 08.56E

TN

9.0

391

20

Karpathos

35.37N 27.0SE

GR

31 L0

1215

20

Kassos

35.23N 26.55E

GR

69.5

550

20

Kastellorizo (Megisti)

36.08N 29.35 E

GR

12.0

273

10

Kea

37.36N 24.20E

GR

129.0

560

20

Kefalonia

38.12N20.36E

GR

775.5

1628

20

Kerkyra

39.36N 19.5 IE

GR

626.0

906

10

KorCula

42.95N I6.90E

HR

271.5

502

20

Kornat

43.44N I5.22E

HR

32.5

207

10

Kos

36.49 N 27.08E

GR

288.0

846

10

Krk

45.12N 14.65E

HR

405.0

569

10

Kylhera

36.14N 22.59E

GR

278.0

525

10

La Maddalena

4I.13N 09.24E

IT

20.0

156

20

Lampedusa

35.30N I2.35E

IT

20.0

133

30

La Palma

28.68N 1 7.85 W

ES

690.0

2423

50

Lavezzu

41.20N 09.15E

FR

0.5

40

20

Levanzo

37.59N I2.20E

IT

5.5

277

10

Linosa

35.5 IN 12.52E

IT

5.5

195

40

Li pari

38.29N I4.56E

IT

37.5

602

20

LoStnj

44.35N 14.23E

HR

52,5

588

10

Mallorca

39.62N 03.00E

ES

3667,0

1445

40

Malta

35.90N 14.45E

MT

246.0

253

40

Man

54.23N 04.55W

GB

572.5

621

30

Marettimo

37.58N 12.03E

IT

12.0

684

20

Menorca

39.95N 04.10E

ES

692.0

355

40

Milos

36.4 IN 24.27E

GR

151.0

758

20

Table 1/2. Islands’ list with geographical data (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

537

Island

Localization

Code

Surface

Elevation

Isolation

W-P ALE ARCTIC

Mljet

42.44N 1 7.31 E

HR

98.0

514

10

Mykonos

37.26N 25,23 E

GR

107.5

372

20

Naxos

37.03N 25.29E

GR

436.0

1008

20

Nisyros

36.35N 27 JOE

GR

41.5

698

10

Norderney

53.42N 07J4E

DE

27.0

10

Pan area

38.38N 15.04E

IT

3.5

421

2C

Pa no Koufonissi

36.56N 25.36E

GR

4.0

1 14

2C

Pantelleria

36.47N M.59E

IT

83.0

836

3C

Paros

37.03N 025.1 IE

GR

191.0

771

20

Pi ana dell’Asinara

40.58N 008. 13E

IT

1.5

24

20

Pianosa

42.34N 010.04E

IT

10.0

27

20

Poros

37.32N 023.28E

GR

31.0

358

10

Porquerolles

42.59N 006. 12E

FR

1.0

142

10

Rah

44.46N 014.46E

HR

86,0

408

10

Rava

44.01 N 015. 04E

HR

3,5

98

10

Rhodes

36.MN 027.56E

GR

1410.0

1215

20

Salina

38.33N 014.50E

IT

26.5

962

20

Samolhraki

40.27N 025.3 5E

GR

184.0

1600

20

San Domino

42.06N 015.29E

IT

2.0

116

10

Sant'Antioco"

39.05N 008.40E

IT

109.0

271

20

Santa Maria

41.1 7N 009.22E

IT

2.0

49

30

San Pietro

39.1 5N 008.28E

IT

51.5

211

20

Sardinia

40. 10N 009. 10E

IT

23949.0

1834

40

Sicily

37.55N 014. 25E

IT

25710.0

3350

10

Skiathos

39. 1 ON 023.27E

GR

49.5

436

20

Skopelos

39.07N 023.4 IE

GR

90.0

680

20

Skyros

38.51N024.33E

GR

212.5

792

20

Salta

43.22N 016.18E

HR

58.0

238

10

Spargi

41.14N 009.20E

IT

4.0

155

30

Stromboli

38.47N 015.12E

IT

12.0

920

20

Syros (Syra)

37.25N 024. 54E

GR

94.0

422

20

Tavolara

40.54N 009.42E

IT

6.0

564

20

Tenerife

28.25N016.58W

ES

2008.0

3718

50

Thassos

40.40N 024.39E

GR

386.0

1203

10

Thira

36.24N 025.26E

GR

73,0

565

20

Table 1/3. Islands’ list with geographical data (continued).

538

Pietro Lo Cascio

Island

Localization

Code

Surface

Elevation

Isolation

W-PALEARCTIC

Tinos

3 7.35 N 025.08E

GR

193.0

650

20

Ugtjan

44.04N Q15.Q9E

HR

51,0

286

10

Uslica

38.42N 013. 10E

IT

8.5

239

20

Vis

43.02N 016.09E

HR

90.0

587

10

Vulcano

38.23N 014.58E

IT

21.0

499

20

Wangeroogc

53.47N 007.54E

DE

9,5

10

Wight

50.67N 001.3 1W

GB

391,5

395

20

Zakymhos

37.47N 020.46E

GR

419.5

756

10

AKROTROP1C

Bioko (Fernando Poo. Macias Nguema)

03. SON 008.70E

GQ

1935.0

3008

20

Fun do

05.03S 039.38E

TZ

9.5

10

20

Grande Comore (Njazidja) [ Comoros J"

1 1.38S 043. 20E

KM

1013.0

2631

60

Inhaca

26.00S 032.56E

MZ

52.0

104

to

Koyaama (Coiama)

00.38S 042.20E

SO

4.5

9

10

Madagascar

I9.00S 047.00E

MG

587713.5

2876

60

Mafia (Chole Shamba)

07.5 IS 039.47E

TZ

422.2

53

to

Nosy Be

13.19S 048. 15E

MG

290.5

214

50

Nosy Boraha (Sainte Marie)

I6.53S049.55E

MG

222.0

150

50

Nosy Komba

13.28S048.20E

MG

30,0

570

30

Pemba (A) Kuh Dra)

05.13S 039. 77E

TZ

890.0

95

20

Principe

01.60N 007.40E

ST

148.5

948

40

Sam ha

12.09N 053. 02 E

YE

41.0

779

30

Sao Tome

00.25N 006.62 E

ST

855,0

2024

40

Socotra

12.28N 053. 54E

YH

3625.0

1526

30

Zanzibar (Unguja)

06.08S 039.20E

TZ

1574.5

195

20

1NDO-MALAY

Amami Oshima

28.17N 129.23E

JP

712.5

694

60

Anak Krakatau

06.05S IQ5.25E

ID

2.5

181

40

Balabae

07.95N 117.50E

PH

319.0

568

50

Bail

08.40S 1 15.20E

ID

5416,5

3031

40

Basil an

06.50N 1 22.00 E

PH

1265.5

101 1

50

Balbatan (Guintacan)

I1.28N 121.54E

PH

1 1.0

90

50

Bifiran

1 1.58N I24.47E

PH

501,0

1340

50

Table 1/4. Islands’ list with geographical data (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

539

Island

Localization

Code

Surface

Elevation

Isolation

1NDO-MALAY

Borneo

01. DON 113.00E

ID/MY

748168.0

4095

50

Cebu

I0.30N 123.75E

PH

4467.5

1097

50

Con Dao (Con Soon)

08.41 N 106.37E

VN

51.5

577

10

Dang Kho (Dong Cong)

21.06N 107.36E

VN

20.0

190

10

Flores

08. 70S 1 21.00E

ID

14154.5

2370

40

Hainan

I4.I6N 109.40E

CN

33210.0

1840

20

Hainan

I4.16N 109.40E

CN

33210.0

1840

20

Jriomote-jima

24.20N I23.48E

JP

289.5

469

60

Ishigaki-jiina

24.46N 124.20E

JP

221,0

526

60

two-jima

30.47N I30.17E

JP

11.0

703

40

Java (Jawa)

07.50S U0.00E

ID

138793.5

3676

50

Kakero m aj i ma ( Kager oma )

28.07N 129.I4E

JP

77,0

326

60

Kangean

06.90S 115.35E

ID

188.0

390

40

Kuchi noshim a

29.58N 129.55E

JP

13,5

628

60

Lahuan

05.18N 115.I3E

MY

75.0

85

40

Leyte

I0.80N 125.00E

PH

7367.5

1349

50

Lombok

08. 60S 1 16.36E

ID

4625.0

3726

50

Luzon

16.00N I22.00E

PH

109965.0

2934

50

Mactan

10.17N I23.57E

PH

62.0

10

30

Magong (Hokoto, Penghu)

23.34N 1 19.37E

TW

90.0

56

30

Mindanao

07. 5 ON I25.00E

PH

97530.0

2954

70

Mindoro

12.90N 121 JOE

PH

10572.0

2585

50

M iy a koj ima ( Naaku)

24J6N 132.18E

JP

55.5

1 15

60

Negros

10.00N I23.00E

PH

13074.5

2435

50

Okinawa-] ima

26.50N 128.00E

JP

1200.0

498

60

Palawan

10.00N 118.70E

PH

12188.5

2085

60

Pali at

Q6.58S 115.37E

ID

42.0

287

40

Panaitan

06.35 S 105J2E

ID

118.5

187

40

Pa n ay

1 LION I22.60E

PH

12011.0

2049

60

Peucang (Ujung Kulon)

06.44S 105J5E

ID

4.5

70

20

Phong Vong (Hon Vong)

09.55 N 1 04.0 0E

VN

0.5

65

10

Polillo

14.85N 12 1.95 E

PH

629.0

327

40

Rakata Besar (Krakatau)

06.09 S 105.26E

ID

11.5

813

40

Rakata Keeil

06,05 S 105.27E

ID

2.5

42

40

Samar

1 1.90N 125.30E

PH

12849,5

850

60

Table 1/5. Islands’ list with geographical data (continued).

540

Pietro Lo Cascio

Island

Localization

Code

Surface

Elevation

Isolation

INDO-MALAY

Sertung

06. OSS 10S.22E

ID

7.5

182

40

Sibuyan

12. SON 122.60E

PH

465.0

2057

40

Simeulue (Simalu)

02.65N 006. 10E

ID

1754.0

481

20

Singapore (Pulau Ujong)

01.35N I03.80E

SG

536.5

163

10

Solor [Solor]’"

08.28S 123.00E

ID

1292.0

1737

40

South Andaman

I1.95N 092.67E

IN

1211.0

366

40

Sri Lanka

07.80N 080.60E

LK

67654.5

2524

20

Sulawesi (Celebes)

02.00$ 121.00E

ID

180681.0

3455

60

Sumatra (Sumatera)

00. SOS 102.00E

ID

443066.0

3804

20

Sumba (Soemba)

06.65S I20.00E

ID

10710.5

1225

50

Sumbawa (Soembawa)

08. 50S 1 18.00E

ID

14386.0

2722

40

Takes hima

30.48N I30.25E

JP

4.0

220

40

Taiwan (Formosa)

23.38N 12L07E

TW

34506.5

3952

40

Tanegashima

30.36N 13Q.59E

JP

447.5

282

40

Tawi Tawi

05.20N I20.00E

PH

580.5

549

40

Thanh Lan (Thanh Lam)

2 1.0 IN 107.49E

VN

13.5

250

10

Thao Thu

09.17N 103.28E

VN

10.0

200

30

Timor

09.30S 125.50E

ID

28418.0

2963

40

Tokunoshima

27.46N 128.57E

JP

105.0

645

50

Yak us hima

30.20N 130.3 IE

JP

500.5

1935

40

E PALEARCT1C

Haehijo-jima

33.06N 139.3 7 E

JP

62.5

854

40

Hokkaido

43. 00N 142.50E

JP

78719,5

2290

40

Honshu

3 6. 5 ON 138.00E

JP

225800.5

3776

30

Izu Oshima

34.44N 139.24E

JP

91.0

764

30

Jeju (Cheju. Quel part)

3 3.23 N I36.23E

KR

1848.0

1950

30

Kunashir

44. 10N 145.90E

RU

1612.0

1820

40

Kyushu

32.60N 131.1 0E

JP

37437.0

1788

30

Namhae

34.48N 127.46E

KR

300.0

786

L0

Okushiri

42.09N 139.28E

JP

143.0

584

40

Sakhalin

50. 00N 142.50E

RU

72493,0

1609

10

Shikoku

33.40N 133.40E

JP

18554.5

1981

40

Shimoshima [Amakusa]"

32.23N 130.06E

JP

924.0

460

30

Tsushima "

34.40N 129.09E

JP

708.5

649

30

Table 1/6. Islands’ list with geographical data (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

541

Island

Localization

Code

Surface

Elevation

Isolation

AUSTRALASIA

Ambon (Amboina)

03.64S 128.19E

ID

806,0

1031

50

Bacan (Bachian, Bat] an)

00.57S 127.58E

ID

1900.0

201 1

50

Baronga (Paronga)

Q6.15S 150.28E

PG

2.0

30

Biak

01.00S 136.00E

ID

1832.0

740

30

Bougainville

06.20S 155.50E

SO

9318.0

2792

70

Buka

05.30S 154.70E

SO

682,5

365

60

Bunt (Boeroe)

03.45S 126.56E

ID

8473.0

2700

50

Choiseul

07.0 IS I56.56E

SO

2970.5

1067

70

Daru

09.05 S 143.12E

PG

14.5

27

30

Espiritu Santo

15.39S 1 66.85 E

VU

3955.5

1877

70

Gebe (Gebeh)

00.04S 129.26E

ID

420.0

396

50

Gizo (Ghtzo)

08.07S 156.75E

SO

35,0

<100

70

Grande Terre

21.40S I65.50E

NC

16648.5

1628

90

Guadalcanal

09.60S 1 60.20E

SO

5353.0

2447

80

llalmahera (Gilolo)

00.50N 128.00E

ID

18039.5

1635

60

Hermile

20.27S 1 15,3 IE

AU

10.0

54

10

Kai (Nubu Yuut)

05, 60S 133.00E

ID

549,5

801

50

Kiriwina

08. SOS 15 LOSE

PG

266,5

55

50

Kolombangara (Nduke)

07.95 S 157.05E

SO

688.0

1768

70

Larat (Tanimbar)

07.17S 131.81E

ID

216.0

55

40

Lihir (Ntolam, Gerril Denys)

03.14S I52.62E

PG

320,0

700

60

Makira (San Cristobal)

10. 60S 161.85E

SO

3190.5

1250

80

Malaita

09.00S 161.00E

SO

3836.0

1433

80

Misool (Mysol)

01.87S 130.17E

ID

2033.5

561

50

Mono [Treasury]"

07.21 S 155.34E

SO

36.0

350

70

Morotai (Morly)

02.34N I28.50E

ID

2266.5

1090

50

New Britain

05, 70S 150.90E

PG

35144.5

2334

50

New Georgia

08.25S 157.60E

SO

2036.5

860

80

New Guinea

06.00S I40.50E

ID/PG

785753.0

5030

40

New Ireland

03. 70S I52.50E

PG

7404.5

2150

50

New Hanover (Lavongai)

02.30S 150.15E

PG

1800.0

900

50

Nggela (Florida)

09.08S I 60.25E

SO

386,0

<200

80

Normanby (Duau)

lO.OOS 151.00E

PG

1040.0

1 100

40

North Island

38.00S I76.00E

NZ

111583.0

2796

90

Pavuvu [Russell] *

09, OSS 159.10E

SO

120,0

543

80

Pins (Kounie)

22. 60S I47.67E

NC

141.5

MO

60

Table 1/7. Islands’ list with geographical data (continued).

542

Pietro Lo Cascio

(stand

Localization

Code

Surface

Elevation

Isolation

AUSTRALASIA

Ranongga (Ronongo, Ganonga)

08.05S I56.55E

SO

148.0

869

70

Rendova

08.55S 157.30E

SO

4] 1.5

1060

80

Roon (Ron)

02.23S I34.33E

ID

18.0

200

20

Salawati

01.I5S 130.92E

ID

1623.0

925

40

Santa Isabel (Bughotu. Santa Ysabe!)

08. DOS 159.10E

SO

3665.0

1219

80

Savo

09.17S 1 59.83 E

SO

30.0

485

80

Seram (Ceram)

03.26S I29.50E

ID

1 7454.0

3027

50

Taliabu fSula]"

01.83S 1 24.88 E

ID

2960.0

1638

50

Tanahbesar (Wokam) fAruj"

05.79S 134.53E

ID

1604.0

239

30

Tasmania

42.00S I46.50E

AU

65022.0

1617"

40

Ternate

00.84N 127.42E

ID

11 1.5

1721

40

Trimouille

20.23S 115.33E

AU

5,0

36

10

Tulagi (Tulaghi)

09.06S 160.08E

SO

5.5

200

70

Umboi (Rooke)

05.38S 147.55E

PG

930,0

1655

30

Vella Lavdla (Mbilua)

07.75S 156.65E

SO

629.0

808

70

Waigeo (Amberi)

00.22S 130.84E

ID

3153.5

993

50

Woodlark (Muyuw)

09.1 OS i 52.80E

PG

874.0

225

60

Yapen (Japen, Jobi)

0LS5S 136.34E

ID

2278.0

1496

20

Yule

08.48S 146.3 IE

PG

16.0

33

20

OCEANIA

Chiehi-jima

27.04N 142. 12E

JP

25.0

324

90

Nishi-jima

27.07N 142. 10E

JP

0.5

100

90

Peleliu (Beltliou)

07.23N 134.25E

PW

13.0

30

90

NE ARCTIC

Anacapa

34. 00N 119.37W

US

3.0

279

20

Bay harm*

37.43N 122.13W

US

16.0

20

10

Catalina (Santa Catalina)

33.39N 118.43W

US

193.0

648

20

Cedar Key*

29.08N 083. 02 W

US

2.5

5

10

Cumberland

30.5 1 N 081. 26 W

US

147.5

20

10

Fishers

41.16N 07I.59W

US

1 1.0

5

10

Gardiners

41.05N072.06W

US

12.0

15

10

Long island*

40.48N 073.1 1W

US

3629.0

122

10

Matagorda

28.09N 096.44 W f

US

157.5

7

10

Table 1/8. Islands’ list with geographical data (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

543

[stand

Localization

Code

Surface

Elevation

Isolation

NE ARCTIC

Nantucket

41.28N 070. SOW

US

272.5

9

10

Padre

26.50N 097.23 W

US

541.0

15

10

Penikese

41.27N 070.5 5 W

US

0.5

25

10

Sanibel*

26.26N 082.06W

US

86.0

1

10

Santa Cruz

34.00N M9.74W

US

256.0

753

20

St. Simon’s

31.09N08l.23W

US

46.0

3

10

Tybee*

32.00N 080.50 W

US

7.0

3

to

Vancouver

49.67N 125.50W

CA

31848,5

2192

10

NEOTROPIC

Antigua

I7.04N 061. 47W

AG

277,0

402

50

Arapiranga

01.20S 048.34W

BR

44.0

30

10

Baltra (South Seymour)

00.45 S 090.25 W

EC

27.0

100

60

Cartas

07.24N 080. 19W

PA

7.5

30

10

Cayenne

04.52N 052. 19W

GF

207.0

234

10

Coiba

07.29N 08I.45W

PA

493.0

400

20

Cuba

21. SON 079.00W

CU

105805.5

1975

40

Dominica

I5.45N 061. 45W

DM

787.5

1447

50

Hleuthera

25.04N 076.08W

BS

518.0

60

50

Great Ex uni a

23.32N 075.50W

BS

204.5

39

50

Grenada

12. 10N 06I .70W

GD

323,0

840

40

Guadeloupe"

16.20N 061. TOW

GP

1496.5

1467

40

Guana

I8.30N 064.3 7 W

VG

3.5

30

50

Hispaniola

I9.00N 071.00W

DO/1 IT

73929.0

3098

50

juvemud (Pinos)

21.65N 082.78 W

CU

2237.5

310

40

Jamaica

18.20N 072.25W

JM

1 1189.5

2256

50

Little Cayman

I9.70N 080.00W

KY

28,0

14

50

Marajo

00.55S 049, 40 W

BR

40100.0

40

to

Marco (Ilha do Marco)

00.35S 047.26W

BR

15.0

12

10

Maria Mad re

21.60N 106.5 8 W

MX

145.0

616

20

Martinique

14.65N 061. 00W

MQ

1 166.5

1397

50

Mustique

12.52N 06l .l0W r

VC

5.5

150

50

Puerto Rico

18.20N 066.45W

PR

9100,0

1338

50

Rey

08.22N 078.53W

PA

234.0

86

20

Santa Cruz (Indefatigable)

00. 60S 090.35 W

EC

986.0

864

70

Table 1/9. Islands’ list with geographical data (continued).

544

Pietro Lo Cascio

Island

Localization

Code

Surface

Elevation

Isolation

NEOTROPIC

Santo Amaro"

23.56S 043.21 W

BR

143.0

4

10

St. Croix

17.75N 064.75W

V]

214.0

355

40

St. John

I8.35N 064.75W

VI

50.0

389

40

St. Vincent

I3.15N 061.1 IW

VC

381.0

1234

40

T aboga

08.47N 079.33 W

PA

12.0

300

20

Trinidad

10.40N 061. 30W

TT

5008.5

940

20

Table 1/10. Islands’ list with geographical data.

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Acrophotopsis eurygnatha Schuster, 1958

Maria Madre

Ancistrotilla aenigmatica Brothers, 2012

Grande Terre, Pins

E

Ancistrotilla azure a Brothers, 2012

Espiritu Santo

E

Ancistrotilla bluensis Brothers, 2012

Grande Terre

E

Ancistrotilla caledonica (Andre, 1896)

Grande Terre, Pins

E

Ancistrotilla carbonaria (Smith, 1855)

Tasmania

E

Ancistrotilla nigra Brothers, 2012

Grande Terre

E

“ Andreimyrme ” annexa (Cameron, 1909)

Borneo

E

Andreimynne davicli (Andre, 1898)

Taiwan

Andreimyrme neaera (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Andreimynne sarawakensis Lelej, 1996

Borneo

E

Andreimynne substriolata (Chen, 1957)

Taiwan

“ Andreimyrme ” viriata nitela (Mickel, 1934)

Mindanao, Negros, Samar

E (ssp)

“ Andreimyrme ” viriata viriata (Mickel, 1934)

Biliran, Luzon, Mindanao, Panay, Samar, Sibuyan

E (ssp)

“ Andreimyrme ” volupia (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Artiotilla biguttata (Costa, 1858)

Brae, Corsica, Cyprus, Hvar, Korcula, Rhodes,

Sicily

Ascetotilla carinata (Smith, 1859)

Morotai, New Britain, New Guinea, Tanahbesar

E

Ascetotilla clypeata Brothers, 1971

New Guinea

E

Ascetotilla ferruginata Brothers, 1971

New Guinea

E

Ascetotilla francae Brothers, 1971

New Guinea

E

Ascetotilla inermis Brothers, 1971

New Guinea

E

Ascetotilla notidana Brothers, 1971

New Guinea

E

Ascetotilla stanleyi Brothers, 1971

New Guinea

E

Ascetotilla uncinata Brothers, 1971

New Guinea

E

Aureotilla dispilota (Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1869)

Madagascar

E

Aureotilla hebraea (Bischoff, 1920)

Madagascar

E

Table 2/1. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

545

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Aureotilla madecassa (Saussure, 1890)

Madagascar, Nosy Be

E

Aureotilla preclara (Bischoff, 1920)

Madagascar

E

Aureotilla tulearica (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Australotilla modesta (Smith, 1855)

Hermite, Trimouille

Bethsmyrmilla alticola Krombein et Lelej, 1999

Sri Lanka

E

Bischoffitilla aesyca (Cameron, 1902)

Borneo, Java

E

Bischoffitilla ardescens (Smith, 1873)

Am ami Oshima, Yakushima, Honshu,

Izu Oshima, Kyushu, Shikoku, Tsushima

E

Bischoffitilla aspera (Cameron, 1900)

Sri Lanka

E

Bischoffitilla brachynota (Chen, 1957)

Taiwan

E

Bischoffitilla byblis (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon, Sibuyan

E

Bischoffitilla calliopeia (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Bischoffitilla carclea (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Bischoffitilla carinulifera (Andre, 1908)

Taiwan

E

Bischoffitilla cebuensis (Tsuneki, 1 993)

Cebu

E

Bischoffitilla clypealis (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Bischoffitilla concava (Mickel, 1934)

Mindanao

E

Bischoffitilla denticollis (Motschulsky, 1863)

Sri Lanka

E

Bischoffitilla deserta (Smith, 1 879)

Java, Kangean, Luzon, Sulawesi

E

Bischoffitilla dictynna (Mickel, 1934)

Mindanao

E

Bischoffitilla disjuncta (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E

Bischoffitilla duplisquamata (Chen, 1957)

Taiwan

E

Bischoffitilla edolata (Cameron, 1900)

Sri Lanka

E

Bischoffitilla eminula (Mickel, 1 934)

Luzon

E

Bischoffitilla erdae (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E

Bischoffitilla ernesti (Cameron, 1900)

Sri Lanka

E

Bischoffitilla facilis (Smith, 1860)

Sulawesi

E

Bischoffitilla formosana (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E

Bischoffitilla fiicosa (Mickel, 1934)

Mindanao

E

Bischoffitilla galatea (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E

Bischoffitilla imparilis (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E

Bischoffitilla indecora (Cameron, 1898)

Sri Lanka

E

Bischoffitilla indocila (Cameron, 1900)

Sri Lanka

E

Bischoffitilla koxiana (Chen, 1957)

Taiwan

E

Bischoffitilla mickeli (Chen, 1957)

Taiwan

E

Bischoffitilla muiri (Mickel, 1935)

Java

E

Bischoffitilla multidentata (Andre, 1896)

Simeulue, Sumatra

Bischoffitilla murotai (Tsuneki, 1993)

Amami Oshima, Okinawa-jima

E

Bischoffitilla oblectabilis (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E

Table 2/2. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

546

Pietro Lo Cascio

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Bischoffitilla ocypote (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E

Bischoffitilla palaca (Cameron, 1902)

Borneo, Sumatra

E

Bischoffitilla persuasa (Cameron, 1900)

Sri Lanka

E

Bischoffitilla puerilis (Cameron, 1897)

Sri Lanka

Bischoffitilla puliensis (Tsuneki, 1972)

Taiwan

E

Bischoffitilla pungens (Smith, 1873)

Yakushima, Hachijo-jima, Honshu, Kyushu,

Shikoku

E

Bischoffitilla roxane (Mickel, 1934)

Negros

E

Bischoffitilla saffica (Zavattari, 1913)

Sulawesi

E

Bischoffitilla sauteri lingnani (Mickel, 1933)

Hainan

Bischoffitilla sauteri sauteri (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E (ssp)

Bischoffitilla subdebilis (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E

Bischoffitilla subtriangularis (Mickel, 1934)

Mindanao

E

Bischoffitilla sulpicilla (Mickel, 1934)

Borneo, Mindanao

E

Bischoffitilla teuta mindanaonis (Tsuneki, 1993)

Mindanao

E (ssp)

Bischoffitilla teuta teuta (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E (ssp)

Bischoffitilla teuta vicinaria (Mickel, 1 934)

Negros

E (ssp)

Bischoffitilla tritub erculat a (Mickel, 1933)

Taiwan

E

Bischoffitilla tumidula (Mickel, 1934)

Taiwan

Bischoffitilla umbrosa (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E

Bischoffitilla venatrix (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Blakeius bipunctatus (Latreille, 1792)

Chergui, Corsica

Blakeius chiesii chiesii (Spinola, 1839)

Asmara, Corsica, Sant’ Antioco, Sardinia

E (ssp)

Blakeius chiesii negrei (Suarez, 1958)

Sicily

Blakeius leopoldinus (Invrea, 1955)

Comino, Gozo, Levanzo, Lipari, Malta, Marettimo,

Salina, Sant’ Antioco, Sardinia, Sicily, Vulcano

Cephalotilla suarezi Nonveiller, 1979

Bioko

E

“ Ceratotilla ” dolosa zanzibarensis (Garcia Mercet, 1903)

Zanzibar

E (ssp)

Ceratotilla sp.

Inhaca

Chrysotilla analis (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla antongilana Bischoff, 1920

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla chauvini (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla consobrina (Andre, 1901)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla elongata (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla grandidieri (Saussure, 1890)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla honesta (Andre, 1898)

Madagascar, Nosy Boraha

E

Chrysotilla irradiata (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla menavudia (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla moerens (Andre, 1899)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla nataliae (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Table 2/3. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

547

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Chrysotilla pretiosa Bischoff, 1920

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla saussurei (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla sihanaka (Saussure, 1890)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla testacea (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla vadoni (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Chrysotilla variabilis (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar, Nosy Boraha

E

Ctenotilla porcella (Turner, 1911)

Sri Lanka

“ Ctenotilla ” spiculata (Andre, 1908)

Bioko

E

Cystomutilla ruficeps (Smith, 1855)

Corsica, Great Britain, Sardinia, Sicily

Cystomutilla teranishii Mickel 1935

Hokkaido, Honshu, Shikoku, Tsushima

Dasylabris angelae Suarez, 1959

Gran Canaria

E

Dasylabris argentipes (Smith, 1855)

Sri Lanka

Dasylabris atrata (Linnaeus, 1767)

Lampedusa

Dasylabris biblica Invrea, 1950

Crete, Cyprus, Rhodes

Dasylabris canariensis Suarez, 1970

Fuerteventura

E

Dasylabris deckeni signaticeps Andre, 1906

Koyaama

Dasylabris deponsa Bischoff, 1921

Madagascar

E

Dasylabris hurei Andre, 1903

Madagascar

E

Dasylabris juxtarenaria Skorikov, 1935

Djerba, Lampedusa

Dasylabris manderstiernii cypria

(Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1870)

Crete, Cyprus, Gavdos, Rhodes

Dasylabris maura carinulata (Dalla Torre, 1897)

Asinara, Corsica, Piana dell’ Asmara, Santa Maria,

San Pietro, Sardinia

E (ssp)

Dasylabris maura maura (Linnaeus, 1758)

Brae, Comino, Euboea, Hvar, Korcula, Krk,

Levanzo, Lipari, Malta, Sicily, Syros, Thassos

Dasylabris porphyrea (Gerstaecker, 1873)

Zanzibar

Dasylabris rubripilosa Bischoff, 1921

Madagascar

E

Dasylabris rubroaurea

(Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1869)

Madagascar

E

Dasylabris rugosa (Olivier, 1811)

Sri Lanka

Dasylabris scutila Skorikov, 1935

Crete, Gavdos

Dasylabris seyrigi Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E

Dasylabris trunciceps Krombein, 1972

Madagascar

E

Dasylabris unipunctata Bischoff, 1921

Inhaca

Dasylabris voeltzkowi Bischoff, 1921

Madagascar, Nosy Be, Nosy Komba

E

Dasymutilla alesia Banks, 1921

Long Island

Dasymutilla araneoides (Smith, 1862)

Canas, Rey

Dasymutilla asopus bexar (Blake, 1871)

Long Island

Dasymutilla aureola (Cresson, 1865)

Catalina

Dasymutilla bioculata (Cresson, 1865)

Padre, Sanibel

Dasymutilla bouvieri (Andre, 1898)

Hispaniola

E

Table 2/4. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

548

Pietro Lo Cascio

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Dasymutilla californica clio (Blake, 1879)

Vancouver

Dasymutilla canella (Blake, 1871)

Gardiners, Long Island

Dasymutilla coccineohirta (Blake, 1871)

Bay Farm, Catalina

Dasymutilla cypris (Blake, 1871)

Sanibel, St. Simon's

Dasymutilla gibbosa (Say, 1836)

Fishers, Long Island, Nantucket, Penikese

Dasymutilla gloriosa (Saussure, 1868)

Matagorda

Dasymutilla insulana Mickel, 1926

Cuba, Juventud, Little Cayman

E

Dasymutilla interrupt a Banks, 1921

Fishers, Long Island

Dasymutilla lepeletierii (Fox, 1899)

Long Island, Penikese, St. Simon's, Tybee

Dasymutilla macilenta (Blake, 1871)

Cedar Key, Sanibel

Dasymutilla macra (Cresson, 1865)

Long Island

Dasymutilla melancholica (Smith, 1879)

Hispaniola

E

Dasymutilla militaris militaris (Smith, 1855)

Jamaica

E (ssp)

Dasymutilla militaris nigriceps (Cresson, 1865)

Cuba, Great Exuma, Hispaniola, Little Cayman,

Martinique

E (ssp)

Dasymutilla mutata (Blake, 1871)

Long Island, St. Simon's

Dasymutilla nigripes (Fabricius, 1787)

Long Island

Dasymutilla occidentalis occidentals (Linnaeus, 1758)

Long Island, St. Simon's

Dasymutilla quadriguttata (Say, 1823)

Long Island, Nantucket

Dasymutilla scaevola (Blake, 1871)

Long Island

Dasymutilla spiniscapula Manley et Pitts, 2007

Hispaniola

E

Dasymutilla vesta (Cresson, 1865)

Cumberland, Long Island, St. Simon's

Dasymutilla waco (Blake, 1871)

Padre

Dentilla curtiventris (Andre, 1901)

Antilcythera, Crete, Euboea, Gavdos, Kefalonia,

Kythera, Paros, Poros, Rhodes, Sicily, Zakynthos

Dentilla purcharti Lo Cascio, Romano et Grita, 2012

Samha, Socotra

E

Dentilla socotrana Lo Cascio, Romano et Grita, 2012

Socotra

E

Dolichomutilla sycorax (Smith, 1855)

Fundo, Pemba, Zanzibar

Eosmicromyrmil la srilankensis

Lelej et Krombein, 200 1

Sri Lanka

E

Eotrogaspidia amans arnans (Andre, 1909)

Java, Kangean

E (ssp)

Eotrogaspidia auroguttata (Smith, 1855)

Hainan, Okinawa-jima, Taiwan

Ephucilla bacbo (Lelej, 1996)

Borneo

Ephucilla drola drola (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E (ssp)

Ephucilla drupa (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E

Ephucilla guentheri (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E

Ephucilla naja (Zavattari, 1913)

Ishigaki-jima, Taiwan

E

Ephucilla poonaensis (Cameron, 1892)

Sri Lanka

Ephucilla thalia (Mickel, 1933)

Taiwan

E

Ephucilla undata (Chen, 1957)

Taiwan

E

Ephucilla viet (Lelej, 1995)

Dang Kho

(E)

Table 2/5. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

549

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Ephucilla yuliana (Tsuneki, 1972)

Taiwan

E

Ephuta cubensis (Blake, 1871)

Cuba

E

Ephuta emarginata Mickel, 1952

Trinidad

Ephuta festal a M i eke 1 , 1928

Cuba

E

Ephuta flavidens Mickel, 1952

Trinidad

Ephuta furcillata Mickel, 1928

Cuba

E

Ephuta prima Genaro, 1997

Hispaniola

E

Ephuta puteola ( Blake, 1879)

Long Island

Ephuta rubriceps (Cresson, 1865)

Cuba

E

Ephuta singularis (Spinola, 1841)

Cayenne

Ephuta tholosa Dow, 193 1

Cuba

E

Ephuta trinidadensis Ashmead, 1904

Trinidad

E

Ephutomma fletcheri (Turner, 1911)

Sri Lanka

E

Ephutomma montarcense (Garcia Mercet

inGinerMari, 1944)

Mallorca

“ Ephutomorpha ” aerata (Andre, 1 896)

New Guinea

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” agilis (Smith, 1865)

New Guinea

E

“ Ephutomorpha ’ ’ amoenola Turner, 1914

Tasmania

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” australasiae (Fabricius, 1804)

Tasmania

“ Ephutomorpha ” azurea (Mantero, 1900)

New Guinea

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” biroi Andre, 1905

New Guinea

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” bivulnerata (Andre, 1901)

North Island

“ Ephutomorpha ” blanda (Erichson, 1 842)

Tasmania

“ Ephutomorpha ” concinna (Westwood, 1 843)

Tasmania

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” cordatiformis Turner, 1914

Tasmania

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” cyan e iceps A n dre , 1901

Kai

E

“ Ephutomorpha ’ ’ damia (Smith, 1863)

Seram

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” dorsigera (Westwood, 1843)

Tasmania

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” elegans (Westwood, 1843)

Tasmania

“ Ephutomorpha ” extranea (Andre, 1 896)

New Guinea, Yule

E

“Ephutomorpha” faust a (Smith, 1863)

Misool

E

“Ephutomorpha” fulgida (Andre, 1896)

New Guinea

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” incisa Andre, 1905

New Guinea

E

“Ephutomorpha” inclyta (Andre, 1 896)

New Guinea

E

“Ephutomorpha” lateralis (Westwood, 1 843)

Tasmania

E

“Ephutomorpha” manteroi Zavattari, 1913

New Guinea

E

“Ephutomorpha” melanota (Andre, 1 896)

Morotai

“Ephutomorpha” mirabilis (Smith, 1863)

New Guinea, Waigeo

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” morosa (Westwood, 1843)

Hermite

“Ephutomorpha” no tabilis (Smith, 1879)

Tasmania

E

Table 2/6. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

550

Pietro Lo Cascio

SPECIES

ISLANDS

“ Ephutomorpha ” novoguineana Zavattari, 1913

New Guinea

E

“Ephutomorpha” pagdeni Mickel, 1935

Guadalcanal, Malaita, Pavuvu

E

“Ephutomorpha” pallidipes (Andre, 1896)

New Guinea

E

“Ephutomorpha” paradisiaca Zavattari, 1913

New Guinea

E

“Ephutomorpha” porrecticeps Turner, 1914

Tasmania

“Ephutomorpha” postica Turner, 1914

Tasmania

E

“Ephutomorpha” praestans Andre, 1905

New Guinea

E

“Ephutomorpha” soluta (Erichson, 1841)

Tasmania

E

“Ephutomorpha” splendida (Smith, 1879)

New Guinea

E

“ Ephutomorpha ” subcristata Turner, 1914

Tasmania

E

“Ephutomorpha” uniform is Andre, 1903

Tasmania

“Ephutomorpha” sp.

New Guinea

?

Eurymutilla curta (Andre, 1896)

Ambon, Burn, New Guinea, Seram, Taliabu

E

Eurymutilla sumbawae (Zavattari, 1913)

Sumbawa

E

Eurymutilla thera (Smith, 1863)

Seram

E

Glossotilla adelpha (Andre, 1898)

Bioko, Sao Tome

“Glossotilla” atricolor ochraceomaculata (Andre, 1904)

Sao Tome

E (ssp)

Glossotilla illudens Invrea, 1941

Koyaama

(E)

“Glossotilla” luctif era (Andre, 1903)

Sao Tome

Glossotilla principis (Andre, 1904)

Principe

E

Glossotilla suavis (Gerstaecker, 1871)

Zanzibar

Hemutilla hoozana (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

Hildebrandetia hildebrandti (Saussure, 1890)

Madagascar

E

Hoplocrates cephalotes (Swederus, 1787)

Santo Amaro

Hoplo crates pompalis Mickel, 1941

Trinidad

Hoplomutilla derasa (Fabricius, 1804)

Cayenne

Hoplomutilla melana (Spinola, 1841)

Cayenne

Hoplomutilla opima Mickel, 1939

Trinidad

Indratilla gynandromorpha Lelej, 1993

Sri Lanka

E

Karlissaidia medvedevi Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

E

Karlissaidia turneri Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

E

Karunaratnea dilecta (Cameron, 1897)

Sri Lanka

Karunaratnea palatupanae Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

E

Krombeinella beaumonti (Invrea, 1953)

Sicily

Krombeinella thoracica (Fabricius, 1793)

Corsica, Sant’Antioco, Sardinia

Krombeinidia albopunctata (Andre, 1907)

Sri Lanka

E

Krombeinidia bagrada (Cameron, 1902)

Borneo

E

Krombeinidia depressicornis (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

“Krombeinidia” foveat a (Cameron, 1900)

Sri Lanka

E

Table 2/7. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

551

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Krombeinidia griseomaculata (Andre, 1898)

Bali, Con Dao, Java, Thao Thu

Krombeinidia ira ira (Cameron, 1902)

Borneo

Krombeinidia ira palawana (Mickel, 1934)

Palawan

E (ssp)

Krombeinidia lilliputiana (Andre, 1894)

Sri Lanka

Krombeinidia nallinia (Zavattari, 1913)

Bali, Java

E

“ Krombeinidia ” oglana (Cameron, 1900)

Sri Lanka

Krombeinidia peterseni Lelej, 1996

Sri Lanka

E

Krombeinidia subfossata (Chen, 1957)

Borneo

Kudakrumia mirabilis Krombein, 1979

Sri Lanka

E

Kurzenkotilla visrara (Cameron, 1898)

Sri Lanka

E

Labidomilla rufocephala Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E

Labidomilla tricuspis (Andre, 1895)

Madagascar

E

Lehritilla lanka Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

Leucospilomutilla cerbera (Klug, 1821)

Cayenne

Liomutilla canariensis Andre, 1 907

Gomera, Gran Canaria, Hierro, La Palma, Tenerife

E

Lophomutilla triguttata Mickel, 1952

Trinidad

Macromyrme bezdeki Lo Cascio, Romano

et Grita, 2012

Socotra

E

Macromyrme sinuata (Olivier, 1811)

Cyprus

Mickelomyrme aborlana aborlana (Tsuneki, 1993)

Palawan

E (ssp)

Mickelomyrme aborlana zamboangae (Tsuneki, 1993)

Mindanao

E (ssp)

Mickelomyrme bakeri (Mickel, 1934)

Balabac, Labuan, Palawan

E

Mickelomyrme bicristata (Chen, 1957)

Hainan

E

Mickelomyrme bidentata (Tsuneki, 1993)

Luzon

Mickelomyrme hageni (Zavattari, 1913)

Iriomote-jima, Ishigaki-jima, Okinawa-jima,

Taiwan; Hachijo-jima

Mickelomyrme ilanica (Tsuneki, 1972)

Taiwan

E

Mickelomyrme norna (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E

Mickelomyrme palawanensis (Mickel, 1934)

Palawan

E

Mickelomyrme semperi nigrogastra (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon, Palawan

E (ssp)

Mickelomyrme semperi semperi (Ashmead, 1904)

Luzon, Negros, Panay

E (ssp)

Mickelomyrme tanoi (Tsuneki, 1 972)

Borneo

E

Mickelomyrme zebina (Smith, 1860)

Borneo, Cebu, Luzon, Mactan, Mindanao,

Negros, Bacan

E

Mutilla alticola (Andre, 1904)

Sao Tome

E

“ Mutilla ” antiguensis Fabricius, 1775

Antigua

Mutilla astarte astarte Smith, 1855

Mafia

Mutilla astarte orientalis Bischoff, 1920

Zanzibar

Mutilla auriger Krombein, 1951

Madagascar

E

Mutilla berlandi Krombein, 1972

Madagascar

E

Table 2/8. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

552

Pietro Lo Cascio

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Mutilla bilunata (Gerstaecker, 1857)

Zanzibar

M util la dentidorsis Andre, 1908

Zanzibar

Mutilla diselena s.l. Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1870

Pemba

Mutilla diselena germanica Bischoff, 1920

Zanzibar

Mutilla europaea Linnaeus, 1758

Great Britain, Nordemey, Sicily, Wangerooge

Mutilla mikado Cameron, 1900

Hokkaido, Honshu, Jeju, Kyushu, Sakhalin, Shikoku

“Mutilla” oberthuri Andre, 1907

Zanzibar

“Mutilla” pygidialis Gerstaecker, 1871

Zanzibar

E

Mutilla quinquemaculata Cyrillus, 1787

Astypalea, Budelli, Cavallo, Ciovo, Corsica, Crete,

Cyprus, Elba, Euboea, Gavdos, Kassos, Kefalonia,

La Maddalena, Lampedusa, Mallorca, Malta,

Menorca, Pianosa, Rhodes, Sant’Antioco,

Sardinia, Sicily

Mutilla scabrofoveolata Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1869

Inhaca

“ Mutilla ” straba Gerstaecker, 1871

Zanzibar

“Mutilla” sp. 1

Zanzibar

E?

“ Mutilla ” sp. 2

Anak Krakatau, Panaitan, Peucang, Rakata Besar,

Rakata Kecil, Sertung

Myrmilla calva (Villiers, 1789)

Asmara, Brae, Corsica, Crete, Elba, Giglio, Gor-

gona, Gran Canaria, Kerlcyra, Korcula, La Madda-

lena, Lipari, Mallorca, Pianosa, Rhodes, Sant’An-

tioco, Sardinia, Sicily, Ustica, Vis, Vulcano

Myrmilla capitata (Lucas, 1 846)

Asmara, Corsica, Favignana, La Maddalena,

Lampedusa, Levanzo, Pianosa, Sant’Antioco,

San Pietro, Sardinia, Sicily, Syros

Myrmilla caucasica (Kolenati, 1 846)

Cyprus, Kos, Nisyros, Rhodes

Myrmilla corniculata (Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1869)

Kerkyra, Slcopelos, Syros, Tinos

Myrmilla erythrocephala (Latreille, 1792)

Brae, Corsica, Giglio, Hvar, Korcula, La

Maddalena, Sardinia, Sicily, Ugljan, Vis

Myrmilla georgiae Pagliano et Matteini

Palmerini, 2014

Djerba, Gataya el Bahria

Myrmilla glabrata (Fabricius, 1775)

Cyprus, Euboea, Kerkyra, Pano Koufonissi,

Slcyros, Syros

Myrmilla lezginica (Radoszkowski, 1885)

Cyprus

Myrmilla mavromoustakisi Hammer, 1950

Cyprus

E

Myrmilla mutica (Andre, 1903)

Crete, Hvar, Kefalonia, Kerkyra

Myrmilla troodosica Hammer, 1950

Cyprus

E

Myrmilla vutshetishi Skorikov, 1927

Chios, Kerkyra

Myrmilla sp.

Socotra

Myrmosa atra atra Panzer, 1801

Anglesey, Corsica, Elba, Great Britain,

Man, Sardinia, Sicily, Wight

Myrmosa atra erytrocephala Yarrow, 1954

Ireland

E (ssp)

Myrmosa eos Lelej, 1981

Jeju, Namhae

Myrmosa unicolor Say, 1824

“High Island” (= unidentified islet of Outer Banks)

Nanomutilla vaucheri (Toumier, 1 895)

Sardinia

Nemka chihpenchia (Tsuneki, 1972)

Taiwan

E

Table 2/9. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

553

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Nemka curvisquamata (Chen, 1957)

Taiwan

E

‘ ‘Nemkd ’ fallaciosa (Cameron, 1898)

Sri Lanka

E

Nemka limi nanhai (Chen, 1957)

JTainan

E (ssp)

“Nemka” litigiosa (Cameron, 1898)

Sri Lanka

E

Nemka cfr. philippa (Nurse, 1903)

Peucang, Rakata Kecil, Sertung

Nemka pondicherensis (Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1 870)

Luzon, Sri Lanka, Timor

“Nemka” stulta (Cameron, 1898)

Sri Lanka

E

Nemka taiwanensis (Mickel, 1933)

Taiwan

Nemka viduata insulae (Invrea, 1940)

Cyprus

E (ssp)

Nemka viduata macquarti (Lepeletier, 1 845)

Crete, Gavdos

E (ssp)

Nemka viduata tunensis (Fabricius, 1804)

Jalitah

Nemka viduata viduata (Pallas, 1773)

Brae, Comino, Corsica, Elba, Euboea, Favignana,

Giglio, Gozo, Karpathos, Kea, Kefalonia, Kerkyra,

Korkula, Kos, Kythera, Lipari, Mallorca, Malta,

Marettimo, Menorca, Naxos, Pano Koufonissi,

Pianosa, Rhodes, Samothraki, San Pietro, Sardi-

nia, Sicily, Skiathos, Stromboli, Vis, Vulcano

Nemka wotani (Zavattari, 1913)

Magong, Sumbawa, Taiwan, Tanegashima,

Yakushima; Honshu, Kyushu

Neotrogaspidia haemarrhoa (Zavattari, 1913)

Lombok, Sumbawa

E

Neotrogaspidia hammeri (Suarez, 1959)

Cyprus

Neotrogaspidia pustulata (Smith, 1873)

Amami Oshima, Iwo-jima, Miyakojima, Taiwan,

Takeshima, Tanegashima, Yakushima, Hachijojima,

Honshu, Izu Oshima, Jeju, Kyushu, Namhae,

Shikoku, Shimoshima, Tsushima, Chichi-jima,

Nishi-jima

Neotrogaspidia serafica (Zavattari, 1913)

Lombok, Solor, Sumbawa; Ambon

E

Nonveilleridia bataviana (Andre, 1909)

Java

Nordeniella pinguicula (Turner, 1911)

Sri Lanka

E

Nordeniella praestabilis (Andre, 1907)

Sri Lanka

E

Nordeniella thermophila (Turner, 1911)

Sri Lanka

E

Nordeniella wickwari (Turner, 1911)

Sri Lanka

E

Odontomutilla apiastra Mickel, 1935

Bacan, Halmahera

E

Odontomutilla aspratilis Mickel, 1935

Borneo

Odontomutilla ceramensis Mickel, 1935

Seram

E

Odontomutilla cordigera (Sichel et

Radoszkowski, 1870)

Borneo, Java, Sumatra

Odontomutilla disparimaculata (Sichel

et Radoszkowski, 1 869)

Sao Tome

Odontomutilla familiaris anonyma (Kohl, 1882)

Sumatra

E (ssp)

Odontomutilla familiaris familiaris (Smith, 1857)

Basilan, Borneo, Luzon, Mindanao, Negros,

Samar, Singapore, Sumatra

Odontomutilla grossa Mickel, 1935

Borneo

E

Odontomutilla haematocephala (Andre, 1896)

Sumatra

Odontomutilla herpa (Cameron, 1 902)

Borneo

E

Table 2/10. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

554

Pietro Lo Cascio

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Odontomutilla inanis Mickel, 1935

Darn, New Britain, New Guinea

E

Odontomutilla manifesto, (Smith, 1859)

New Guinea, Tanahbesar

E

Odontomutilla mickeli Lelej, 2005

Borneo, Sulawesi

E

Odontomutilla papuana Zavattari, 1913

New Guinea

E

Odontomutilla perelegans (Cameron, 1 897)

Sri Lanka

Odontomutilla pompalis Mickel, 1935

Borneo

E

Odontomutilla rubrocapitata Mickel, 1935

Borneo

Odontomutilla semifasciata (Andre, 1 896)

Solor, Sulawesi; New Guinea

E

Odontomutilla smithi Mickel, 1935

Sulawesi

E

Odontomutilla subinterrupta Zavattari, 1910

Borneo, Java, Simeulue, Timor

E

Odontomutilla tamensis (Cameron, 1907)

New Guinea

E

Odontomutilla thyme le Mickel, 1935

Borneo

E

Odontomutilla trichocondyla (Andre, 1 894)

Sri Lanka

Odontomutilla zimrada maxima Bischoff, 1920

Zanzibar

Orientidia cavicola (Tsuneki, 1993)

Mindanao

E

Orientidia circumcincta (Andre, 1896)

Sumatra

Orientidia dayak (Lelej, 1996)

Borneo

E

Orientidia nigerrima (Mickel, 1934)

Biliran, Luzon, Mindanao, Samar

E

Orientidia proserpina proserpina (Smith, 1857)

Basilan, Borneo, Java, Mindanao, Negros, Panay

E (ssp)

Orientidia proserpina sibuyanensis (Mickel, 1934)

Sibuyan

E (ssp)

Orientidia proserpina tibiata (Mickel, 1934)

Basilan, Borneo, Mindanao, Negros,

Palawan, Sibuyan

E (ssp)

Orientilla aureorubra (Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1 870)

Sri Lanka

Orientilla desponsa (Smith, 1855)

Hainan, Taiwan

Orientilla kallata (Nurse, 1902)

Sri Lanka

Orientilla remota (Cameron, 1897)

Sri Lanka

E

Pagdenidia erato (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Pagdenidia selene (Pagden, 1949)

Java

E

Pagdenidia sondaica (Pagden, 1949)

Java

E

Paramyrmosa brunnipes (Lepeletier, 1 845)

Asinara, Corsica, Crete, Mallorca,

Rhodes, Sardinia, Sicily

Pertyella decora Mickel, 1952

Trinidad

“ Petersenidia ” boopis (Kohl, 1882)

Sulawesi

E

Peters enidia dercetis (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

“ Petersenidia ” dohertyi (Zavattari, 1913)

Sumbawa

E

Petersenidia fukudai (Tsuneki, 1972)

Amami Oshima, Kakeromajima, Okinawa-jima,

Tokunoshima, Yakushima, Kyushu, Shikoku

E

Petersenidia hylonome (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Petersenidia javanica (Dalla Torre, 1 897)

Java

E

Petersenidia macassarica (Zavattari, 1913)

Sulawesi

E

Table 2/11. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

555

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Petersenidia nedyme (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Petersenidia neglecta (Smith, 1860)

Sulawesi

E

Petersenidia olbia (Cameron, 1902)

Borneo

E

Petersenidia pfafneri (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E

Petersenidia psecas (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Petersenidia rapa (Zavattari, 1913)

Okinawa-jima, Taiwan

Petersenidia spatale (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Petersenidia spiracularis dilutemacula (Chen, 1957)

Taiwan

E (ssp)

Petersenidia Stella (Zavattari, 1913)

Sumatra

E

Petersenidia sticticornis nigridia (Mickel, 1934)

Mindanao, Samar

E (ssp)

Petersenidia sticticornis sticticornis (Mickel, 1934)

Mindanao, Samar

E (ssp)

Petersenidia sumatrensis (Andre, 1 896)

Sumatra

E

Petersenidia temeraria (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E

Petersenidia thoracica (Smith, 1860)

Sulawesi

E

Physetopoda cingulata (Costa, 1858)

Corsica

Physetopoda consociata (Cameron, 1898)

Sri Lanka

E

Physetopoda daghestanica (Radoszkowski, 1885)

Corsica, Krk, Mallorca, Sicily

Physetopoda jumigata (Turner, 1911)

Sri Lanka

E

Physetopoda fusculina (Invrea, 1955)

Lavezzu, Sant’Antioco, San Pietro, Sardinia

E

Physetopoda halensis (Fabricius, 1787)

Bagaud, Krk, Malta, Rab, Sicily

Physetopoda lampedusia (Invrea, 1957)

Gremdi, Lampedusa, Mallorca, Sicily

Physetopoda ligustica (Invrea, 1951)

Mallorca, Malta, Sicily

Physetopoda lucasii (Smith, 1855)

Corsica, Elba, Pantelleria, Pianosa, Sardinia,

Sicily, Ustica

Physetopoda mendizabali (Suarez, 1956)

Asinara, Sardinia

Physetopoda mirabilis (Hammer, 1962)

Sri Lanka

Physetopoda nuptura (Garcia Mercet, 1905)

Malta, Sicily

Physetopoda punctata (Latreille, 1792)

Comino, Corsica, Lampedusa, Linosa, Malta,

Sardinia, Sicily

Physetopoda pusilla (Klug, 1835)

Asinara, Corsica, Elba, Gorgona, Lampedusa,

Levanzo, Lipari, Mallorca, Malta, Pianosa,

Sardinia, Sicily, Vis

Physetopoda scutellaris (Latreille, 1792)

Corsica, Krk, Pianosa, Sicily

Physetopoda sericeiceps (Andre, 1901)

Asinara, Corsica, Mallorca, Sant’Antioco, Sardinia

Physetopoda silviae Pagliano, 2011

Lampedusa

E

Physetopoda trioma (Invrea, 1955)

Asinara, Corsica, Lavezzu, Sant’Antioco, Sardinia

E

Physetopoda unicincta (Lucas, 1 846)

Malta, Menorca

Platymyrmilla quinquefasciata (Olivier, 1811)

Andros, Crete, Kaipathos, Kerkyra, Rhodes, Syros

Pristomutilla ianthis (Turner, 1911)

Sri Lanka

Pristomutilla kibweziana Bischoff, 1920

Zanzibar

Pristomutilla octacantha (Garcia Mercet, 1903)

Bioko

Table 2/12. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

556

Pietro Lo Cascio

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Pristomutilla pauliani (Krombein, 1951)

Madagascar

E

Promecidia bonthainensis (Andre, 1896)

Sulawesi

E

Promecidia mamblia (Cameron, 1902)

Borneo

Promecidia rubrocyanea (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Promecidia saturnia samawangensis (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E (ssp)

Promecidia saturnia saturnia (Mickel, 1935)

Singapore

Promecidia yamanei Lelej, 1996

Borneo

E

Promecilla calliope (Smith, 1857)

Borneo

E

Promecilla cyanosoma Turner, 1911

Sri Lanka

E

Promecilla delia (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Promecilla hyale (Mickel, 1934)

Mindanao

E

Promecilla philippinensis Lelej, 2005

Luzon, Mindanao

E

Promecilla yerburghi (Cameron, 1892)

Sri Lanka

Protrogaspidia celebensis (Andre, 1905)

Sulawesi

E

Protrogaspiclia volatilis (Smith, 1858)

Sulawesi

E

Pseudolophotilla alluaudi (Andre, 1907)

Madagascar

E

Pseudolophotilla argenteopicta (Sichel

et Radoszlcowski, 1 869)

Madagascar

E

Pseudolophotilla venustula (Saussure, 1890)

Madagascar, Nosy Be

E

Pseudomethoca argyrocephala (Gerstaeker, 1874)

Cuba, Guana, Puerto Rico, St. John

Pseudomethoca cf. tournieri (Kohl, 1882)

Trinidad

Pseudomethoca crepera (Cresson, 1902)

Trinidad

Pseudomethoca flaviceps (Andre, 1906)

Hispaniola

E

Pseudomethoca grilloi Genaro, 1997

Cuba

E

Pseudomethoca merengue Genaro, 1997

Hispaniola

E

Pseudomethoca olgae Schuster, 1946

St. Croix

E

Pseudomethoca plagiata (Gerstaecker, 1874)

Trinidad

Pseudomethoca propinqua (Cresson, 1865)

Long Island

Pseudomethoca said Mickel, 1928

Cuba

E

Pseudomethoca simillima (Smith, 1855)

Long Island

Pseudomethoca unicincta A shmead, 1900

St. Vincent

E

Pseudomethoca willei Mickel, 1969

Canas, Coiba, Taboga

Pseudophot op sis armeniaca (Skorikov, 1935)

Cyprus

Pseudophot op sis aurea (Klug, 1829)

Socotra

Pseudophotopsis komarovii (Radoszkowski, 1885)

Cyprus

Pseudophotopsis maura Bischoff, 1920

Socotra

Pseudophotopsis obliterata (Smith, 1855)

Cyprus

Pseudophotopsis schachruda (Skorikov, 1935)

Cyprus

Pseudophotopsis syriaca (Andre, 1900)

Tinos

Table 2/13. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

557

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Radoszkowskitilla ceylonica (Lelej, 1993)

Sri Lanka

Radoszkowskitilla sinhala Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

E

Radoszkowskitilla tamila Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

E

Rhopalomutilla javana Pagden, 1938

Java

E

Rhopalomutilla oceanica Mickel, 1935

Borneo

E

Ronisia barbara (Linnaeus, 1758)

Comino, Conigli, Gozo, Lampedusa, Linosa,

Malta, Pantelleria

Ronisia barbarula (Petersen, 1988)

Mallorca

Ronisia brutia brutia (Petagna, 1787)

Capraia, Capri, Corsica, Elba, Euboea, Favignana,

Filicudi, Folegandros, Giannutri, Giglio, Gorgona,

Hvar, Ischia, Kastellorizo, Kefalonia, Kerkyra,

Korcula, Krk, Kythera, La Maddalena, Lavezzu,

Levanzo, Lipari, Malta, Marettimo, Milos, Naxos,

Panarea, Paros, Pianosa, Rhodes, Salina, San Do-

mino, Sant’ Antioco, Sardinia, Sicily, Skiathos,

Syros, Thira, Ugljan, Vis, Vulcano, Zakynthos

Ronisia brutia minoensis Nonveiller, 1972

Astypalea, Crete, Karpathos

E (ssp)

Ronisia brutia valca (Petersen, 1988)

Cyprus

E (ssp)

Ronisia ghilianii (Spinola, 1843)

Asmara, Capraia, Corsica, Gorgona, La Madda-

lena, Lipari, Mallorca, Menorca, Panarea, Pianosa,

Sant’ Antioco, Santa Maria, San Pietro, Sardinia,

Sicily, Spargi

Ronisia marocana (Olivier, 1811)

Djerba, Lampedusa, Malta, Sicily

Serendibiella trunconomalica (Radoszkowski, 1885)

Sri Lanka

E

Seriatospidia biseriata (Saussure, 1891)

Zanzibar

Seyrigilla cloitrei (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Seyrigilla holomelaena (Andre, 1 899)

Madagascar

E

Seyrigilla nigroaurea (Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1869)

Madagascar, Nosy Be

E

Seyrigilla olsoufieffi (Krombein, 1972)

Madagascar

E

Seyrigilla splendida (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Seyrigilla sylvicola (Krombein, 1 972)

Madagascar

E

Sigilla dorsata (Fabricius, 1798)

Corsica, Embiez, Porquerolles,

Sant’ Antioco, Sardinia

Sinotilla gracillima (Smith, 1857)

Borneo

E

Sinotilla gribodoana (Invrea, 1943)

Borneo

E

Sinotilla lambirensis Lelej, 1996

Borneo

E

Sinotilla petina (Mickel, 1937)

Borneo

E

Sinotilla runcina (Zavattari, 1913)

Borneo

E

Sinotilla serpa (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E

Sinotilla yakushimensis ( Yasumatsu, 1934)

Yakushima

E

“ Smicromyrme ” adusta (Andre, 1908)

Zanzibar

E

Smicromyrme aponis Tsuneki, 1993

Mindanao

E

Smicromyrme asinarensis Pagliano et Strumia, 2007

Asmara, Sardinia

E

Table 2/14. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

558

Pietro Lo Cascio

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Smicromyrme ausonia Invrea, 1950

Asmara, Corsica, Cyprus, Elba, Kerkyra, Lipari,

Pianosa, Sicily

Smicromyrme autonoe Mickel, 1934

Palawan

E

Smicromyrme basalis annularis Mickel, 1934

Luzon

E (ssp)

Smicromyrme basalis basalis (Smith, 1879)

Borneo, Mindanao

E (ssp)

Smicromyrme borneo Lelej, 1996

Borneo

E

Smicromyrme caecina (Cameron, 1903)

Borneo

E

Smicromyrme caerulea Mickel, 1934

Samar

E

Smicromyrme calacuasana Tsuneki, 1993

Palawan

E

Smicromyrme chuchiana Tsuneki, 1993

Taiwan

E

Smicromyrme coromandelica (Motschulsky, 1863)

Sri Lanka

Smicromyrme corriasi Pagliano, 2013

Sardinia

E

Smicromyrme cristinae Lo Cascio, 2000

Pano Koufonissi

E

Smicromyrme dardanus dardanus (Smith, 1857)

Borneo

Smicromyrme dardanus salacia Mickel, 1935

Borneo

E (ssp)

Smicromyrme deidamia (Smith, 1857)

Borneo

E

Smicromyrme desiderata (Turner, 1911)

Sri Lanka

E

Smicromyrme devia (Cameron, 1909)

Borneo, Simeulue

E

Smicromyrme electra Mickel, 1935

Sulawesi

E

Smicromyrme esterina Pagliano, 1983

Sicily

Smicromyrme fura anthracipes Mickel, 1934

Luzon

E (ssp)

Smicromyrme fura fura Mickel, 1934

Basilan, Luzon, Mindanao, Negros, Panay,

Samar, Sibuyan

E (ssp)

Smicromyrme gineri Invrea, 1953

Djerba

Smicromyrme herophile Mickel, 1935

Java

E

Smicromyrme hombucciana Tsuneki, 1982

Taiwan

E

Smicromyrme ilerda ilerda (Cameron, 1902)

Borneo

E (ssp)

Smicromyrme ilerda sparsilis Mickel, 1934

Mindanao

E (ssp)

Smicromyrme jacobsoni (Andre, 1907)

Java

E

Smicromyrme kuanfuana Tsuneki, 1972

Taiwan

E

Smicromyrme lavinia atrata Mickel, 1934

Samar

E (ssp)

Smicromyrme lavinia lavinia Mickel, 1934

Luzon, Mindanao, Palawan

E (ssp)

Smicromyrme lewisi Mickel, 1935

Iwo-jima, Kuchinoshima, Tanegashima, Hokkaido,

Honshu, Izu Oshima, Kunashir, Kyushu, Namhae,

Okushiri, Sakhalin, Shikoku, Tsushima

Smicromyrme lochia Mickel, 1937

Borneo

Smicromyrme maculofasciata (Saussure, 1867)

Sri Lanka

E

Smicromyrme mauromoustakisi Invrea, 1940

Cyprus

E

Smicromyrme meator Mickel, 1935

Borneo

E

Smicromyrme melanolepis (Costa, 1884)

Asinara, Corsica, Gorgona, Lipari, Marettimo,

Sardinia, Sicily

Table 2/15. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

559

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Smicromyrme minahassae (Zavattari, 1913)

Sulawesi

E

Smicromyrme mindanaonis Tsuneki, 1993

Mindanao

E

Smicromyrme monticelli (Zavattari, 1910)

Zanzibar

Smicromyrme neglecta Hammer, 1962

Sri Lanka

Smicromyrme nigriceps Nonveiller, 1959

Crete, Gavdos

Smicromyrme ocellata (Saussure, 1867)

Sri Lanka

Smicromyrme opistomelas Invrea, 1950

Sardinia

Smicromyrme palacala Tsuneki, 1993

Palawan

E

Smicromyrme partita (Klug, 1835) sensu lato

Comino, Lampedusa, Lipari, Mallorca, Malta,

Sicily

Smicromyrme perisii (Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1870)

Asinara, Cavallo, Corsica, Sant’Antioco, Sardinia

E

Smicromyrme posthuma (Cameron, 1898)

Sri Lanka

E

Smicromyrme pulawskii Suarez, 1975

Rhodes

Smicromyrme punctinota Mickel, 1935

Borneo

E

Smicromyrme riccardoi Pagliano et

Matteini Palmerini, 2014

Djerba

Smicromyrme ruficollis ceresae Invrea, 1952

Asinara, Corsica, San Pietro, Sant’Antioco,

Sardinia

E (ssp)

Smicromyrme ruficollis ruficollis (Fabricius, 1793)

Cres, Giglio, Gozo, Hvar, Kos, Krk, Lipari,

Mallorca, Malta, Pianosa, Rab, Sicily, Stromboli,

Vulcano

Smicromyrme rufipes (Fabricius, 1787)

Baltrum, Corsica, Giglio, Great Britain, Hayling,

Herm, Hvar, Krk, Pianosa, Wight

Smicromyrme rufisquamulata Bischoff, 1921

Inhaca

Smicromyrme scitula Mickel, 1935

Borneo

E

Smicromyrme sexmaculata Hammer, 1962

Sri Lanka

Smicromyrme sicana (De Stefani, 1887)

Corsica, Elba, Komat, Krk, Malta, Pianosa,

Sardinia, Sicily

Smicromyrme strandi (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

Smicromyrme suberrata Invrea, 1957

Asinara, Lampedusa, Mallorca, Malta, Sicily

Smicromyrme sulcisia Invrea, 1955

Corsica, Elba, Lipari, Mallorca, Sardinia, Sicily,

Vulcano

Smicromyrme thia Mickel, 1933

Taiwan

E

Smicromyrme trinotata (Costa, 1858)

Corsica, Lipari, Sardinia, Sicily

Smicromyrme turanica (Morawitz, 1 893)

Crete, Rhodes

Smicromyrme vladani Nonveiller, 1972

Crete

E

Smicromyrme sp. 1

Gran Canaria

Smicromyrme sp. 2

Korcula, Vis

“ Smicromyrme ” sp. 3

Inhaca

Sphaerophtalma cargilli Cockerell, 1895

Jamaica

E

Sphaeropthalma galapagensis (Williams, 1926)

Baltra, Santa Cruz (EC)

E

Sphaeropthalma gulltopp Williams et Pitts, 2007

Trinidad

Sphaeropthalma retifera (Dow, 1931)

Hispaniola

Table 2/16. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

560

Pietro Lo Cascio

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Sphaeropthalma unicolor (Cresson, 1 865)

Anacapa, Santa Cruz (US)

Spilomutilla consolidata (Cameron, 1900)

Sri Lanka

Spilomutilla eltola (Cameron, 1898)

Sri Lanka

E

Spilomutilla lanka Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

E

Spilomutilla sri Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

E

Squamulotilla exilipunctata Chen, 1957

Jeju

Stanclfussidia taprobane Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

E

Stenomutilla argentata (Villers, 1789)

Asinara, Corsica, Sant’ Antioco, San Pietro,

Sardinia, Sicily

Stenomutilla bicornuta Nonveiller, 1994

Cyprus

E

Stenomutilla bizonata (Smith, 1855)

Euboea, Hvar, Rhodes

Stenomutilla collaris (Fabricius, 1787)

Djerba, Sicily

Stenomutilla freyi (Brancsilc, 1891)

Madagascar, Nosy Be

E

Stenomutilla hottentotta (Fabricius, 1804)

Comino, Favignana, Gozo, Levanzo, Malta,

Marettimo, Sicily

Stenomutilla intermixta Krombein, 1972

Madagascar

E

Stenomutilla lavaudeni ambilobe Krombein, 1972

Madagascar

E (ssp)

Stenomutilla lavaudeni lavaudeni Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E (ssp)

“ Stenomutilla 1 ’ manni Krombein, 1971

Makira

E

Storozhenkotilla aurofasciata (Andre, 1907)

Sri Lanka

Storozhenkotilla cicatricifera (Andre, 1 894)

Sri Lanka

Strangulotilla dioscoridea Lo Cascio, Romano

et Grita, 2012

Samha, Socotra

E

Strangulotilla krombeini Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

E

Strangulotilla minor (Andre, 1905)

Sao Tome

E

Sylvotilla globithorax (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Sylvotilla globiventris (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Sylvotilla robinsoni (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Sylvotilla touvenoti (Olsoufieff, 1938)

Madagascar

E

Taimyrmosa cara Lelej, 2005

Taiwan

E

Taimyrmosa mongolica (Suarez, 1974)

Honshu, Jeju, Sakhalin, Shikoku

Taimyrmosa nigrofasciata (Yasumatsu, 1931)

Yakushima, Hokkaido, Honshu, Kyushu,

Okushiri, Shikoku

E

Taiwanomyrme friekae (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

Taiwanomyrme taiwana (Tsuneki, 1993)

Taiwan

E

Timulla absentia Mickel, 1938

Canas, Rey

Timulla ashmeadi Mickel, 1938

Grenada, Guadeloupe, Jamaica, St. Vincent

E

Timulla bitaeniata (Spinola, 1841)

Cayenne, Trinidad

Timulla byblis Mickel, 1937

Trinidad

Timulla centroamericana (Dalla Torre, 1897)

Taboga

Timulla dominica Mickel, 1938

Dominica

E

Table 2/17. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

561

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Timulla eriphyla Mickel, 1938

Trinidad

Timulla ferrugata (Fabricius, 1804)

Long Island; Eleuthera

Timulla guadeloupensis Mickel, 1937

Guadeloupe

E

Timulla leona (Blake, 1871)

Padre

Timulla leucippe Mickel, 1938

Marajo

Timulla mediata mediata (Fabricius, 1805)

Grenada, St. Vincent, Trinidad

Timulla mediata persa Mickel, 1938

Marajo

Timulla nisa Mickel, 1938

Trinidad

Timulla odice Mickel, 1938

Santo Amaro

Timulla rectanguloides Mickel, 1938

Grenada, Mustique, St. Vincent

E

Timulla rectangula (Spinola, 1841)

Cayenne, Trinidad

Timulla rufiventris (Klug, 1821)

St. Vincent

Timulla rufogastra (Lepeletier, 1845)

Trinidad

Timulla rufosignata (Bradley, 1916)

Long Island

Timulla runata Mickel, 1938

Taboga

Timulla senex (Guerin-Meneville, 1 844)

Cuba, Juventud

E

Timulla trimaculosa Mickel, 1938

Jamaica

E

Timulla vagans vagans (Fabricius, 1798)

Long Island

Timulla zonata (Spinola, 1841)

Cayenne

Traumatomutilla americana (Linnaeus, 1758)

“West Indies” (Ashmead, 1900)

Traumatomutilla incerta (Spinola, 1841)

Cayenne

Traumatomutilla indica (Linnaeus, 1758)

Cayenne, Marco, Trinidad

Traumatomutilla latona Mickel, 1952

Trinidad

Traumatomutilla oculifera (Smith, 1855)

Arapiranga, Marco

Traumatomutilla sphegea (Fabricius, 1804)

Cayenne, Marajo, Marco, Trinidad

Traumatomutilla vidua (Klug, 1821)

Marco

Tricholabioides apicipennis (Cameron, 1897)

Sri Lanka

E

Trispilotilla indostana (Smith, 1855)

Sri Lanka

Trogaspidia agapeta (Cameron, 1902)

Borneo, Sumatra

E

Trogaspidia albertisi (Andre, 1 896)

Misool, New Guinea, Roon, Salawati, Seram,

Tanahbesar, Waigeo

E

Trogaspidia albibrunnea Chen, 1957

Taiwan

Trogaspidia alecto leucotricha (Bischoff, 1920)

Zanzibar

Trogaspidia andamana Hammer, 1962

South Andaman

E

Trogaspidia anthylla (Smith, 1860)

Ambon, Bacan, Halmahera, Seram

E

“ Trogaspidia" aurantissima Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E

“ Trogaspidia ” aurolimbata (Andre, 1901)

Madagascar

E

“ Trogaspidia ” aurovittata (Andre 1899)

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia bakeri (Mickel, 1934)

Basilan, Mindanao, Samar

E

Table 2/18. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

562

Pietro Lo Cascio

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Trogaspidia bicincta (Saussure, 1867)

Sri Lanka

E

Trogaspidia boniensis (Mickel, 1935)

Sulawesi

E

Trogaspidia bryanti (Mickel, 1937)

Borneo

E

Trogaspidia castellana castellana (Garcia

Mercet, 1903)

Luzon

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia castellana islandica (Mickel, 1934)

Basilan, Biliran, Mindanao, Samar

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia castellana princesa (Mickel, 1934)

Palawan

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia castellana sandakanensis (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo, Labuan

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia castellana tayabasensis (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon, Polillo

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia castellana visayensis (Mickel, 1934)

Batbatan, Negros, Panay, Sibuyan

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia castellana whiteheacli (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia catanensis (Rossi, 1792)

Rava, Sicily

Trogaspidia chiaiensis Tsuneki, 1993

Taiwan

E

Trogaspidia cooki (Andre, 1895)

New Guinea

Trogaspidia cressida (Cameron, 1900)

Sri Lanka

E

Trogaspidia cydippe (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Trogaspidia depressula (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E

“ Trogaspidia ” clitissima (Andre, 1905)

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia doricha (Smith, 1860)

Ambon, Bacan, New Guinea, Seram

E

Trogaspidia eremita eremita (Mickel, 1934)

Basilan, Biliran, Luzon, Mindanao, Negros,

Panay, Polillo, Samar

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia eremita umbra (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon, Polillo

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia esakii Yasumatsu, 1950

Peleliu

E

Trogaspidia exilis (Smith, 1859)

Ambon, Kai

E

Trogaspidia fervida (Smith, 1860)

Sulawesi

E

Trogaspidia formosana (Matsumura, 1911)

Taiwan

Trogaspidia fuscipennis concava (Mickel, 1933)

Taiwan

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia greeni Hammer, 1962

Sri Lanka

E

Trogaspidia hoffmanni (Mickel, 1933)

Hainan

Trogaspidia ianthea ianthea (Smith, 1860)

Bacan, Halmahera, Temate

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia ianthea rubiginosa (Andre, 1896)

Ambon, Seram

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia implicata (Mickel, 1935)

Sulawesi

E

“ Trogaspidia ” incerta Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia indagatrix indagatrix (Mickel, 1935)

Ambon

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia indagatrix menadoensis (Mickel, 1935)

Sulawesi

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia intermedia (Saussure, 1867)

Sri Lanka

Trogaspidia iphis (Mickel, 1925)

Java

E

Trogaspidia kauarae (Cameron, 1892)

Sri Lanka

Trogaspidia kinabalensis Tsuneki, 1972

Borneo

E

Trogaspidia lanceolata Chen, 1957

Taiwan

E

Table 2/19. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

563

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Trogaspidia lignani (Mickel, 1933)

Hainan

Trogaspidia lodina (Cameron, 1905)

Borneo

E

Trogaspidia luzonica luzonica (Radoszkowski, 1885)

Luzon

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia luzonica panayensis (Mickel, 1934)

Negros, Panay, Sibuyan

E (ssp)

“ Trogaspidia ” magnifica (Bischoff, 1920)

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia major Nonveiller et Petersen, 1995

Inhaca

Trogaspidia manilensis (Brown, 1906)

Basilan, Borneo, Luzon, Mindanao, Negros,

Palawan, Panay

E

“ Trogaspidia ’ ’ mariaebogdanovi Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia medon (Smith, 1855)

Zanzibar

“ Trogaspidia ” micheli Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia nereis (Kohl, 1882)

Java

E

Trogaspidia nodoa (Mickel, 1933)

Hainan

Trogaspidia oceanica oceanica (Andre, 1 896)

Baronga, Biak, Lihir, New Britain, New Guinea,

New Ireland, Umboi, Yapen

Trogaspidia oceanica papuana (Krombein, 1971)

Kiriwina, New Guinea, Normanby, Woodlark, Yule

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia oceanica tulagiensis (Mickel, 1935)

Bougainville, Buka, Choiseul, Gizo, Guadalcanal,

Kolombangara, Malaita, New Georgia, Nggela,

Pavuvu, Ranonga, Rendova, Santa Isabel, Savo,

Tulagi, Treasury, Vella Lavella

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia oceanitis (Mickel, 1935)

Sulawesi, Ambon

E

Trogaspidia orestes orestes (Krombein, 1971)

New Guinea

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia orestes trobriandensis (Krombein, 1971)

Kiriwina, Normanby, Woodlark

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia ovatula aurifera (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia ovatula ovatula (Mickel, 1934)

Sibuyan

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia pacifica Tsuneki, 1972

Taiwan

E

Trogaspidia pentheus (Smith, 1860)

Bacan, New Guinea

E

“Trogaspidia” politana (Bischoff, 1920)

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia probabilis Hammer, 1962

South Andaman

E

“ Trogaspidia ” pulcherrima (Andre, 1905)

Madagascar

E

“ Trogaspidia ” radachkovskii Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia rhea rhea (Mickel, 1933)

Hainan, Taiwan

E (ssp)

“ Trogaspidia ” sanctaemariae (Andre, 1901)

Nosy Boraha

E

Trogaspidia sansibarensis Bischoff, 1920

Zanzibar

Trogaspidia sarawaka (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E

Trogaspidia saussurei Lelej, 2005

Sri Lanka

E

Trogaspidia scapus (Mickel, 1937)

Borneo

E

“ Trogaspidia ” seyrigiana Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia tethys prodiga (Mickel, 1935)

Borneo

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia tethys melanesia (Mickel, 1935)

Ambon

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia tethys tethys (Mickel, 1934)

Negros, Palawan, Taiwan

E (ssp)

Table 2/20. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

564

Pietro Lo Cascio

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Trogaspidia themis (Peringuey, 1898)

Inhaca

“ Trogaspidio ” tricolora Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia tridepressa Tsuneki, 1993

Luzon

E

Trogaspidia vallicola Tsuneki, 1993

Taiwan

E

“ Trogaspidia ” venustulaeformis (Bischoff, 1920)

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia vetustata (Bingham, 1911)

Grande Comore, Inhaca

Trogaspidia villosa (Fabricius, 1775)

Sri Lanka

“ Trogaspidia ” vitsika Olsoufieff, 1938

Madagascar

E

Trogaspidia yasumatsui maai (Krombein, 1971)

New Hanover, New Ireland

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia yasumatsui yasumatsui (Krombein, 1971)

New Britain, Umboi

E (ssp)

Trogaspidia yuliensis Tsuneki, 1972

Taiwan

E

“ Trogaspidia'' zanacaeformis Bischoff, 1920

Madagascar

E

Tropidotilla cypriadis Invrea, 1940

Cyprus

Tropidotilla grisescens (Lepeletier, 1 845)

Brae, Crete, Korcula, Sicily

Tropidotilla litoralis (Petagna, 1787)

Brae, Cres, Crete, Elba, Euboea, Giglio, Kerkyra,

Korcula, Kos, Lipari, Losinj, Mljet, Mykonos,

Pianosa, Rava, Rhodes, Sant’ Antioco, San Pietro,

Sardinia, Sicily, Solta, Syros, Tavolara, Vulcano

Tsunekimyrme fluctuata (Smith, 1865)

Borneo, Mindanao, Negros, Samar, Tawi Tawi,

Morotai

E

Vanhartenidia tricolor (Klug, 1829)

Djerba

Wallacidia conversa (Chen, 1957)

Taiwan

Wallacidia humbertiana (Saussure, 1867)

Sri Lanka

Wallacidia itambusa (Cockerell, 1927)

Luzon

E

Wallacidia kangeana (Pagden, 1949)

Kangean, Paliat

E

Wallacidia laratense (Mickel, 1935)

Larat

E

Wallacidia leytense (Tsuneki, 1993)

Leyte

E

Wallacidia melmora (Cameron, 1905)

Borneo, Java, Rakata Besar, Sulawesi, Sumatra

E

Wallacidia merops (Smith, 1860)

Bacan, Gebe, Halmahera, Morotai, Temate

E

Wallacidia oculata (Fabricius, 1804)

Dang Kho, Hainan, Phong Vong, Taiwan,

Thanh Lan

Wallacidia opulenta (Smith, 1855)

Sri Lanka

Wallacidia paloeana (Pagden, 1949)

Sulawesi

E

Wallacidia philippinense (Smith, 1855)

Balabac, Borneo, Cebu, Luzon, Mindanao,

Mindoro, Negros, Palawan, Panay, Polillo, Solor,

Sulawesi, Ambon

E

Wallacidia retinula (Chen, 1957)

Taiwan

Wallacidia rosemariae (O'Toole, 1975)

Flores, Lombok, Sumbawa

E

Wallacidia singapora (Mickel, 1935)

Singapore

Wallacidia sumbana (Pagden, 1949)

Sumba

E

Wallacidia timorense (O'Toole, 1975)

Timor

E

Wallacidia vicina (Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1870)

Ambon, New Guinea, Seram, Yule

E

Table 2/21. Checklist and island distribution of the species (continued).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

565

SPECIES

ISLANDS

Xystromutilla cornigera (Cresson, 1902)

Trinidad

Xystromutilla turrialba Casal, 1969

Taboga

Yamanetilla andromeda (Mickel, 1934)

Luzon, Mindanao, Negros, Samar

E

Yamanetilla cassiope (Smith, 1857)

Borneo

Yamanetilla nipponica (Tsuneki, 1972)

Honshu, Kyushu, Shikoku

E

Yamanetilla pedaria (Mickel, 1934)

Basilan, Mindanao, Palawan

Yamanetilla taiwaniana (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

Zavatilla gutrunae gutrunae (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E (ssp)

Zavatilla logei (Zavattari, 1913)

Taiwan

E

Zeugomutilla bainbriggei (Turner, 1911)

Sri Lanka

E

Zeugomutilla horni (Andre, 1907)

Sri Lanka

E

Zeugomutilla recondita (Cameron, 1900)

Sri Lanka

E

Table 2/22. Checklist and island distribution of the species.

Species

Examined material

Blakeius bipunctatus (Latreille, 1792)

Chergui (TN), 20.IV.2005, R. Vilardo leg. (1 ex., PLC).

Blakeius leopoldinus (Invrea, 1955)

Salina (IT), 26.VII.20 12, Fossa delle Felci, P. Lo Cascio and

F. Grita leg. (3 exx., PLC).

Dasylabris juxtarenaria Skorikov, 1935

Djerba (TN), Ras al-Kastil, 13.IV.2005, P. Lo Cascio leg.

(2 exx., PLC).

Dolichomutilla sycorax (Smith, 1855)

Pemba (TZ), 1.2015, F. La Piana leg. (1 ex., PLC).

Mutilla diselena Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1870

Pemba (TZ), 1.2015, F. La Piana leg. (1 ex., PLC).

Mutilla quinquemaculata Cyrillus, 1787

Astypalea (GR), 25.IV.1999, P. Lo Cascio leg. (1 ex., PLC);

Kassos (GR), 16-18.X.2000, P. Lo Cascio leg. (1 ex., PLC).

Myrmilla caucasica (Kolenati, 1 846)

Nisyros (GR), 30.IV. 1999, P. Lo Cascio leg. (1 ex., PLC).

Myrmilla georgiae Pagliano et Matteini Palmerini,

Gataya el Bahria (TN), 10.IV.2015, P. Lo Cascio & P. Ponel

2014

leg. (1 ex., PLC).

Myrmilla glabrata (Fabricius, 1775)

Pano Koufonissi (GR), IX. 1997, P. Lo Cascio leg. (1 ex.,

PLC).

Nemka viduata viduata (Pallas, 1773)

Pano Koufonissi (GR), IX. 1997, P. Lo Cascio leg. (3 exx.,

PLC); Stromboli (IT), Rina Grande, 30.VII.20 15, P. Lo Cascio

leg. (3 exx., PLC).

Physetopoda halensis (Fabricius, 1787)

Bagaud (FR), 3.VI.2013, P. Ponel leg. (1 ex., PP).

Physetopoda lampedusia (Invrea, 1957)

Gremdi (TN), 27.III.2014, P. Ponel leg. (1 ex., PP).

Ronisia brutia brutia (Petagna, 1787)

Folegandros (GR), IX. 1997, P. Lo Cascio leg. (1 ex., PLC);

Panarea (IT), Punta del Corvo, 11.V.2008, P. Lo Cascio leg.

(1 ex., PLC); Salina (IT), Fossa delle Felci Mount,

26.VII.2012, P. Lo Cascio and F. Grita leg. (1 ex., PLC).

Ronisia brutia minoensis Nonveiller, 1972

Astypalea (GR), Aghios Ioannis, 26. IV. 1999, P. Lo Cascio

leg. (1 ex., PLC).

Sigilla dorsata (Fabricius, 1798)

Embiez (FR), 22.IV.20 13, P. Ponel leg. (1 ex., PP).

Table 2/22. Table 3. Unpublished records included in the checklist. The acronyms are as follows: PLC,

Pietro Lo Cascio collection, Lipari (Italy); PP, Philippe Ponel collection, Marseille (France).

566

Pietro Lo Cascio

FAUNAL AND BIOGEOGRAPHICAL OUT-

LINES

The records of Mutillidae on islands concern

11 A among species and subspecies (including 8

identified at generic rank), equal to about 18% of

those currently accepted as valid. Of course, this

number is provisional, because many islands are

still unexplored or their faunal knowledge cannot

be considered as exhaustive. For instance, accord-

ing to Brothers (2012) the fauna of New Caledonia

includes 4 species so far described, but also a large

number (probably 14 more) not yet identified; and

Portuondo Ferrer & Femandez-Triana (2003) es-

timated the probable occurrence of 1 6 species on

Cuba, where hitherto only 1 1 have been recorded.

The same is also strongly suggested by the note-

worthy discrepancy between the number of species

known for Sicily (42) and for New Guinea (36), a

tropical island thirty times larger and moreover con-

sidered one of the global biodiversity hotspots.

Despite this gap in knowledge, on the basis of

the data provided in the checklist is anyhow pos-

sible to delineate an overview of the main biogeo-

graphical features of the island faunas, which are

briefly discussed in the following paragraphs.

Dispersal

As already stated in the Introduction, the main

limits to the dispersal of Mutillidae on islands are

related to some traits of their natural history, and

primarily to the apterogyny. This would be indir-

ectly supported by the fact that several genera

whose males are also wingless, such as the Oriental

Ticoplinae Cameronilla Lelej in Lelej & Krombein,

2001 and Hindustanilla Lelej in Lelej & Krombein,

2001, or the Afrotropical Sphaeropthalminae

Brachymutilla Andre, 1901 and Apteromutilla

Ashmead, 1903, are fully absent on oceanic islands.

Sri Lanka is inhabited by the endemic monospecific

genus Indratilla Lelej, 1993 as well as by some

species of Spilomutilla Ashmead, 1903 with males

apterous or having rudimentary wings (Lelej, 1993,

2005), but this island is geologically part of the

Indian subcontinent and was in land connection

to mainland India during the Pleistocene sea-regres-

sions (Voris, 2000). Also, the Myrmillinae Blakeius

chiesii (Spinola, 1839), B. leopoldinus Invrea, 1955

and Mynnilla capitata (Lucas, 1 846) are found on

Mediterranean islands that generally lie near to

the mainland or, such the rather isolated Sardinia

and Corsica, represent fragments of continental

landmass (Advokaat et al., 2014).

Except for the cases above mentioned, the fe-

males may expand the range of dispersal through

the phoretic copulation, and Mutillidae have col-

on- ized remote insular groups such as Solomons

(Mickel, 1935; 1937; Krombein, 1971), New Cale-

donia (Andre, 1896a; Brothers, 2012), New Zea-

land (Valentine & Walker, 1983), Ogasawara

(Yasumatsu, 1936), Palau (Esaki, 1938), Vanuatu

(Brothers, 2012) and, in the other side of the Pa-

cific, the Galapagos (Williams, 1926). Some of

them belonging to ancient continental landmasses,

although characterized by long-term isolation (e.g.

New Caledonia), but others have indeed volcanic

origin and have never been connected to the

neighboring mainland. Vanuatu, that lies 1 ,900 Km

far from Australia, represents a remarkable case of

isolation, although the sea barrier between these

islands and the nearest continent is interrupted by

intermediate steps (New Caledonia); is not by

chance that the only species found on Espiritu Santu

belongs to the genus Ancistrotilla Brothers, 2012,

the same occurring on New Caledonia and whose

distribution is also extended to Australia and New

Guinea (Brothers, 2012).

Conversely, Kuhlmann (2006) has high lighted

the rapid loss of Mutillidae as well as other groups

of parasitic Hymenoptera eastwards of Melanesia,

while Zimmermann (1942) and Williams (1947)

remarked the lack of this family on large archipela-

goes such as Polynesia, Hawaii, and most part of

Micronesia (see also Krombein, 1949a). The same

has been observed by Beqtaert (1929) for the

Archipelago of Bermuda (N- Atlantic), as confirmed

also by more recent surveys (see Hilburn et al.,

1990).

While the absence of mutillids is then rather

understandable for these extremely remote islands,

as well as for Bermuda, Azores and St. Helena in

the Atlantic, Chagos, Seychelles and Mauritius in

the Indian Ocean, it is not so easily explained for

other less distant from the continental landmasses:

for instance, Fernando de Noronha (370 Km),

Madeira and Cape Verde (both around 600 Km) in

the Atlantic, or Lord Howe (750 Km) in the Pacific.

This latter, despite its very small area (<15 Km 2 ),

is inhabited by 225 species of parasitoids and

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

567

predatory wasps belonging to 3 1 families, many of

which are brachypterous or even apterous (Jennings

& Austin, 2015), but curiously not by Mutillidae,

although the island could have both suitable hab-

itats and hosts.

Is therefore to believe that isolation is not just a

question of distance, but related to the nature of

wind system, as observed for the Antillean butter-

flies by Spencer-Smith et al. (1988), or of course

even stochastic.

An intriguing example for understanding time

and space scales of the island colonization is given

by that of the volcanic micro-archipelago of

Krakatau (Indonesia) after the devastating eruption

occurred in 1883. Forty years later, Dammermann

(1923) recorded the occurrence of females belong-

ing to two unidentified species (only one on

Sertung, both on Ralcata Besar) not found during

previous surveys (see Jacobson, 1909), and once

again Dammermann (1948) reported two and three

unidentified species, respectively, for these islands.

O’Toole (1975) remarked that at least one of them,

Wallacidia melmora (Cameron, 1905), is able to

overcome narrow sea barriers (about 50 Km) thanks

to the peculiar morphology of the genitalia that

ensures a prolonged female phoresy during the

mating, assuming however as the colonization of

new islands must necessarily occurred after the

settling of its potential hosts.

Also passive dispersal (by human-mediated,

accidental introductions) may play a role in the oc-

currence of mutillids wasps on insular environ-

ments. The Australian “ Ephutomorpha ” bivulnerata

(Andre, 1901) not long ago recorded for North

Island has been interpreted in this sense (Valentine

& Walker, 1983). Furthermore, two females and one

male of Sphaeropthalma pensylvanica (Lepeletier,

1845) were recently found yet in New Zealand

during the reclamation of used vehicles imported

from United States (Toy, 2007); the latter record

was anyway not included in the present checklist

because it concerns an unnatural context. Likewise,

Sugiura et al. (2013) considered Neotrogaspidia

pustulata (Smith, 1873) an alien species in the

Ogasawara Islands.

Species richness

As shown in figure 1, the islands of the Indo-

Malay ecoregion host the highest number of

species (356), some of which are also distributed

in the neighboring regions (7 shared with Aus-

tralasia, 7 with E Palearctic, and 1 with this latter

and Oceania). Mutillidae are generally character-

ized by a greater diversity in the tropical and sub-

tropical regions of the world (Lelej & Brothers,

2008), while in the northern areas their number

strongly decrease, and this pattern seems to be con-

firmed also on islands when comparing Nearctic to

Neotropic, or W-Palearctic to Afrotropical. It

should be noted that two of the three species oc-

curring in Great Britain have been included among

the “notable” at national level due to their relative

rarity (Falk, 1991). However, the noteworthy

species richness of Indo-Malay may be explained

also by the fact that this region includes the islands

characterized by the highest number of species (Sri

Lanka and Borneo, respectively with 82 and 77),

as well as countries where occur a large number of

islands (Indonesia and Philippines).

A highly significant correlation between island

size and number of species (log species - log area : r =

0.569, P = 0.0004) was found for N = 39 islands

with a surface >10,000 Km 2 (excluding North

Island, where the only occurring species has been

surely introduced; Great Britain, Ireland, Vancouver

and Sakhalin, whose faunal impoverishment real-

istically reflects a latitudinal constraint; and Marajo,

that according to the literature has not been ad-

equately investigated) (Fig. 2).

Likewise, highly significant correlations were

found for Mediterranean (excluding those not ad-

equately investigated, N = 47: r = 0.830, P =

0.0001) (Fig. 3), Japanese and Nansei (N = 21: r =

0.758, P = 0.0001) (Fig. 4), Indo-Malay (excluding

Nansei, N = 49: r = 0.7 1 7, P = 0.000 1), Australasian

(excluding North Island, N = 54: r = 0.511, P =

0.0002; including Australia, N = 55: r = 0.640, P =

0.0001), Caribbean (N = 19: r = 0.615, P = 0.004)

(Fig. 5), and Afrotropic islands (N = 15: r= 0.721,

P = 0.003) (Fig. 6).

Highly significant linear correlations were also

found between number of species and island eleva-

tion, that may give an indirect indication of the

environmental heterogeneity of such territories, for

Mediterranean (r = 0.840, P = 0.0001), Indo-Malay

(r = 0.586, P = 0.0001), Japanese and Nansei (r =

0.850, P = 0.0001), Australasian (r = 0.614, P =

0.0006), and Caribbean (excluding Trinidad, N =

18: r = 0.695, P= 0.001).

568

Pietro Lo Cascio

W Palearctic (107)

•

Australasia (88)

<

(7)

Afrotropicat (121)

•

Oceania (2)

•

(7)

Indo-Malay (356)

#

Nearctic (31 )

m

(1)

E Palearctic (15)

#

Neotropic (71)

m

(U

Figure 1. Number of species recorded for islands within each ecoregion. The overlapping circles and the

relative number correspond to the species in common between different ecoregions.

Few islets with a surface less than 1 Km 2 are

home to mutillids, and their localization is gene-

rally very close to the mainland: Phong Vong (<

0.5 Km 2 ) belongs to the small coastal archipelago

of Phu Quoc (southern Viet Nam); Penilcese (0.3)

lies in the Buzzard Bay (Massachusetts, US);

Embiez (0.9) is a strongly anthropized coastal

islet of southern France, while Bagaud (0.45)

belongs to the Hyeres Archipelago; Lavezzu (0.7),

together with the nearby Cavallo (1.2), belongs to

an island group not far from the southern coast of

Corsica, with which it was connected until recent

times; Conigli (0.04), that can be considered the

smaller example of viable surface, represents a

fragment of the adjacent Lampedusa Island

(Channel of Sicily, Mediterranean) and both were

in connection to North Africa during the Last

Glacial Maximum.

The only tiny oceanic islet inhabited by mutil-

lids is Nishi-jima (0.49) in the Ogasawara Ar-

chipelago (Japan), but the only species found there

is the same occurring on the nearby Chichi-jima.

Species to genus ratio

Species to genus ratio (S/G) has long been re-

cognized as measure of the taxonomic disharmony

of insular faunas (see Gillespie & Roderick, 2002),

but in the case of Mutillidae it seems rather an

indirect indicator of how the island faunas are de-

pauperate in comparison to those of the neighboring

continental areas.

Although not easily verifiable for many of the

islands listed in Table 1 , due to the uncertainties that

still concern the status of some genera on the whole

(such as Ephutomorpha ) or their representatives in

some areas (e.g. Trogaspidia in the Malagasy

region), average S/G is clearly found to decrease on

islands when comparing Japan (1.2 ± 0.13) and

Nansei (1.33 ± 0.23) to China (3.62 ± 0.66: data

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

569

larger islands

Mediterranean islands

Japanese and Nansei islands Caribbean islands

Figure 2. Species-area plot (log species -log area )for islands > 10,000 Km 2 . Numbers are as follows: 1) Sardinia; 2) Sicily; 3)

Madagascar; 4) Borneo; 5) Flores; 6) Hainan; 7) Java; 8) Luzon; 9) Mindanao; 10) Mindoro; 1 1) Negros; 12) Palawan; 13)

Panay; 14) Samar; 15) Sri Lanka; 16) Sulawesi; 17) Sumatra; 18) Sumba; 19) Sumbawa; 20) Taiwan; 21) Timor; 22)

Hokkaido; 23) Honshu; 24) Kyushu; 25) Shikoku; 26) Grande Terre; 27) Halmahera; 28) New Britain; 29) New Guinea;

30) Seram; 31) Tasmania; 32) Cuba; 33) Hispaniola; 34) Jamaica.

Figure 3. Species-area plot (log species -log area ) for Mediterranean islands. Numbers are as follows: 1) Asinara; 2) Brae; 3)

Budelli; 4) Cavallo; 5) Comino; 6) Conigli; 7) Corsica; 8) Crete; 9) Cyprus; 10) Djerba; 11) Elba; 12) Euboea; 13) Gavdos;

14) Giannutri; 15) Gorgona; 16) Gozo; 17) Hvar; 18) Kerkyra; 19) Korcula; 20) Krk; 21) La Maddalena; 22) Lampedusa;

23) Lavezzu; 24) Levanzo; 25) Linosa; 26) Lipari; 27) Mallorca; 28) Malta; 29) Marettimo; 30) Menorca; 31) Panarea; 32)

Pano Koufonissi; 33) Pantelleria; 34) Piana dell’ Asinara; 35) Pianosa; 36) Porquerolles; 37) Rava; 38) Rhodes; 39) San

Domino; 40) Sant’Antioco; 41) Santa Maria; 42) San Pietro; 43) Sardinia; 44) Sicily; 45) Syros; 46) Vis; 47) Vulcano.

Figure 4. Species-area plot (log species -log area ) for Japanese and Nansei islands. Numbers are as follows: 1) Amami Oshima;

2) Iriomote-jima; 3) Ishigaki-jima; 4) Iwo-jima; 5) Kakeromajima; 6) Kuchinoshima; 7) Miyakojima; 8) Okinawa-jima; 9)

Takeshima; 10) Tanegashima; 11) Tokunoshima; 12) Yakushima; 13) Hachijo-jima; 14) Hokkaido; 15) Honshu; 16) Izu

Oshima; 17) Kyushu; 18) Okushiri; 19) Shikoku; 20) Shimoshima; 21) Tsushima.

Figure 5. Species-area plot (log species -log area ) for Caribbean islands. Numbers are as follows: 1) Antigua; 2) Cuba; 3)

Dominica; 4) Eleuthera; 5) Great Exuma; 6) Grenada; 7) Guadeloupe; 8) Guana; 9) Hispaniola; 10) Juventud; 11) Ja-

maica; 12) Little Cayman; 13) Martinique; 14) Mustique; 15) Puerto Rico; 16) St. Croix; 17) St. John; 18) St. Vincent; 19)

Trinidad.

570

Pietro Lo Cascio

Figure 6. Species-area plot (log species -log area ) for Afrotropi-

cislands. Numbers are as follows: 1) Bioko; 2) Fundo; 3)

Grande Comore; 4) Inhaca; 5) Koyaama; 6) Madagascar; 7)

Mafia; 8) Nosy Be; 9) Nosy Boraha; 10) Nosy Komba; 11)

Principe; 12) Samha; 13) Sao Tome; 14) Socotra; 15) Zan-

zibar.

from Lelej, 2005; Tu et al., 2014), while respect to

this latter the most “continental” Taiwan has a S/G

only slightly lower (3.16 ± 0.75); Sri Lanka (2.54

± 0.37) to India (5.07 ± 1.44: data from Lelej,

2005); Socotra (1.40 ± 0.24) to Yemen (2.05 ± 0.33:

data from Lelej & Harten, 2006, 2014); Sicily (2.33

± 0.59) and Sardinia (2.00 ± 0.55) to Italy (2.66 ±

0.65: data from Pagliano & Strumia, 2007); Crete

(1.60 ± 0.26) and Cyprus (1.63 ± 0.43) to, respect-

ively, Greece (2.55 ± 0.58: data from Lelej et al.,

2003a, 2003b; Pagliano, 2009) and Turkey (3.09 ±

0.56: data fromYildirim & Lelej, 2012).

Furthermore, S/G for the above Mediterranean

islands seems to decrease in proportion to their

size with a significant difference (Kruslcal- Wallis:

H = 7.343, P = 0.03). A similar trend, albeit not

statistically significant, is found both within the

Greater Antilles (Cuba: 2.75 ± 0.85; Hispaniola:

2.00 ± 0.70; Jamaica: 1.33 ± 0.33) and in compar-

ison to the smaller but “continental” Trinidad

(2.33 ± 0.64).

Faunal affinities

Average linkage cluster analysis (UPGMA)

using Jaccard’s coefficient was performed in order

to evaluate the faunal similarity within four island

groups.

Australasian islands (Fig. 7) constitute a clearly

distinct group from Lesser Sundas and Sulawesi

and are characterized by two main clusters: in the

first are included Maluku and the coastal islands

of western New Guinea (Biak, Misool, Roon,

Salawati, Umboi, Waigeo, Yapen), while in the

other are grouped New Guinea, its eastern satellites

(Baronga, Darn, Kiriwina, Lihir, Normanby,

Woodlark, Yule) and Bismarck Archipelago (New

Britain, New Ireland, New Hanover). The greater

faunistic affinity found between Papuan and

Bismarck islands is due to their geographical prox-

imity, but also to the fact that their faunas represent

fractions of the high diversity of New Guinea.

Within the Sunda Islands (Fig. 8), where some

islands (Sulawesi, Borneo, Java) host a large num-

ber of single-island endemics (SIEs), there is a very

low degree of similarity. Borneo and Sumatra are

grouped in one of the two main clusters, while the

other includes Java, Lesser Sundas and, slightly

separate, Sulawesi.

On the contrary, Japanese islands (Fig. 9) are

characterized by a remarkable faunistic affinity and,

secondarily, have a certain similarity with Nansei

group and Sakhalin. With this latter, Japanese islands

share some Palearctic elements widely distributed in

the continental areas, namely Mutilla Mikado

Cameron, 1900, Cystomutilla teranishii Mickel,

1935 and Taimyrmosa mongolica (Suarez, 1974),

that conversely are lacking in the Nansei. Although

Nansei belong to the Indo-Malay region, it should be

noted that these islands are more closely related to

Japan than to Taiwan, whose isolated cluster fits well

to its noteworthy faunal distinctiveness.

Finally, the clusters of the Mediterranean area

(Fig. 10) seem to reflect mainly the geographical

closeness of the islands: the greater similarities

were found between Corsica and Sardinia, which

indeed belong to a distinct western insular group

that includes also Sicily; for Malta and Lampedusa,

that lie in the Channel of Sicily and relatively close

to North Africa; and for Crete and Rhodes, both

placed in the Aegean Sea. Probably due to its eastern-

most and isolated localization, Cypms shows a very

low degree of similarity with all these islands.

Endemism

Endemism at generic rank occurs only in a re-

stricted number of larger islands. Five distinctive

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

571

Sulawesi

' Lesser Sunda

I W New Guinea

j S Maluku

' N Maluku

I E New Guinea

' Bismarck

' New Guinea

-tL2 0 (U 0.4 U U 1

7

Taiwan

Sakhalin

Nansei

* Hokkaido

Shikoku

Kyushu

Honshu

-02 S 02 OA o!i 1

9

Sulawesi

Lesser Sunda

Java

Sumatra

Borneo

-o'. 2 6 0.2 0.4 CL 6 o!« 1

8

r Cyprus

Rhodes

■ Crete

r Lampedusa

Malta

Corsica

Sardinia

I Sicily

-0^2 0 02 CM CM CL8 1

10

Figures 7-10. Dendrograms obtained by UPGMA clustering of some Australasian (Fig. 7), Sunda (Fig. 8), Japanese and

Nansei (Fig. 9) and Mediterranean islands/island groups (Fig. 10) according to the Jaccard index similarity matrix.

genera occur both on Sri Lanka ( Beths my rmilla

Krombein et Lelej, 1999; Indratilla Lelej, 1993;

Kudakrumia Krombein, 1979; Serendibiella Lelej,

2005; Standfussidia Lelej, 2005) and Madagascar

( Aureotilla Bischoff, 1920; Hildebrandetia

Ozdikmen, 2005; Pseudolophotilla Nonveiller et

Cetkovic, 1995; Seyrigilla Krombein, 1972; Sylvo-

tdla Viette, 1978), but should be noted that at least

1 9 Madagascan species currently ascribed to genus

Trogaspidia Ashmead, 1899 are however belonging

to other genera yet undescribed (see Brothers et al.,

2011), hence the number of endemics for this island

is underestimated. Endemic genera inhabit also

Sulawesi {Protrogaspidia Lelej, 1996) and New

Guinea and its adjacent islands (Ascetotilla

Brothers, 1971) (Fig. 11), although Brothers (2012)

stated that some species occurring on this latter and

assigned to Ephutomorpha could belong to other ge-

nera yet undescribed. Within the W Palearctic, the

only insular distinctive genus is known for the Ca-

nary Archipelago (Liomutilla Andre, 1907). Finally,

Jamaitilla Casal, 1965, described for Jamaica, has

been synonymized by Quintero & Cambra (2001).

Conversely, more than half (55.8%) of the

species and subspecies occurring on islands or

island group sis endemic. SIEs are widely represen-

ted among specific and infraspecific taxa inhabiting

large or small islands, but particularly on these latter

rate of endemism may reach very high percentage

values, as consequence of to their lower faunal

richness. This is the case, indeed, of islands such as

Fuerteventura, Principe, Leyte, South Andaman,

Sumba, Espiritu Santo, Makira, Dominica, St.

Croix, or archipelagoes such as New Caledonia and

572

Pietro Lo Cascio

Galapagos, for which the only/few recorded species

is/are strictly endemic/s.

Figure 12 shows as the values may vary remark-

ably depending on the island typology. Among the

larger ones, Madagascar confirms its peculiar char-

acter by hosting a wholly unique fauna, that sim-

ilarly than other taxonomic groups reflects its

ancient isolation (Goodman & Benstead, 2004).

High values are also found in some Greater Antilles

(75% on Hispaniola, 70.8% on Cuba) and some

Australasian and Indo-Malay large islands (70.8%

on Sulawesi, 69.4% on New Guinea, 66.6% on

Tasmania, 64.9% on Borneo).

The highly significant correlation (r = 0.856,

P = 0.0001) found between isolation index and

percentage of endemism for several islands or

Figure 11 . Ascetotilla uncinata Brothers, 1971, a remarkable endemic species of New Guinea

(courtesy of Denis J. Brothers).

South Andaman

Bioko

Gran de T erre

Yakushima

Socotra

Hispaniola

Seram

Hainan

Sumatra

Cuba

Tasmania

Cyprus

Java

Sulawesi

Sardinia

Mindanao

New Guinea

Luzon

Taiwan

Madagascar

Borneo

Sri Lanka

Figure 12. SIEs percentages (in dark grey) in comparison to the whole number of occurring species

(in light grey) on selected islands.

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

573

archipelagoes (Fig. 13) suggests that speciation

processes may be largely influenced by geograph-

ical factors, such the distance from mainland. SIEs

have usually low values both in the continental

islands and in those placed in closed basins (e.g.

Sardinia and Cyprus in the Mediterranean). Despite

the remarkable number of distinctive genera occur-

ring on Sri Lanka, 40% of the species is indeed

distributed also in the mainland. Furthermore, SIEs

are absent from many Lesser Sundas (Bali, Flores,

Lombok and smaller islands), in the larger Japan-

ese islands such as Honshu, Hokkaido and Kyushu,

in most of the W Palearctic and in all the Neartic,

which were part of continental landmasses until re-

cent time (Last Glacial Maximum). However, con-

sidering separately each island from its insular

group, not always at an oceanic origin corresponds

a high level of endemism: for instance, among the

Nansei only Yakushima hosts SIEs, with a value

just equal to 14%.

When considering the endemics with an intra-

island/archipelago distribution range, the higher

percentages are found for those most isolated and

inhabited by few species (e.g. Galapagos and

Solomons) (Fig. 14). Fairly high percentages also

occur for the islands of Gulf of Guinea, Canary and

Lesser Antilles (excluding Trinidad), while both on

Japanese and Nansei the endemics are <50%.

Despite their geographical closeness, northern

Maluku (which include Ambon, Bacan, Burn,

Gebe, Halmahera, Morotai, Seram, Taliabu and

Ternate) harbor a large number of species than the

southern islands of the same group (Kai, Larat and

Tanahbesar), but also twice of percentage of endem-

ics (see Fig. 14). Southern Maluku derived from

eastern Gondwana margin (northern Australia and

southern New Guinea), while the Halmahera block

(N Maluku) is thought to have originated on the

Pacific plate and moved westward along the New

Guinea margin to its present position (see Heads,

2013 and references therein). The different histor-

ical geography would then to account for the signi-

ficant difference found in the rate of endemism for

these sub-archipelagoes.

Niche shift

As evidenced by Brothers (1989), records given

in literature about the hosts of Mutillidae concern a

very low number of species, and in general the bio-

Figure 13. The relationship between isolation index (see

Table 1 ) and percentage of endemism for some islands or

archipelagoes. Numbers are as follows: 1) Sardinia; 2) Si-

cily; 3) Great Britain; 4) Canary; 5) Madagascar; 6) Borneo;

7) Hainan; 8) Java; 9) Sri Lanka; 10) Sulawesi; 11) Sumatra;

12) Philippines; 13) Taiwan; 14) Japanese; 15) Nansei; 16)

Sakhalin; 17) Grande Terre; 18) Espiritu Santo; 19) N Ma-

luku; 20) New Guinea; 21) Solomons; 22) Tasmania; 23)

Vancouver; 24) Cuba; 25) Hispaniola; 26) Galapagos; 27)

Jamaica.

45 . 4 *

2 Q •

416 %

Figure 14. Intra-archipelago endemics percentages (dark

grey columns) in comparison to the whole number of occur-

ring species (light grey columns) on selected islands’ groups.

Lesser Antilles are here considered excluding Trinidad.

logy of these hymenopteran is little known, so even-

tual examples of “island rule” (sensu Gillespie &

Roderick, 2002) within mutillid wasps must be

viewed with caution. Nevertheless, a case of niche

shift from the usual hosts (other Hymenoptera)

occurring in an insular environment has been

574

Pietro Lo Cascio

1 Helix Heimburgi m 2-Atys treyi m S.Buhtmnus exxornsj m. A-MacrocHa

mys Schmidti ttl 5-SpHecins Freyi HandL 6.Nassa Freyi m. 7 MutoHalreyi m.

8. NympHali s Freyi m.

Ckrcmeliih.il Drizckz ThJannwarth, f/ien.

Figure 15. Stenomutilla freyi Branksic, 1891 from the original plate published

by Branksic (1891: plate 7, fig. 7).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

575

Figure 16. Some mutillids described from Tasmania by Westwood (1843: plate LIII),

currently assigned to the genus Ephutomorpha.

576

Pietro Lo Cascio

/

j

*

. i

Vtt/t/itt

1 '(// > '(/ fif, . I'lf/t- ti Mr fit liti

« * * r

f/tti/tht'Hiiitt ft . Stitts

■wiv. S- ms' . (V.

htfitlf'/ft , . ‘hit.- it

twf/tlfit , . Jl ut . i fii

it, MttU/fi /ft t/tt in i -/t./ . iii/i .

ili‘,t'ltilfr.r. ,W.<

1 1 'it n tit -it fit. fit . K a

tffytrii*.ui , .Kins

< Or/ti'/tit/tit , i Jit. .

Figure 17. Some species from Sri Lanka described and illustrated by Saussure (1867b: plate 8, figs. 1-6): Mutilla egregia

(1) has been synonymized with Orientilla aureorubra (Sichel et Radoszkowski, 1870); M. humbertiana (2) is now placed

in the genus Wallacidia; M. soror (3) and M. bicincta (4) are now placed in the genus Trogaspiclia\ M. ocellata (5) is now

placed in the genus Smicromyrme; M. hexaops (6) has been synonymized wiihTrogaspidia villosa (Fabricius, 1775).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

577

documented by Seyrig (1936) and concerns the

Madagascan Stenomutilla freyi (Brancsik, 1891

(Fig. 15) as parasitoid of the larva of Parasa

reginula Saalmuller, 1884 (Lepidoptera Limaco-

didae). Although some species have been observed

to parasitize immature stages of other orders of

insects, such as Diptera, Coleoptera and Blattodea

(see Amini et al., 2014 and references therein), this

is so far the only record of host association with a

moth.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

I wish to sincerely thank Arkady S. Lelej and

Marcello Romano for the critical review of the

manuscript and their valuable suggestions; David

Baldock, Rolf Niedringhaus, Guido Pagliano, James

R Pitts and Denis J. Brothers, who provided useful

literature; once again the latter, who kindly gave the

permission to use his beautiful drawing of Asceto-

tilla carinate. I’m also indebted to Apostolos

Trichas (Natural History Museum of Crete, Herak-

lion) and Philippe Ponel (Institut Mediterraneen de

r

Biodiversite et d’Ecologie marine et continentale,

Marseille) for the unpublished data about mutillids

of some Mediterranean islands.

REFERENCES

Advokaat E.L., Hinsbergen D.J.J. van, Maffione M.,

Langereis C.G., Vissers R.L.M., Cherchi A.,

Schroeder R., Madani H. & Columbu S., 2014.

Eocene rotation of Sardinia, and the paleogeography

of the western Mediterranean region. Earth and

Planetary Science Letters, 401: 183-195.

Alayo Dalmau P, 1975. lntroduccion al estudio de los

hymenopteros de Cuba. Scolioidea. Serie Biologica,

58: 1-19.

Alicata P, Caruso D., Costa G. & Motta S. 1975. Richer-

che eco-etologiche sulla fauna delle dune costiere di

Porto Palo (Siracusa). I. Smicromyrme viduata (Pall.)

(Hymenoptera, Mutillidae): ritmi di attivita, mi-

grazioni e accoppiamento. Animalia, 1: 89-108.

Amini A., Lelej A.S., Sadeghi H. & Karimi J., 2014. First

records of the velvet ants (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae)

reared from puparia of the ber fruit fly Carpomya

vesuviana (Diptera: Tephritidae) in Iran. Zootaxa,

3861: 585-590.

Andre E., 1894. Contribution a la connaissance des

mutilles de l’Inde. Journal of the Bombay Natural Hi-

story Society, 8: 462M84.

Andre E., 1895. Especes nouvelles de mutilles africaines.

Annales de la Societe entomologique de France, 63:

669-682.

Andre E., 1896a. Etude sur les mutillides existant dans

les collections du Musee civique de Genes. Annali

del Museo Civico di Storia naturale di Genova, 1 7 :

66-104.

Andre E., 1896b. Mutillides nouveaux ou imparfaitement

connus faisant partie des collections du Musee

National de Hongrie. Termeszetrajzi Fiizetek, 19: 9-

25.

Andre E., 1898. Etude sur les mutillides du Museum de

Paris. Annales de la Societe entomologique de

France, 67: 1-79.

Andre E., 1899. Mutilles nouvelles de Madagascar.

Bulletin du Museum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris, 5:

34-37.

Andre E., 1899-1903. Species de Hymenopteres d’

Europe & d’Algerie. Tome Huitieme. Les Mutillides.

V. Dubosclard & Hermann, Paris, 480 pp.

Andre E., 1901a. Description de cinq nouvelles especes

de mutilles de Madagascar. Zeitschrift fur Systemat-

ische Hymenopterologie und Dipterologie, 1: 137—

144.

Andre E., 1901b. Nouvelle contribution a la connaissance

des mutillides de l’Australie. Memoires de la Societe

Zoologique de France, 14: 467-513.

Andre E., 1902. Hymenoptera, Family Mutillidae.

In: Wytsman P. (Ed.). Genera Insectorum, ll.L.

Desmet-Verteneuil, Bruxelles, 77 pp.

Andre E., 1903a. Mutillides noveaux ou imparfaitement

connus de divers pays. Annales de la Societe ento-

mologique de France, 72: 417-459.

Andre E., 1903b. Mutillides d’Afrique nouveaux on im-

parfaitement connus. Zeitschrift fur Systematische

Hymenopterologie und Dipterologie, 3: 81-88, 137—

144, 232-239.

Andre E., 1904. Voyage de feu Leonardo Fea dans F

Afrique occidentale. Mutillidae. Annali del Museo

civico di Storia naturale di Genova, 1: 221-252.

Andre E., 1905. Mutillides nouveaux ou peu connus de

FAncien Monde et de FAustralie (Hym.). Zeitschrift

fur Systematische Hymenopterologie und Dipterolo-

gie, 5: 201-216, 265-277.

Andre E., 1907a. Liste des mutillides recueillis a Ceylan

par M. le Dr. Walter Horn et description des especes

nouvelles (Hym.). Deutsche Entomologische Zeits-

chrift, 3: 251-258.

Andre E., 1907b. Description d’une nouvelle espece de

mutillide de Java (Hym.). Zeitschrift fur Systemat-

ische Hymenopterologie und Dipterologie, 7: 207-

208.

578

Pietro Lo Cascio

Andre E., 1907-1908. Description d’especes nouvelles

des mutillides appartenant au Museum d’Histoire

Naturelle de Paris (Hym.). Zeitschrift fur Systemat-

ische Hymenopterologie und Dipterologie, 7: 337—

352; 8: 14-18.

Andre E., 1908a. Description de quelques nouveaux

mutillides du Musee National de Hongrie. Annales

Musei nationalis Hungarici, 6: 375-383.

Andre E., 1908b. Especes nouvelles de mutillides afri-

cains faisant partie des Collections du Musee zoolo-

gique de Berlin (Hym.). Zeitschrift fur Systematische

Hymenopterologie und Dipterologie, 8: 65-80, 129—

137.

Andre E., 1909. Mutillides nouveaux ou imparfaitment

connus du Musee royal d’histoire naturelle de Leide.

Notes from the Leyden Museum, 31: 171-180.

Archer M.E., 1986. The aculeate wasps and bees (Hy-

menoptera: Aculeata) of Herm and Sark, Channel

Islands. Entomologist’s Gazette, 47: 53-59.

Archer M.A., 2014. The Vespoid Wasps (Tiphiidae,

Mutillidae, Sapygidae, Scoliidae and Vespidae) of the

British Isles. Handbook for the Identification of

British Insects, Vol. 6 Part 6. Royal Entomological

Society, St. Albans, 82 pp.

Arnone M. & Romano M., 1995. Hymenoptera Mutill-

idae e Apterogynidae. In: Massa B. (Ed.). Arthropoda

di Lampedusa, Linosa e Pantelleria (Canale di Sicilia,

Mar Mediterraneo). II Naturalista siciliano, 19

(suppl.): 739-752.

Arnone M. & Romano M., 1998. Nuovi reperti di

Chrysididae e Mutillidae in Sicilia e Sardegna

(Hymenoptera). II Naturalista Siciliano, 22: 19-24.

Ashmead W.H., 1896. Notes on the Hymenoptera collec-

ted by the Bahama Expedition from the State Univer-

sity of Iowa. Bulletin from the Laboratories of

Natural History of the State University of Iowa, 4:

28-32.

Ashmead W.H., 1900. Report upon the aculeate Hymen-

optera of the islands of St. Vincent and Grenada, with

additions to the parasitic Hymenoptera and a list of

the described Hymenoptera of the West Indies. Trans-

actions of the Entomological Society of London,

(1900): 207-367.

Ashmead W.H., 1905a. Description of new genera and

species of Hymenoptera from the Philippine Islands.

Proceedings of the United States National Museum,

28 (1387): 127-158.

Ashmead W.H., 1905b. Addition to the recorded hymen-

opterous fauna of the Philippine Islands, with de-

scriptions of new species. Proceedings of the United

States National Museum, 28 (1413): 957-971.

Askew R.R., 1980. The insect fauna of Little Cayman.

Atoll Research Bulletin, 241: 97-114.

Askew R.R., 1994. Insects of the Cayman Islands. In:

Brunt M.A. & Davies J.E. (Eds.). The Cayman

Islands. Natural History and Biogeography. Kluwer

Academic Publ., The Netherlands, 333-356.

Atkins A. & Webb E., 2013. Frontier -Tanzania Forest

Research Programme. Utende Village, Mafia Island,

Tanzania. TZF 132 Science Report 1. http://www.

frontier, ac . uk/Publications/Files/2 0 1 3_08_ 1 2_ 1 3 41_

28_772.pdf.

Baez M. & Ortega G., 1978. Lista preliminar de los

himenopteros de las Islas Canarias. Boletin de la

Asociacion espanola de Entomologia, 2: 185-199.

Baldock D., 2014. A provisional list of the wasps and

bees of Mallorca, Balearic Islands, Spain (Hymenop-

tera Aculeata: Chrysidoidea, Scolioidea, Vespoidea,

Apoidea). Entomofauna, 35: 333-404.

Baldock D., 2015. Additions and alterations to a provi-

sional list of the wasps and bees of Mallorca, Balearic

Islands, Spain (Hymenoptera aculeata: Chrysidoidea,

Scolioidea, Vespoidea, Apoidea). Entomofauna, 36:

65-76.

Baltazar C.R., 1966. A catalogue of Philippine Hymen-

optera (with a Bibliography, 1758-1963). Pacific

Insects Monograph, 8: 1-488.

Beqtaert J., 1929. The folded-winged wasps of the Ber-

mudas, with some preliminary remarks on insular

wasp faunae. Annals of the Entomological Society of

America, 22: 555-582.

Berland L., 1925. Faune de France 10. Hymenopteres

vespiformes. I (Sphegidae, Pompilidae, Scoliidae,

Sapygidae, Mutillidae). Lechevalier, Paris, 364 pp.

Bigot L., 1958. Notes entomologiques et biogeograph-

iques sur Tile de Corse. Vie et Milieu, 9 (3): 361-378.

Bingham C.T., 1895. On a collection of hymenopterous

insects from the Philippines. Annals and Magazine

of Natural History, 16: 440-441.

Bingham C.T., 1897. Hymenoptera. Vol. I. Wasps and

bees.In: Blanford W.T. (Ed.). Fauna of British India,

including Ceylon and Burma. Taylor & Francis, Lon-

don, xxix+579 pp.

Bischoff H., 1920-1921. Monographic der Mutilliden

Afrikas. Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 86A: 1-480,

481-830.

Bischoff H., 1928. Zoologische Streifzuge in Attika,

Morea und besonders auf der Insel Kreta. Abhandlun-

gen Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein Bremen, 27: 89.

Bischoff H., 1933. Remarks on Smicromyrme pusilla

(Klug) (Hym. Mutillidae). Stylops, 2: 73-74.

Bischoff H. & Nonveiller G., 1965. Beschreibung des

vermutlichen mannchen von Platymyrmilla 5-

fasciata 01. (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Bollettino

della Societa entomologica italiana, 95: 22-26.

Blake C.A., 1871. Synopsis of the Mutillidae of North

America. Transactions of the American Entomolo-

gical Society, 3: 217-265.

Bogusch P., 2006. The velvet ants (Hymenoptera: Mutil-

lidae) of the Czech republic and Slovakia: an identi-

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

579

fication key and annotated checklist. Acta Musei

Moraviae, Scientiae Biologicae, 91: 103-148.

Bordoni A., 1980. Su alcuni mutillidi e mirmosidi italiani

(Hymenoptera). Bollettino della Societa entomolo-

gica italiana, 112: 177-185.

Bradley J.C., 1916a. A revision of Ephuta Say, a genus

of Mutillidae equivalent to the species group scrupea

of Fox. Transactions of the American Entomological

Society, 42: 187-198.

Bradley J.C., 1916b. The Mutillidae of Eastern United

States. Transactions of the American Entomological

Society, 42: 309-336.

Bradley J.C., 1917. Contribution toward a Monograph of

the Mutillidae and their allies of America North of

Mexico. IV. A review of the Myrmosidae. Transac-

tions of the American Entomological Society, 48:

247-290.

Brancsik K., 1891. Beitrage zur Kenntniss Nossibe’s und

dessen Fauna nach Sendungen und Mittheilungen des

Herm P. Frey. Evkonyve a Trencsen Varmegyei

Termeszettudomanyi Egylet, 13-14: 123-167.

Broad G.R., 2014. Checklist of British and Irish Hymen-

optera. Introduction. Biodiversity Data Journal, 2:

el 1 13.

Brothers D.J., 1971. Ascetotilla, a new genus of Mutil-

lidae from New Guinea (Hymenoptera). Pacific

Insects, 13: 471-485.

Brothers D.J., 1989. Alternative life-history styles of

mutillid wasps (Insecta: Hymenoptera). In: Bruton

M.N. (Ed.). Alternative life -history styles of animals.

Kluwer Academic Publishers, Norwell, 279-291.

Brothers D.J., 2012. The new genus Ancistrotilla n. gen,

with new species from Vanuatu and New Caledonia

(Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Zoosystema, 34: 223-

251.

Brothers D.J., Lelej A.S. & Madl M., 2011. Annotated

catalogue of the Mutillidae (Hymenoptera: Vesp-

oidea) of the Malagasy Subregion. Linzer biologische

Beitrage, 43: 115-149.

Brown R.E., 1906. A Catalogue of Philippine Hymen-

optera, with description of new species. Philippine

Journal of Science, 1: 683-704.

Callan S.K., Majer J.D., Edwards K. & Moro D., 2011.

Documenting the terrestrial invertebrate fauna of

Barrow Island, Western Australia. Australian Journal

of Entomology, 50: 323-343.

Cambra T.R.[A] & Quintero Arias D., 1992. Velvet ants

of Panama: distribution and systematics (Hymen-

optera: Mutillidae). In: Quintero [Arias] D. & Aiello

A. (Eds.). Insects of Panama and Mesoamerica.

Selected Studies. Oxford University Press, Oxford-

New York-Tokio, 460^478.

Cambra T.R.A. & Quintero [Arias] D., 1993. Studies on

Timulla Ashmead (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae): new

distribution records and synonymies, and descrip-

tions of previously unknown allotypes. Pan-Pacific

Entomologist, 69: 299-313.

Cameron P, 1892. Hymenoptera Orientalia, or contribu-

tions to a knowledge of the Hymenoptera of the

Indian Zoological Region. Part IV. Memoirs and Pro-

ceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philosoph-

ical Society, 35: 97-137.

Cameron P, 1897. Hymenoptera Orientalia, or contribu-

tions to a knowledge of the Hymenoptera of the

Oriental Zoological Region. Part V. Memoirs and

Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philo-

sophical Society, 41: 1-144.

Cameron P., 1898. Hymenoptera Orientalia, or contribu-

tions to a knowledge of the Hymenoptera of the

Oriental Zoological Region. Part VII. Memoirs and

Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philo-

sophical Society, 42: 1-84.

Cameron P., 1900. Hymenoptera Orientalia, or contribu-

tions to the knowledge of the Hymenoptera of the

Oriental Zoological Region. Part IX. The Hymenop-

tera of the Khasia Hills. Part II. Section I. Memoirs

and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and

Philosophical Society, 44: 1-114.

Cameron P, 1901 . On the Hymenoptera collected in New

Britain by Dr. Arthur Willey. Proceedings of the Zo-

ological Society of London, 1: 224-248.

Cameron P., 1902a. On the Hymenoptera collected by

Mr. Robert Shelford at Sarawak, and on the Hy-

menoptera of the Sarawak Museum. Journal of

the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 37:

29-131.

Cameron P., 1902b. Descriptions of New Species of

Aculeate Hymenoptera from Borneo. Journal of the

Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 37: 1 32—

140.

Cameron P., 1903. Descriptions of new genera and

species of Hymenoptera taken by Mr. Robert Shelford

at Sarawak, Borneo. Journal of the Straits Branch of

the Royal Asiatic Society, 39: 89-181.

Cameron P., 1907. Hymenoptera I (all families, except

Apidae and Formicidae). In: Nova Guinea. Resultats

de F expedition scientifique neerlandaise a la

Nouvelle-Guinee en 1903 sous les auspices de Arthur

Wichmann. Vol. V. Zoologie. E.J. Brill, Leiden, 41-

65.

Cameron P., 1909. Description of two new species of

Mutilla from Kuching, Borneo. Entomologist, 42:

146-147.

Canovai R., Giannotti P., Giannetti S., Loni A., Raspi A.,

Santini L., Dellacasa M., Generani M., Pagliano G.,

Strumia F., Scaramozzino P.L., Zuffi M., Baldaccini

N.E., Puglisi L., Battesti M.J. & Brocard E., 2000.

Biodiversita: compilazione delle specie dell’entomo-

fauna e dei piccoli vertebrati della Corsica e della

Toscana marittima. Progetto Interreg II Toscana-

580

Pietro Lo Cascio

Corsica 1997-1999. Ricerca 4.2.8. Edizioni ETS,

Pisa, 75-86.

Casolari C. & Casolari Moreno R., 1980. Cataloghi.

I - Collezione imenotterologica di Massimiliano

Spinola. Museo regionale di Scienze Naturali, Torino,

165 pp.

Cecconi G., 1895. Ricordi zoologici di un viaggio

allTsola di Candia. Bullettino della Societa entomo-

logica italiana, 27: 169-222.

Chen C., 1957. A revision of the velvet ants or Mutillidae

of China. Quarterly Journal of the Taiwan Museum,

10: 135-224.

Cockerell T.D.A., 1915. New Mutillidae from California.

Entomologist, 48: 249-250.

Cockerell T.D.A., 1927. Hymenoptera from Lucban,

Philippine Islands. Philippine Journal of Science, 33:

272-277.

Cocquempot C. & Chambon J.-P., 1992. Contribution a

Tinventaire des arthropodes terrestres de la Reserve

Naturelle des lies Lavezzi (Corse du Sud). Travaux

scientifiques du Parc Naturel Regional et des

Reserves Naturelles de Corse, 39: 71-83.

Cocquempot C. & Rungs C., 2009. Liste des arthropodes

terrestres recenses dans la Reserves Naturelles des

lies Cerbicale et Lavezzi (France, Corse-du-Sud).

Biocosme Mesogeen, 26: 1-56.

Compte Sart A., 1959. Sobre los esfecidos de Mallorca.

Graellsia, 17: 129-140.

Cooper K.W., 1953. The wasps of Penikese Island,

Buzzard Bay, Massachusetts (Hymenoptera). Ento-

mological news, 64: 29-36.

Costa A., 1856-1860. Fauna del Regno di Napoli, ossia

enumerazione di tutti gli animali che abitano le

diverse regioni di questo Regno e le acque che le

bagnano e descrizione de’ nuovi o poco esattamente

conosciuti con figure ricevute da originali viventi e

dipinte al naturale. Imenotteri aculeati. Famiglia de’

Mutillidei, Mutillidea.Tipografia G. Sautto, Napoli,

36 pp.

Costa A., 1882. Notizie e osservazioni sulla geo-fauna

sarda. Memoria prima. Risultamento di ricerche fatte

in Sardegna nel settembre 1881. Atti della Reale

Accademia di Scienze fisiche e matematiche di

Napoli, 9: 1-41.

Costa A., 1883. Notizie e osservazioni sulla geo-fauna

sarda. Memoria seconda. Risultamento di ricerche

fatte in Sardegna nella primavera del 1882. Atti della

Reale Accademia di Scienze fisiche e matematiche

di Napoli, 1: 1-109.

Costa A., 1885. Notizie e osservazioni sulla geo-fauna

sarda. Memoria quarta. Atti della Reale Accademia

di Scienze fisiche e matematiche di Napoli, 1: 1-31.

Costa A., 1887. Prospetto degli Imenotteri italiani, da

servire di prodromo di imenotterologia italiana. Parte

seconda. Pompilidei, Dolicuridei, Scoliidei, Sapi-

gidei, Tifiidei e Mutillidei. Tipografia dell’ Acca-

demia Reale delle Scienze, Napoli, 170 pp.

Cresson E.T., 1865. On the Hymenoptera of Cuba. Pro-

ceedings of the Entomological Society of Phil-

adelphia, 4: 1-200.

Dahl A.L., 1991. Island Directory. UNEP Regional Seas

Directories and Bibliographies No. 35. UNEP,

Nairobi, 573 pp.

Dalla Torre C.G. de, 1897. Catalogus hymenopterorum

hucusque descriptorum, systematicus et synonimicus.

Volumen VIII: Fossores (Sphegidae). G. Engelman,

Lipsiae, 750 pp.

Dammermann K.W., 1923. The fauna of Krakatau,

Verlaten Island and Seseby. Treubia, 3: 61-112.

Dammermann K.W., 1948. The fauna of Krakatau, 1888—

1933. Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Neder-

landse Akademie van Wetenschappen, Afdeling

Natuurkunde, 44: 1-594.

Deschamps E., 1898. Note sur Mutilla maura L. et M.

maculata Cyrille, de Tile de Chypre. Bulletin de la

Societe zoologique de France, 23: 90-92.

De Stefani T., 1885-1886. Raccolte imenotterologiche

sui monti di Renda e loro adiacenze. II Naturalista

siciliano, 5: 41-43, 112-114, 138-142, 168-172,

181-186.

De Stefani T., 1887a. Aggiunte al prospetto degli

imenotteri italiani. 11 Naturalista siciliano, 7: 24-25.

De Stefani T., 1887b. Un nuovo genere di crabronidi e

altri imenotteri nuovi o poco cogniti raccolti in Si-

cilia. II Naturalista siciliano, 6: 59-62, 85-90, 110-

114, 143-147.

De Stefani-Perez T., 1897. Note per servire alio studio

delle mutille di Sicilia. 11 Naturalista siciliano, 2: 77-

85.

Deyrup M.A. & Manley D.G., 1986. Sex-biased size

variation in velvet ants (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae).

Florida Entomologist, 69: 327-335.

Dow R., 1931. Two new Mutillidae from the West

Indies. Occasional Papers of the Boston Natural

History Society, 8: 1-4.

Easton E.R., 2001. Identification guide to the Aculeata

of the Nansei Islands, Japan. Oriental Insects, 35: 28-

48.

Echenique-Diaz L.M., Kawata M. & Yokoyama J., 2009.

Japan’s Islands, Biology. In: Gillespie R.G. & Clague

D.A. (Eds.). Encyclopedia of Islands. University of

California Press, Berkeley-Los Angeles-London,

497-500.

Edwards R. (Ed.), 1997. Provisional Atlas of the aculeate

Hymenoptera of Britain and Ireland. Part 1. Biolo-

gical Records Centre, Huntingdon, 139 pp.

Elliot H.J., Bashford R., Jarman S.J. & Neyland M.G.,

2002. Foliage insect diversity in dry eucalypt forests

in Eastern Tasmania. Papers and Proceedings of the

Royal Society of Tasmania, 136: 17-34.

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

581

Elliott N.B. & Elliott W.M., 1994. Preliminary compar-

isons of wasp faunas of the Great and Little Bahama

Banks (Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae, Scoliidae, Pompil-

idae, Mutillidae, Sphecidae, Vespidae). In: Kass L.B.

(Ed.). Proceedings of the Fifth Symposium on the

Natural History of the Bahamas. Bahamian Field

Station, San Salvador, 29-32.

Elliott N.B. & Elliott W.M., 1996. Biogeography of

bahamian wasps. In: Elliott N.B., Edwards D.C. &

Godfrey P.J. (Eds.). Proceedings of the Sixth

Symposium on the Natural History of the Bahamas.

Bahamian Field Station, San Salvador, 101-108.

Esaki T., 1938. The occurrence of a mutillid wasp in

Micronesia. Annotationes Zoologicae Japoneses, 17:

431-432.

Evans H.E., 1972. Bredin-Archbold- Smithsonian biolo-

gical survey of Dominica: aculeate wasps (Hymen-

optera: Scolioidea, Vespoidea, Pompiloidea,

Sphecoidea). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology,

115: 1-19.

Fabricius I.C., 1775. Systema Entomologiae, sistens in-

sectorum classes, ordines, genera, species, adiectis

synonymis, locis, descriptionibus, observationibus.

Officina Librariae Kortii, Flensburgi et Lipsiae, 832

pp.

Failla Tedaldi L., 1887. Escursione entomologica

allTsola di Lampedusa. 11 Naturalista siciliano, 6:53-

56, 69-73, 102-104, 157-162.

Falk S., 1991 . A review of the scarce and threatened bees,

wasps and ants of Great Britain. Research & Survey

in Nature Conservation No. 35, NCC, Peterborough,

ii+344 pp.

Fox W.J., 1900. Arrangement of the extra- American

species of Mutilla (described by Cresson and Blake)

according to my classification of the genus. Entomo-

logical News, 11: 400M01.

Friese H., 1900. Hymenoptera von Madagaskar. Apidae,

Fossores un Chrysididae. Abhandlungen der

Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft,

26: 259-268.

Fukasawa S. & Miyano S., 2010. [Fauna of the aculeate

Hymenoptera (Insecta) from the Izu Islands,

Japan], Chiba Kenritsu Chuo Hakubutsukan shizenshi

kenkyu hokoku [Journal of the Natural History

Museum and Institute, Chiba], 11: 11-28. (in Ja-

panese)

Garcia Mercet R., 1903. Descripcion de himenopteros

nuevos. Boletin de la Real Sociedad Espanola de

Historia Natural, 3: 98-104.

Garcia Mercet R., 1913. Mutilidos nuevos de Africa y

Canarias. Boletin de la Real Sociedad Espanola de

Historia Natural, 13: 257-264.

Garcias [i] Font L., 1953. Himenopteros de Arta (Mal-

lorca). Bolleti de la Societat d’Historia natural de les

Balears, 1: 7-10.

Genaro J.A., 1997. Tres especies nuevas de mutilidos de

Cuba y la Republica Dominicana (Insecta: Hymenop-

tera). Caribbean Journal of Sciences, 33: 263-268.

Genaro J.A. & Torres J.A., 1999. Redescripcion de la

hembra y descripcion del macho de Pseudomethoca

argyrocephala (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Carib-

bean Journal of Science, 35: 153-155.

Generani M., Pagliano G., Scaramozzino PL. & Strumia

F., 2001. Gli Imenotteri delle isole di Capraia,

Giglio, Gorgona, Pianosa e Montecristo (Arcipelago

Toscano) (Insecta: Hymenoptera). Frustula Entomo-

logica, (n.s.) 24 (37): 51-74.

Gerstaecker [K.E.]A., 1871. Beitrag zur Insektenfauna

von Zanzibar. IV. Hymenoptera. Archiv fur Nat-

urgeschichte, 37: 349-357.

Ghiliani V., 1842. Insetti di Sicilia determinati dal sig. F.

Ghiliani nel suo viaggio in questa isola, anno 1839.

Atti dell’Accademia Gioenia di Scienze naturali, 18:

23-48.

Gillespie R.G. & Roderick G.K., 2002. Arthropods on

islands: colonization, speciation, and conservation.

Annual Review of Entomology, 47: 595-632.

Goodman S.M. & Benstead J.P. (Eds.), 2004. The natural

history of Madagascar. The University of Chicago

Press, Chicago, 1728 pp.

Green E.E., 1912. On a remarkable mimetic spider. Spo-

lia Zeylanica, 8: 92-93.

Gribodo G., 1880. Sopra alcuni Imenotteri della Tunisia.

Annali del Museo civico di Storia naturale di

Genova, 15: 399-404.

Grimshaw P.H., 1913. Mutilla europaea, Linn., at Brae-

mar. The Scottish Naturalist, 18: 142.

Haeseler V., 2008. Ameisen, Wespen und Bienen der

Ostfriesischen Inseln (Hymenoptera: Aculeata). In:

Niedringhaus R., Haeseler V. & Janiesch P. (Eds.).

Die Flora und Fauna der Ostfriesischen Inseln -

Artenverzeichnisse und Auswertungen zur Biod-

iversitat. Schriftenreihe Nationalpark Niedersachs-

isches Wattenmeer 11, Wilhelmshaven, 299-314.

Halloway J.D., 2009. Wallace’s line and other biogeo-

graphic boundaries. In: Gillespie R.G. & Clague D.A.

(Eds.). Encyclopedia of Islands. University of Cali-

fornia Press, Berkeley-Los Angeles-London, 967-

971.

Hammer K., 1950. On the insect fauna of Cyprus. Results

of the expedition of 1939 by Harald, Hakan and PH.

Lindberg VI. Hymenoptera aculeata. II. Chrysididae,

Scoliidae und Mutillidae der Insel Cypem. Societas

ScientiariumFennica Commentationes biologicae,

10: 1-17.

Hammer K., 1962. Mutilliden (Insecta: Hymenoptera) aus

dem Indischen Museum in Calcutta. Records of the

Indian Museum, 58: 1-51.

Hammer 0., Harper D.A.T. & Ryan P.D., 2001. PAST:

Paleontological statistics software package for

582

Pietro Lo Cascio

education and data analysis. Palaeontologia Electron-

ica, 4(1), http://palaeo-electronica.org/2001_l/past/

issuel_01.htm.

Haneda Y., 1979. A new species of Myrmosa (Hymenop-

tera, Tiphiidae) from Japan. Kontyu, 47: 540-542.

Haneda Y., 1982. [Aculeate Hymenoptera of the Island

of Amami-Oshima, collected in 1981], Hymenoptera

Communication (Mishima), 14: 43-56. (in Japanese)

Hashimoto T. & Nakanishi A., 1997. A list of the type-

specimens of Hymenoptera described by K. Tsuneki

in the Museum of Nature and Human Activities,

Hyogo (MNHAH). Catalogue of Collections in the

Museum of Nature and Human Activities, Hyogo, 2:

1-5+1-47.

Heads M., 2013. The Biogeography of Australasia: a

molecular analysis. Cambridge University Press,

Cambridge, xii+493 pp.

Hilbum D.J., Marsh P.M. &Schauff M.E., 1990. Hymen-

optera of Bermuda. Florida Entomologist, 73: 161—

176.

Hill F.L., 1955. Notes on the natural history of Monte

Bello Islands. Proceedings of the Linnean Society of

London, 165: 113-124.

Hisamatsu M., 2004. [List of Hymenoptera recorded in

Ibaraki Prefecture]. Bulletin of Ibaraki Nature

Museum, 7: 125-164. (in Japanese)

Hohmann H., La Roche F., Ortega G. & Darquin J., 1993.

Bienen, Wespen und Ameisen der Kanarischen

Inseln. Band I.Veroffentlichungen aus dem Ubersee-

Museum Bremen Naturwissenschaften, 12: 14-712.

Holt B.G., Lessard J.-P., Borregaard M.K., Fritz S.A.,

Araujo M.B., Dimitrov D., Fabre P.-H., Graham

C.H., Graves G.R., Jonsson K.A., Nogues-Bravo D.,

Wang Z., Whittaker R.J., Fjeldsa J. & Rahbek C.,

2013. An update of Wallace’s zoogeographic regions

of the world. Science, 339: 74-78.

Hurd P.D. Jr., 1951. The California velvet ants of the

genus Dasymutilla Ashmead (Hymenoptera: Mutill-

idae). Bulletin of the California Insect Survey, 1 : 89-

114.

Ikudome S. & Yamane S., 2009. Ants, wasps and bees of

Take-shima, Northern Ryukyus, Japan (Hymenop-

tera, Aculeata). Bulletin of the Institute Minami-

Kyushu Regional Science, Kagoshima Women’s

Junior College, 25: 1-8.

Invrea F., 1940. Mutillidi dell’isola di Cipro raccolti dal

Sig. G.A. Mauromoustakis. Bollettino della Societa

entomologica italiana, 72: 118-122.

Invrea F., 1941a. Studi sui mutillidi e crisidi delTA.O.I.

V. Mutillidi nuovi deHTmpero e indicazioni di altre

specie etiopiche. Memorie della Societa entomolo-

gica italiana, 20: 5-18.

Invrea F., 1941b. Mutillidi raccolti dal Principe Della

Torre e Tasso nelle isole italiane delTEgeo. Bollettino

della Societa entomologica italiana, 73: 38-40.

Invrea F., 1942. Nuovi contributi alia conoscenza della

fauna delle isole italiane delTEgeo. 17. Mutillidae e

Chrysididae (Hymenoptera). Bollettino del Labor-

atorio di Zoologia generale e agraria di Portici, 32:

104-117.

Invrea F., 1943. A proposito di una Smicromyrme dell’

Isola di Borneo, nota tassonomica e cambiamento di

nome (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Annali del Museo

civico di Storia naturale di Genova, 61 (1942): 191-

193.

Invrea F., 1951. Mutillidi nuovi o notevoli del bacino

mediterraneo (Hymenoptera Mutillidae). II parte.

Bollettino della Societa entomologica italiana, 8 1 :

34-43.

Invrea F., 1952a. I Mirmosidi d’ltalia (Hymenoptera:

Myrmosidae). Memorie della Societa entomologica

italiana, 3 1 : 5-2 1 .

Invrea F., 1952b. Imenotteri raccolti da L. Ceresa in

Sardegna. I. Crisidi, Mirmosidi e Mutillidi. Atti della

Societa italiana di Scienze naturali, 91: 220-228.

Invrea, F. 1952c. Primo contributo per lo studio dei

mutillidi dell’ isola di Sardegna. Bollettino del Labor-

atory di Zoologia agrariae Bachicoltura del R. Isti-

tuto superiore agrario di Milano, 18: 81-86.

Invrea F., 1953. Mutillidi nuovi o notevoli del bacino

mediterraneo (Hymenoptera Mutillidae). Ill Nota.

Bollettino della Societa entomologica italiana, 83:

9-17.

Invrea F., 1954. Mutillidi della Dalmazia e del litorale

montenegrino. I. Memorie della Societa entomolo-

gica italiana, 32: 143-159.

Invrea F., 1955a. Imenotteri raccolti da L. Ceresa in

Sardegna, II. Altri reperti di Mutillidi e Mirmosidi

con quattro nuove specie. Atti della Societa italiana

di Scienze naturali, 94: 233-254.

Invrea F., 1955b. Osservazioni e rilievi su Myrmilla

cliiesii (Spin.) e descrizione di una nuova specie (Hy-

menoptera, Mutillidae). Bollettino della Societa

entomologica italiana, 85: 98-107.

Invrea F., 1957. Nota preliminare sui Mutillidi e Crisidi

dell’isola di Lampedusa (Hymenoptera). Bollettino

della Societa entomologica italiana, 87: 14-17.

Invrea F., 1958. Mutillidi nuovi o notevoli del bacino

mediterraneo. VI Nota (Hymenoptera Mutillidae).

Bollettino della Societa entomologica italiana, 88:

143-147.

Invrea F., 1960. Mutillidae. In: Zavattari E. (Ed.).

Biogeografia delle Isole Pelagie. Rendiconti dell’

Accademia nazionale dei Lincei, 11: 364-366.

Invrea F., 1962. Brevi note sulla Ronisia barbara (L.) del

Nord Africa. Bollettino della Societa entomologica

italiana, 92: 93-94.

Invrea F., 1964. Fauna d’ltalia V. Mutillidae - Myr-

mosidae. Calderini, Bologna, xii+303 pp.

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

583

Invrea F., 1965. Studi sugli Apterogynidi e Mutillidi della

Palestina (Hymenoptera). Memorie della Societa

entomologica italiana, 44: 53-93.

Invrea F., 1966. Mutillidi di Malta (Hymenoptera). Bol-

lettino dell’Accademia Gioenia di Scienze naturali,

8: 664-668.

Jacobson E.R., 1909. Die nieuwe fauna van Krakatau.

Jaarverslag van den Topographischen Dienst in

Nederlandsch-Indie, 4: 192-211.

Jennings J.T. & Austin A.D., 2015. Synopsis of the

hymenopteran fauna of Lord Howe Island with a

preliminary checklist of species. Zootaxa, 393 1 : 423-

432.

Jennings J.T., Krogmann L. & Burwell C., 2013. Review

of the hymenopteran fauna of New Caledonia with a

checklist of species. Zootaxa, 3736: 1-53.

King J.J.F.X., 1915. Mutilla europaea at Ballater. The

Scottish Naturalist, 45: 287-288.

Krombein K.V. 1939. Description of a new Madagascan

Lophotilla (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Annals of the

American Entomological Society, 33: 316-317.

Krombein K.V., 1949a. The Aculeate Hymenoptera of

Micronesia. I. Scoliidae, Mutillidae, Pompilidae and

Sphecidae. Proceedings of the Hawaiian Entomolo-

gical Society, 13: 367—4 1 0.

Krombein K.V., 1949b. Notes on two West Indian

Mutillidae (Hymenoptera). Entomological news, 60:

72-73.

Krombein K.V., 1951. Notes on some Madagascan

Mutillidae with description of two new species (Hy-

menoptera, Scolioidea). Memoires de l’lnstitut Scien-

tifiques de Madagascar, 5: 285-294.

Krombein K. V., 1 97 1 . A monograph of the Mutillidae of

New Guinea, Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon

Islands, Part I: Mutillinae (Hymenoptera, Aculeata).

In: Asahina S. et al. (Eds.). Entomological essays:

to commemorate the retirement of Professor K.

Yasumatsu. Hokuryukan Publ. Co. Ltd., Tokyo, 25-

60.

Krombein K.V., 1972. Monograph of the Madagascan

Mutillidae (Hymenoptera). Part I: Myrmillini, Mu-

tillini and Smicromyrmini. Annales du Musee Royal

d’Afrique Centrale, Serie in-8°, Sciences Zoologique,

199: i-x+1-61.

Krombein K.V., 1978. Biosystematic studies of Ceylonese

wasps, III. Life history, nest and associates of Paralep-

tomenes mephitis (Cameron) (Hymenoptera, Eumen-

idae). Journal of Kansas Entomological Society, 5 1 :

721-734.

Krombein K.V., 1979a. Biosystematic studies of Ceylonese

wasps, IV. Kudakrumiinae, a new subfamily of

primitive wasps (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Trans-

actions of the American Entomological Society, 105:

67-83.

Krombein K.V., 1979b. Superfamily Scolioidea. In:

Krombein K.V., Hurd P.D. Jr., Smith D.R. & Burks

B.D. (Eds.). Catalog of Hymenoptera in America

North of Mexico. Vol. 2. Apocrita (Aculeata).

Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, 1253—

1321.

Krombein K.V., 1981. The Smithsonian insect project in

Sri Lanka, 1969-1975. Spolia Zeylanica, 35 (1980):

119-133.

Krombein K.V., 1982. A preliminary analysis of affinities

and derivation of the wasp fauna of Sri Lanka (Hy-

menoptera: Aculeata). Entomologia Generalis, 8: 43-

50.

Krombein K.V. & Lelej A.S., 1999. Biosystematic

studies of Ceylonese wasps, XXII. Bethsmyrmilla, a

new genus of mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera: Mutill-

idae: Myrmillinae). Proceedings of the Entomologi-

cal Society of Washington, 101: 143-148.

Krombein K.V., Norden B.B., Rickson M.M. & Rickson

F.R. 1999. Biodiversity of the domatia occupants

(ants, wasps, bees, and others) of the Sri Lankan

myrmecophyte Humboldtia laurifolia Vahl (Fabaceae).

Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, 603: i-iv+1-

34.

Kuhlmann M., 2006. Fauna and biogeography of the bees

and wasps of the Cook Islands (Hymenoptera

Aculeata). Journal of Hymenoptera Research, 15: 26-

37.

Lelej A.S., 1985. Osy-nemki (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae)

fauny SSSR i sopredelnykh stran [Mutillids (Hymen-

optera, Mutillidae) of the URSS and neighboring

countries], Nauka, Leningrad, 268 pp. (in Russian)

Lelej A.S., 1993. A new genus of velvet ants from Sri

Lanka (Insecta, Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Spixiana,

16: 233-236.

Lelej A.S., 1995. To the knowledge of East Asian species

of the tribe Smicromyrmini Bischoff, 1920 (Hymen-

optera, Mutillidae) with description of four new

genera and eight new species. Far Eastern Entomo-

logist, 13: 1-28.

Lelej A.S., 1996a. To the knowledge of the East Asian

species of tribe Trogaspidiini Bischoff, 1920 (Hy-

menoptera, Mutillidae) with description of eight new

genera and two new species. Far Eastern Entomolo-

gist, 30: 1-24.

Lelej A.S., 1996b. Mutillid wasps collected in Malaysia

and Indonesia by Dr. Sk. Yamane (Hymenoptera,

Mutillidae). Tropics, 6: 91-104.

Lelej A.S., 2002. Catalogue of the Mutillidae (Hymen-

optera) of the Palaearctic region. Dalnauka, Vla-

divostok, 172 pp.

Lelej A.S., 2005. Catalogue of the Mutillidae (Hymen-

optera) of the Oriental Region. Dalnauka, Vla-

divostok, 250 pp.

584

Pietro Lo Cascio

Lelej A.S., 2012. 58. Sem. Mutillidae. In: Lelej A.S.

(Ed.). Annotirovannyy katalog nasekomykh Dal’-

nego Vostoka Rossii. 1 . Pereponchatokrylykh [An-

notated Catalogue of the insects of the Russian Far

East. 1. Hymenoptera]. Dalnauka, Vladivostok, 406-

407. (in Russian)

Lelej A.S. & Brothers D.J., 2008. The genus-group

names of Mutillidae (Hymenoptera) and their type

species, with a new genus, new name, new syn-

onymies, new combinations and lectotypifications.

Zootaxa, 1889: 1-79.

Lelej A.S. & Harten A. van, 2006. A review of the

Mutillidae (Hymenoptera) of Yemen. Zootaxa, 1226:

1-50.

Lelej A.S. & Harten A. van, 2014. Order Hymenoptera,

family Mutillidae. Genus Physetopoda Schuster,

1949. In: Harten A. van (Ed.) Arthropod fauna of the

United Arab Emirates. Vol. 5. Dar al Ummah, Abu

Dhabi, 505-520.

Lelej A.S. & Krombein K.V., 2001. Review of the Ori-

ental mutillid wasps of the subfamily Ticoplinae (Hy-

menoptera, Mutillidae). Far Eastern Entomologist,

99: 1-18.

Lelej A.S. & Yamane S., 1992. Interesting velvet ants

(Hymenoptera, Mutillidae) from Japan and Korea.

Japanese Journal of Entomology, 60: 625-632.

Lelej A.S., Choi J.-K. & Tripotin P., 2001. Review of the

mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae) of Korea.

Far Eastern Entomologist, 96: 1-15.

Lelej A.S., Standfuss L. & Standfuss K., 2003a. To the

knowledge of the mutillid wasps of Greece (Hy-

menoptera, Mutillidae). Entomofauna, 24: 121-140.

Lelej A.S., Standfuss L. & Standfuss K., 2003b. To the

knowledge of the mutillid wasps of Greece (Hy-

menoptera, Mutillidae): Addition. Entomofauna, 24:

305-308.

Lenko K., 1964. Hoplocrates mystica (Gerstaecker,

1874) sinonimo de Hoplocrates cephalotes (Swe-

derus, 1787) (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Revista

brasileira de entomologia, 11: 91-96.

Leo P., 1989. Segnalazioni faunistiche italiane. 162. Myr-

mosa longicollis Tournier 1889 (Hymenoptera, Myr-

mosidae). Bollettino della Societa entomologica

italiana, 121: 234.

Lepeletier de Saint-Fargeau A., 1845. Histoire naturelle

des Insectes. Hymenopteres. Tome Troisieme. Lib-

rairie Encyclopedique de Roret, Paris, 646 pp.

Ljubomirov T., 2006. The mutillid wasp collection of the

National Museum of Natural History in Sofia (Hy-

menoptera: Mutillidae). Historia naturalis bulgarica,

17: 81-92.

Ljubomirov T., 2011. Range re-evaluation and morpho-

logical recognition in two West Palaearctic species of

Myrmilla Wesmael, 1851 (Insecta: Hymenoptera:

Mutillidae). Annalen der Naturhistorischen Museums

in Wien, (B) 112: 19-72.

Lo Cascio P., 2000. A new species of Smicromyrme from

the Cyclades Islands (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae).

Fragmenta entomologica, 32: 305-311.

Lo Cascio P., 2014. Physetopoda fusculina (Invrea,

1955), new record for the Corsican Islands (Hy-

menoptera Mutillidae). II Naturalista siciliano, 38:

385-386.

Lo Cascio P. & Romano M., 2004. Mutillid wasps of the

Italian minor islands (Hymenoptera Mutillidae). Bol-

lettino della Societa entomologica italiana, 136: 227-

250.

Lo Cascio P., Sforzi A. & Boni Bartalucci M., 1998. I

mutillidi del Parco Naturale della Maremma (Hymen-

optera Aculeata: Mutillidae). Frustula entomologica,

20: 127-135.

Lo Cascio P., Romano M. & Grita F., 2012. New species

and new records of mutillid wasps of the Socotra

Archipelago (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). In: Hajek J.

& Bezdek J. (Eds.). Insect biodiversity of the Socotra

Archipelago. Acta Entomologica Musei Nationalis

Pragae, 52 (suppl. 2): 535-544.

Manley D.G., 1999. Synonymy of Dasymutilla nocturna

Mickel (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Pan-Pacific

Entomologist, 75: 18-22.

Manley D.G. & Pitts J.P., 2007. Tropical and subtropical

velvet ants of the genus Dasymutilla Ashmead

(Hymenoptera: Mutillidae) with description of 45

new species. Zootaxa, 1487: 1-128.

Mantero G., 1900. Viaggio di Lamberto Loria nella

Papuasia orientale. XXV. Mutillidae e Scoliidae. An-

nali del Museo civico di Storia naturale di Genova,

20: 580-592.

Mantero G,, 1905. Materiali per una fauna dell’Arcipelago

Toscano. IV. Isola del Giglio. Catalogo degli Imenot-

teri. Parte I. Annali del Museo civico di Storia nat-

urale “G. Doria”, 42: 40-86.

Mantero G., 1909. Imenotteri dell’Isola dell’Asinara

raccolti dal Signor Silvio Folchini. Bullettino della

Societa entomologica italiana, 41: 56-83.

Masi L., 1933. Raccolte entomologiche nell’Isola di

Capraia fatte da C. Mancini e F. Capra (1927-1931).

III. Hymenoptera Aculeata. Memorie della Societa

entomologica italiana, 11:18 1-205 .

Matsumura S., 1911. Shin Nihon senchu zukai [The illus-

trated thousand Insects of Japan], Toko-Shoin, Tokio,

147 pp. (in Japanese)

Matsumura S. & Uchida T., 1926. Die Hymenopteren-

Fauna von den Riukiu Inseln. Insecta Matsumurana,

1: 35-53, 63-77.

Matteini Palmerini M., 1992. Mutillidae del Museo

civico di Storia naturale di Verona (Hymenoptera)

(Contributo alia conoscenza dei mutillidi paleartici).

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

585

Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia naturale di

Verona, 16 (1989): 187-226.

McAlister W.H. & McAlister M.K., 1993. A naturalist’s

guide: Matagorda Island. University of Texas Press,

Austin, 354 pp.

McCallan E., 1942. A note on Timulla ( Timulla ) eriphyla

Mickel (Hym., Mutillidae), a parasite of Tachysphex

blatticidus F.X. Williams (Hym., Larridae), from

Trinidad, B.W.I. Proceedings of theRoyal Entomolo-

gical Society of London, 17: 18.

McCallan E., 1950. Observations on tropical wasps in

Trinidad. Proceedings ofthe 8th International Con-

gress of Entomology (Stockholm, 8-14 August,

1948), 204-206.

McCallan E., 1990. Mutillidae of Trinidad. Sphecos, 19:

21 - 22 .

McCallan E., 1991a. Mutillidae of Inhaca Island,

Mozambique. Sphecos, 21: 13.

McCallan E., 1991b. Nesting behavior and prey of sand

wasps in Trinidad (Hymenoptera: Sphegidae: Nysson-

inae). The Entomologist, 110: 134-138.

Mellor J.E.M., 1932. Observations on Insects from

Mount Troodos in Cyprus. Proceedings of the Ento-

mological Society of London, 7: 62.

Mickel C.E., 1926. A new species of Dasymutilla from

Cuba (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Entomologische

Mitteilung, 15: 197-198.

Mickel C.E., 1928a. Biologic and taxonomic investiga-

tions of the mutillid wasps. United States National

Museum Bulletin, 143: 1-351.

Mickel C.E., 1928b. The Mutillidae of Cuba (Hym.).

Psyche, 35: 16-28.

Mickel C.E., 1933. The Mutillidae of Formosa. Annals

of the Entomological Society of America, 26: 381—

423.

Mickel C.E., 1934. The Mutillidae of the Philippine

Islands (Hymenoptera). Philippine Journal of Sciences,

54: 91-219.

Mickel C.E., 1935. The mutillid wasps of the islands of

the Pacific Ocean (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Trans-

actions of the Royal Entomological Society of Lon-

don, 83: 177-312.

Mickel C.E., 1936. A new species of Smicromyrme from

Japan (Mutillidae, Hymenoptera). Mushi, 9: 52-54.

Mickel C.E., 1937. New species and records of Mutill-

idae (Hymenoptera) from Borneo and the Solomon

Islands. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 19:

441^156.

Mickel C.E., 1938. The neotropical mutillid wasps of the

genus Timulla Ashmead (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae).

Transactions of the Royal Entomological Society of

London, 87: 529-680.

Mickel C.E., 1939. A monograph of the neotropical mu-

tillid genus Hoplomutilla Ashmead (Hymenoptera:

Mutillidae). Revista de Entomologia (Rio de Janeiro),

10: 337-403.

Mickel C.E., 1941. Monograph of the South American

genus Hoplocrates Mickel (Hymenoptera: Mutill-

idae). Revista de Entomologia (Rio de Janeiro), 12:

341-414.

Mickel C.E., 1952. The Mutillidae wasps of British

Guiana. Zoologica, 37: 105-150.

Mickel C.E., 1961. The unknown males of three mutillids

described from Jamaica (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae).

Proceedings of the Royal Entomological Society of

London, 30: 103-106.

Mingo E. & Compte [Sart] A., 1963. Los Scolioidea de

Baleares (Hymenoptera). Boletin de la Real Sociedad

espanola de Historia natural, 61: 69-96.

Monastra A., 1989. Nuovi dati sui mutillidi e mirmosidi

italiani. I. Mutillidae: Mymillinae Bisch. (Hymenop-

tera). Bollettino della Societa entomologica italiana,

121:204-212.

Monastra A., 1990. Nuovi dati sui mutillidi e mirmosidi

italiani. II. Mutillidae Cystomutillinae Invr., Mutill-

inae Bisch., Trogaspidinae Bisch., Smicromyrminae

Bisch., Dasylabrinae Skor. e Myrmosidae Myrmosa

Latr. (Hymenoptera). Bollettino della Societa ento-

mologica italiana, 122: 133-140.

Montague P.D., 1914. A report on the fauna of the Monte

Bello Islands. Proceedings of the Zoological Society

of London, 625-652.

Motschulsky V.I., 1863. Essai d’un catalogue des In-

sectes de File Ceylon. Bulletin de la Societe

Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou, 36: 1-153.

Murota T., 1973a. [Some aculeate Hymenoptera collec-

ted in the Amami group of the Ryukyus]. Life Study,

17: 100-102. (in Japanese)

Murota T., 1973b. [Sphecidae, Mutillidae, Scoliidae and

Chrysididae collected in Formosa in 1972], Life

Study, 17 (3-4): 115-120. (in Japanese)

Miyamoto S., 1959. Biological notes on Mutilla euro-

paea mikado. Akitu, 8: 85-90.

Nagase H., 2004. Hymenoptera (excl. Formicidae). In:

Insect fauna of Kanagawa. Ill (Mecoptera, Siphonap-

tera, Diptera, Lepidoptera, Trichoptera, Hymenop-

tera). Kanagawa Konchu Danwakai, Odawara,

1241-1326. (in Japanese)

Nagase H. & Kawashima I., 2012. On a gynandromorph

specimen of Bischoffitilla pungens (Smith), which

reveals two synonyms in japanese mutillid wasps

(Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Japanese Journal of

Systematic Entomology, 18: 31-33.

Nagy C.G., 1972. Records on the genus Smicromyrme

Thoms, from Greece (Hym. Mutillidae). Biologia

Gallo-Hellenica, 4: 27-31.

New T.R., 2002. Neuroptera of Wallacea: a transitional

fauna between major geographical regions. Acta Zo-

ologica Academiae Scientiarum Hungaricae, 48

(suppl. 2): 217-227.

Nieves-Aldrey J.L. & Fontal-Cazalla F.M., 1997. Los

insectos de la isla de Coiba (Panama). Abundancia

586

Pietro Lo Cascio

y dinamica estcional. Analisis del caso del los

himenopteros (Hexapoda, Hymenoptera). In: Castro-

viejo S. (Ed.). Flora y fauna del Parque Nacional de

Coiba (Panama). Inventario preliminar. AECI,

Madrid, 239-361.

Nonveiller G., 1972. Mutillides de File de Crete, re-

coltees lors d’un voyage en automne 1959 (Quat-

rieme contribution a la connaissance des mutillides,

Hymenopteres). Acta entomologica Jugoslavia, 7:

3-23.

Nonveiller G., 1979a. Recherches sur les mutillides de

EAfrique (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). VIII. Revision

des genres Ctenotilla, Cephalotilla et Pseudoceph-

alotilla sensu Bischoff. Memoires publies par l’lnsti-

tut pour la Protection des Plantes de Beograd, 13

(1978): 1-185.

Nonveiller G., 1979b. La Glossomyrme mervensis (Ra-

doszkowski) 1893 ( Smicromyrme fertoni Invrea

1953) est-elle l’autre sexe de YArtiotilla biguttata

(Costa) 1858? (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Neuvieme

contribution a la connaissance des Mutillides palearc-

tiques. Acta entomologica Jugoslavia, 15: 5-18.

Nonveiller G,, 1990. Catalogue of the Mutillidae, Myr-

mosidae and Bradynobaenidae of the Neotropical

region including Mexico (Insecta, Hymenoptera).

Hymenopterorum Catalogus (nova editio), SPB

Academic Publ., Den Haag, 150 pp.

Nonveiller G., 1994. Revision des males du genre Stenomu-

tilla de la Palearctique occidentale avec description

d’especes nouvelles (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae).

(lleme contribution a la connaissance des Mutillides

palearctiques). Bollettino del Museo civico di Storia

naturale di Verona, 18 (1991): 137-194.

Nonveiller G., 1995a. Recherches sur les Mutillides de

EAfrique XVII. Note pour servir a la connaissance

du genre Pristomutilla Ashmead, 1903 avec descrip-

tion du male encore inconnu du genre, d’espece

nouvelle du genre et des nouveaux sous-genres

Diacanthotilla et Acanthomutilla (Hymenoptera, Mu-

tillidae). Entomofauna, 16: 29-119.

Nonveiller G., 1995b. A preliminary approach to a revi-

sion of the Afrotropical representatives of the genus

Trogaspidia Ashmead, 1899 (sensu Bischoff, 1920)

(Hymenoptera, Mutillidae) (Third contribution to

the knowledge of the Afrotropical Trogaspidia ).

Annales de la Societe entomologique de France, 32:

349-368.

Nonveiller G. & Cetkovic A., 1995. Recherches sur les

Mutillides de EAfrique (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae).

XIX. Revision du genre Lophotilla Bischoff, 1920.

Etude des males. Nouvelle Revue d’Entomologie,

(n.s.) 12(2-3): 161-185.

Nonveiller G. & Cetkovic A., 1996. Seriatospidia n. gen.

with a description of three new species (Hymenoptera

Mutillidae). Tropical Zoology, 9: 305-314

Nonveiller G. & Petersen B., 1995. Recherches sur les

Mutillides de EAfrique (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae).

XIX. Remarques concemant la Trogaspidia floralis

(Klug, 1829) et formes ou especes apparentees, deja

connues ou nouvelles. (Deuxieme contribution a la

connaissance du genre Trogaspidia de EAfrique).

Beitrage zur Entomologie, 45: 181-198.

Nonveiller G., Perovic F. & Gjerapic G., 1998. Resultats

des recherches recentes sur les mutillides de Croatie

avec une liste des especes constatees a ce jour en

Croatie (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Entomologia

Croatica, 3: 13-31.

Ogawa H., Nosaka M., Hashii N., Yokoyama M. & Tsur-

usaki N., 2012. [Records of faunal survey of insects

of Tottori Sand Dunes in 201 1 with comments to the

fauna of Sakyu Oasis]. Natural History Research of

San’in, 7: 31-40. (in Japanese)

Olson D.M., Dinerstein E., Wikramanayake E.D.,

Burgess N.D., Powell G.V.N., Underwood E.C.,

D’Amico J.A., Itoua I., Strand H.E., Morrison J.C.,

Loucks C.J., Allnutt T.F., Ricketts T.H., Kura Y.,

Lamoreux J.F., Wettengel W.W., Hedao P. & Kassem

K.R., 2001. Terrestrial ecoregions of the world: a new

map of life on Earth. BioScience, 51: 933-938.

Olsoufieff G., 1936. [communication about Mutilla

hildebrandti, without title]. L’Echo du Sud, Organe

independent des interets generaux du Sud de Mada-

gascar, 383: 8.

Olsoufieff G., 1938. Revision systematique des Mutilles

de Madagascar. Bulletin de EAcademie Malgache,

(n.s.) 20: 171-217.

Ortiz A.R., 1976. The effect of human activity on the

insect fauna of Padre Island. MS Thesis, Texas A & I

University, Kingsville, 71 pp.

O’Toole C.,1975. The systematics of Timulla oculata

(Fabricius) (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Zoologica

Scripta, 4: 229-251.

Pagden H.T., 1938. On a new species of Rhopalomutilla

(Hym. Mutillidae) from Java. Journal of the Feder-

ated Malay States Museums, 18: 213-217.

Pagden H.T., 1949. Description and records of Austro-

Malaysian Methocidae and Mutillidae (Hymenop-

tera). Transactions of the Royal Entomological

Society of London, 100: 191-231.

Pagliano G., 2003. Ricerche imenotterologiche nelle

isole di Lampedusa e Pantelleria (Hymenoptera

Apocrita). II Naturalista siciliano, 27: 115-149.

Pagliano G., 2005. I Mutillidae della collezione Spinola

(Hymenoptera). Bollettino del Museo regionale di

Scienze naturali di Torino, 23: 267-322.

Pagliano G., 2009. Physetopoda rameli, nuova specie di

Mutillidae di Grecia (Hymenoptera). Bollettino della

Societa entomologica italiana, 141: 179-186.

Pagliano G., 2011. Ricerche imenotterologiche nell’isola

di Lampedusa con descrizione di una nuova specie di

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

587

mutillide (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae). Fragmenta en-

tomologica, 43: 215-224.

Pagliano G. & Matteini Palmerini M., 2014. Contributo

alio studio dei mutillidi della Tunisia (Insecta Hymen-

optera Mutillidae). Quaderno di Studi e Notizie di

Storia naturale della Romagna, 39: 175-209.

Pagliano G. & Strumia F., 2000. Imenotteri Chrysididae,

Mutillidae e Myrmosidae della Corsica .Acte du

Congres International “Environment et identite en

Mediterranee” (Universite Pascal Paoli, Corte, 13-

16 Juin 2000), 209-212.

Pagliano G. & Strumia F., 2007. Contributo alia conoscenza

dei Mutillidae italiani (Hymenoptera, Scolioidea).

Bollettino del Museo regionale di Scienze naturali di

Torino, 24: 25-110.

Pagliano G. & Strumia F., 2013. Smicromyrme corriasi

n. sp. from Sardinia and new data on some Italian

Smicromyrme and Stenomutilla (Hymenoptera,

Mutillidae). II Naturalista valtellinese, Atti del Museo

civico di Storia naturale di Morbegno, 24: 55-66.

Paik J.C. (Ed.), 1994. Report academic survey on the

insects of the Chejudo (Quelpart Island). Chejudo

Folklore and Natural History Museum, Chejudo, 212

pp.

Paik J.C. (Ed.), 1995. Insects of Quelpart Island. Chejudo

Folklore and Natural History Museum, Chejudo, 614

pp.

Paulian R., 1950. Recherches sur les insectes d’impor-

tance biologique de Madagascar. IX. Stenomutilla

splendida Ols. (Hymen. Mutill.). Memoires de F

Institut Scientifique de Madagascar, 3: 389-391.

Perez-Gelabert D.E., 2008. Arthropods of Hispaniola

(Dominican Republic and Haiti): A checklist and

bibliography. Zootaxa, 1831: 1-530.

Petersen B., 1988. The Palaearctic Mutillidae of I.C.

Fabricius and some related material (Insecta, Hymen-

optera, Aculeata). Steenstrupia, 14: 129-224.

Pilgrim E.M. & Pitts J.P., 2006. A molecular method for

associating the dimorphic sexes of velvet ants

(Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Journal of the Kansas

Entomological Society, 79: 222-230.

Pitts J.P., 2007. Description of the female of Sphaerop-

thalma galapagensis Williams and notes on Morsyma

Fox and Caenotilla Pitts and Manley (Hymenoptera,

Mutillidae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist, 83: 95-100.

Pitts J.P & McHugh J.V., 2002. Review of Acrophotopsis

Schuster (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae: Sphaeropthal-

minae), with description of a new species from Baja

California. Journal of Hymenoptera Research, 11:

338-349.

Pizarro-Araya J., Alfaro F.M., Cortes-Contreras M.,

Rivera C., Vargas-Talciani P. & Ojanguren-Affilastro

A. A., 2014. Epigean Insects of Chanaral Island

(Pinguino de Humboldt National Reserve, Atacama,

Chile). Journal of Entomological Research Society

16: 39-50.

Portuondo Ferrer E. & Fernandez-Triana J.L., 2003.

Sistematica del los himenopteros de Cuba: estado de

conocimiento y perspectivas. Bolletin de la Sociedad

entomologica aragonesa, 32: 29-36.

Portuondo Ferrer E. & Fernandez-Triana J.L., 2004. Biod-

iversidad del orden Hymenoptera en los macizos

montanosos de Cuba oriental. Boletin de la Sociedad

entomologica aragonesa, 35: 121-136.

Quintero Arias D. & Cambra T.R.A., 2001. On the iden-

tity of Scaptopoda F. Lynch Arribalzaga, new taxo-

nomic changes and new distribution records for

neotropical Mutillidae (Hymenoptera), with notes on

their biology. Transactions of the American Entomo-

logical Society, 127: 291-304.

Radoszkowski O., 1885. Revision des armures copu-

latrices des males de la famille de Mutillides. Horae

Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae, 19: 3-49.

Ramakrishna T.V.A., 1916. A catalogue of new wasps

and bees (Fossores, Diploptera and Anthophila)

described from the Indian Region since 1 897. Journal

of the Bombay Society of Natural History, 24: 539-

560.

Reck Bartholomay P, 2014. Taxonomia de Traumatomu-

tilla Andre, 1901 (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae): grupos

de especie e a fauna da Amazonia brasileira. Pos-

Gradua9ao Dissertat^ao em Ciencias Biologicas

(Entomologia), Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da

Amazonia, Manaus, 107 pp.

Richards O.W., 1980. Scolioidea, Vespoidea and

Sphecoidea. Hymenoptera, Aculeata. In: FittonM.G.

(Ed.). Handbooks for the identification of British

Insects. Vol. VI, Part 3(b). Royal Entomological

Society of London, London, 118 pp.

Riggio G., 1885. Materiali per una fauna entomologica

dell’isola di Ustica. Prima contribuzione. II Natur-

alista siciliano, 5: 52-56.

Riggio G. & De Stefani-Perez T., 1888. Sopra alcuni

imenotteri dell’isola di Ustica. II Naturalista siciliano,

7: 145-150.

Rohwer S.A., 1910. Some new hymenopterous insects

from the Philippine Islands. Proceedings of the

United States National Museum, 37: 657-660.

Romano M., 2004. Smicromyrme agusii e il maschio di

Smicromyrme ( Eremotilla ) perisii (Hymenoptera,

Mutillidae). Bollettino della Societa Entomologica

Italiana, 136: 173-178.

Romano M., 2012. Nanomutilla vaucheri in Sardegna,

prima segnalazione per 1 ’Italia (Hymenoptera Mutil-

lidae). Bollettino della Societa entomologica italiana,

144: 23-27.

Sakagami S.F., 1980. Bionomics of the halictine bees in

northern Japan. I. Halictus ( Halictus ) tsingtouensis

(Hymenoptera, Halictidae) with noted on the member

of origins of eusociality. Kontyu, 48: 526-536.

588

Pietro Lo Cascio

Sakagami S.F., Ebmer A.W., Matsumura T. & Maeta Y.,

1982. Bionomics of the halictine bees in the Northern

Japan. II. Lasioglossum ( Evylaeus ) sakagamii (Hy-

menoptera, Apoidea, Halictidae) with taxonomic

notes on allied species. Kontyu, 50: 198-211.

Sakagami S.F., Ebmer A. W. & Tadauchi O., 1996. The

halictine bees of Sri Lanka and the vicinity. III. Sudila

(Hymenoptera, Halictidae). Part 1. Esakia, 36: 143—

189.

Saunders E., 1880. Synopsis of the British Heterogyna

and Fossorial Hymenoptera. Transactions of the

Royal Entomological Society of London, [1880]:

201-304.

Saunders E., 1881. Aculeate Hymenoptera at Hayling

Island and Bournemouth. Entomologist’s monthly

Magazine, 18: 113-114.

Saunders E., 1896. The Hymenoptera Aculeata of the

British Islands: a descriptive account of the families,

genera, and species indigenous to Great Britain and

Ireland, with notes as to habits, localities, habitats,

etc. L. Reeve & Co., London, 391 pp.

Saunders E., 1901. Balearic Insects. Hymenoptera

Aculeata. Entomologist’s monthly Magazine, 12:

208-211.

Saunders E., 1904. Hymenoptera Aculeata from Majorca

(1901) and Spain (1901-2). Transactions of the Royal

Entomological Society of London, 52: 591-666.

Saussure H. de, 1867a. Reise der osterreichschen

Fregatte Novara um die Erde in den Jahren 1857,

1858, 1859 unter den Befehlen des Commodore B.

von Wiillerstorf-Urbair. Zoologischer Theil. Zweiter

Band. Hymenoptera. Familien der Vespiden,

Sphegiden, Pompiliden, Crabroniden und Hetero-

gynen. C. Gerold’s Sohn, Wien, 138 pp.

Saussure H. de, 1867b. Mutillarum no varum species ali-

quot. Annales de la Societe entomologique de France,

7: 351-364.

Saussure H. de, 1890-1892. Histoire naturelle des

Hymenopteres. In: Grandidier A. (Ed.). Histoire

physique, naturelle et politique de Madagascar.

Volume XX. Imprimerie Nationale, Paris, (1): i-

xxi+1-176; (2): 177-590.

Saussure H. de, 1891. Hymenopteres nouveaux de

Madagascar. Bulletin de la Societe Entomologique

Suisse, 8: 253-269.

Schembri S.P., 1983. The Mutillidae of the Maltese

Islands, remarks and additions (Hymenoptera,

Aculeata). Bollettino della Societa entomologica

italiana, 115 (1-3): 25-30.

Schembri S.P., 1984. Notes on the subspecies of Ronisia

barbara (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae) in the Maltese

Islands. Central Mediterranean Naturalist, 1: 60-62.

Schulthess A. von, 1919. Verzeichnis von Dr. K.

Friederichs in Madagaskar erbeuteter Hymenopteren.

In: Friederichs K. (Ed.). Beobachtungen iiber einige

solitare Wespen in Madagaskar. Mitteilungen aus

dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin, 9: 46-50.

Schulthess A. [de], 1929. Hymenopteres. In: Ghigi A.,

Issel R., Brian A., Santucci R., Citterio V. & Alzani

F. (Eds.). Ricerche faunistiche nelle isole italiane

dell’Egeo. Archivio zoologico italiano, 12-13: 263-

271.

Schulz W.A., 1912. Zweihundert alte Hymenopteren.

Zoologische Annalen, 4: 1-220.

Schuster R.M., 1946. A new species of Pseudomethoca

(Mutillidae) from the West Indies. Bulletin of the

Brooklyn Entomological Society, 40: 7-8.

Seavey F.A., 1892. Insects of Catalina Island. Zoe, 3:

262-263.

Seyrig A., 1936. Un mutillide parasite d’un lepidoptere:

Stenomutilla Freyi. In: Livre Jubilaire de M. Eugene-

Louis Bouvier. Firmin et Didot, Paris, 313-316.

Sichel J. & Radoszkowski O., 1869-1870. Essai d’une

monographic des Mutilles de l’ancien continent.

Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae, 6: 139—

172, 173-309.

Simpson G.G., 1977. Too many lines; the limits of the

Oriental and Australian zoogeographic regions.

Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society,

121: 107-120.

Smith F., 1855. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects in

the collection of the British Museum. Part III. Mutil-

lidae and Pompilidae. Taylor & Francis, London, 206

pp.

Smith F., 1857-1858. Catalogue of the hymenopterous

insects collected at Sarawak, Borneo, Mount Ophir,

Malacca, and at Singapore, by A.R. Wallace. Journal

of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society, Zoology,

2:42-88, 89-130.

Smith F., 1858. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects col-

lected at Celebes by Mr. A.R. Wallace. Journal of the

Proceedings of the Linnean Society, Zoology, 3: 4-

27.

Smith F., 1859. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects col-

lected by Mr. A.R. Wallace at the Islands of Aru and

Key. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean

Society, Zoology, 3: 132-178.

Smith F., 1861a. Descriptions of new species of hymen-

opterous insects collected by Mr. A.R. Wallace at

Celebes. Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean

Society, Zoology, 5: 57-93.

Smith F., 1861b. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects

collected by Mr. A.R. Wallace in the islands of

Bachian, Kaisaa, Amboyna, Gilolo, and at Dory in

New Guinea. Journal of the Proceedings of the

Linnean Society, Zoology, 5: 93-143.

Smith F., 1861-1862. Catalogue of hymenopterous in-

sects collected by Mr. A.R. Wallace in the islands of

Ceram, Celebes, Ternate, and Gilolo. Journal of the

Proceedings of the Linnean Society, Zoology, 6:36-

48, 49-66.

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

589

Smith F., 1864a. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects

collected by Mr. A.R. Wallace in the islands of

Mysol, Ceram, Waigiou, Bourn and Timor. Journal

of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society, Zoology,

7: 6-18.

Smith F., 1864b. Notes on the geographical distribution

of the aculeate Hymenoptera collected by Mr. A.R.

Wallace in the Eastern Archipelago. Journal of the

Proceedings of the Linnean Society, Zoology, 7: 109—

145.

Smith F., 1865. Descriptions of new species of hymenop-

terous insects from the Islands of Sumatra, Sula,

Gilolo, Salwatty, and New Guinea, collected by Mr.

A.R. Wallace. Journal of the Proceedings of the

Linnean Society, Zoology, 8: 61-94.

Smith F., 1873. Description of aculeate Hymenoptera of

Japan, collected by Mr. George Lewis at Nagasaki

and Hiogo. Transactions of the Entomological

Society of London, (1873): 181-206.

Smith F., 1874. Description of new species of Tenthredin-

idae, Ichneumonidae, Chrysididae, Formicidae, etc.

of Japan. Transactions of the Entomological Society

of London, (1874): 373-409.

Smith F. & Wallace A.R., 1873. A catalogue of the

aculeate Hymenoptera and Ichneumonidae of India

and Eastern Archipelago. Journal of the Linnean

Society of London, 11 (56): 285-348.

Smith F., 1879. Descriptions of new species of Hymen-

optera in the collection of the British Museum. Taylor

& Francis, London, xxi+240 pp.

Snelling R.R., 2005. Wasps, ants, and bees: aculeate Hy-

menoptera. In: Lazell J. (Ed.). Island: Fact and

Theory in Nature. University of California Press,

London, 283-296.

Sonan J., 1931. [Some wasps and bees of Hokoto

(Pescadores)]. Transactions of the Natural History

Society of Formosa, 21 (112): 6-8. (in Japanese)

Spencer-Smith D., Ramos S.J., McKenzie F., Munroe E.

& Miller L.D., 1988. Biogeographical affinities of the

butterflies of a “forgotten” island: Mona (Puerto

Rico). Bulletin of the Allyn Museum, 121 : 1-35.

Spicer W., 1 873. Notes on new or rare Hampshire insects.

1. Mutilla europaea (bee-ant). Journal of Proceedings

and Annual Report of the Winchester and Hampshire

Scientific and Literary Society, 1: 176-177.

Spinola M., 1839. Compte-rendu des Hymenopteres

recueillis par M. Fischer pendant son voyage en

Egypte, et communiques par M. le Docteur Waltl a

Maximilian Spinola. Annales de la Societe entomo-

logique de France, 7 (1838): 437-546.

Spinola M., 1840. Hymenopteres recueillis a Cayenne en

1839 par M. Leprieur, pharmacien de la Marine

Royale. Annales de la Societe entomologique de

France, 9: 129-204.

Spinola M., 1841. Hymenopteres recueillis a Cayenne en

1839 par M. Leprieur, pharmacien de la Marine

Royale. Seconde partie. Porte-aiguillons.Annales de

la Societe entomologique de France, 10: 86-149.

Spooner G.M., 1942. The Hymenoptera Aculeata in the

Dale Collection. 1. Introduction and notes to the

families Mutillidae to Pompilidae. Entomologist’s

Monthly Magazine, 78: 5-12.

Starr C.K., 1993. Mickel paratypes at the University of

the West Indies. Sphecos, 24: 21.

Starr C.K. & Hook A. W., 2003. The aculeate Hymenop-

tera of Trinidad, West Indies. Occasional Papers of

the Department of Life Sciences, University of the

West Indies, 12: 1-31.

Stelfox A.W., 1933. Some recent records for Irish Hy-

menoptera. Entomologist’s monthly Magazine, 69:

47-53.

Strumia F. & Pagliano G., 2014. Imenotteri Mutillidae

dell’Arcipelago Toscano. In: Lenzi A., Leoni L.,

Baldacci C., Brizzi B., De Santi C., Dell’Agnello P,

Domenici V., Feri E., Lenzi P, Montesarchio E.,

Piombanti P.P. & Santinelli M. (Eds.). Codice Ar-

monico 2014 - Quinto congresso di scienze naturali

- Ambiente toscano. ETS, Pisa, 250-254.

Strumia F., Pagliano G. & Wolf H., 2008. Mutillidae,

Chrysididae e Pompilidae dell’isola dell’Asinara

(Sardegna, Italia) (Hymenoptera). Frustula entomo-

logica, 30 (43): 47-53.

Suarez F.J., 1959a. Mutillidos espanoles nuevos o in-

teresantes de la collection del Instituto Espanol de

Entomologia (Hymenoptera). EOS, 35: 97-112.

Suarez F.J., 1959b. Especies nuevas o poco conocidas de

la fauna mediterranea. II nota (Hym. Myrmosidae,

Mutillidae). EOS, 35: 283-300.

Suarez F.J.,1970. Tres nuevos mutilidos espanoles

(Hym., Mutillidae). Graellsia, 25: 245-259.

Suarez F.J., 1975. Especies nuevas o poco conocidas de

la fauna Mediterranea. IV. Tres nuevas Smicromyrme

de la zona oriental (Hymenoptera, Mutillidae).

Archivos del Instituto de Aclimatacion, 20: 155-17 1 .

Suarez F.J., 1988. Mirmosidos de la Peninsula Iberica

(Hymenoptera, Myrmosidae). Graellsia, 44: 81-158.

Sugiura S., Tsuru T. & Yamaura Y., 2013. Effects of an

invasive alien tree on the diversity and temporal

dynamics of an insect assemblage on an oceanic is-

land. Biological Invasions, 15: 157-169.

Taeger A., Gaedike H. & Blank S.M., 2005. Katalog der

primaren Hymenopteren-Typen des DEI (unter

Auschluss der Symphyta und Sphecidae s.l.).

Beitrage zur Entomologie, 55: 151-250.

Takahashi H., 1993. Flower- visiting activities of the

aculeate wasps on Hachijo-jima Island of the Izu

Islands. Okinawa-Seibutsu-Gakkai shi [Biological

Magazine Okinawa], 31: 1-6.

590

Pietro Lo Cascio

Takahashi H.& Shimizu A., 2007. [Notes on a collection

of Hymenoptera from the Ogasawara Islands, in the

Insect Collections of the Laboratory of Systematic

Zoology, Tokyo Metropolitan University]. Ogas-

awara Research, 32: 9-20. (in Japanese)

Tennent J.E., 1859. Ceylon: an account of the island

physical, historical and topographical with notices of

its natural history, antiquities and productions.

Volume 1. Longman & Green, London, 659 pp.

Terayama M., 2005. [Taxonomic guide to the Japanese

aculeate wasps. 2. Family Mutillidae], Tsunekibachi,

4: 1-18. (in Japanese)

Terayama M., Suda H., Murota T., Haneda Y. & Tano

T., 2011. [The velvet ants (Mutillidae) of Japan],

Gekkan-Mushi, 481: 12-25. (in Japanese)

Toy S. (Ed.), 2007. Import Risk Analysis: vehicle and

machinery. Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry,

Biosecurity New Zealand, Wellington, 364 pp.

Tsuneki K., 1962. [The aculeate Hymenoptera collected

on the Island of Amami-Oshima, the Ryukyus]. Life

Study, 6: 1-9. (in Japanese)

Tsuneki K., 1972a. Studies on the Mutillidae of Japan

(Hymenoptera). Etizenia, 61: 1-26.

Tsuneki K., 1972b. Mutillidae collected in Formosa in

1966 and 68 (Hymenoptera). Etizenia, 64: 1-25.

Tsuneki K., 1972c. Two new species of Mutillidae from

Borneo (Hymenoptera). Life Study, 16: 17-21.

Tsuneki K., 1973. New and the first recorded species and

subspecies of Sphecidae and Mutillidae from Japan,

with taxonomic notes on some species (Hymenop-

tera). Etizenia, 65: 1-28.

Tsuneki K., 1982a. Studies on the new material of

Sphecidae, Chrysididae and Mutillidae of Formosa

and the Southern Ryukyus (Hymenoptera). SPJHA

(Special Publications of the Japan Hymenopterists

Association), 23: 15-45.

Tsuneki K., 1982b. A referenced list of the species of the

Sphecidae, Chrysididae, Scoliidae and Mutillidae

hitherto known from the Ryukyu Archipelago, with

the distribution table (Hymenoptera). SPJHA

(Special Publications of the Japan Hymenopterists

Association), 23: 53-77.

Tsuneki K., 1984. Solitary wasps newly in the Ogasawara

or the Bonin Islands (Hymenoptera). SPJHA (Special

Publications of the Japan Hymenopterists Associ-

ation), 28: 1-12.

Tsuneki K., 1993a. On some Taiwanese Mutillidae, col-

lected in 1976 by Mr. T. Murota, with description of

new taxa (Hymenoptera). SPJHA (Special Publica-

tions of the Japan Hymenopterists Association), 41:

39-50.

Tsuneki K., 1993b. A new and an unrecorded species of

Mutillidae from Is. Okinawa, the Ryukyus (Hy-

menoptera). SPJHA (Special Publications of the

Japan Hymenopterists Association), 41: 51-55.

Tsuneki K., Nozaka C., Tano T., Kurokawa H. & Murota

T., 1993. Mutillidae recently collected in the Philip-

pines (Hymenoptera). SPJHA (Special Publications

of the Japan Hymenopterists Association), 41 : 1-38.

Tsurusaki N., Tanaka Y., Morimoto T., Ishida H. &

Yamada K., 2012. [Records of faunal survey of in-

sects in Tottori Sand Dunes in 2010 and distribution

of some wasps of Aculeata in the sand dune area].

Natural History Research of San’in, 7: 25-30. (in

Japanese)

Tu B.B., Lelej A.S. & Chen X.X., 2014. Review of the

genus Cystomutilla Andre, 1896 (Hymenoptera: Mu-

tillidae: Sphaeropthalminae: Sphaeropthalmini), with

description of the new genus Hemutilla gen. nov. and

four species from China. Zootaxa, 3889: 71-91.

Turner R.E., 1911. New Hymenoptera from Ceylon. Mu-

tillidae and Scoliidae. Spolia Zeylanica, 7: 141-154.

Turner R.E., 1912. Notes on fossorial Hymenoptera, VI.

On the species collected in New Guinea by the ex-

pedition of the British Ornithologist’s Union. Annals

and Magazine of Natural History, 9: 194-202.

Turner R.E., 1914. Notes on fossorial Hymenoptera, XIV.

On the Mutillidae of Western Australia and Tasmania.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 84: 429-

450.

Turrisi G.F., 1999a. Contributo alia conoscenza dei Mu-

tillidae di Sicilia ed isole circumsiciliane (Hymenop-

tera, Scolioidea). Bollettino delTAccademia Gioenia

di Scienze naturali, 31(354): 119-155.

Turrisi G.F., 1999b. Un caso di ginandromorfismo in

Myrmillci bison (A. Costa 1887) (Hymenoptera Mu-

tillidae). Bollettino delTAccademia Gioenia di

Scienze naturali, 31(354): 331-334.

Valentine E.W. & Walker A.K., 1983. Three families of

Hymenoptera new to New Zealand. New Zealand

Entomologist, 7: 397-400.

Valletta A., 1 97 1 . A preliminary list of the Hymenoptera

Aculeata (excluding ants) of the Maltese Islands. En-

tomologist’s monthly Magazine, 107: 45-46.

Valletta A., 1979. Second contribution to the Hymenop-

tera Aculeata (excluding ants) of the Maltese Islands.

Entomologist’s monthly Magazine, 114: 215.

Vertyankin A.V., 2010. Novyie nakhodki os-nemok (Hy-

menoptera: Mutillidae) na Sakhaline [New records of

velvet ants (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae) on Sakhalin],

Vestnik Sakhalinskogo muzeya [Proceedings of

Sakhalin Museum], 17: 325-326.

Viette P., 1957. Hymenopteres Mutillidae. Memoires de

TInstitut Scientifique de Madagascar, (E) 8: 319.

Viette P., 1978. Les types des mutilles malgaches decrites

par G. Olsoufieff (Hym. Mutillidae). Bulletin de la

Societe entomologique de France, 82: 224-228.

Villarubia A. & Espanol F., 1933. Entomologia de

Menorca. Bulletin de la Institucio Catalana d’Historia

Natural, 33: 306-315.

Worldwide checklist of the island mutillid wasps (Hymenoptera Mutillidae)

591

Villemant C., 2011. Focus on bees and wasps. In:

Bouchet P., Le Guyader H. & Pascal O. (Eds.). The

natural history of Santo. Patrimoines Naturels 70,

Museum d’Histoire naturelle-IRD-Pro Natura Inter-

national, Paris-Marseille, 131-141.

Voris H.K., 2000. Map of Pleistocene sea levels in

Southeast Asia: shorelines, river system an time

duration. Journal of Biogeography, 27: 1153-1167.

Westwood J.O., 1843. On the mutillae of New Holland.

In: Westwood J.O. (Ed.). Arcana entomologica; or

illustrations of new, rare, and interesting insects. Vol.

II. W. Smith, London, 17-19.

Whittaker R.J. & Fernandez-Palacios J.M., 2006. Island

Biogeography. Ecology, Evolution, and Conserva-

tion. Oxford University Press, Oxford-New York-

Tokio, 416 pp., 2nd edition.

Wickwar O.S., 1908. Hymenoptera new to Ceylon, with

description of new species. Spolia Zeylanica, 5: 1 15—

125.

Weiskittle J.E., 2004. Public-use internship with Pea

Island National Wildlife Refuge Outer Banks, North

Carolina. Internship report, Miami University,

Oxford (Ohio), 106 pp.

Williams F.X., 1919. Philippine Wasp Studies. II. De-

scription of new species and life history studies. Bul-

letin Reports of Work of the Experiment Station of

the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, Entomo-

logical series, 14: 19-186.

Williams F.X., 1926. Expedition of the California

Academy of Sciences to the Galapagos Islands,

1905-1906. XVIII. The bees and aculeate wasps of

the Galapagos Islands. Proceedings of the California

Academy of Sciences, 2 (18): 347-357.

Williams F.X., 1945. The aculeate wasps of New Cale-

donia, with natural history notes. Proceedings of the

Hawaiian Entomological Society, 12: 407-451.

Williams F.X., 1947. Aculeate wasps of Fiji. Occasional

papers of Bernice P. Bishop Museum, 18 (21): 317—

336.

Williams K.A. & Pitts J.P., 2007. New species of the pre-

dominately temperate velvet ant genera Lomcichaeta

Manley and Sphaeropthalma Blake from Central and

northern South America (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae).

Transactions of the American Entomological Society,

133 (3): 297-326.

Williams K.A. & Pitts J.P., 2009. Eight new species of

Lomcichaeta Mickel and the synonymy of Smicromu-

tilla Mickel (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Journal of

Hymenoptera Research, 18: 227-243.

Williams K.A. & Pitts J.P., 2013. Carribean and Mexican

additions to the Dasymutilla bioculata species-group

(Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Annals of the Entomolo-

gical Society of America, 106: 429-436.

Williams K.A., Brothers D.J. & Pitts J.P., 2011. New

species of Tobantilla Casal, 1965 and a new genus

and species, Gogoltilla chichikovi gen. et sp. nov.,

from Argentina (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae). Zootaxa,

3064: 41-68.

Williams K.A., Manley D.G., Deyrup M., Dohlen C. von

& Pitts J.P., 2012. Systematic review of the Dasymu-

tilla monticola species-group (Hymenoptera: Mutil-

lidae): using phylogenetics to address species-group

placement and sex associations. Zootaxa, 3224: 1-

24.

Wilson J.S. & Pitts J.P., 2009. Species boundaries of

Sphaeropthalma unicolor (Hymenoptera: Mutill-

idae): is color useful for differentiating species?

Journal of Hymenoptera Research, 18: 212-226.

Yamane S., 1983. The aculeate fauna of the Krakatau

Islands (Insecta, Hymenoptera). Reports of the

Faculty of Sciences, Kagoshima University (Earth

Sciences & Biology), 16: 75-107.

Yamane S., Abe T. & Yukawa J., 1992. Recolonization

of Krakataus by Hymenoptera and Isoptera (Insecta).

GeoJoumal, 28: 213-218.

Yamane S., Ikudome S. & Terayama M., 1999. Identific-

ation Guide to the Aculeata of the Nansei Islands,

Japan. Hokkaido University Press, Sapporo, i-xii+

831 pp.

Yarrow I.H.H., 1954. The Irish form of Myrmosa atra

Panz. (Hym., Tiphiidae). Journal of the Society for

British Entomology, 5: 43.

Yasumatsu K., 1931. Description of a new species of

Myrmosa from Japan (Hymenoptera, Myrmosidae).

Sapporo Hakubutsu Gakkai kaiho [Transactions of

the Sapporo Natural History Society], 11: 221-226.

Yasumatsu K., 1934. Les Hymenopteres de File Yak-

ushima. Mushi, 7: 61-67.

Yasumatsu K., 1936. Hymenoptera of the Bonin Islands.

Transactions of the Natural History Society of

Formosa, 26: 356-363.

Yasumatsu K., 1937. Hymenoptera of Tsushima (First

report). Fukuoka Hakabutsugaku Zasshi [Journal of

Fukuoka Natural History Society], 2: 59-74.

Yasumatsu K., 1950. Vespoidea of Micronesia. 3. Pacific

Science, 4: 116-117.

Yeo P.F. & Corbet S.A., 1995. Solitary wasps. Natur-

alists’ Handbooks Vol. 3. Richmond Publ. Co.,

Slough, 70 pp., 2nd edition.

Yildirim E. & Lelej A.S., 2012. The distribution and bio-

geography of Mutillidae (Hymenoptera: Aculeata) in

Turkey. Entomofauna, 33: 289-304.

Yoshida M., 1989. Mutillidae. In: Hirashima Y., (Ed.). A

checklist of Japanese Insects. Isseido, Fukuoka, 650-

651. (in Japanese)

Zavattari E., 1909. Descrizione di una nuova specie di

mutilla dell’isola Riunione. Bollettino dei Musei di

Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della Reale Uni-

versity di Torino, 25 (613): 1-2.

592

Pietro Lo Cascio

Zavattari E., 1910a. Catalogo delle mutille del Museo

zoologico di Napoli, con osservazioni critiche e

sinonimiche e descrizione di nuove specie. Annuario

del Museo zoologico della Reale Universita di

Napoli, (n.s.) 3 (9): 1-16.

Zavattari E., 1910b. Imenotteri dell’Isola d’Elba. Bollet-

tino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata

della Reale Universita di Torino, 25 (628): 1-5.

Zavattari E., 1912. Escursioni zoologiche in Sardegna del

Dr. Enrico Festa. I. Imenotteri. Bollettino dei Musei

di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della Reale Uni-

versita di Torino, 27 (661): 1-4.

Zavattari E., 1913a. H. Sauter’s Formosa- Ausbeute. Mu-

tillidae (Hym.). Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, 79A: 19-

42.

Zavattari E., 1913b. Mutille austro-malesi. Bollettino

della Societa entomologica italiana, 45: 61-114.

Zimmennann E.C., 1942. Distribution and origin of some

eastern oceanic insects. American Naturalist, 76:

280-307.

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 593-596

Three new records of freshwater fishes (Cypriniformes

Cyprinidae, Atheriniformes Phallostethidae and Perciformes

Osphronemidae) from Thailand

Siriwan Suksri 1 , Sitthi Kulabtong 2 ', Somprasong Witta/anupakorn 3 , Chirachai Nonpa/om 4 & Somsak

Thonghul 5

'Reference Collection Room, Inland Fisheries Resources Research and Development Institute, Department of Fisheries, Thailand

10900; email: Siriwan.suksri@gmail.com

2 Save wildlife volunteer Thailand, Wangnoi District, Ayuttaya Province 13170, Thailand; email: kulabtong201 l@hotmail.com

3 184, Suan Khan, Chang Klang District, Nakhon Si Thammarat, Thailand, 80250; email: nongbeerbio@hotmail.com

4 534/26 Soi Phaholyothin 58 Phaholyothin Rd. Sai Mai, Bangkok, Thailand; email: sornl33@hotmail.com

5 Nakhonsawan Inland Fisheries Research and Development Center, Nakhonsawan Province, Thailand; email: somsakthonghul@

yahoo.com

"■Corresponding author

ABSTRACT A priapium fish, Neostethus lankesteri Regan, 1916 (Atheriniformes Phallostethidae) is newly

recorded from the estuary of Maeklong Basin and estuary of Chao Phraya Basin, Central

Thailand; the mouthbrooder betta, Betta prima Kottelat, 1994 (Perciformes Osphronemidae)

is newly recorded from the small stream in Chonburi Province, East Thailand, and Rasbora

daniconius (Hamilton, 1 822) is a new record for Tenasserim Basin, west Thailand. Description

and distribution data of the three freshwater fish are provided here.

KEY WORDS Neostethus lankesteri; Betta prima; Rasbora daniconius; Phallostethidae; Osphronemidae.

Received 01.05.2015; accepted 29.05.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

The mouthbrooder betta, Betta prima Kottelat,

1994 is distributed in Southeast Basin, Thailand and

some areas of Mekong basin in Thailand, Cambodia

and Laos. First record of B. prima in Thailand was

reported by Kottelat (1994) in Creek on the road to

Nam Tok Phliu, after leaving Chantaburi-Trat

highway in Chantaburi Province. Currently, in

Thailand, B. prima was reported in Southeast Basin

(Rayong Province; Chantaburi Province; Trat

Province) (Sontirat et al., 2006).

The priapium fish genus Neostethus Regan,

1916 is distributed in Southeast Asia only (Myers,

1928; Parenti, 1984). First record of Neostethus in

Thailand was reported by Myers (1937: sub N. sia-

mensis), where Siam refers to the old name of Thai-

land, from the estuary of Chantaburi River,

Southeast Basin, Thailand, this species was con-

sidered a junior synonym of N. lankesteri Regan,

1916 (Parenti, 1989). Currently, in Thailand, N.

lankesteri Regan, 1916 is known only from estuary

of Chantaburi River, Southeast Basin and estuary of

Petburi Basin, Thailand (Kunlapapuk et al., 2012).

The cyprinid fish, Rasbora daniconius (Hamilton,

1822) is distributed from India to Indochina. In

Thailand, R. daniconius is known only from

Chaophaya Basin, Mekong Basin, Salween Basin

and Suratthani Province, South Thailand.

In a survey project involving second author

(K.S.) in Maeklong and Chao Phraya Basin, Central

594

SlRIWAN SUKSRI ET ALII

Thailand during February- August 2013, the author

found several specimens of N. lankesteri in the

estuary of Maeklong Basin, Meuang District, Samut

Songkhram Province and estuary of Chao Phraya

Basin, Meuang District, Samut Prakan Province,

Central Thailand, which is a new record of N.

lankesteri in this region.

Moreover, during a survey project, carried out

from October 2013 on Chon Buri Province, East

Thailand, involving the second author (K.S.), it was

found two specimens of B. prima in a small hill

stream of Khao Krew mountain, Srisacha District,

Chon Buri Province. These specimens are new re-

cord of B. prima in Chon Buri Province. Currently,

the specimens of N. lankesteri and B. prima are

deposited into the reference collection room, Inland

Fisheries Resources Research and Development

Institute, Department of Fisheries, Thailand (NIFI),

and the authors re-examined all specimens of the

cyprinid fishes R. daniconius stored in NIFI. The

authors found that the specimens of R. daniconius

from Tenasserim Basin, west Thailand is a new re-

cord for the region.

ACRONYMS AND ABBRE VATION S . Stand-

ard length: SL; head length: HL; Inland Fisheries

Resources Research and Development Institute,

Department of Fisheries, Thailand: NIFI.

RESULTS

SYSTEMATICS

Order ATHERINIFORMES Rosen, 1966

Family PHALLOSTETHIDAE Regan, 1913

Neostethus lankesteri Regan, 1916

Examined material. NIFI 04975, 25 speci-

mens, estuary of Maeklong Basin, Meuang District,

Samut Songkhram Province, Central Thailand, II-

IX. 2013, legit Sitthi Kulabtong (Fig. 1); NIFI

04976, 7 specimens, estuary of Chao Phraya Basin,

Meuang District, Samut Prakan Province, Central

Thailand, II-X.2013, legit Sitthi Kulabtong.

Description. Neostethus lankesteri is compress,

body depth is 26.6-29.3 %SL. Body width is 8.6-

11.2 %SL. Scales in lateral series are medium to

large, lateral series scales include 24-27 scales, pre-

dorsal scales are 10-12. Head length is 26.8-31.1

%SL. The eyes is large, eye diameter is 35.7-37.9

%HL (8.6-11.1 %SL). Post orbital length is 43.8-

46.4 %HL (10.1-14.6 %SL), snout length is short,

with 17.9-20.1 %HL (5.0-7. 1 %SL) and interor-

bital width is 46.9-50.4 %HL (10.9-11.8 %SL).

Dorsal fin origin is anterior anal fin origin, pre-

dorsal fin length is 57.7-62.8 %SL, prepectoral fin

length is 30.6-32.2 %SL, prepelvic fin length is

46.5-5 1 . 1 %SL and preanal fin length is 64. 1-66.9

%SL. Caudal peduncle depth is 10.0-10.9 %SL.

Pectoral fin is short not reaching beyond anus, the

pectoral fin length is 14.3-16.2 %SL and 8-9

branched fin rays. Pelvic fin is short not reaching

beyond anus, the pelvic fin length is 8. 0-9. 2 %SL

with 7 branched rays. Anal fin base is longer than

dorsal fin base, the anal fin base length is 10.6-13.4

%SL, dorsal fin with 2 unbranched rays and 7

branched rays and anal fin with 3 unbranched rays

and 5 branched rays. The dorsal fin base length is

8. 3-9. 5 %SL.

Biology and Distribution. In this study all

specimens of N. lankesteri were found in mangrove

and estuary (salinity more than 20 ppt; depth about

1 m or more, mud on the bottom). In Thailand, this

species is known only from estuary of Chantaburi

River, Southeast Basin and estuary of Petburi Basin,

Thailand. It is a new record for estuary of Maeklong

and Chao Phraya Basin, Central Thailand.

Order PERCIFORMES Bleeker, 1859

Family OSPHRONEMIDAE Bleeker, 1859

Betta prima Kottelat, 1994

Examined material. NIFI 04977, 2 specimens,

small hill stream of Khao Krew mountain, Srisacha

District, Chon Buri Province, East Thailand, X.

2013, legit Sitthi Kulabtong (Fig. 2).

Description. Betta prima is compress, body

depth is 35.6-36.3 %SL. Body width is 8.7-12.1

%SL. Scales in lateral series are medium to large,

lateral series scales are 26-28, predorsal scales are

21-22. Head length is 31.8-32.1 %SL. The eyes are

large, eye diameter is 30.7-31.9 %HL (9.5-10.3

%SL). Post orbital length is 50.1-52.4 %HL (16.2-

16.6 %SL), snout length is short, with 19.2-19.4

%HL (6.2-7. 1 %SL). Dorsal fin origin is anterior

anal fin origin, predorsal fin length is 67.5-67.8

Three new records of freshwater fishes from Thailand

595

Figures 1. Neostethus lankesteri, 22 mm SL (male) from Maeklong Basin, Central Thailand. Figures 2. Betta prima, 32

mm SL from Khao Krew mountain, Chon Buri Province, East Thailand. Figures 3. Rasbora daniconius, 52 mm SL from

Tenasserim Basin, West Thailand.

596

SlRIWAN SUKSRI ET ALII

%SL, prepectoral fin length is 32.6-33.7 %SL, pre-

pelvic fin length is 40.5-42.4 %SL and preanal fin

length is 53.7-54.6 %SL. Caudal peduncle depth

is 18.0 - 19.1 %SL. Pectoral fin is long reaching

beyond anus, the pectoral fin length is 23.3-24.7

%SL. Pelvic fm is long reaching beyond anus, the

pelvic fin length is 35.2-35.7 %SL. Anal fin base

is longer than dorsal fm base, the anal fin base

length is 44.7-45.6 %SL and dorsal fin base length

is 12.3-12.5 %SL.

Biology and Distribution. Betta prima were

found at a small hill stream in the Khao Krew

mountain. The stream is transparent, running

slowly, average depth about less than 50 cm, stream

ground is made of rough sand. In Thailand, this

species is known from Southeast Basin in Rayong

Province, Chantaburi Province and Trat Province.

It is a new record for Khao Krew mountain, Chon

Buri Province, East Thailand.

Order CYPRINIFORMES Bleeker, 1859

Family CYPRINIDAE Cuvier, 1817

Rasbora daniconius (Hamilton, 1822)

Examined material. NIFI 03044, 2 specimens,

Tenasserim Basin, Thailand, no collecting date,

legit Dr. Chavalit Vidthayanon (Fig. 3).

Description. Rasbora daniconius is compress,

body depth is 24.6-29.1 %SF. Body width is 7.6-

10.4 %SF. Scales in lateral series are medium to

large, lateral series scales are 24-27, predorsal

scales are 28-33. Head length is 25.4 - 29.3 %SF.

Snout length is 28.4-32.1 %HF and interorbital

width is 45.7-51.1 % HE. Dorsal fin origin is

posterior anal fin origin, predorsal fin length is

56.7-58.2 %SF, prepectoral fm length is 26.5-26.8

%SF, prepelvic fm length is 52.5-52.7 %SF and

preanal fin length is 77.3-78.9 %SF. Caudal ped-

uncle depth is 10.2-13.3 %SF. Pectoral fm is short

not reaching beyond anus, the pectoral fin length is

14.2-16.5 %SF. Pelvic fin is short not reaching

beyond anus, the pelvic fm length is 16.1-16.4

%SF. Anal fm base is shorter than dorsal fm base,

the anal fm base length is 9.5-10.1 %SF and dorsal

fm base length is 16.3-17.1 %SF.

Biology and Distribution. In Thailand, this

species is known only from Mekong Basin, Chao

Phraya Basin, Salween Basin and Peninsular Thai-

land. It is a new record for Tenasserim Basin, west

Thailand.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

We wish to thank the anonymous reviewers for their

invaluable editorial advice. Avery special thank to

Dr. Chavalit Vidthayanon for collecting some

specimens employed in this study, and to the Save

wildlife volunteer Thailand Team for providing help

during the field survey. Finally we are grateful to

all partners for their support.

REFERENCES

Kottelat M., 1994. Diagnoses of two new species of

fighting fishes from Thailand and Cambodia (Tele-

ostei: Belontiidae). Ichthyological Exploration of

Freshwaters, 5: 297-304.

Kunlapapuk S., Kulabtong S. & Nonpayom C., 2012.

Two new records of freshwater fishes (Cyprini-

fonnes, Balitoridae and Atheriniformes, Phallostethi-

dae) from Thailand. Biodiversity Journal, 3: 119-122.

Myers G.S., 1928. The systematic position of the

phallostethid fishes, with diagnosis of a new genus

from Siam. American Museum Novitates, 295: 1-12.

Myers G.S., 1937. Notes on phallostethid fishes. Pro-

ceedings of the United States National Museum, 84:

137-143.

Parenti L.R., 1984. On the relationships of phallostethid

fishes (Atherinomorpha), with notes on the anatomy

of Phallostethus dunckeri Regan, 1913. American

Museum Novitates, 2779: 1-12.

Parenti L.R., 1989. A phylogenetic revision of the phal-

lostethid fishes (Atherinomorpha, Phallostethidae).

Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences,

46: 243-277.

Sontirat S., Tunchareon S. & Soothornkit Y., 2006. Fish

species diversity in the areas of national parks and

wildlife sanctuaries in the five eastern provinces of

Thailand. The 44th proceeding of the Kasetsart

University conference, pp. 60-67.

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 597-632

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in

Burkina Faso

Napoko Malika Kangoye 1 *, Adama Oueda 1 , Laurent Granjon 2 , AdjimaThiombiano 3 , Wendengoudi Guenda 1

& Jakob Fahr 4

'Laboratoirc de Biologie et Ecologie Animates, UFR/SVT, Universite de Ouagadougou, 03 BP 7021 Ouagadougou 03, Burkina Faso

2 IRD, UMR CBGP (INRA/IRD/CIRAD/Montpellier SupAgro), 755 avenue du campus Agropolis, CS30016 34988 Montferrier

sur lez Cedex, France

3 Faboratoire de Biologie et Ecologie Vegetates, UFR/SVT, Universite de Ouagadougou, 03 BP 7021 Ouagadougou 03, Burkina Faso

4 Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology, Germany

"■Corresponding author, e-mail: kangoyemalika@yahoo.fr

ABSTRACT Herein we review available information on the bat fauna of Burkina Faso, synthesizing data

on a considerable number of museum specimens collected in the country between 1964 and

2010. We aim to give an exhaustive review of the locally occurring taxa and their distribution

overlaid on different phytogeographic areas. To achieve this objectives, available information

about bats in Burkina Faso were gathered to a database from scientific publications and

museums from 1964 to 1993. This database was complemented by new field collections from

2002 to 2009. In total, 3,480 bat specimens, collected over a period of 46 years from 164

localities and belonging to 5 1 species, were examined. The different taxa are distributed into

24 genera and nine families. The fauna includes the following families: Pteropodidae (seven

species), Hipposideridae (seven species), Emballonuridae (three species), Nycteridae (five

species) and Molossidae (six species) and occur in all phytogeographical zones in Burkina

Faso. However, Rhinolophidae (three species) were absent in the North-Sahelian zone but

occur in the other parts of the country. Similarly, Vespertilionidae ( 1 7 species) were absent in

the South-Sahelian. Rhinopomatidae (two species) were only present in the extreme north

and the extreme south of the country, while the Megadermatidae (one species) were present

only in the Sudanian zone.

KEY WORDS Bat; Burkina Faso; distribution; species richness; West Africa.

Received 05.05.2015; accepted 11.06.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

Significant collections of bats from Burkina

Faso are preserved in several museums. The most

important one is found in the National Museum of

Natural History at Washington D.C. (USNM) and

comprises more than 1,100 specimens. They come

from a project on mammal collection, the Smithso-

nian Institution African Mammal Project conducted

between 1961 and 1972 in 20 countries of North,

West and South Africa (Schmidt et al., 2008).

The first publication referring to bats from Burk-

ina Faso was made by Koclc (1969), who mentioned

three species from Nouna. The second one was

produced by Poche (1975) who mentioned six

species, including five new ones for Burkina Faso,

among USNM specimens collected by the Smithso-

nian Institution African Mammal Project. A year

later, another species from Bobo-Dioulasso was

quoted by Adam & Hubert (1976). The first study

which dealt specifically with bats of Burkina Faso

was conducted by Koopman et al. (1978). They

598

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

listed a total of 27 species including 1 8 new ones

for the country. Then, Green (1983) collected nine

species in Burkina Faso including one new for the

country. Between 1980 and 1981, another major

study of bats from Burkina Faso was conducted by

Koch-Weser (1984). She published 24 species

including six first records for Burkina Faso. Two

species deposited at USNM in 1965 and 1968 were

published in 2006 by African Chiroptera Project

(2006). By 1984, 36 species of bats had already

been identified in Burkina Faso. Since the late

1980s, no first record has been reported from Burk-

ina Faso. Meanwhile, many other species have been

reported in neighboring countries (Kock et al.,

2002; Djossa, 2007; Weber & Fahr, 2007; Fahr,

2008). Also, the principal study for West African

bats species made by Rosevear (1965) mentioned a

lot a species present in West Africa and not yet

encountered in Burkina Faso. In addition, it is now

well established that only intense and long term

sampling can lead to accurate estimations of species

richness and abundance (Kalko et al., 1996;

Simmons & Voss, 1998; Bergallo et al., 2003; Sam-

paio et al., 2003), which in turn represent important

indices in biodiversity conservation planning (Lim

& Engstrom, 200 1 ; Andelman & Willig, 2002).

Therefore, our study will be based on this work

and will consist initially in gathering all existing

information on bats of Burkina Faso, conducting

field trips for capturing and identifying the various

species, multiplying opportunities of capturing new

species for the country and particularly, in establish-

ing the geographical coordinates of areas in which

species are captured or observed. It will thus in-

crease for sure the number of species of bats present

in Burkina Faso and especially a significant in-

crease of geographical coordinates of species

because the results achieved will be used later for

modeling the distribution of bats in the country.

This modeling will help to have an idea of the

variation in the richness of species across the entire

national territory and therefore, to identify areas

with high potential, that is to say, areas that contain

a great variety of bats. Since it is from the modeling

results that measures will be taken for the conser-

vation of bats in Burkina Faso, it was necessary to

identity the various areas to prospect for a wide cov-

erage, to put a particular emphasis on areas that can

potentially contain a large number of species and

manage to identify different sites in these areas

where sampling will be made. And for that, we

formulated the following assumptions.

Weather determines the richness of species

(Hawkins et al., 2003). Indeed, according to Tews

et al. (2004), the majority of studies shows that

there is a positive correlation between habitat het-

erogeneity and diversity of species (August, 1983).

From the North to South of Burkina Faso, there is

an increase in rainfall and hence an improvement

of vegetation with the savanna which gets gradually

grassy and shrubby, tending towards a woodland in

the far Southwest. The North of the country which

is less watered and thus covered by sparse vegeta-

tion will be therefore less rich in species than the

south which is well watered and with more de-

veloped vegetation. Climate is not the only factor

influencing species richness and may not explain

the diversity pattern for all taxonomic groups

(Hawkins et al., 2003). Indeed, availability, abund-

ance and distribution of food resources are also

significant factors that affect the organization and

dynamism of bats (Kalko et al., 1996; Kalko, 1997,

1998). Since there is an increase in biomass in Burk-

ina Faso from north to south, we can conclude that

diversity is higher in the South thanks to the in-

crease of this biomass that will allow each species

to find the resources needed for their food.

As observed by some authors (Bernard, 2001;

Lim & Engstrom, 2001; Kalko & Handley, 2001;

Sampaio et al., 2003), there is a positive correlation

between complexity of habitat and diversity of bats,

complexity of habitat being the vertical develop-

ment of vegetation (August, 1983). In addition,

complex habitats can provide more nests and allow

the exploitation of environmental resources in

various ways and thus increase species diversity

(Bazzaz, 1975). And as the South of the country has

a set of specific habitats such as the various protec-

ted forests, gallery forests and the numerous rock

formations such as the cliffs of Banfora, peaks of

Sindou and the range of Gobnangou that increase

the complexity of the environment, we believe that

this area can contain bats in abundance. Indeed,

these rock formations provide additional shelters to

bats through the various cracks and caves they have.

As already shown by Fahr & Kalko (2010), the

diversity of bats increases with environmental

heterogeneity and habitat complexity. Added to

availability of food resources, the South may poten-

tially contain a great diversity of bats. In addition,

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

599

all existing information on bats in Burkina Faso

from publications and museums indicate that many

areas had not yet been visited or had been poorly

studied especially in the Southwest. That’s why we

naturally put a particular focus on this part of the

country to fill the sampling gaps. For this, the latest

publication referring to bats from Burkina Faso was

made by Kangoye et al. (2012). She captured 45

species among which 15 species including 2 frugi-

vorous and 13 insectivorous were recorded for the

first time in Burkina Faso. These new species

recorded increased the bats diversity of Burkina

Faso from 36 to 51.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Study area

Burkina Faso is a Sahelian country with a total

area of 274,200 km 2 and landlocked in the heart of

West Africa. It occurs between 9°20'-15°3' N and,

2°20'E-5°3' W. It is bounded by Niger, Mali,

Ghana, Ivory Coast, Benin and Togo. The majority

(about 75%) of the country occurs on crystalline

Precambrian basement rock, which gives a gener-

ally flat terrain (Ministere de l’Environnement et

de l’Eau, 1999). The hydrographic network is

relatively dense despite the precarious weather

conditions (Dipama, 2010). Burkina Faso is char-

acterized by a tropical climate, precisely a Sudano-

Sahelian one, generally alternating two seasons: a

long dry season from October to April and a short

rainy season from May to September. The larger

portion of the countiy lies in the Sudanian climatic

zone, including central and southern parts. The

northern area is under the influence of Sahelian

climate (Ministere de l’Environnement et de l’Eau,

1999).

According to Guinko (1984) and Fontes &

Guinko (1995), we distinguish two major phytogeo-

graphic areas on the basis of climate, vegetation and

fauna: the Sahelian and the Sudanian areas, each

divided into two sectors (north and south) (Fig. 1).

-8

-6

-2

Recent sampled sites

Previous sampled sites

Vegetation zones

I I North Sahelian

I I South Sahelian

□□ North Sudanian

I I South Sudanian

Country

— 1 Burkina Faso

Figure 1. Previous and recent sampling sites of bats in Burkina Faso in relation to vegetation zones.

600

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Sahelian phytogeographical vegetation area in-

cludes tree and shrub steppes, grassy steppes, tiger

bush and riparian formations (Ganaba, 2008).

North-Sahelian area lies north of the fourteenth par-

allel and is characterized by a set of species typical

of the Sahara and Sahel that rarely occur further to

the south in the country. South- Sahelian zone ex-

tends between the thirteenth and fourteenth parallel.

This is the area where interfere many Sudanian ubi-

quitous species, but the general appearance of ve-

getation, low enough, is dominated by the Sahelian

and Saharan elements. The Sudanian phytogeo-

graphic area is located south of the thirteenth

parallel.

The vegetation is characterized by a set of savan-

nas (from woodland to grassland). North- Sudanian

area is located between the thirteenth and twelfth

parallel (13° and 11° 30'). Savannas have the look of

rustic landscapes. South-Sudanian sector is the area

below the parallel 11° 30'. The vegetation is dense.

Savannah is generally higher and better covering.

Data collection

The first phase of this work consisted in gather-

ing all publications made on the bats of Burkina

Faso. At this level, information about all species as

well as areas where the species were found, espe-

cially geographic coordinates have been collected

and integrated to a data base. Secondly, data from

museums hold specimens from Burkina Faso were

used to complete our data base. Specimens from

Burkina Faso are conserved in museums including:

American Museum of Natural History, New York

(AMNH); Natural History Museum, London

(BMNH); Museum d’Histoire naturelle Geneve

(MHNG); Museum national d’Histoire naturelle,

Paris (MNHN); Musee Royal de l’Afrique Centrale,

Tervuren (MRAC); Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto

(ROM), Senckenberg Museum, Frankfurt/M.

(SMF), and National Museum of Natural History,

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC (USNM).

Most collections have been personally reviewed by

Dr. Jakob Fahr (BMNH, MHNG, MNHN, and

USNM). Sampling sites and coordinates are presen-

ted in Table 1 .

Recently, new data were collected by Laurent

Granjon and his colleagues either during field trips

mainly devoted to rodent sampling (from 2002 to

2005), or within the framework of the FSP (Fonds

de Solidarity Prioritaire) project N° 2002-87 “Ges-

tion durable des ressources sylvo-pastorales et pro-

duction fourragere dans l’Ouest du Burkina-Faso”

(from 2006 to 2008) These specimens are housed

at the University of Braunschweig in Germany and

IRD Bamako. Sampling sites, coordinates, dates of

capture, number of nets used and capture effort

made are presented in Table 2. Finally, the most

recent data were collected by the BIOTA project

(Biodiversity Monitoring Transect Analysis in

Africa) from 2008 to 2009. This last data, that

represents the main contribution to this paper,

permitted to fill sampling gaps and leaded to the

description of some species new for Burkina Faso

(Kangoye et al., 2012). The corresponding speci-

mens are housed in the University of Ouagadougou,

Burkina Faso. Sampling sites, coordinates, dates of

capture, number of nets used and capture effort

made are presented in Table 3. All collection local-

ities are mapped in figure 1 .

During BIOTA collect, we captured bats with

Japanese nylon or polyester nets of Vohwinkel mark

(length: 6 m or 12 m, height: 2.80 m, 5 floors, mesh:

16 mm, denier 70/2) black. A Garmin GPS 12 was

used to take the coordinates of the sites visited. The

nets have been installed and open, either all night

from 6 pm to 6 am, 6 pm to 12 pm and from 4 am

to 6 am, or part of the night from 6 pm to 12 pm

depending on the movement of bats. The nets were

visited regularly to remove the bats captured ac-

cording to the intensity of capture. Each captured

bat was placed individually in a capture cotton bag.

Each bat was then weighed with a Pesola weighing

machine with an accuracy of 0.25 g, lg or 2 g de-

pending on the size of the specimen. The forearm

of the bat was measured with a Mahr caliper 1 6U

with an accuracy of 0. 1 mm.

The following parameters were recorded: sex,

age (juvenile, sub-adult, young-adult or adult) ac-

cording to Antony (1988), the reproductive status

(testicles in the abdomen or testicles in the scrotum

for males; nulliparous, pregnant, lactating or post-

lactating for females) according to Racey (1988).

Bats were therefore identified using the keys of

Rosevear (1965), Hayman & Hill (1971) and the

compilation of Bergmans (2002). Once identified,

bats were released on site.

Species which were difficult to identify and

other specimens were conserved in alcohol 70% to

verify identification, to confirm their presence in

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

601

Locality

Latidude

Longitude

Publications

Aribinda

14.200

-0.867

Koch-Weser, 1984

Arli River

11.517

1.467

Green, 1983

Arli-NP

11.550

1.450

Koopman et ak, 1978; Green, 1983

Arly

11.583

1.467

Poche, 1975; Green, 1983; Bergmans, 1988;Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1993

Bal-y-ata

14.283

-0.100

Koch-Weser, 1984

Banfora

10.633

-4.767

Bergmans, 1988

Barga

13.783

-2.267

Poche, 1975; Koopman et ah, 1978

Barga (9 km NE)

13.833

-2.200

Koopman et al, 1978; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1998

Bigou River

11.500

0.583

BMNH

Bobo Dioulasso

11.200

-4.300

Koch-Weser, 1984; Bergmans, 1988

Bokouongou River

11.500

1.550

Green, 1983

Bontioli (Bougouriba River)

10.883

-3.067

Hill & Harrison, 1987

Boro mo

11.750

-2.933

Koopman et al., 1978; Koch-Weser, 1984

Bossey-Dogabe

14.533

-0.300

Koch-Weser, 1984

Bourzanga

13.683

-1.550

Koch-Weser, 1984; Kock et al., 2001

Boussouma (5 km N)

12.967

-1.083

Koopman et al., 1978; Bergmans, 1988

Celia (1 km N)

11.617

-0.367

Koopman et ak, 1978; Bergmans, 1989

Comoe River

9.950

-4.633

Hill & Harrison, 1987

Dedougou

12.467

-3.467

Koch-Weser, 1984

Deux Bales (Black Volta River)

11.667

-3.000

BMNH

Diebougou

10.967

-3.250

Koch-Weser, 1984; Kock et ak, 2001

Dinderesso

11.217

-4.433

Hervy & Legros, 1981c

Dio

13.333

-2.633

Koopman et ak, 1978; Sakamoto et ak, 1979; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1998

Diomga

14.067

-0.050

Koch-Weser, 1984; Kock et ak, 2001

Djibo

14.100

-1.617

Koch-Weser, 1984; Aulagnier et ak, 1987

Djipologo

10.933

-3.117

Koopman et ak, 1978; Robbins et ak, 1985; Bergmans,1988; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree,

1993; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1998

Dori

14.033

-0.033

Koch-Weser, 1984; Aulagnier et ak, 1987

Fada N'Gourma

12.067

0.350

Robbins et ak, 1985

Fo

11.883

-4.517

Poche, 1975; Koopman et ak, 1978; Bergmans, 1988; Bergmans, 1989; Bergmans, 1991;

Koch-Weser, 1984

Foret de Lera

10.600

-5.317

Hervy & Legros, 1981c

Founzan

11.450

-3.233

Koopman et ak, 1978; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1985; Bergmans,! 988; Van

Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1993; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree,1998

Gandefabou

14.767

-0.700

Koch-Weser, 1984

Goden

12.200

-2.300

Poche, 1975; Koopman et ak, 1978; Robbins et ak, 1985; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree,

1985; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1993

Gorgadji (17 km E)

14.033

-0.367

Koopman et ak, 1978

Gorom-Gorom

14.433

-0.233

Koch-Weser, 1984

Karliguela (near Banfora)

Kaya

10.689

13.083

-4.809

-1.083

SMF

Koumbia (Bobo Dioulasso)

1 1.233

-3.700

Adam & Hubert, 1976 [as from "Bobo-Dioulasso"]

Koutoura

10.350

-4.833

Koch-Weser, 1984; Bergmans, 1991

Koutoura (5 km SW)

10.317

-4.867

Koopman et ak, 1978; Bergmans, 1988; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree,1993;Van

Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1998

Markoye

14.650

0.033

Koopman et ak, 1978

Menegou

14.367

-0.283

Koch-Weser, 1984

Natiaboani

1 1.700

0.500

Koopman et ak, 1978; Sakamoto et ak, 1979; Robbins et ak, 1985; Van Cakenberghe & De

Vree, 1985; Bergmans, 1988; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1985;Van Cakenberghe & De

Vree, 1998; Csorba et ak, 2003

Nayoure (3 km SE)

12.250

0.267

Koopman et ak, 1978, Sakamoto et ak, 1979; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1985; Csorba et

ak, 2003

Nazinga [Foret Classee de Nazinga]

1 1.167

-1.417

Bergmans, 1988

Nobere (1 km S)

11.533

-1,200

Koopman et ak, 1978; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1993; Csorba et ak, 2003

Nobere ( 1 1 km S)

11.450

-1.200

Koopman etak, 1978

Nobere (12 km S)

11.433

-1.200

Koopman et ak, 1978

Nobere (2 km S)

11.533

-1.200

Koopman et ak, 1978

Nobere (9 mi S)

11.417

-1.200

Koopman et ak, 1978; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1985

Nouna)

12.733

-3.867

Kock, 1969; Koch-Weser, 1984; Kock et ak, 2001

Orodara

10.983

-4.917

Koopman etak, 1978; Koch-Weser, 1984

Table 1/1. Gazetteer of previously records: data from publications and museums from 1964 to 1993 (continued).

602

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Locality

Latidude

Longitude

Publications

Orodara (27 km ENE)

11.100

-4.683

Koopman et al., 1978; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1985; Bergmans, 1989; Bergmans,

1997; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1993; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1998; Csorba et

at, 2003

Ouagadougou

12.367

-1.517

Koopman et at, 1978, Koch-Weser 1984, Robbins et at, 1985, Bergmans 1988; Volleth,

1989; Volleth & Heller, 1994 ;Kock et at, 2001

Ougarou

12.150

0.933

Koopman et at, 1978; Robbins et at, 1985; Bergmans, 1988

Koopman et at, 1978; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1993; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree,

Oulo

11.900

-2.983

1998

Oursi

14.683

-0.450

Koch-Weser, 1984; Aulagnier et at, 1987

Petoye

14.583

-0.367

Koopman et at, 1978; Koch-Weser, 1984; Robbins et at, 1985

Piyiri (7 km N) [= Pigahiri]

11.317

-1.133

Koopman et at, 1978

Po-NP (Red Volta River)

11.333

-1.167

Koopman et at, 1978

Saba

14.717

-0.767

Koch-Weser, 1984; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1994

Saouga

14.367

-0.150

Koch-Weser, 1984

Seguenega (6 km SE)

13.417

-1.933

Koopman et at, 1978

Koopman et at, 1978; Koch-Weser, 1984; Bergmans, 1988; Bergmans, 1989; Bergmans,

Sideradougou

10.667

-4.250

1991; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1993

Sintao

13.717

-1.600

Koch-Weser, 1984

Soumousso

11.017

-4.050

Hervy & Legros, 1981a; 1981b

Takaboungou

14.650

0.150

Koch-Weser, 1984

Tambao

14.800

0.083

Koch-Weser, 1984; Van Cakenberghe & De, Vree 1994

Tassamakat

14.350

-0.417

Koch-Weser, 1984

Tatarko

13.467

-0.317

Koopman et at, 1978; Koch-Weser, 1984; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1998

Tazawat (Oursi) [= Tasamakat?]

14.350

-0.417

MNHN

Terhar

14.683

-0.867

Koch-Weser, 1984

Tin-A-kof

14.967

-0.167

Koch-Weser, 1984

Tin-Ediar

14.667

-0.567

Koch-Weser, 1984

Toni

12.650

-3.983

Koch-Weser, 1984

Tounte

14.650

-0.900

Koch-Weser, 1984

Voko

11.633

-1.267

Bergmans, 1991

Table 1/2. Gazetteer of previously records: data from publications and museums from 1964 to 1993.

Locality

Site

Latitude

Longitude

Date

# of nets

Total capture effort

Nazinon River (near)

along river

11.8200

-1.6733

17-18.4.2002

2

16

Djibo

near pond

14.1071

-1.6157

29.10.2004

!

5

Oursi

Near Oursi pond

14.6680

-0.4750

31.10- 1.11.2004

2

6

Markoye

next to inselberg

14.6242

0.0432

3.1 1.2004

1

3,5

Karfiguela (Comoe River, near Banfora)

gallery forest of Comoe rivere

10.6890

-4.8085

27.2.2005

1

4

Bama

orchard (pawpaw)

11.3974

-4.4022

1.3.2005

!

12

Dafra (gallery forest)

gallery forest

11,1102

-4.2505

1.12.2006

2

6

Hameau de Dafra (Koro village)

village

11.1000

-4.2333

1.12.2006

DR

Dafra

near river & orchards

11.1083

-4.2500

3.12.2006

2

6

Cascade de Kou (Koro village)

forest

11.1523

-4.2072

4.12.2006

2

6

Kourouma (gallery forest)

dry forest close to gallery forest

11.6581

-4.7470

7. 12.2006

2

24

Kourouma (village)

village

11.6159

-4.7992

9.12.2006

DR

Toussiana (Banfora cliff)

gallery forest

10.8443

-4.5987

25.4.2008

2

6

Toussiana (near)

degraded gallery forest

10.8478

-4.6001

26.4.2008

!

3,5

Koba River (gallery forest, near Dounonso)

10.8466

-4.1075

30.4.2008

2

8

Koba River (savanna, near Dounonso)

savanna

10.8460

-4.1062

1.5.2008

2

15

10

16

17

23

121

Table 2. Sampling sites, dates of capture, number of nets used and capture effort made from 2002 to 2008. Capture

effort = the number of hours during which a 12 m-net was open overnight; # of nets = number of nets used; DR = day roost.

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

603

Locality

Site

Latitude

Longitude Description

Date

# of nets

Capture

effort

Site 1

9.9560

-4.6768 Folonzo village

21.4.2008

6

30

Site 2

9.9323

-4.6085 near Comoe river

22.4.2008

4

48

F.C. & R.P.F. Comoe-

Site 3

9.9958

-4.8217 near termite mound

23.4.2008

5

60

Leraba

Site 4

9.8935

-4.74 1 1 near water way

24.4.2008

5

48

Site 5

9.7613

-4.5908 near dense forest at Guibourtia copalifera

25.4.2008

4

48

Site 6

9.7043

-4.5866 near Confluent Comoe-Leraba

26.4.2008

4

96

F. C. Niangoloko

Site 1

10.2149

-4.9644 near road

28.4.2008

6

72

Site 2

10.2427

-4-91 1 8 in front of cave

29.4.2008

4

32

Site 1

12,3975

- 1 .489 1 near Khaya senegalensis

17.6.2008

4

32

P.U. Bangr-Weoogo

Site 2

12.3963

-1.4927 near pond

18.6.2008

4

30

Site 3

12.3967

-1-4890 near pond

19.6.2008

2

24

Site 1

10.9437

-4.4776 near road

7.8.2008

2

12.5

F.C. Peni

Site 2

10.9315

- 4.4779 shrubby savanna

8.8.2008

4

20

Site 3

10.9301

-4-4912 woodland

9.8.2008

5

55

Site 1

11.5624

^ shrubby savanna

11-

12.8.2008

12

132

R.B. Mare aux

Site 2

1 1.5435

-4.1053 woodland ( near forest)

13.8.2008

6

66

1 lippopotames

Site 3

11.5393

-4-1042 shrubby savanna(near forest)

14.8.2008

6

66

Site 4

11.5460

-4.1041 dense forest

15.8.2008

6

66

F.C. KLou

Site 1

1 1.1828

woodland (near forest)

16-

17.8.2008

8

72

Site 2

11.1956

- 4.44 1 g shrubby savanna (near forest)

18.8.200S

4

44

F.C. Niouma

Site 1

12,9228

-2.6798 shrubby savanna

30.10.2008

4

22

Site 2

12.9363

-2.6880 clear forest

31.10.2008

6

45

Site 3

12.9198

-2-6986 near pond

1.11.2008

6

54

Site 1

12,7528

-2.3830 near pond

2.11.2008

5

40

F.C. Toesse

Site 2

12.7825

-2.3977 near stream

3.11.2008

6

46.5

Site 3

12.7534

-2.3829 near pond

4.11.2008

4

31

Site 1

12.6537

-3.3201 shrubby savanna

24.11.2008

4

39.3

F.C. Sa

Site 2

12,6329

-3.2664 gallery forest (except forest)

25.11.2008

6

52

Site 3

12.6570

-3.3 1 86 woodland (near river)

26.11.2008

6

45

F.C. Toroba

12-5120

, gallery forest (near river)

28-

29,1 1.2008

13

152.8

Site 1

12.434!

-3-1122 shrubby savanna

30.1 1.2008

4

36

F.C. Kari

1

Site 2

12.4772

3 1366 8 aller y forest (near river)

2.12.2008

15

180

F.C. Tisse

12.2487

-2.8692 gallery forest (near river)

3.12.2008

7

82.3

F.C. Oualou

12.3922

-2.8672 gallery forest

5.12.2008

8

46

Karfiguela (Cascades de

Banfora)

Site 1

10.7232

-4.8222 Cave ’ hil1 ’ river

17-

18.2.2009

14

47.5

Site 2

10.7215

-4.8211 cave, hill, river

19.2.2009

7

10.5

Pics de Sindou

10.6535

-5.1536 herbaceous steppe with some woody

21.2.2009

7

21.9

10.6542

-5,3894 hill (along stream)

23.2.2009

4

3.5

Negueni

Cave 1

10.6545

-5.3890 hill, cave

23.2.2009

DR

Cave 2

10.6656

-5.4075 hill, cave

23.2.2009

DR

Site 1

10.8466

-4.5978 gallery forest (along stream)

25.2.2009

5

15.5

Toussiana

Site 2

10.8442

-4.5978 gallery forest, hill, stream

26.2.2009

4

9

Site 3

10.8446

-4.5987 dense forest

27.2.2009

6

20

Galgouli

Site 1

9,9678

-3.4438 herbaceous steppe (along stream)

28.4.2009

7

29.8

Site 2

9.9689

-3-3735 gallery forest (along stream)

29.4.2009

6

12,4

Loropeni

Site 1

10.3040

-3.4832 gallery

30.4.2009

4

20

Site 2

10.3120

-3.5323 woodland (along dam)

1.5.2009

6

31.5

Batie

Site 1

9.8630

-2.9171 woodland (along dam)

2.5.2009

5

23.8

Site 2

9.8771

-2.9336 woodland (rupicolous bar)

3.5.2009

4

18

Mouhoun River

9.5535

-2.760 1 gallery forest (along river)

4.5.2009

5

25

F.C.Koulbi

9.6522

-2.8376 gallery forest (along river)

5.5.2009

6

25.5

Bambassou

9.9837

-2.9059 gallery forest (along river)

6.5.2009

6

31.5

Tikitianao

10.5570

-3.3130

7.5.2009

DR

Parc National du W

Site 1

11.5160

2.0701 gallery forest

1 1 .8.2009

5

11.3

Site 2

11.5117

2.0723 gallery forest

12.8.2009

6

53.3

Saboarkori 1

1 1.6720

1.5617 shrubby savanna (along mountain chain)

14.8.2009

7

38.5

Saboarkori 2

1 1.6919

1 .5842 woodland (along mountain chain)

15.8.2009

5

56.3

Chaine dc Gobnangou

Yirini

1 1.7354

1.6616 shrubby savanna (along mountain chain)

16.8.2009

6

33

Yirini, cave

1 1.7105

1.6055 cave

17.8.2009

DR

Tindangou

1 1 .6922

1.5842 cave

17.8.2009

DR

Table 3/1. Sampling characteristics for the BIOTA project data collection from 2008 to 2009 (see belove) (continued).

604

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Locality

Site

Latitude

Longitude

Description

Date

# of nets

Capture

effort

Diapaga

12.0765

1.7871

18.8.2009

DR

Pama

1 1.3207

0.7241

woodland (near pond)

19.8.2009

4

22.5

Outourou

Site 1

10.6145

-5.4100

gallery (between hill)

18.9.2009

9

35

Site 1

10.6086

-5.3094

gallery forest

19.9.2009

4

27.5

F.C. Lera

Site 2

10.5973

-5,3130

gallery forest

20.9.2009

8

24

Site 3

10.5976

-5.3049

gallery forest

21.9.2009

8

22

Site !

10.7532

-5.2834

gallery forest

22.9.2009

8

40

Kankalaba

Site 2

10.7660

-5.3056

gallery forest

23.9.2009

9

42.5

Site 3

10.7685

-5,3055

gallery forest

24.9.2009

8

39

Niofila

Site 1

10.6917

-5.0991

shrubby savanna (between dam and

mountain)

27.9.2009

8

96

Site 2

10.7095

-5.1162

woodland (near mountain)

28.9.2009

4

18

Site 3

10.6859

-5.1270

forest

29.9.2009

9

108

32

72

74

399

2937.3

Table 3/2. Sampling characteristics for the BIOTA project data collection from 2008 to 2009 (sampling sites, capture dates,

number of nets used and capture effort). F.C.: Protected forest; R.P.F.: Partial wildlife reserve; P.U.: Urban park; B.R.:

Biosphere reserve; DR: day roost. # of nets = number of nets. Capture effort = number of hours during which a net of 12 m

is open overnight (i.e. this number is divided by two for a 6m-net).

the various areas, for the preparation of measure-

ment Tables and reference collections of the Uni-

versity of Ouagadougou.

Body measurement (accuracy 0.1 mm) and

cranial measurements (accuracy 0.01 mm) were

conducted on these specimens. The cranial meas-

urements are performed under a binocular magni-

fying glass branded Leica MZ8. Body meas-

urements are: HB (head and body length from tip

of snout to posterior margin of anus); Tail (length

of tail from posterior margin of anus to tip of tail);

Tot (total length, HB + Tail); Ear (length of ear from

lower margin of conch to tip of ear); Trag (length

of tragus along posterior margin from base to tip);

FA (length or forearm including carpals); 3Met

(length of metacarpal of third digit, excluding

carpals); 3Phl (length of first phalanx of third

digit); 3Ph2 (length of second phalanx of third

digit); 3Ph3 (length of third phalanx of third digit);

4Met (length of metacarpal of fourth digit, exclud-

ing carpals); 4Phl (length of first phalanx of fourth

digit; 4Ph2 (length of second phalanx of third digit);

5Met (length of metacarpal of fifth digit, excluding

carpals); 5Phl (length of first phalanx of fifth digit);

5Ph2 (length of second phalanx of fifth digit);

Tib: length of tibia; HF (length of hind foot, includ-

ing claws). Cranial measurements are: C-C - width

across crowns of upper canines, Mn-Mn - width

across crowns of posterior upper molars, C-Mn -

length of upper (maxillary) tooth row from front of

canine to back of posterior molar.

Mapping of species distribution

To develop distribution maps of each species

across the country, the Quantum GIS 1.8.0 software

was used. Country limits and phytogeographic

areas according to Fontes & Guinko (1995) were

also used. These information were used in Quantum

GIS 1.8.0 to produce a background map. On this

map, we added thereafter, for each species, the

locations where species was recorded (captured or

observed).

RESULTS

Data collected between 1964 and 1993 include

1,669 specimens belonging to 36 species, collected

at 77 sites.

Recent data (between 2002 and 2009) were col-

lected during two phases; between April 2002 and

May 2008 at 16 sites with 172 specimens belonging

to 17 species identified; and between April 2008 and

September 2009 (72 sites) with 1,639 specimens

belonging to 45 species identified.

The combination of previously and recent data

represent 164 sites with a total of 3,480 specimens

examined. Their total give 5 1 species derived from

the 46 years of observation. These 5 1 species were

spread over 24 genera and 9 families, including

one frugivorous and 8 insectivorous families.

Insectivorous have greater species diversity com-

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

605

pared to fmgivorous. Frugivorous have 7 species

in a single family, Pteropodidae and Insectivorous

have 44 species distributed into 8 families: Hip-

posideridae (7), Megadermatidae (1), Rhino-

lophidae (3), Rhinopomatidae (2), Emballonuridae

(3), Nycteridae (5), Molossidae (6) and Vesper-

tilionidae (17).

Family PTEROPODIDAE

Genus Eidolon Rafmesque, 1815

Eidolon helvum (Kerr, 1792)

This species is found in almost all phytogeo-

graphic zones of Burkina Faso (Fig. 2). It is a mi-

gratory species (Thomas, 1983; Richter & Cum-

ming, 2008; Ossa et al., 2012). Eidolon helvum

moves from the forest zone during the wet season

to northern woodlands and savannas, and may even

reach the edge of the desert (Horacek et al., 2000).

It forms colonies of thousands of individuals,

which are frequently located near cities or villages.

From 2009 to 2014 each year a large colony roosts

in the urban park Bangr-Weoogo in downtown

Ouagadougou. Some individuals have been ob-

served during the month of May in the Southwest

in the village of Tikitianao but the entire colony had

not yet arrived. Another colony was also observed

in August in the city of Diapaga in the Southeast.

Genus Epomophorus Bennett, 1836

Epomophorus gambianus (Ogilby, 1835)

Epomophorus gambianus is widely distributed

in the Sudanian zone of Burkina Faso, though with

fewer localities in the northern part (Fig. 2). The

species is commonly found in West Africa and

widely distributed in both Guinean and Sudanian

savannas while only a few specimens have been

found in the Sahelian zone. The latter zone with

Acacia and deciduous shmbs seems to represent the

northern limit of the species (Boulay & Robbins,

1989).

Genus Hypsignathus Allen, 1861

Hypsignathus monstrosus FI. Allen, 1862

Hypsignathus monstrosus has been recorded

from the southwest of the South- Sudanian area

(Fig. 2). This species is mainly found in the forest

zone, but extends into savannas along gallery

forests and forest islands (Bergmans, 1989; Fahr et

al., 2006). As such, localities in southern Burk-

ina Faso are probably near its range northern limit

(Koopman et al., 1978).

Genus Lissonycteris K. Andersen, 1912

Lissonycteris angolensis (Bocage, 1898)

This species occurs in the southwestern part of

Burkina Faso (Fig. 2). Its presence is probably due

to the fact that it is a species extending from the

forest areas of West Africa to the wet savannas. In

this part of the countiy, Lissonycteris angolensis is

mainly found in hilly areas and cliffs that provide

suitable day roosts such as caves and rock over-

hangs. We located several day roosts in the cliffs of

Banfora.

Genus Micropteropus Matschie, 1899

Micropteropus pusillus (Peters, 1868)

Micropteropus pusillus is less widely distributed

in Burkina Faso than Epomophorus gambianus,

with most records from woodlands of the Sudanian

zone and only few records in the North-Sudanian

area (Fig. 2). Although this species ranges up to

14°N in West Africa (Owen- Ashley & Wilson,

1998), no specimens have been captured so far in

the Sahelian area of Burkina Faso.

Genus Nanonycteris Matschie, 1899

Nanonycteris veldkampii (Jentink, 1888)

Nanonycteris veldkampii was captured in the

Sudanian zone (Fig. 2). This species migrates

during the wet season from the forest zone to the

northern Sudanian zone (Thomas, 1983). In

agreement with this, all captures were made

during the wet season in protected forests, gallery

forests along Gobnangou range and next to water

points.

Averages of body measurements (except Ear,

Tib, and HF) and cranial measurements of males

are smaller than the measurements of females. The

maximum measurements of the forearm and wings

and the cranial measurement (MM) of males are

lower than the minimum measurements of females

(Table 4). The wings of females are longer than

those of males.

606

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Figure 2. Distribution of Pteropodidae in Burkina Faso.

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

607

Eidolon helvum

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

3

2S8.0

24,7

27.6

115.2

81.0

50.1

83.2

79.9

39.7

52.3

68.5

33.0

36.0

49.6

28.4

10.45

17.23

21.90

Epomophorus gamhianus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

127.8

138.1

6.8

27.6

89.7

65.9

40.5

53.7

62.6

30.7

32.7

63.3

30.5

30.4

39.3

21.0

10.14

14.09

21.13

33

Min

120.0

127.5

4.6

26.4

88.8

64.7

39.6

49.6

61.8

29.2

30.2

62.2

28.9

29.0

37.8

20.1

9.97

13.77

20.26

Max

144.0

143.7

9,3

29.6

92.1

67.1

41.7

56.5

63.4

31.3

34.2

64.0

31.2

31.9

40.5

21.7

10.49

14.65

21.80

n=

4

X

87.5

132.2

8.3

26.7

86.1

64.0

40.0

51.9

60.8

29.6

32.5

61.8

30.2

29.1

36.9

20.7

9.57

13.74

19.92

99

Min

64.0

125.6

6.0

25.2

84.0

61.2

39.1

50.3

58.4

27.3

31.3

59.5

29.0

27.9

36.2

19.6

9.27

13.29

18.64

Max

112.0

137.8

10.1

28.3

88.7

66.5

41.1

53.1

63.4

31.5

33.5

63.3

31.9

30.2

37.4

22.3

9.79

14.57

20.84

n=

4

Lissonycteris angolensis

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Mel

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

55.0

104.2

13.1

20.8

69.6

50.6

34.8

42.0

49.0

26.0

27.2

47.9

22.6

24.5

30.0

19.9

7.44

10.84

13.81

± SD

4.1

6.8

1.0

2.8

2.1

1.7

2.1

1.8

1.2

1.0

1.8

1.0

1.4

1.3

1.6

0.22

0.52

0,69

t?9

Min

46.0

98.3

11.2

19.1

66.3

47.9

32.3

39.4

46.1

24.1

25.7

45.0

20.5

22.0

27.9

18.1

7.16

10.19

13.11

Max

58.0

119.5

14.2

22.3

73.3

55.1

38.0

45.7

51.8

27.7

29.1

50.6

23.8

26.2

32.0

23.0

7.74

11.76

14.87

n=

6

7

5

6

Micropteropus pusillus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4 Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

29.8

78.2

7.9

16.3

51.9

38.6

23.7

31.4

38.1

17.4

20.3

37.5

17.6

18.5

22.7

13.3

6.16

10.03

9.14

± SD

2.6

4.0

0.9

0.6

1.1

1.3

0.6

1.4

1.1

0.5

0.7

0.9

0.5

0.9

0.5

0.7

0.21

0.39

Min

27.0

72.9

6.9

15.4

50.2

36.4

22,7

28.8

36.2

16.6

19.3

36.0

16.7

17.0

22.2

11.9

5.80

9.40

8.42

Max

34.0

84.2

9.0

16.9

53.2

40.1

24.6

32.6

39.5

18.1

21.4

38.5

18.2

19.7

23.2

13.9

6.46

10.60

9.50

n=

5

X

25.6

77.1

7.3

16.7

51.3

37.7

24.1

31.8

37.4

17.4

20.2

36.5

17.5

18.3

21.7

13.6

5.93

9.25

8.63

99

Min

21.0

71.7

6.4

15.8

49.3

36.7

23.0

29.5

36.0

16.7

19.4

34.7

17.1

17.8

20.9

13.3

5.61

8.86

8.22

Max

34.0

82.4

8.3

17.7

54.2

39.1

25.6

32.5

39.1

18.9

21.2

37.9

18.2

19.0

23.2

14.0

6.09

9.90

9.29

n=

5

4

Nanonycteris veldkampii

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

m 3 -m 3

C-M 3

X

19.4

67.3

5.6

16.3

46.7

34.5

22.0

28.0

33.6

16.1

17.9

33.8

15.3

19.0

12,7

5.03

6.95

7.13

± SD

3.1

4.2

1.0

1.3

1.0

0.9

1.8

1.1

0.7

0.9

1.3

0.8

0.9

0.4

0.16

0.21

33

Min

15.0

61.9

3.9

14.7

45.4

32.4

21.1

25.7

31.6

15.2

16.3

31.7

14.2

18.0

11.9

4.87

6.64

6.86

Max

26.0

76.3

6.7

17.7

48.9

35.8

23.7

30.9

35.0

17.1

19.2

36.2

16.8

20.6

13.2

5.31

7.22

7.54

n=

8

7

9

28.0

74.9

7.3

17.4

54.5

41.8

26.4

34.1

40.7

18.4

19.6

40.8

17.8

18.0

22.6

13.0

5.46

7.26

7.68

9

21.0

69.1

5.8

15.8

50.8

39.4

24.5

31.9

37.3

17.9

19.7

37.5

17.3

17.5

18.9

12.7

5.31

7.34

7.36

Rousettus aegyptiacus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3 Phi

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

144.8

136.1

22.1

21.7

98.0

64.8

42.4

58.3

63.0

33.6

36.8

60.7

30,9

28.3

45.1

26.0

9.41

13.50

17.29

Min

130.0

133.6

18.0

20.9

93.5

63.0

41.9

54.6

61.0

32.3

36.0

58.3

30.7

28.1

42.8

20.0

8.93

13.28

16.86

Max

162.0

139.7

26.2

22.5

101.3

66.3

42.9

60.5

64.3

35.7

37.7

62.6

31.1

28.4

48.0

30.2

10.12

13.63

17.65

n=

4

3

4

3

4

Table 4. Measurements of Pteropodidae from Burkina Faso.

Genus Rousettus Gray, 1821

Rousettus aegyptiacus (E. Geoffroy, 1810)

Rousettus aegyptiacus was recorded from the

western and eastern part of the South-Sudanian

zone (Fig. 2). In the Sudanian zone, R. aegyptiacus

has been captured in rocky formations that provide

a wide variety of day roosts for this cave-dwelling

species (Hayman, 1967; Qumsiyeh, 1985). Indeed,

several specimens have been captured in the cliffs

of Banfora where their shelters have been observed

and where one of the caves contained about 500 to

2000 individuals. Two other specimens have been

captured along Gobnangou range.

It looks like Lissonycteris angolensis but the

averages of body measurements (except Ear, HF)

and cranial measurements of L. angolensis are

lower than those of R. aegyptiacus. In addition,

maximum measurements (except Ear, HF) of L.

angolensis are below the minimum measurements

of R. aegyptiacus (Table 4).

Family HIPPOSIDERIDAE

Genus Asellia Gray, 1838

Asellia tridens (E. Geoffroy, 1813)

Asellia tridens is particularly found in North and

Northeast Africa (Hayman, 1967; Horacelc et al.,

2000). This desert species extends into the North-

Sahelian zone of Burkina Faso (Fig. 3), which is

probably its southern limit.

608

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Genus Hipposideros Gray, 1831

Hipposideros abae J. A. Allen, 1917

Hipposideros abae is known in forest areas as

well as in woody savannas (Aellen, 1952). Accord-

ing to Koopman et al. (1978), it probably reaches

its Northern limit in Burkina Faso. Indeed, all

specimens are located only in the Southwest in the

South- Sudanian zone (Fig. 3). Most specimens

captured during the BIOTA collect come from a

cave where H. tephrus, H. ruber, Nycteris macrotis

and Rhinolophus landeri were also captured. Hip-

posideros abae is known to present two color

phases, gray and red, like the other members of the

family (Rosevear, 1965). However, all specimens

captured during the late BIOTA collect were shows

almost the same orange-yellow color except one

specimen captured at Kankalaba which shows a

darker color tending towards red.

Males are not different from females (Table 5)

Hipposideros cy clops (Temminck, 1853)

Hipposideros cyclops is located in the extreme

Southwest in the South-Sudanian zone (Fig. 3). All

three specimens have been captured in the protected

forest and partial wildlife reserve of Comoe-Leraba,

next to a dense forest at Guibourtia copalifera and

not far from the Comoe-Leraba confluence. This

forest species (Rosevear, 1965) is common in the

gallery forests and forest islands of the National

Park of Comoe in Ivoiry Coast. However, it extends

from forests into savannas (Fahr, 1996). It would

therefore be extended into this part of Burkina Faso

near the Ivorian border. The number of our speci-

mens does not allow us to conclude a sexual di-

morphism (Table 5). However, sexual dimorphism

is pronounced, with females being larger than males

(Decher & Fahr, 2005).

Hipposideros jonesi Hayman, 1947

This species has been found in the southwest

(Sudanian zone) of the country and in the extreme

southeast of the South-Sudanian zone (Fig. 3). One

orange-yellow phase was observed on the captured

specimens.

Hipposideros ruber (Noack, 1893)

Hipposideros ruber is widely distributed and is

located in all phytogeographic areas (Fig. 3). It is

more common in the South being gradually rare to-

wards the North. The specimens have been captured

in an arborous savanna along a rupicolous bar in a

mountain range, at the entrance to a cave, in a

gallery forest, the cliffs of Banfora, a wooded

savanna along a dam, a shrubby savanna between a

mountain and a dam, a wooded savanna near a

mountain and a cave, and in a wooded savanna next

to a managed water point near the Nazinon river and

not far from a water point. The captured specimens

showed two phases of color: some were brown and

others orange-yellow. The cytochrome b from sev-

eral specimens has been sequenced by CBGP (J.-F.

Cosson & S. Chollet, unpubl. data). According to

these data, two specimens from Dafra, one specimen

from Djibo and one specimen from Koba River

belong to clade D1 as designated by Vallo et al.

(2009), while seven specimens from Toussiana

belong to clade Cl. Twenty-two individuals (2

males, 19 females, 1 unsexed, none sequenced) from

Toussiana, site 1, called at 140.8±1.0 (138.5-142.3)

kHz. One male from Karfiguela called at 140.2 kHz.

Hipposideros tephrus Cabrera, 1906

It is located in the West and South of the country

(Fig. 3). It is present in all phytogeographic zones

except in the North- Sahelian one. A specimen has

been captured in a forest at the entrance to a cave

where Hipposideros abae, H. ruber, Nycteris mac-

rotis and Rhinolophus landeri live together. The other

specimens have been captured in a pocket of forest

on a rocky substratum rich in Raphia palm and next

to the Nazinon River. All specimens that we captured

were presenting a single orange-yellow phase.

Hipposideros tephrus is smaller than H. ruber.

The averages of body measurements and cranial

measurements of H. tephrus are lower than those of

H. ruber. However, there is an overlap on all body

measurements (except HB). Nevertheless, cranial

measurements reveal that the maximum values of

H. tephrus are smaller than the minimum values of

H. ruber (Table 5). A specimen from waterfalls of

Kou is member of clade A2 following the designa-

tion adopted by Vallo et al. (2009), which should be

named//, tephrus.

Hipposideros vittatus (Peters, 1852)

It is the largest of Hipposideridae among those

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

609

Figure 3. Distribution of Hipposideridae in Burkina Faso.

610

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

found in Burkina Faso (see Table 5). Present in

branches of trees as well as in caves (Pye, 1972;

Vaughan, 1977), it is located west of the Sudanian

zone (Fig. 3). The specimens have been captured in

woodland, next to a gallery forest, in a shrubby and

arborous savanna and in an herbaceous steppe

located along a river.

Body measurements show that males are not dif-

ferent from females. On the other hand, the max-

imum values of cranial measurements of females

are lower than the cranial measurements of males

(Table 4). All captured specimens were yellow.

Family MEGADERMATIDAE

Genus Lavia Gray, 1838

Lavia frons (E. Geoffroy, 1810)

This species is found in savannas and semi-

wooded areas (Vaughan & Vaughan, 1986) but not

widely distributed in Burkina Faso, where it

has been recorded from a few areas in the southern

part of the country (Fig. 4). In eastern Kenya, it

regularly roosts in thorny Acacia trees (Vaughan &

Vaughan, 1986; Vaughan, 1987); hence it is surpris-

ing that there are no records from northern Burkina

Faso. Some specimens have been captured near

water points.

Males are not really different from females.

Body measurements and cranial measurements do

not enable to separate them (Table 6).

Family RHINOLOPHIDAE

Genus Rhinolophus Lacepede, 1799

Rhinolophus alcyone Temminck, 1853

Rhinolophus alcyone was distributed in the

extreme southwest of the South-Sudanian zone

(Fig. 5). In Burkina Faso, this forest species

probably depends on gallery forests that provide

similar conditions to rainforests further south. All

captured specimens were gray, resembling that of

R. fumigatus.

Averages of body measurements (except 3Phl,

5Ph2, Tib and HB) and cranial measurements of

males from R. alcyone are smaller than those of

males from R. fumigatus. Only the maximum value

of the ear of males from R. alcyone species is less

than the minimum value of the ear of males from

R. fumigatus. And the minimum value of the tibia

of R. alcyone is higher than the maximum value of

the tibia of R. fumigatus. All other values are not

distinctly separated. As regards females, all values

(except 5Ph2) of R. alcyone are smaller than the

averages of R. fumigatus. Moreover, all values

(except HB, Tail, 3Phl, 5Ph2 and Tib) of R. alcyone

are smaller than the minimum values of R. fumig-

atus (Table 7).

Rhinolophus fumigatus Riippell, 1 842

In Burkina Faso, Rhinolophus fumigatus has

been recorded in the Sudanian zone, with several

localities in the north of the South-Sudanian zone

and few localities in the western North- Sudanian

zone (Fig. 5). Rhinolophus fumigatus is present in

more open habitats than R. alcyone (Rosevear,

1965), which explains its wider distribution in Burk-

ina Faso than R. alcyone. Like R. landeri, R. fumig-

atus does not live only in caves. According to

Koopman et al. (1978), they were captured in huts.

Some specimens were observed during the BIOTA

collect in a large rock cleft in the Gobnangou

range.

Five males called at 54.2 ± 0.4 (53.4-54.4) kHz.

Two collected specimens had a horseshoe width of

11.3 and 11.5 mm, respectively. Averages of body

measurements do not help to distinguish males from

females. On the other hand, the averages of cranial

measurements of males are higher than those of fe-

males (Table 7).

Rhinolophus landeri Martin, 1838

Rhinolophus landeri occurs in almost all phyto-

geographic zones of Burkina Faso except in the

North- Sahelian zone (Fig. 5). Day roosts are caves,

house of worship, bridges, and wells (Aellen, 1952;

Menzies, 1973; Koopman et al., 1978; Kock et al.,

2002), and the dependency on cave-lilce structures

might explain the concentration of records in the

southwest of the country, with its numerous rocky

formations. The ability to roost in environments

other than caves might explain its presence in other

parts of the country, and this species probably

occurs throughout most of Burkina Faso. It would

therefore not be surprising to find it almost every-

where in Burkina Faso, particularly in rock forma-

tions in the South-East. Most specimens have been

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

611

Hipposideros abac

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

Tib

HF

c-c

m 3 -m !

C-M !

X

14.7

63.0

32.4

20.8

59.7

41.9

18.4

19.6

40.8

12.3

10.4

36.8

15.3

11.4

24.3

10.9

5.98

8.93

8.76

± SD

1.0

1.6

2.1

1.0

1.5

1.1

0.7

1.1

1.3

0.5

0.6

1.0

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.4

0.15

<?<J

Min

12.0

58.9

27.5

19.1

56.7

39.5

16.9

17.4

37.7

11.0

9.2

34.9

14.2

10.7

22.8

9.6

5.77

8.66

8.53

Max

17.5

65.2

36.3

22.5

62.6

43.9

19.5

21.9

44.4

13.3

11.8

39.8

16.5

12.7

25.6

11.6

6.44

9.16

9.11

n=

25

18

25

24

25

24

X

18.0

61.8

31.7

20.4

60.1

44.1

18.9

20.6

42,9

13.0

10.8

38.9

15.4

12.0

24.6

10.5

5.92

8.99

8.76

±SD

4.3

3.6

1.3

0.9

2.3

1.4

0.8

1.0

1.8

0.6

0.8

1.1

0.7

0.8

1.1

0.6

0.13

0.17

0.15

99

Min

13.0

57.4

30.2

19.1

56.4

42.6

17.9

19.1

41.0

12,1

9.5

37.8

14.7

10.4

23.3

9.1

5.74

8.78

8.53

Max

26.3

69.0

34.0

21.7

63.0

47.3

20.1

22.4

46,6

13.9

11.6

41.2

16.4

12.8

26.6

11.3

6.11

9.36

9.03

n=

7

H ipposideros cy clops

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

Tib

HF

C-C

m 3 -m 3

C-M 3

6

34.0

77.5

25.7

32.8

70.1

55.5

20.1

27.4

57.4

14.2

55.5

16.5

15.0

30.4

17.5

8.01

11.27

9.80

9

49.0

75.4

29.5

32.1

70.3

59.7

21.2

27.2

59.2

15,8

15.0

57.6

18.2

15.4

35.9

18.3

7.80

11.25

10.29

9

44.0

76.9

29.5

30.9

70.6

56.7

21.0

22.2

59.3

14.7

15.2

57.5

16.5

14.5

35.8

17.9

7.78

10.70

10.00

Hipposideros jonesi

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3 Phi

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

Tib

HF

C-C

M-’-M 5

C-M 3

X

7.2

48.9

23.2

23.4

46.7

34.0

14.7

16.9

35.8

10.9

8.7

32.8

12.3

10.1

21.7

7.8

3.68

5.83

5.93

± SD

0.3

2.5

2.7

1.4

0.8

0.6

0.5

0.8

0.7

0.4

0.5

0.9

0.4

0.3

0.9

0.3

0.12

0.16

0.09

Min

7.0

46.2

17.8

21.6

44.9

33.1

14.2

15.5

34.5

9.9

8.0

31.6

11.8

9.6

20.3

7.3

3.48

5.63

5.82

Max

8.0

54.5

26.4

25.2

47.3

34.8

15.8

17.6

36.5

11.2

9.2

34.1

12,8

10.5

22.8

8.2

3.84

6.03

6,07

n=

7

Q

6.0

43.7

22.6

20.5

44.4

32.2

14.5

15.8

33.9

10.0

8.2

31.6

11.9

9.5

20.2

7.2

3.27

5.50

5.68

Hipposideros ruber

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

Tib

HF

C-C

M-’-M 5

C-M !

X

9.9

52.1

30.0

15.7

49.1

37.2

16.2

16.3

36.2

11.2

9.1

32.7

13.9

9.9

20.6

9.0

4.90

7.20

7.03

<?9

± SD

1.3

2.1

3.2

0.9

1.3

1.9

0.7

1.0

2.3

0.5

0.6

1.7

0.5

0.8

0.6

0.25

0.23

0.19

Min

7.0

48.0

23.0

13.4

46.5

33.6

14.8

14.1

32.0

10.2

7.7

29.6

12.9

9.1

19.0

7.8

4.29

6.58

6.66

Max

13.5

58.3

38.8

17.6

52.4

41.4

17.7

18.4

41.9

12.1

10.2

36.3

14.8

11.0

22.7

10.8

5.26

7.80

7.44

n=

48

97

48

90

88

74

89

Hipposideros vittutus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

Tib

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

<?

82.0

104.

37.4

30.4

109.

81,0

37.5

44.5

78.1

28.8

16.6

78.7

29.4

18.4

45.8

22.2

10.93

13.52

13,36

<?

120.0

109.

32.2

29.7

102.

77.2

34.8

39.8

75.5

28.8

16.2

73.2

28.8

15.8

43.0

20.9

11.16

13.68

13.32

X

77.0

99.9

33.1

27.6

96.5

70.9

32.4

38.9

69.5

26.6

15.4

68.3

27.3

16.6

38.8

20.0

9.86

12.80

12.47

± SD

9.0

2.9

4.0

1.3

2.9

2.3

1.0

2.1

2.2

1.1

0.8

2.4

1.4

0.9

1.1

1.2

0.10

0.30

0.22

99

Min

63.0

96.4

26.0

25.4

93.6

67.7

30.6

36.0

66.0

25.2

14.3

65.5

25.4

15.1

37.3

18.5

9.73

12.30

12.17

Max

93.0

104.

38.4

29.7

102,

74.7

33.9

42.0

72.6

28.9

16.5

73.0

30.1

17.8

40.9

21.7

10.00

13.16

12.91

n=

7

Hipposideros tephrus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

Tib

HF

C-C

m 3 -m 5

C-M 3

X

6.3

45,2

28.6

13.3

44,9

33.3

14.6

15.8

33.0

9.9

8.8

29.3

12.5

10.2

18.2

7.9

3.67

5.68

5.57

± SD

1.1

2.2

0.5

1.2

1.0

0.5

1.0

0.3

0.4

1.2

0.4

0.7

0.4

0.10

0.14

0.09

<?$

Min

5.5

43.6

25.2

12.9

42.0

32.0

13.9

15.2

31.9

9.6

8.0

28.1

11.9

9.6

16.9

7.1

3.48

5.36

5.31

Max

7.0

46.8

31.2

14.2

47.0

35.1

15.3

16.6

35.0

10.4

9.2

31.7

13.0

10.8

19.4

8.6

3.84

5.91

5.70

n=

2

6

21

6

22

7

16

17

18

Table 5. Measurements of Hipposideridae from Burkina Faso.

La via fro ns

Sex

BM

TL

T E

TR

FA

3Met

3 Phi

3Ph2

3Ph3 4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5 Phi

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

m 3 -m 3

C-M 3

<J

23.5

66.7

40. 1

25.1

61.6

45.7

25.5

39.4

48.9

16.1

14.1

51.8

16.8

16.5

34.4

16.5

5.85

8.86

9.47

<7

22.3

69.1

43.6

23.4

60.8

44.6

24.0

40.5

47.8

16.0

15.5

50.7

16.6

15.9

33.8

16.8

5.87

9.18

8.67

X

28.5

70.2

42.8

26.5

61.3

45.7

25.4

42.1

49.8

15.9

14.9

52.1

17.2

16.7

34.5

16.7

6.25

9.09

9.23

$?

Min

26.3

66.0

41.8

25.1

60.0

45.1

25.1

41.3

49.5

14.4

14.6

51.4

16.7

16.6

33.7

15.5

6.22

8.74

9.05

Max

31.0

74.2

44.3

28.0

62.3

46.3

25.8

42.7

50.4

17.4

15.2

53.1

17.9

16.8

35.1

17.2

6.28

9.44

9.40

n=

'j

3

4

2

Table 6. Measurements of Megadermatidae from Burkina Faso.

612

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Figure 4. Distribution of Megadermatidae in Burkina Faso. Figure 5. Distribution of Rhinolophidae in Burkina Faso.

Rhinolonhus alcvone

Sex

BM

TL

T

n

TR

FA

3 Met

3 Phi

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5 Phi

5Ph2

TB

1 IF

c-c

M’-M-'

C-M 3

S3

X

13.1

56.7

26.3

19.8

50.4

36.6

17.4

26.6

2.7

41.6

8.8

16.4

40.1

1 1.9

14.9

23.6

12.1

6.31

8.42

8.67

Min

12.0

55.5

22.8

19.7

49.5

35.1

16.9

24.6

2.7

41.0

8.0

15.2

39.2

1 1.4

14.2

23.2

1 1.4

6.01

8.15

8.28

Max

14.0

57.6

30.6

19.9

51.1

38.0

18.1

28.2

2.8

42.5

9.3

17.3

42.1

12.3

15.6

24.4

13.0

6.50

8.66

8.84

n=

4

2

12.0

54.8

25.4

20.2

48.8

35.7

16.3

26.7

2.7

40.4

8.4

15.2

40.2

1 1.8

13.8

22.5

10.5

5.47

8.09

8.12

Rhinolonhus himhjattis

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3 Phi

3 Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Ph1

4Ph2

5 Met

5 Phi

5Ph2

TB

1 IF

C-C

C-M 3

3 3

X

16.1

64.2

27.0

24.4

53.4

39.4

17.0

29.4

3.1

41.9

10.3

17.8

42.5

13.1

14.2

21.6

1 1.6

6.79

8.97

8.88

± SD

1.6

5.4

2.4

1.8

1.5

1.0

0.7

1.4

0.3

1.0

0.7

0.9

0.7

1.2

1.3

1.0

0.29

0.33

0.27

Min

12.0

57.0

23.3

21.7

50.4

37.5

16.2

26.3

2.5

39.9

9.3

16.3

40.7

1 1.8

12.8

18.6

10.1

6.26

8.35

8.29

Max

17.5

74.6

31.0

27.0

55.4

40.5

18.3

30.9

3.5

43.3

11.5

19.2

43.7

14.1

16.2

22.9

13.6

7.24

9.39

9.07

n=

9

8

5

8

9

6

9 ?

X

15.2

60.6

28.0

24.3

53.0

39.5

16.4

28.5

3.4

42.3

10.0

17.8

42.7

12.7

13.7

22.3

1 1.1

6.64

8.70

8.56

Min

10.0

57.0

23.5

22.9

50.3

38.5

15.7

27.8

3.2

41.8

9.9

17.0

42.4

12.3

13.5

22.0

10.7

6.43

8.25

8.30

Max

18.0

67.0

34.0

25.0

55.7

40.4

17.1

29.2

3.6

42.7

10.1

18.5

42.9

13.0

13.9

22.5

12.0

6.80

9.03

8.66

n=

4

2

4

3

5

Rhinolonhus landeri

Sex

BM

TL

T

F.

TR

FA

3 Met

3 Phi

3 Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Ph 1

4Ph2

5 Met

5 Phi

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M’-W

C-M 3

S3

X

5.9

45.3

23.4

17.1

41.4

28.4

12.8

19.2

31.7

6.4

11.9

30.6

9.0

1 1.6

17.9

8.4

4.72

6.72

6.54

± SD

0.6

3.8

1.8

0.8

1.5

1.3

0.4

1.9

0.4

1.2

2.0

0.4

0.7

0,6

0.1

0.19

0.12

0.14

Min

5.0

42.9

20.3

16.2

39.1

26.6

12.0

16.3

29.6

5.9

10.0

27.9

8.3

10.7

17.0

8.1

4.50

6.54

6.44

Max

6.9

53.7

25.9

18.5

44.1

30.4

13.2

21.9

34.8

6.7

13.2

33.4

9.4

12.7

18.6

8.6

5.04

6.85

6.82

n=

6

5

6

5

99

X

7.4

44.9

24.3

16.5

41.5

28.4

12.9

19.9

31.3

6.5

12.6

30.4

9.0

12.1

17.4

8.3

4.37

6.58

6.45

± SD

1.2

2.6

2.0

0.9

1.0

0.5

1.5

1.2

0.4

0.7

1.3

0.6

0.28

0.14

0.1 1

Min

5.5

41.2

21.1

14.9

40.0

26.7

1 1.9

16.9

29.4

5.8

10.5

28.4

7.3

1 1.0

16.4

7.3

3.93

6.23

6.19

Max

9.5

54.1

30.2

18.0

43.4

31.1

14.0

22.8

34.0

7.4

14.1

33.0

10.1

13.4

18.4

10.3

4.96

6.86

6.67

n=

22

21

Table 7. Measurements of Rhinolophidae from Burkina Faso.

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

613

captured from a cave where we placed nets at the

entrance. Several other species were also present,

including Hipposideros abae, H. ruber , H. tephrus

and Nycteris macrotis. All specimens that we

captured were orange-yellow; which makes it easier

to distinguish it from R. alcyone and R. fumigatus.

One male was calling at 108.5 kHz. It had a horse-

shoe width of 7.0 mm and well-developed reddish-

brown axillary tufts. A female called at 105.6 kHz

with a horseshoe 7.3 mm wide.

Family RHINOPOMATIDAE

Genus Rhinopoma E. Geoffroy, 1818

Rhinopoma cytops Thomas, 1903

Hulva et al. (2007) restrict R. hardwickii to Asia

and R. cystops to Africa and Western Asia. Rhino-

poma cytops, found in the Northern Sahara

(Horacek et al., 2000) is a species from desert to

semi-desert areas (Hill, 1977; Van Cakenberghe &

De Vree, 1994). In Burkina Faso, it has been found

in the northern Sahelian as well as in the South-

Sudanian zone, suggesting a rather loose associ-

ation with climatic areas in the country (Fig. 6). In

the South-Sudanian area, its presence seems to

be linked to the presence of rocky formations and

rugged topography.

Averages of body measurements (except HB,

3Phl, 3Ph2, 4Ph2 and 5Ph2) of males are smaller

than those of females. On the other hand, averages

of cranial measurements of males are higher than

those of females (Table 8). The tail being actually

longer than the forearm, one can distinguish it from

R. microphyllum.

Rhinopoma microphyllum (Briinnich, 1782)

Rhinopoma microphyllum seem to occur in sim-

ilar habitats as R. cystops (Qumsiyeh, 1985). In Burk-

ina Faso, R. microphyllum has been recorded from

the North- Sahelian zone (Fig. 6). Although this

Rhinopoma cystops

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Ph 1

3Ph2 3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HE

c-c

M ; -M 5

C-M J

X

9.8

62.0

69.0

19.2

7.5

57.1

39.0

9.5

14.8

33.7

12.5

10.1

39.1

10.1

8.8

25.5

12.6

4.23

7.78

6.01

Min

8.5

54.0

64.5

18.3

6.8

54.9

37.6

8.5

12.1

31.8

11.8

9.1

37.0

9.1

7.5

23.0

11.2

4.14

7.66

5.97

36

Max

10.5

68.1

71.8

20.7

8.3

58.4

40.9

10.2

16.0

35.6

12.8

11.2

40.6

10.5

9.6

27.3

13.5

4.31

7.91

6.07

n=

4

X

11.5

60.5

71.0

19.6

7.2

59.4

41.5

8.7

14.3

34.6

12.6

9.7

40.7

10.8

8.4

27.0

13.0

4.21

7.66

5.86

99

Min

9.5

58.1

68.8

18.1

Os

bo

57.2

38.6

7,7

13.7

32.5

11.5

9,0

38.5

9.5

8.0

24.7

12.6

4.09

7.49

5.79

Max

14.0

62.1

74.5

20.5

7.8

60.6

43.5

9.3

15.1

36.1

13.2

10.5

42.0

12.1

8.9

28.3

13.2

4.28

7.79

5.96

n=

3

Table 8. Measurements of Rhinopomatidae from Burkina Faso.

Figure 6. Distribution of Rhinopomatidae in Burkina Faso.

614

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

species has often been encountered in the same day

roosts as R. cy stops (though usually in smaller num-

bers) (Schlitter & Qumsiyeh, 1996), no specimen

was recorded in the Sudanian zone of Burkina Faso.

Family EMBALLONURIDAE

Genus Coleura Peters, 1867

Coleura afra (Peters, 1852)

Rarely seen in West Africa, Coleura afra is loc-

ated in the southwest in the South- Sudanian zone

(Fig. 7). This cave-dwelling species has been cap-

tured only in this part of the country. Thousands of

individuals have indeed been observed in this cave

located on a hill at Negueni. It is the smallest of

Emballonuridae present in Burkina Faso (Table 9).

As observed by Goodman et al. (2008), males

differ from females. Indeed, averages of body

measurements and cranial measurements of the fe-

males are larger than those of males. In addition,

maximum cranial measurements (M3 -M3 and C-

M3) of males are smaller than the minimum cranial

measurements of females (Table 9).

Genus Taphozous E. Geoffroy, 1818

Taphozous nudiventris Cretzschmar, 1830

Also known in the North of Sahara (Horacek et

al., 2000), Taphozous nudiventris is particularly loc-

ated in the North-Sahelian zone (Fig. 7). However,

this species widely distributed in the dry areas of

African savannas (Koopman, 1975) has just been

located in the extreme southwest in the South-

Sudanian zone. Its presence could be explained by

the nature of the area in which these specimens

have been captured. Indeed, the peaks of Sindou

represent specific formations with veiy little veget-

ation and water with a lot of cracks that can lodge

this species. As indicated by Benda et al. (2006),

this species is often captured in its lodgings, in nar-

row shelters and in cracks. Actually in the peaks of

Sindou, T. nudiventris has been captured at the top

of the peaks, in cracks of rocks serving as shelters.

Body measurements (except 4Ph2 and 5Ph2)

and all cranial measurements show that T. nudi-

ventris is larger than T. perforatus (Table 9).

Taphozous perforatus E. Geoffroy, 1818

Found in the northern Sahara (Horacek et al.,

2000), Taphozous perforatus is widely distributed

in the Sahelian zone (Fig. 7). Also present in the W

park bordering Niger (Poche, 1975), it was not

surprising to encounter it in this part of Burkina

Faso. Indeed, T. perforatus has just been located in

the extreme South-East in the South- Sudanian zone.

But unlike the specimens captured by Poche

(1975) in the hollow of a baobab, specimens cap-

tured in Burkina Faso during the BIOTA collect

come from a cave. These have been captured on the

Gobnangou range in the presence of a colony of

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

615

Coleura a fra

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 5 -M 3

C-M J

X

9.8

64.0

17.8

15.3

6.0

51.1

44.9

16.3

17.2

36.8

12.6

6.5

32.6

13.2

5.8

18.2

10.2

4.13

7.83

7.02

Min

9.5

63.2

16.3

15.2

5.5

49.9

43.1

15.1

16.7

35.3

12.2

5.9

32.3

12.8

5.4

18.1

10.1

4.10

7.77

6.96

S3

Max

10.5

64.4

20.3

15.5

6.8

52.1

45.9

17.2

18.1

37.8

12.9

7.4

33.0

13.9

6.1

18.4

10.3

4.17

7.88

7.12

n=

3

X

11.2

66.4

17.9

15.8

6.3

52,7

48.2

17.7

17.4

38.8

13.2

7.1

33.8

14.0

5.9

19.0

10.6

4.25

8.17

7.33

?¥

Min

10.5

65.8

16.9

15.5

6.2

51.1

46.4

17.6

16.4

37.3

12.9

6.7

33.0

13.9

5.4

18.2

10.2

4.14

8.16

7.24

Max

11.5

67.3

20.0

16.3

6.5

54.0

49.9

17.8

18.3

39.7

13.4

7.4

34.8

14.1

6.6

20.2

10.8

4.32

8.18

7.39

n=

3

Taphozous nudiventris

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3 Phi

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Mel

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5 Phi

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M J -M 3

C-M J

$

60.0

105.3

38.9

20.8

6.1

80.5

74.6

31.7

30.5

60.8

16.8

9.6

52.3

16.6

9.8

32.3

16.2

6.22

11.22

11.51

3

61.5

108.2

37.2

21.0

6.7

73.4

67.7

28.5

30.2

55.4

16.6

8.9

47.2

16.0

9.2

31.2

17.9

6.63

11.07

11.08

9

53.0

102,9

40.3

19,9

6.2

75.9

70.6

29.9

31.8

56.1

16.2

6.8

46.9

16.3

9.2

32.3

14.7

5.69

10.55

11.34

Taphozous perforatus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4 Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

m 5 -m 3

C-M 3

<J

20.3

70,1

26.7

18.8

5.0

63.7

56.9

20.5

21.5

46.6

12.8

9.6

38.0

13.9

9.2

25.9

12.2

3.89

8.17

8.42

(?

18.0

73.5

25.5

19.2

6.1

62.5

56.4

19.9

21.6

46.0

13.1

9.0

37.2

13.5

8.5

24.5

13.0

3.76

8.48

8.42

$ (YAD )

16.3

67.0

27.7

16.8

5.0

61.4

55.1

18.5

19.8

44.5

11.6

8.3

36.0

13.5

8.2

23.9

12.1

3.71

8.15

8.38

Q

19.5

72.1

25.5

18.0

5.5

63.4

57.1

20.0

21.5

46.3

12.5

9.1

37.2

13.9

9.6

24.3

12.8

3.76

8.29

8.34

Table 9. Measurements of Emballonuridae from Burkina Faso.

about a hundred specimens. Others have been cap-

tured just at a cave entrance in an old attic in the

presence of some Rhinopoma cystops. Like R.

cystops, the presence of T. perforatus in this part of

Burkina Faso seems to be linked to the presence of

caves. It would therefore not be surprising to find

specimens in the caves of the Southwest.

Family NYCTERIDAE

As pointed by Van Cankenberghe & De Vree

(1998), Nycteris thebaica and N. gambiensis are

species difficult to distinguish. Indeed, the meas-

urements do not allow us to separate the few speci-

mens collected during 2002 to 2009. They have

been captured in a shrubby savanna next to a moun-

tain assembly line, in a gallery forest along a river,

in a gallery forest close to a depression, in a house

and in the palaces of Senoufo kings.

Genus Nycteris Cuvier etE. Geoffroy, 1795

Nycteris gambiensis (K. Andersen, 1912)

Nycteris gambiensis is mainly found in savannas

of West Africa (Van Cakenberghe & De Vree,

1998). In Burkina Faso, it is particularly located in

the western Sudanian zone with a few areas in the

east (Fig. 8).

Nycteris grandis Peters, 1865

Nycteris grandis is located in the extreme

Southwest in the South- Sudanian zone (Fig. 8). In

Burkina Faso, it is easily distinguished from other

Nycteridae by its large size (Table 10). Unlike

Adam & Hubert (1976), who stated that it cannot

be found outside the Guinean zone; or Van Caken-

berghe & De Vree (1993) who said that N. grandis

is restricted to rainforests, its presence in the

protected forest of Lera in a gallery forest,

confirms the statement of Rosevear (1965) accord-

ing to which N. grandis can also be present outside

the rainforest, in dense and moist gallery forest.

Also, in Southern and Central Africa, this species

is well known to occur outside of the rainforest

zone (Monadjem et al., 2010).

Nycteris hispida (Schreber, 1774)

Present in the woody Guinean and Sudanian

areas, Nycteris hispida is widely distributed in the

West of the Sudanian zone with a few specimens in

the East (Fig. 8). Although Rosevear (1965) thinks

that it could spread further into the Sahelian areas,

no specimen was captured in this part of Burkina

Faso. All specimens captured in BIOTA project

were brown. Some females captured during the

month of September were carrying their young.

616

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Nycteris macrotis Dobson, 1876

Known in the forests and savannas of West

Africa (Adam & Hubert, 1976; Van Calcenberghe

& De Vree, 1985), Nycteris macrotis is located in

all phytogeographic zones in Burkina Faso (Fig. 8).

The diversity of its habitats composed of hollow

logs, hollowed termitarium, wells and even simple

holes in the ground (Adam & Hubert, 1976), en-

ables this species to be found in all parts of Burkina

Faso. However, it is more present in the South-

Sudanian zone with a reduction of its presence in

the North. Five specimens were captured in the pro-

tected forest of Niangoloko at the entrance to a cave

with other species such as Hipposideros abae, H.

tephrus , H. ruber and Rhinolophus landeri. All spe-

cimens collected during our study had two colors.

Some were brown and other orange-yellow.

Figure 8. Distribution of Nycteridae in Burkina Faso.

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

617

Nycteris grandis

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phi

4Ph2

5 Met

5 Ph 1

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

6

22.0

69.1

66.9

30.1

6.4

55.5

44.0

28.1

29.2

5.2

47.7

16.4

13.0

50.7

15.9

14.8

29.0

12.5

6.93

10.16

9.32

24.0

69.8

63.5

30.4

6.3

57.4

44.3

28.8

29.9

5.5

49.0

16.1

13.9

52.0

16.4

14.5

30.5

13.4

6.65

10.33

9.06

Nycteris hispida

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

6.3

45.1

45.5

21.0

4.8

38.9

31.9

21.9

21.1

3.1

33.9

12.2

7.7

34.0

12.1

9.4

19.4

8.5

4.24

6.49

5.83

± SD

0.4

0.9

0.8

0.3

1.0

0.6

0.7

0.5

0.7

0.3

0.2

0.8

0.7

0.20

0.13

0.15

66

Min

5.8

43.5

43.9

19.7

4.3

37.6

30.8

20.9

20.1

1.7

32.8

11.3

6.4

33.2

11.6

9.1

18.2

7.4

4.03

6.31

5.54

Max

7.0

46.1

46.7

22.3

5.1

40.9

32.5

23.0

22.1

4.1

34.5

12.9

8.5

34.9

12.7

9.7

20.8

9.5

4.55

6.76

5.96

n=

7

2

6.5

45.5

52.1

23.4

5.1

39.2

33.0

22.7

22.8

3.2

36.0

13.4

9.3

35.1

13.5

9.9

18.8

9.0

4.53

6.81

5.85

Nycteris macrotis

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Mel

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4PhI

4Ph2

5Mel

5 Phi

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

12.5

55.6

55.0

30.7

8.0

47.9

37.7

24.8

24.3

4.7

41.2

13.8

11.7

43.3

13.4

12.7

23.6

11.4

5.77

8.29

7.46

± SD

1.2

2.7

1.7

0.3

2.2

1.4

1.2

1.0

0.8

1.5

0.8

0.9

2.7

0.7

1.1

0.9

0.18

0.26

0.24

66

Min

11.0

54.0

50.3

28.6

7.5

44,1

36.1

22.8

22.5

4.0

39.5

12.6

9.9

39.1

12.0

10,4

21.9

9.8

5.45

7.87

7.15

Max

14.5

57.4

58.8

33.4

8.6

51.4

40.5

26.3

26.0

6.0

44.6

15.2

13.0

48.3

14.4

14.2

24.6

12.6

6.00

8.72

7.81

n=

8

7

8

X

14.5

58.6

57.3

31.9

7.9

48.6

38.9

26.1

25.4

4.5

43.2

14.5

11.7

44.5

14.0

12.7

24.4

11.5

5.68

8.43

7.51

22

±SD

1.9

2.7

3.7

1.8

0.5

1.6

1.2

0.6

1.6

0.9

1.0

0.6

0.7

1.3

0.5

0.8

0.7

0.8

0.19

0.25

0.16

Min

12.0

55.6

51.5

29.0

6.9

46.3

36.6

24.6

23.1

2.5

41.6

13.5

10.6

42.2

13.0

11.2

23.2

10.3

5.27

7.94

7.26

Max

18.0

64.7

63.9

35.2

8.6

51.4

41.2

27.3

28.5

5.8

44.5

15.5

12.5

46.7

14.8

14.0

25.3

12.8

6.12

8.96

7.85

n=

13

12

13

Nycteris thebaica and N. gambiensis

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Ph 1

4Ph2

5Mel

5Ph 1

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

7.0

47.1

50.0

26.8

7.5

41.1

32.6

22.5

21.2

3.8

35.2

12.6

9.3

35.5

12.5

10.4

22.2

9.2

4.18

6.58

6.22

± SD

0.8

3.0

1.1

0.3

1.6

1.2

0.7

1.1

0.4

1.2

0.9

0.5

1.3

0.8

0.4

0.8

0.5

0.10

0.20

0.14

66

Min

6.5

46.1

45.8

25.1

7.0

38.9

30.3

21.2

19.4

3.3

32.9

11.6

8.6

33.4

11.4

9.9

21.0

8.4

4.06

6.35

6.06

Max

8.5

48.4

53.4

28.1

7.7

43.5

33.5

23.3

22.8

4.4

36.1

13.8

9.9

36.9

13.7

11.2

23.4

9.8

4.34

6.92

6.45

n=

5

2

10.0

50.2

52.6

30.8

7.7

43.8

36.5

25.1

26.2

38.0

13.4

11.1

39.3

13.9

12.4

22.7

9.9

4.74

7.22

6.71

§L_

8.0

48.3

52.5

30.1

7.1

43.0

32.2

22.4

35.6

12.9

9.1

36.6

12.6

11.1

22.6

9.2

4.41

6.87

6.44

Table 10. Measurements of Nycteridae from Burkina Faso.

Nycteris thebaica E. Geoffroy, 1818

Found in all phytogeographic zones, even the

desert and the Arabian Peninsula except rainforests

and central Sahara (Van Cakenberghe & De Vree,

1993), Nycteris thebaica is present in all phytogeo-

graphic areas in Burkina Faso (Fig. 8). Indeed, this

anthropic species lives in habitats such as millet

granaries as well as in trees (Adam & Hubert,

1976). However, it seems less present in the South-

Sudanian zone than the rest of the country.

Family MOFOSSIDAE

Genus Chaerephon Dobson, 1874

Chaereplion major (Trouessart, 1897)

Even if they captured it in only two areas,

Koopman et al. (1978) had already suggested that

Chaerephon major was probably widespread in

Burkina Faso (Fig. 9). Indeed, as a typical African

savanna species (Koopman, 1975; McFellan,

1986), C. major is present in all phytogeographic

areas of Burkina Faso except in the South-Sahelian

zone. Fodged in crevices, cracks or in aggregates

of rocks in rivers, hollow trees and holes in houses

(Rosevear, 1965), it would therefore not be surpris-

ing to find it in the South-Sahelian zone. All three

new specimens have been captured in the protected

forest of Niouma in a shrubby savanna and in an

open forest. Chaerephon major is smaller than C.

nigeriae. The maximum values of body meas-

urements (Bm, HB, FA, 3Met, 4Met, 5met, 5Phl

and 5Ph2) and cranial measurements of C. major

are lower than the body measurements and cranial

measurements of C. nigeriae (Table 11).

618

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Chaerephon nigeriae Thomas, 1913

Chaerephon nigeriae is located in Southcentral

and extreme Southwestern part in Sudani an zone

(Fig. 9). The five specimens have been captured in

a gallery forest along a stream at Galgouli and in an

open forest and shrubby savanna in the protected

forest of Niouma. It is the largest Chaerephon found

in Burkina Faso.

The measurement of the forearm helps to sep-

arate it from others present in Burkina Faso (Table

11 ).

Chaerephon pumilus (Cretzschmar, 1830)

Chaerephon pumilus is the most easily found

species in Burkina Faso among Molossidae. It is the

smallest Chaerephon in Burkina Faso. It is there-

fore recognizable by its size. Present in a variety of

habitats, in semi-arid areas in the North to the forest

areas of the South (Happold, 1987), C. pumilus is

present in all phytogeographic areas in Burkina

Faso, even though it is mainly located in the Su-

danian zone (Fig. 9). Only a few specimens are

known from the Sahelian zones. Very often found

in roofs of houses, C. pumilus finds in southern

Burkina Faso, a variable and high number of hab-

itats, able to serve as its lodging places.

Genus Mops Lesson, 1842

Mops condylurus (A. Smith, 1833)

Found in the Sahelian areas and even in rain-

forests, Mops condylurus has no preference for any

particular habitat (Rosevear, 1965). In Burkina

Faso, it is located in the Sudanian zone (Fig. 9). The

specimens have been captured in a shrubby savanna

on the edge of a forest, in a shrubby savanna near a

mountain assembly line, and next to a pond.

Measurements of body and cranial meas-

urements do not help in distinguishing males from

females (Table 11).

Mops demonstrator (Thomas, 1903)

Rarely seen in West Africa, it is the second time

that Mops demonstrator is reported in Burkina

Faso. The four specimens examined by Koopman

et al. (1978), have been captured near the river

Nazinon. The specimen examined during the BIOTA

collect has also been captured along a stream in a

grassy steppe. All specimens have been located in

the extreme South in the South-Sudanian zone (Fig.

9). It is easily comparable to M. condylurus.

Cranial measurements do not allow to distin-

guish them, but the body measurements (Tail, FA,

3 Met, 3 Phi, 3Ph2, 4Met, 4Phl, 4Ph2, 5Met, Tib

and HF) of M. demonstrator are smaller than those

ofM condylurus (Table 11).

Mops midas (Sundevall, 1843)

Mops midas is a species of African savannas

(Koopman, 1975) and particularly isolated in the

forests of savannas (Peterson, 1972). Like all other

Mops found in Burkina Faso, it is located in the Su-

danian zone (Fig. 9). Only two specimens are repor-

ted from Burkina Faso. These specimens, examined

by Koopman et al. (1978), have been captured near

the river Nazinon, almost the same environment

from where they reported M. demonstrator. This is

the only area of presence of this species known to

date in Burkina Faso, as no other specimen of M.

midas has yet been captured.

It is the largest of Mops found in Burkina Faso.

Aside from the measurement of tragus of M. midas

which is below the minimum values of M. condy-

lurus and those of M. demonstator , all other meas-

urements of M. midas are superior to the maximum

values of M. condylurus and the measurements of

M. demonstrator (Table 11).

Family VESPERTILIONIDAE

Genus Glauconycteris Dobson, 1875

Glauconycteris variegata (Tomes, 1861)

Glauconycteris variegata is located in West

Central area in the North- Sudanian zone (Fig. 10).

As noted by Rosevear (1965) this is a species that

inhabits open areas rather than rainforests.

Genus Myotis Kaup, 1829

My otis bocagii (Peters, 1870)

Myotis bocagii has been found in the southwest

and southeast of the Sudanian zone (Fig. 10). It is a

forest species also found in the gallery forests along

rivers, in savanna areas (Green, 1983). All speci-

mens captured during BIOTA collect are from the

cliffs of Banfora. This is the second area where the

species is identified.

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

619

Genus Neoromicia Roberts, 1926

Neoromicia capensis (A. Smith, 1829)

Neoromicia capensis is located at the extreme

southwestern area in South- Sudanian zone (Fig.

10). The specimen has been captured in a gallery

forest along a stream between hills.

Measurements of body and cranial measure-

ments of N. capensis exceed the maximum meas-

urements (except Bm, 3Ph3, HF of males and

except Bm, 3Ph3, HF, CC, and CM of females) of

N. somalica. They are also higher than the maximum

values (except 3Ph2, 3Ph3, Tib, HF of males and

except HB, Tail, 3Ph3, 4Phl and HF of females) of

N. guineensis (see Table 13 and 14). Body meas-

urements do not really allow distinguishing them.

However, measurement of the forearm of N. capen-

sis is larger than that of N. somalica and N. guineen-

sis (Table 12).

Figure 9. Distribution of Molossidae in Burkina Faso.

620

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Chaerephon major

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5 Phi

5Ph2

TB

1 IF

c-c

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

15.1

66.7

34.3

17.1

3.5

43.0

44.0

19.0

17.7

8.3

42.2

15.6

12.2

27.4

13.4

5.1

13.4

8.3

4.97

8.20

7.01

± SD

0.2

0.3

2.6

0.7

0.1

0.8

1.3

0.9

0.6

1,2

1.2

0.5

0,7

1.0

0.3

0.5

0.7

0.6

0.08

0.07

0.17

S3

Min

14.8

66.2

31.1

16.0

3.4

42.0

42.2

18.0

16.7

7.1

41.0

14.9

11.2

25.9

13.0

4.6

12.3

7.6

4.84

8.14

6.74

Max

15.3

66.9

36.9

17.8

3.7

44.2

45.8

20.1

18.5

10.0

43.9

16.1

13.0

28.4

13.9

5.5

14.3

9.4

5.06

8.31

7.21

n=

3

4

5

4

5

4

9 (USNM 452890)

40.4

[2.0

8.2

5.07

7.82

6.65

Chaerephon nigeriae

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-G

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

3

18.5

73.0

41.4

21.3

3.0

48.7

50.0

20.4

20.9

8.5

47.9

16.4

13.2

30.7

15.0

6.5

15.0

9.1

5.43

8.96

7.60

3

20.3

74.8

40.1

21.6

3.0

49.6

49.9

21.1

20.5

9.5

47.5

16.9

12.7

30.2

15.7

5.8

15.9

8.8

5.90

8.83

7.64

9

18.8

72.2

34.9

17.5

3.4

47.7

48.0

19.4

18.4

8.7

47.5

15.3

12.4

30.1

14.6

5.6

14.7

8.5

5.33

8.79

7.43

Chaerephon

pumilus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3 Phi

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

m 3 -m 3

C-M 3

X

8.6

53.3

30.7

15.5

3.2

36.1

36.4

IS.l

14.9

6.5

35.4

12.6

10.3

23,3

11.1

4.0

11.7

6.7

4,19

7.20

5.90

± SD

0.8

1.7

1.5

1.0

0.3

0.8

1.4

0.7

0.5

0.7

1.1

0.5

0.6

0.9

0.8

0.3

0.6

0.5

0.20

0.16

0.12

S3

Min

7.5

50.7

27.3

14.2

2.8

34.1

34.5

14.1

13.8

5.2

33.7

11.7

9.3

21.7

[0.0

3.4

10.6

5.7

3.82

6.94

5.63

Max

10.0

57.0

33.4

17.6

3.7

37.5

38.7

16.2

15.6

7.4

37.3

13.4

11.2

24.8

12.4

4.4

12.7

7.8

4.47

7.49

6.10

n=

15

X

8.6

53.0

31.4

15.5

3.4

36.4

36.3

15.3

15.1

6,2

34.8

12.5

10.6

22.8

11.1

4.1

11.9

6.5

3.92

6.90

5.79

99

± SD

0.9

1.9

2.0

0.7

0.4

0.6

1.2

0.6

0.7

0.5

l.l

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.7

0.2

0.8

0.5

0.08

0.21

0.11

Min

7.0

50.7

28.5

13.8

2.9

35.5

34.7

14.0

5.4

33.3

11.5

9.3

21.4

9.7

3.7

10.3

6.0

3,78

6.53

5.58

Max

10.0

57.7

34.7

16.6

4.3

37.6

38.4

16.3

16.4

7.1

37.1

13.4

11.6

24.2

12.4

4.5

12.9

7.7

4.06

7.18

6.09

n=

15

Mops condylar us

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3 Phi

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

3 (SAD)

23.0

69.2

36.0

18.4

3.4

48.5

51.1

22.9

21.1

9.3

48.9

18.0

14.6

34.1

14.0

5.3

16.8

11.0

5.74

9.38

7.51

3

23.8

69.8

39.4

18.9

2.8

48.2

48.8

23.4

22.2

10.3

47.5

18.9

15.8

34.0

14.6

5.5

17.2

11.0

5,68

8.78

7.15

X

24.8

67.6

39.6

18.1

3.0

46.6

48.3

22.6

22.0

9.4

47.0

18.1

15.7

32.8

13.5

5.5

16.6

10.8

5.34

8.82

7.35

99

Min

23.5

66.6

37.5

17.5

2.8

45.3

47.5

21.7

21.9

8.2

46.3

17.2

15.2

32.0

13.4

5.2

16.2

10.6

5.15

8.74

7.14

Max

26.0

69.4

42.5

18.6

3,2

48.4

50.2

23.3

22.2

10.6

48.4

18.6

16.3

33.6

13.7

5.8

17.1

11.2

5.55

9.05

7.53

n=

4

Mops demonstrator

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3 Ph 1

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

Q

25.8

71.8

34.1

17.7

3.8

43.4

44.1

18.6

17.5

7.6

42.6

14.4

12.0

26.0

13.5

5.8

15.0

8.8

5.55

9.18

7.53

Mops midas

Sex

BM

TL

T

F.

TR

FA

3Met

3 Phi

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M-’-M-’

C-M 3

o AD (USNM 503956)

100

47

28

2

63.3

18.9

13.6

8.30

11.84

10.44

Table 11. Measurements of Molossidae from Burkina Faso.

Neoromicia guineensis (Bocage, 1889)

Neoromicia guineensis is present in almost all

phytogeographic areas of Burkina Faso. It is widely

distributed in the Sudanian zone with a few speci-

mens in the North-Sahelian zone (Fig. 10).

It is easily comparable to N. somalica. Although

the weight (WB) of N. guineensis is greater than the

weight of N. somalica , averages of body measure-

ments (except Tail 3 Phi, 3Ph2, 3Ph3, 5Phl, 5Ph2)

of males from N. somalica are higher than those of

males from N. guineensis and averages of body

measurements (except Tail, 3 Phi, 3Ph2, 4Phl, 4Ph2,

5Phl, 5Ph2 and Tib) of females from N. somalica

are higher than those of females from N. guineensis.

The body measurements of males (except Bm and

FIB) from N. somalica and N. guineensis overlap, as

well as those of females. Body measurements do not

allow to distinguish them. However, the minimum

cranial measurements of N. somalica are higher than

the maximum cranial measurements of N. guineensis

(Table 12). Only cranial measurements thus enable

separating them. Averages of body measurements

(except Ear, 3Ph2) and cranial measurements of fe-

males are higher than those of males.

Neoromicia nana (Peters, 1852)

Neoromicia nana is located in the South-Su-

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

621

danian zone (Fig. 10). The specimens have been

captured in a gallery forest along a water stream, in

the cliffs of Banfora, in a woody savanna along a

rupicolous bar, next to a dam and along a stream at

the end of the hills.

Neoromicia rendalli (Thomas, 1889)

It is located in the South-East in the South-

Sudanian zone (Fig. 10). It seems to be essentially

present in dry areas of Guinean, Sudanian and

Sahelian open forests (Rosevear, 1965). The speci-

men has been captured in a woody savanna near a

managed water point. It seems to be essentially

present in dry areas of Guinea, Sudanian and

Sahelian open forests (Rosevear, 1965). Neoromicia

rendalli is easily distinguishable from other Neor-

omicia by the white color of its wings and its

forearm which is longer than that of others present

in Burkina Faso (Table 12).

Neoromicia somalica (Thomas, 1901)

Neoromicia somalica is less distributed than N.

guineensis. This species is particularly located in

the South- Sudanian zone (Fig. 10).

The averages of body measurements (except

Tra, 3 Phi, 4Phl, 4Ph2, 5Ph2 and HF) and cranial

measurements (except CM) of females are larger

than those of males. These are mainly measure-

ments of the forearm and cranial measurements,

especially those of the upper incisors show a slight

difference between males which are slightly smaller

than females (Table 12).

Genus Nycticeinops Hill et Harrison, 1987

Nycticeinops schlieffenii (Peters, 1859)

Nycticeinops schlieffenii is present in almost all

phytogeographic zones (Fig. 10). Although no spe-

cimen has been captured in the South-Sahelian

zone, this small bat inhabits open woodlands and

drier areas (Rosevear, 1965). Its presence in the

North-Sahelian zone shows that it will therefore not

be surprising to capture it in the South-Sahelian

zone.

The averages of body measurements (except

Tra, 3Ph3) and cranial measurements (except CM)

of females are slightly higher than those of males

(Table 12).

Genus Pipistrellus Kaup, 1829

Pipistrellus deserti Thomas, 1902

Pipistrellus deserti is located in the South-cent-

ral zone in South-Sudanian area (Fig. 10). Only one

specimen has been captured in Burkina Faso

(Koopman et al., 1978). This species is rarely found

in West Africa. Its presence was unexpected in Burk-

ina Faso particularly because it is known to be a

northern Sahara species (Horacek et al., 2000; Fahr

et al., 2006).

Pipistrellus inexspectatus Aellen, 1959

Pipistrellus inexspectatus is located in the south-

west in the South-Sudanian zone (Fig. 10). Only

two specimens have been captured in a wooded

savanna along a rupicolous bar and in a gallery

forest in a protected forest.

Pipistrellus nanulus Thomas, 1904

Like Pipistrellus deserti, only one specimen of

P nanulus has been captured in Burkina Faso. It is

located at the Centre in the North- Sudanian zone

(Fig. 10).

It is more easily comparable to P. rusticus whose

body measurements, in particular the measurements

of the forearm do not help in the distinction. The

best measurements to separate them remaining the

cranial ones which clearly show that P nanulus is

smaller than P rusticus. Indeed, the cranial meas-

urements of P. nanulus are below the minimum

measurements of P rusticus (Table 12). It is the

smallest Pipistrellus found in Burkina Faso.

Pipistrellus rusticus (Tomes, 1861)

Pipistrellus rusticus is located in the Southwest

in the South-Sudanian area and at the center in the

North-Sudanian zone (Fig. 10). The specimens have

been captured near a pond, in the cliffs of Banfora,

along a stream at the end of the hills and in an

orchard.

Pipistrellus rusticus is smaller than P. inex-

spectatus. Only body measurements (HB, Tail, Ear,

Tra, 3Ph3 and HF) of P inexspectatus are below the

maximum measurements of the body of P. rusticus.

The other body measurements in particular meas-

urement of the forearm and wings and cranial meas-

622

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Figure 10/1. Distribution of Vespertilionidae in Burkina Faso.

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

623

Figure 10/2. Distribution of Vespertilionidae in Burkina Faso.

624

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Glauconvcteris variegata

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Phl

3PK2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

9 (SAD)

10.5

53.1

51.0

13.3

6.2

44.8

41.8

16.1

21.6

3.7

40.1

11.6

11.0

39.5

10.0

7.9

20.6

8.1

4.62

7.06

4.87

Myoth bocagii

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

<3

5.5

52.5

38.4

15.1

7.5

34.7

36.6

14.2

10.9

5.8

35.1

10.2

7.6

33.9

8.8

6.3

17.2

10.6

3.83

5.77

5.61

9

6.5

53.1

39.2

14.2

7.2

37.7

37.0

15.7

10.8

6.1

37.6

11.6

7.7

34.4

10.1

6.7

18.6

10.9

3.98

5.87

5.78

Neoromicia capensis

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Plt3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

m 3 -m 3

C-M 5

c3

4.3

50.9

33.8

15.4

6.8

32.3

31.6

12.2

10.6

6.8

30.1

10.4

10.3

30.0

10.0

7.0

12.8

6.2

4.30

5.66

4.74

Neoromicia guineensis

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3 Ph 1

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5 Ph 1

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

3.0

36.7

30.5

10.3

4.5

27.2

26.2

10.2

8.8

6.2

25.7

9.0

6.1

25.6

7.4

4.1

10.9

5.5

3.18

4.57

3.72

± SD

0.3

1.4

1.8

0.8

0.4

1.4

1,0

0.5

0.7

0.5

1.0

0,5

0.3

1.1

0.5

0.4

0.7

0.4

0.11

0.15

0,09

66

Min

2.5

34.5

25.5

8.9

4.0

25.4

24.4

9.2

7.5

5.2

24.3

8.2

5.2

23.7

6.6

3.1

9.8

4.6

2.99

4.36

3.53

Max

3.5

39.2

35.5

12.0

5.2

31.2

27.8

1 1.4

10.8

7.1

27.8

10.3

6.7

27.6

8.4

5.0

13.5

6.6

3.39

4.92

3.87

n=

24

25

24

25

X

3.6

39.1

32.2

10. 1

4.6

28.2

27.4

10.7

9.3

6.2

27.2

9.5

6.3

26.8

7.9

4.3

11.2

5.6

3.35

4.67

3.78

± SD

0.3

1.7

2.0

0.4

0.3

0.7

1.2

0.4

0.5

0.6

1.3

0.6

0.5

1.2

0.5

0.4

0.6

0.5

0.14

0.10

99

Min

3.0

36.0

28.5

9.4

3.9

27.0

25.2

9.9

8.3

5.2

25.5

8.5

5.4

24.3

7.0

3.5

9.8

4.4

3.13

4,47

3.61

Max

4.3

42.1

35.6

10.9

4.9

29.6

29.4

11.5

10.0

7.2

29.3

10.4

7.1

28.5

8.5

4.9

12.0

6.3

3.61

4.95

3.95

n=

11

12

11

14

12

11

It

12

11

12

11

14

Neoromicia

nana

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Plil

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

m 3 -m 3

C-M 3

X

3.3

38.0

29.9

9.7

3.6

27.6

26.8

8.7

7.4

4.6

26.5

7.3

5.2

26.0

6.4

3.5

10.0

5.6

3.25

4.37

3.62

± SD

0.6

1.4

2.2

0.4

1.1

1.0

0.5

1.0

0.5

0.8

0.4

0.3

0.4

0.3

0.10

0.14

0.09

<39

Min

2.4

34.7

24.7

8.9

2.9

25.8

25.4

7.9

6.5

3.2

25.0

5.8

4.2

24.4

5.9

2.9

9.2

4.9

3.02

4.16

3.44

Max

4.0

40.9

33.8

10.7

4.9

30.1

29.2

10.0

8.4

5.5

28.9

7.9

6.1

27.6

7.5

4.0

10.6

6.1

3.40

4.62

3.79

n=

22

Neoronticia rendaiii

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3 Pill

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

9 (SAD)

6.8

46.6

37.8

11.4

4.7

35.2

34.4

11.3

8.5

5.8

34.0

10.5

6.0

32.6

8.0

4.3

12.8

6.8

4.15

5.90

4.47

Neoromicia somalica

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Ph 1

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

4.4

43.9

27.8

11.3

5.2

28.2

27.1

10.1

8.6

6.2

26.5

9.2

6.3

26.7

7.0

4.1

10.8

6.1

4.00

5.36

4.45

±SD

0.3

1.3

1.5

0.4

0.3

0.6

0.8

0.4

0.3

0.6

0.9

0.4

0.2

0.7

0.5

0.2

0.3

0.2

0.15

0.14

0.09

33

Min

4.0

42.4

25.6

10.9

4.7

27.1

25.4

9.5

8.0

5.4

24.7

8.4

6.0

25.0

6.5

3.8

10.4

5.8

3.83

5.16

4.35

Max

4.8

46.6

29.6

11.8

5.7

29.0

28.0

10.7

9.1

7.3

27.7

9.8

6.6

27.2

7.9

4.4

11.1

6.5

4,22

5.54

4.60

n=

7

6

X

5.3

45.9

30.0

11.4

4.9

29.3

28.4

10.0

8.7

6.4

27.9

9.2

6.3

27.9

7.3

3.9

10.9

5.8

4.09

5.39

4.41

± SD

0.8

1.7

1.4

0.4

1.0

0.9

0.4

0.5

1.0

0.6

0.3

1.0

0.4

0.2

0.4

0.12

0.14

0.08

99

Min

4.3

41.2

28.1

10.9

4.3

27.3

27.2

9.4

8.2

5.5

26.6

8.3

5.8

26.5

6.7

3.5

10.3

5.2

3.96

5.16

4.25

Max

6.5

48.7

32.6

12.0

5.4

31.1

29.6

10.7

9.9

7.2

29.5

10.1

6.9

29.3

8.1

4.3

11.6

6.3

4.37

5.67

4.54

n=

13

12

13

Nycticeinops schlieffenii

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3 Ph 1

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

33

X

5.1

44.1

30.9

11.3

4.7

30.8

30.5

11.6

9.4

6.3

30.1

10.2

6.5

30.0

7.5

4.5

12.2

6.3

3.94

5.43

4.36

± SD

0.4

1.8

2.5

0.5

0.3

1.1

1.3

0.7

0.8

1.0

0.6

0.5

1.1

0.5

0.3

0.5

0.4

0.14

0.15

0.12

Min

4.5

41.9

26.4

10.4

3.9

29.3

27.8

10.6

8.4

5.1

28.8

9.1

5.7

27.7

6.7

4.1

11.4

5.5

3.73

5.17

4.18

Max

6.0

47.2

35.4

12.1

5.1

32.5

32.6

12.9

10.9

7.7

31.8

11.1

7.4

31.7

8.6

5.2

12.9

7.3

4.15

5.61

4.60

n=

11

X

5.7

46.3

33.3

11.5

4.6

31.9

31.4

12.0

9.8

6.2

30.9

10.8

7.1

30.6

8.0

4.7

12.8

6.6

3.98

5.48

4.32

± SD

0.6

1.0

1.9

0.5

0.3

1.7

1.8

0.8

0.7

0.6

1.7

0.7

0.5

1.8

0.6

0.4

0.9

0.1

0.15

0.08

0.10

99

Min

5.0

43.8

30.6

10.4

4.1

29.0

28.0

10.6

8.4

5.3

27.6

9.6

6.0

27.0

6.6

4,0

11.0

6.5

3.70

5.30

4.18

Max

7.0

47.3

35.9

12.1

5.0

33.6

34.5

13.5

10.4

7.4

34.1

11.7

8.0

33.6

8.9

5.4

13.6

7.0

4.24

5.58

4.49

n=

9

Pipistrel! us inexspectatus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3 Ph 1

3Ph2

3PH3

4 Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M ! -M 3

C-M 3

9

5.3

46.8

35.1

11.9

4.8

32.6

31.6

12.1

11.4

5.2

30.4

10.8

8.8

30.1

8.0

6.4

13.3

5.6

3.98

5.32

4.42

9

5.5

47.2

37.3

11.9

5.0

32.8

31.3

12.5

10.5

6.8

30.8

10.5

8.8

30.1

7.7

6,1

13.2

5.8

3.96

5.21

4.51

Table 12/1. Measurements of Vespertilionidae from Burkina Faso.

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

625

Pipistrel! us nun ulus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Ph 1

3Ph2 3Ph3 4 Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

c-c

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

3 (AD) USNM

454669

4.0

44

25

9

1 26.4|

8.9

4.6

3.64

4.85

3.90

Pipistrellus rusticus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Mct

3Ph 1

3Ph2 3Ph3 4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Mct

5Phl

5PK2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

X

4.0

42.0

31.1

10.9

4.8

27.5

27.3

9.9

7.8

5.5

27.0

9.0

6.2

26.5

6.5

3.6

10.1

5.5

3.80

5.09

4.04

± SD

3.6

6.8

0.8

0.4

1.1

0.4

0.5

0.3

0.4

0.3

0.6

0.7

0.4

0.03

0.06

0.08

<??

Min

3.8

38.1

26.8

10.0

4.2

26.1

26.5

9.1

7.2

4.8

26.4

8.4

5.8

26.2

6.1

2.8

8.5

5.0

3.76

5.02

3.92

Max

4.5

47.3

46.1

12.2

5.3

29.9

27.9

10.6

8.1

6.0

27.6

9.4

6.8

27.2

6.9

4.2

10.7

6.2

3.86

5.16

4.12

n=

4

6

7

6

7

5

Scotoecus ulhofuscus

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4 Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M J

C-M 3

6

8.0

60.6

32.9

11,7

4.9

31,7

32.6

11.9

8.5

6.0

32.1

10.9

6.3

31.0

6.8

4.4

11.9

8.5

4.79

6.47

4.97

3

8.5

60.2

31.5

11.9

4.8

33.9

31.6

11.4

8.7

5.2

31.5

10.2

6.6

30.6

8.0

4,6

12.7

6.6

5.32

7.04

5.36

X

7.6

56.4

33.6

1 1.6

4.4

30.5

30.4

11.5

8.7

6.4

30.2

10.6

6.9

29.0

7.9

4.4

1 1.9

7.3

4.54

6.46

4.75

± SD

0.4

3.4

1.1

0.4

0.3

0,3

0.9

0.3

1.4

0.3

0.5

1.2

0.4

0.3

0.6

0.06

0,07

0.11

99

Min

7.0

50.3

32.3

11.2

4.0

30.2

29.5

11.1

8.4

6.1

29.1

10.2

6.4

28.1

7.4

4.1

11.6

6.4

4.44

6.34

4.56

Max

8.0

60.3

35.2

12.2

5.0

31.1

32.1

11.9

9.1

6.7

32.9

11.0

7.7

31.3

8.5

4.9

12.2

8.1

4.62

6.54

4.87

n=

5

Scotoecus hiruiulo

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3Mel

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M 3

C-M 3

3

10.8

51.4

35.8

13.8

5.2

33.7

32.1

12.0

9.3

6.4

32.0

11.4

6.8

31.8

7.4

5.1

12.7

8.0

4.65

6.82

5.59

s

9.0

51.2

32.2

12.8

4.5

32.8

33.3

11.2

9.2

6.5

32.5

11.0

6.4

31.9

7.3

5.2

12.2

8.1

5.12

6.59

5.06

X

10.7

51.8

32.5

13.0

4.8

32.2

31.6

11.3

8.7

6.3

31.2

11.1

6.8

30.3

7.4

4.9

11.7

7.7

4.86

6.57

5.07

99

Min

9.5

50.0

32.5

12.7

4.4

30.9

30.8

11.2

8.2

5.7

30.5

10.8

6.0

30.0

7.2

4.3

11.3

6.6

4.71

6.44

4.98

Max

11.8

52.6

32.6

13.5

5.2

33.3

33.0

11.5

9.0

7.1

32.1

11.4

7.3

30.8

7.5

5.5

11.9

8.4

4.94

6.84

5.13

n=

4

3

4

Scotopliilus dinpanii

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Ph1

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

m 3 -m j

C-M 3

9

26.0

73.8

56.7

20.1

10.4

56.7

56.3

19.9

16.2

8.1

55.3

15.3

10.1

50.6

10.3

6.5

24.0

10.8

7.66

9.74

7.52

9

27.5

74.6

61.4

18.5

7.7

55.7

56.4

20.8

15.8

8.2

50.9

15.4

10.8

49.9

9.7

7.9

24.7

13.0

7.72

9.98

7.41

Scotopliilus leucopuster

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Ph 1

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5 Met

5Phl

5Ph2

TB

HF

C-C

M 3 -M J

C-M 3

33

X

20.3

67.0

47.9

14.5

7.4

49.6

46.2

16.9

14.1

7.8

45.8

12.9

8.8

42.5

8.7

5.7

19.4

9.1

6.39

8.37

6.32

± SD

1.4

2.1

2.6

0.9

0.5

1.1

0.9

0.7

0.4

0.9

0.5

0.8

1.0

0.5

0.7

1.1

0.5

0.19

0.20

0.18

Min

18.0

62.9

43.1

13.2

6.2

47.7

44.4

15.5

12.3

7.2

43.4

12.0

7.2

40.6

7.9

4.5

17.4

8.6

6.06

8.05

6.03

Max

22.5

70.8

51.6

16.1

8.2

52.0

48.3

18.4

15.4

8.5

46.8

13.9

11.1

44.4

9.6

7.0

20.8

10.2

6.73

8.80

6.66

n=

19

X

23.0

70.0

48.8

14,6

7.6

51.2

48.0

17.4

14.1

8.2

47.4

13.2

8.9

44.8

9.2

5.8

19.6

9.3

6.37

8.35

6.18

± SD

3.2

3.0

0.8

0.4

1.4

1.5

0.6

0.5

1.6

0.5

0.6

1.5

0.5

0.7

1.0

0.6

0.15

0.17

0.15

¥$

Min

18.3

63.1

42.9

13.1

6.8

48.1

45.9

16.3

13.2

7.3

44,0

12.3

7.9

42.7

8.5

4,4

18.2

8.2

6.10

8.09

6.00

Max

33.0

80.2

54.3

15.8

8.3

54.2

53.0

18.5

15.8

8.9

51.9

14.5

11.1

49.2

10.3

7.5

21.6

10.5

6.69

8.83

6.58

n=

33

Scotopliilus viridis

Sex

BM

TL

T

E

TR

FA

3 Met

3Phl

3Ph2

3Ph3

4Met

4Phl

4Ph2

5Met

5Phl

5Pti2

TB

HF

c-c

M 3 -M 3

C-M- 3

X

14.1

59.9

47.0

14.6

7.1

45.3

42.2

15.4

12.6

7.3

41.4

11.9

7.9

39.1

8.1

5.0

18.5

8.9

5.68

7.75

5.72

i SD

3.2

1.9

2.1

0.6

0.4

1.0

1.7

0.5

0.7

0.6

1.4

0.7

0.5

1.6

0.5

0.6

0.5

0.9

0.16

0.20

0.11

Min

10.0

57.1

43.1

13.8

6.5

43.6

40.0

14.1

11.0

5.8

39.2

10.4

7.0

37.1

7.3

4.1

17.4

7.3

5.40

7.37

5.55

Max

23.5

64.5

51.1

15.6

7.9

47.4

46.8

16.3

13.6

8.0

45.2

12.9

8.9

43.1

9.3

6.1

19.3

10.2

6.01

8.06

5.91

n=

17

16

17

X

16.7

60.8

48.1

14.6

7.2

45.3

42.3

15.6

13.0

7.4

42.2

12.3

8.4

39.3

8.6

5.1

17.3

8.9

5.75

7.73

5.80

± SD

2.6

1.9

3.0

0.7

0.4

1.1

1.7

0.7

0.4

0.6

1.9

0.4

0.8

1.6

0.4

0.5

1.0

0.8

0.10

0.14

??

Min

11.0

58,4

43.4

13.9

6.3

43.5

40.5

14.2

12.3

6.7

40.1

11.5

7.0

37.7

8.1

4.5

16.3

8.1

5.65

7.52

5.56

Max

20.3

63.2

52.4

15.7

7.6

46.4

45.6

16.8

13.7

8.3

45.4

12.8

9.6

42.6

9.1

6.0

19.2

10.4

5.90

8.00

6.05

n=

7

Table 12/2. Measurements of Vespertilionidae from Burkina Faso.

626

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

urements of P inexspectatus are larger than the max-

imum measurements of P. ructicus (Table 12).

Genus Sc o to ecus Thomas, 1901

Scotoecus albofuscus (Thomas, 1890)

Scotoecus albofuscus is located in the extreme

Southwest in the South-Sudanian zone (Fig. 10). All

specimens have been captured near rock formations

and in the presence of water in the cliffs of Banfora,

next to a water point near hills and in shrubby

savanna between a mountain and a dam. Their

presence seems to be linked to the topography and

the presence of water.

Body and cranial measurements do not help to

clearly separate males from females. Only the fore-

arm and cranial measurements (CC and MM) of

males is higher than the maximum values of fe-

males (Table 12).

Scotoecus hirundo (de Winton, 1899)

Scotoecus hirundo is located in the extreme

Southwest in the South-Sudanian zone (Fig. 10).

The specimens have been captured in a gallery

forest located along a stream and in a woody savanna

in the protected forest of Peni. Like S. albofuscus ,

S. hirundo inhabits open woodlands (Hill, 1974).

Measurements of body and cranial measure-

ments do not help to distinguish S. hirundo from S.

albofuscus and cannot also help to distinguish

males from females (Table 12). Nevertheless, the

maximum values of cranial measurements (CC and

CM) of female from S. albofuscus are below the

minimum values of cranial measurements from S.

hirundo. Especially the white wings of S. albofu-

scus contribute to distinguish them.

Genus Scotophilus Leach, 1821

Scotophilus dinganii (A. Smith, 1833)

Specimens have been captured in the extreme

Southwest in the South-Sudanian zone (Fig. 10).

Indeed, Scotophilus dinganii is found in most areas

of savanna vegetation, from large forests until the

beginning of Sahelian savannas (Robbins et al.,

1985).

It is the largest Scotophilus fond in Burkina

Faso. Measurements of the forearm reveal that it is

larger than S. leucogaster and S. viridis (Table 12).

Scotophilus leucogaster (Cretzschmar, 1826)

Commonly encountered species, Scotophilus

leucogaster is widespread and present in almost all

vegetation zones except in the South- Sahelian zone

(Fig. 10).

It is smaller than S. dinganii. The averages of

body measurements (except 3Ph3) and averages of

cranial measurements of S. leucogaster are below

the measurements of S. dinganii. However, there is

an overlap, because all the maximum values of S.

leucogaster (BM, HB, 3Ph2, 3Ph3, 4 Met, 4Ph2,

5Phl and 5Ph2) are not inferior to the measure-

ments of S. dinganii. However, all the maximum

values of the forearm and cranial measurements of

S. leucogaster are lower than the measurements of

the forearm and cranial measurements of S. dinganii

(Table 12). The measurement of forearm and cranial

measurements are better suited to differentiate

them. The averages of body measurements (except

3Ph2) of males are smaller than those of females.

However, the averages of cranial measurements

of males are higher than those of females. Among

insectivorous bats this is the most widespread

species in Burkina Faso.

Scotophilus viridis (Peters, 1852)

Scotophilus viridis is present in all areas of

African savanna but absent or rare in the driest areas

of Sudanian and Sahelian savannas (Robbins et al.,

1985). Indeed, In Burkina Faso, it is present only in

the Sudanian zone (Fig. 11). It is therefore less

widespread than S. leucogaster.

It is the smallest of Scotophilus found in Burk-

ina Faso (Table 12). The averages of body meas-

urements (except Ear, FA, Tib and HF) and cranial

measurements (except MM) of males are smaller

than those of females. They do not really help to

separate them. The averages of body measurements

(except Ear) and cranial measurements of S. viridis

are lower than those of S. leucogaster. However,

only maximum values (FA, CC and CM) of males

from S. viridis are below the minimum values of

males from S. leucogaster. In addition, only the

maximum values (FA, 3 Met, CC and MM) of fe-

males from S. viridis are below the minimum values

of females from S. leucogaster. The measurement

of the forearm remains the best measurement to

separate the two species.

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

627

Distribution at the family level

The families Pteropodidae, Hipposideridae,

Emballonuridae, Nycteridae and Molossidae were

present in all phytogeographic areas in Burkina

Faso. However, Rhinolophidae were absent in the

North- Sahalian zone but present in the rest of the

country. Similarly, Vespertilionidae were absent in

the south-Sahelian zone but present in the rest of

the country. Rhinopomatidae were only present in

the extreme north and the extreme south of the

countiy, while Megadermatidae were present in

the Sudanian zone only. Of the 5 1 species found in

Burkina Faso, only 3 species are exclusively located

in the Sahelian zone against 32 in the Sudanian

zone. The remaining 16 species are found both in

the Sahelian and Sudanian areas (Table 13).

DISCUSSION

Of the 36 species already reported since the late

1980s, five species were not captured again and

other 1 5 species have been identified for the first

time in Burkina Faso (Kangoye et al., 2012). Most

specimens have been captured in the southern part

of the country with a particular emphasis on the

Southwest which had been under-sampled. Among

the five species already reported in Burkina Faso

Species

Phytogeographic

zones

Species

Phytogeographic

zones

Species

Phytogeographic zones

Sudanian zone only

Sahelian zone only

Sahelian and Sudanian zones

Pipislrellus nanulus

NSud

Asellia tridens

NSah

Epomophorus gambianus

NSah

SSah

NSud

SSud

Micropteropus pusillus

NSud

SSud

Rhinopoma microphyllum

NSah

Hipposideros ruber

NS ah

SSah

NSud

SSud

Nanonycteris veldkampii

NSud

SSud

Glauconycteris variegata

SSah Nycteris macrotis

NS ah

SSah

NSud

SSud

Hipposideros jonesi

NSud

SSud

Nycteris thebaica

NSah

SSah

NSud

SSud

Hipposideros vittatus

NSud

SSud

Chaerephon pumilus

NSah

SSah

NSud

SSud

Lavia frons

NSud

SSud

Eidolon helvum

NS ah

NSud

SSud

Rhinoloplms fumigatus

NSud

SSud

Chaerephon major

NSah

NSud

SSud

Nycteris hispida

NSud

SSud

Neoromicia guineensis

NSah

NSud

SSud

Chaerephon nigeriae

NSud

SSud

Nycticeinops schlieffenii

NS ah

NSud

SSud

Mops condylurus

NSud

SSud

Scotophilus leucogaster

NS ah

NSud

SSud

Neoromicia somalica

NSud

SSud

Taphozous perforatus

NSah

SSah

SSud

Pipistrellus rusticus

NSud

SSud

Hipposideros tephrus

SSah

NSud

SSud

Scotophilus viridis

NSud

SSud

Rhinoloplms landeri

SSah

NSud

SSud

Hypsignathus monstrosus

SSud

Nycteris gambiensis

SSah

NSud

SSud

Lissonycteris angolensis

SSud

Rhinopoma cystops

NSah

SSud

Rousettus aegyptiacus

SSud

Taphozous nudiventris

NS ah

SSud

Hipposideros abae

SSud

Hipposideros cyciops

SSud

Rhinolophus ctlcyone

SSud

Coleura afro

SSud

Nycteris grandis

SSud

Mops demonstrator

SSud

Mops midas

SSud

Myotis bocagii

SSud

Neoromicia capensis

SSud

Neoromicia nana

SSud

Neoromicia rendalli

SSud

Pipistrellus desert i

SSud

Pipistrellus inexspectatus

SSud

Scotoecus albofuscus

SSud

Scotoecus hirundo

SSud

Scotophilus dinganii

SSud

32

3

16

Table 13. Distribution of bats species by phytogeographic zone. Nsah: North-Sahelian,

Ssah: South-Sahelian, Nsud: North- Sudanian, Ssud: South-Sudanian.

628

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

and which have not been captured during 2002

to 2009, two species of whom A. tridens and R.

microphyllum are reported only in the North-

Sahelian zone. Hypsignathus monstrosus although

present in the South-Sudanian zone has not been

captured. In addition, M. midas and P. deserti ,

two species captured previously next to the river

Nazinon have not also been captured. Pipistrelllus

nanulus although already collected by the Smithso-

nian Institution African Mammal Project and

present at USNM, had yet been published later by

African Chiroptera Report, 2006. Although it had

not been captured during this study.

The 15 new species captured between 2002 to

2009 are: N. veldkampii and R. aegyptiacus (Ptero-

podidae); C. afra (Emballonuridae); R. alcyone

(Rhinolophidae); H. cyclops (Hipposideridae);

C. nigeriae and M. condylurus (Molossidae); N.

grandis (Nycteridae); G. variegata, N. capensis, N.

rendalli, P. inexspectatus, S. albofuscus, S. hirundo

and S. dinganii (Vespertilionidae).

Hipposideros cyclops , N. grandis and R. alcyone

are forest species. They are located in the extreme

south-western Burkina Faso, where there are

the wettest areas of the country. Nanonycteris

veldkampii , is also a forest species that is found in

Burkina Faso during rainy seasons only. Although

P. nanulus is a forest species, the only specimen

collected thus far comes from the Centre. Roussetus

aegyptiacus and C. afra are cavemicolous species.

They are both located in the South and have all been

captured in rock formations that constitute their

resting places. Chaerephon nigeriae and M. con-

dylurus, although they are synanthropic species

because of the fact that they are often found in

homes have been only located in the South. Neoro-

micia capensis, N. rendalli, P. inexspectatus, S.

albofuscus, S. hirundo and S. dinganii are species

of moist savannas. They are all located in the

Southwest in the South-Sudanian zone except N.

rendalli which is located in the Southeast. As for G.

variegata, also a species of humid savannas, it is

present in the North- Sudanian zone.

After this study, a total of 5 1 species were found

in Burkina Faso. And, compared with other coun-

tries, the diversity of bats in Burkina Faso can be

described as being average. In countries like Ivory

Coast, where we find 87 species of bats (J. Fahr

unpublished data), Ghana, 86 species (Weber &

Fahr, 2007) and Cameroon, 72 species (Bakwo,

2009) diversity can be explained by the fact that

these countries are near the coast. In addition to the

forest areas, these countries, also have the Guinean

zone. And this Guinean zone is a transition zone

that contains a wide variety of species (Fahr &

Kalko, 2010). This study helped to collect many

new pieces of information on the distribution of

many species. However, studies using different

capture methodologies are needed to obtain

complete inventories of the diversity of bats (Kalko

et al., 1996; Bergallo et al., 2003) and as already

noted by Kalko (1997), insectivores are species

which are difficult to capture and the combination

of several methods particularly acoustic methods

are used to identify them at the species level (Kalko

& Handley, 2001). It would therefore not be surpris-

ing to capture other species in Burkina Faso so as

to contribute more to a better understanding of the

ecology of bats for better conservation approaches.

Epomophorus gambianus, H. ruber, N. mac-

rotis, N. thebaica and C. pumilus are species that

have a wider distribution across Burkina Faso, as

they have been captured in all phytogeographic

areas. These species are also widely distributed in

West Africa (African Chiroptera Report, 2012).

Eidolon helvum, T. perforatus, C. major, N.

schlieffenii, N. guineensis and S. leucogaster have

atypical distributions. Eidolon helvum, C. major, N.

schlieffenii, N. guineensis and S. leucogaster are

present everywhere except in south- Sahelian zone.

About T. perforatus, it is present everywhere except

North- Sudanian zone. Seen how these species are

distributed in Burkina Faso, they should all be

present on the entire territory of Burkina Faso.

Hipposideros tephrus, R. landeri and N. gam-

biensis are located in all phytogeographic areas ex-

cept in the North-Sahelian zone. It is in fact, species

that are often encountered in savanna (Koch-Weser,

1984; Van Cakenberghe & De Vree, 1998).

Species located in two phytogeographic areas

(M. pusillus, N. veldkampii, H. jonesi, H. vittatus,

L. frons, R. fumigatus, N. hispida, C. nigeriae, M.

condylurus, N. somalica, P rusticus and S. viridis)

are mainly present in the Sudanian zone except T.

nudiventris and R. cystops which have been located

in extreme north and extreme south of the country.

Most bats species present in Burkina Faso, 23

in total (A. tridens, R. microphyllum, G. variegata,

P. nanulus, H. monstrosus, L. angolensis, R. aegyp-

tiacus, H. abae, H. cyclops, R. alcyone, C. afra, N.

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

629

grandis, M. demonstrator , M. midas, M. bocagii, N.

capensis, N. nana, N. rendalli , P. deserti, P. inex-

spectatus, S. albofuscus, S. hirundo and S. dinganii )

are rarely captured. Probably these species have

small populations and restricted distributions within

the country because they are found in only one of

the four phytogeographical areas. The majority of

these species (19) is located in South- Sudanian

zone against one in North- Sudanian (P nanulus )

area, one in the southern Sahelian zone ( G . varie-

gata) and two in the North-Sahelian zone (A. tri-

dens and R. microphyllum). Above 60% of Burkina

Faso is under the influence of Sudanian climate

(Ministere de l’Environnement et de l’Eau, 1999)

including the Centre and South. This can explain

partly that 32 of the 51 species found in Burkina

Faso, are exclusively recorded in the Sudanian

zone. Nevertheless, favorable climatic conditions

in South-Sudanian zone of Burkina Faso are the real

reason of the higher species diversity in this area.

Rough conditions in the Sahelian zone justify that

only 3 species are exclusives of this area. Neverthe-

less 1 6 other species were found in this area (as well

as in the Sudanian zone), proving that this area can

provide suitable habitats, shelter, water and food for

important diversity of bats species. Exclusive

species indicated the importance in biodiversity

conservation of this area, generally neglected in

conservation programs.

This study has allowed us to highlight the geo-

graphical distribution of bats in Burkina Faso. Al-

though bats were captured in all phytogeographic

areas in Burkina Faso, distribution patterns change

depending on species and even families. Results

highlight the importance of each phytogeographic

area as unique habitat for some species. It is then

important, for conservation and management, to

give equal consideration to each area. Habitats

condition is likely the factor influencing the species

distribution. A further step in bat studies in Burkina

Faso could be the modeling of species distribution

based on environmental variables, which could

give some useful information for species man-

agement.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

This article is dedicated to the memory of Pro-

fessor Elisabeth K.V. Kalko. Our thanks go to the

University of Ouagadougou technicians, Cyrille

Sinare, Sidilci Bourgou, and the drivers Appolinaire

Samne and Yacouba Guinko who contributed to the

BIOTA data collection phase. We also thank the

IRD technicians Chaka Kone, Yves Papillon and

Doulcary Abdoulaye, and the drivers Ibrahima

Sidibe and Mamadou Doumbia. We thank Jean

Cesar (Cirad) coordinator of the FSP project N°

2002-87 « Gestion durable des ressources sylvo-

pastorales et production fourragere dans l’Ouest du

Burkina-Faso», who allowed the use of Laurent

Granjon’s bat collection data in this paper. Finally,

we are grateful to the “BIOTA West Africa” that

funded this research.

REFERENCES

Adam F. & Hubert B., 1976. Les Nycteridae (Chiroptera)

du Senegal: Distribution, biometrie et dimorphisme

sexuel. Mammalia, 40: 597-613.

Aellen V., 1952. Contribution a F etude des Chiropteres

du Cameroun. Memoires de la Societe Neuchateloise

des Sciences Naturelles, 8: 1-121.

African Chiroptera Report, 2006. African Chiroptera

Project, Pretoria, 1198 pp. (Available from: http://

www.Africanbats.org).

African Chiroptera Report, 2012. African Chiroptera

Project, Pretoria, 4474 pp. (Available from: http://

www. Africanbats.org).

Andelman S.J. & Willig M.R., 2002. Alternative config-

urations of conservation reserves for Paraguayan

bats: Considerations of spatial scale. Conservation

Biology, 16: 1352-1363.

Anthony E.L.P., 1988. Age determination in bats. In:

Kunz T.H. (Ed.), 1988. Ecological and behavioral

methods for the study of bats. Smithsonian Institution

Press, Washington, D.C., 47-58.

August P.V., 1983. The role of habitat complexity and

heterogeneity in structuring tropical mammal

communities. Ecology, 64: 1495-1507.

Aulagnier S., Coquillart H., Thonnerieux Y. & Garcin R.,

1987. Notes sur quelques chauves-souris du Burkina.

Science et Technique, 17: 77-79.

Bakwo E.M., 2009. Inventaire des chauves-souris de la

reserve de biosphere du Dja, Cameroun. Le Vespere,

2 : 11 - 20 .

Bazzaz F.A., 1975. Plant species diversity in old-field

successional ecosystems in southern Illinois.

Ecology, 56, 485-488.

Benda P., Andreas M., Kock D., Luean R.K., Munclinger

P., Nova P., Obuch J., Ochman K., Reiter A., Uhrin

M. & Weinfurtova D., 2006. Bats (Mammalia:

Chiroptera) of the Eastern Mediterranean. Part 4. Bat

630

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

fauna of Syria: Distribution, systematics, ecology.

Acta Societatis Zoologicae Bohemicae, 70: 1-29.

Bergallo H.G., Esberard C.E.L., Mello M.A.R., Lins V.,

Mangolin R., Melo G.G.S. & Baptista M., 2003. Bat

species richness in Atlantic Forest: What is the

minimum sampling effort? Biotropica, 35: 278-288.

Bergmans W., 1988. Taxonomy and biogeography

of African fruit bats (Mammalia, Megachiroptera).

1. General introduction; material and methods;

results: The genus Epomophorus BENNET, 1836.

Beaufortia, 38: 75-146.

Bergmans W., 1989. Taxonomy and biogeography of

African fruit bats (Mammalia, Megachiroptera). 2.

The genera Micropteropus Matschie, 1899, Epomops

Gray, 1870, Hypsignathus H. Allen, 1861, Nanonyc-

teris Matschie, 1899, and Plerotes Andersen, 1910.

Beaufortia, 39: 89-153.

Bergmans W., 1991. Taxonomy and biogeography of

African fruit bats (Mammalia, Megachiroptera). 3.

The genera Scotonycteris Matschie, 1894, Casinyc-

teris Thomas, 1910, Pteropus Brisson, 1762 and

Eidolon Rafmesque, 1815. Beaufortia, 40: 111-176.

Bergmans W., 1997. Taxonomy and biogeography of

African fruit bats (Mammalia, Megachiroptera). 5.

The genera Lissonycteris Andersen, 1912, Myonyc-

teris Matschie, 1899 and Megaloglossus Pagen-

stecher, 1885; general remarks and conclusions;

annex: Key to all species. Beaufortia, 47: 11-90.

Bergmans W., 2002. Les chauves-souris (Mammalia,

Chiroptera) de Benin: Compte rendu preliminaire.

UICN-CBDD. The Netherlands Committee of IUCN,

Amsterdam, 41 pp.

Bernard E. 2001. Vertical stratification of bat communit-

ies in primary forests of Central Amazon, Brazil.

Journal of Tropical Ecology, 17: 115-126.

Boulay M.C. & Robbins C.B., 1989. Epomophorus

gambianus. Mammalian Species, 344: 1-5.

Csorba G., Ujhelyi P. & Thomas N., 2003. Horseshoe

Bats of the World (Chiroptera: Rhinolophidae).

Bishop's Castle, Shropshire, UK: Alana Books,

160 pp.

Decher J. & Fahr J., 2005. Hipposideros cy clops. Mam-

malian Species, 763: 1-7.

Dipama J.M., 2010. L’hydrographie. In: Thiombiano A.

& Kampann D. (Eds.), 2010. Atlas de la biodiversite

de l’Afrique de l’Ouest, Tome II: Burkina Faso.).

Ouagadoufou & Frankfurt/Main, 134-137.

Djossa B.A., 2007. Gestion des Essences Agroforestieres

Spontanees et Role des Roussettes dans la Dispersion

de leurs Semences dans la Reserve de Biosphere de

la Pendjari (Benin). Universite d’Abomey-Calavi:

These de doctorat, 193 pp.

Fahr J. & Kalko E.K.V., 2010. Biome transitions as

centres of diversity: Habitat heterogeneity and di-

versity patterns of West African bat assemblages

across spatial scales. Ecography, 33: 1-31.

Fahr J., 1996. Die Chiroptera der Elfenbeinkuste (unter

Beriicksichtigung des westafrikanischen Raumes):

Taxonomie, Habitatpraferenzen und Lebensgemeinsch-

aften. Julius-Maximilians-Universitat Wurzburg:

Diploma-Thesis, 204 pp.

Fahr J., 2008. Diversity Patterns and Taxonomy of West

African Bat Assemblages: Effects of Spatial

Scale and Habitat Structure. Ulm University: Ph.D.

dissertation, 315 pp.

Fahr J., Djossa B.A. & Vierhaus H., 2006. Rapid assess-

ment of bats (Chiroptera) in Dere, Diecke and Mt.

Bero classified forests, southeastern Guinea; includ-

ing a review of the distribution of bats in Guinee

Forestiere. In: Wright H. E., Mccullough J., Alonso

L. E. & Diallo M.S. (Eds.), 2008. A Rapid Biological

Assessment of Three Classified Forests in South-

eastern Guinea, RAP Bulletin of Biological Assess-

ment, Vol. 40, Conservation International, Washing-

ton, D.C, 16-180.

Fontes J. & Guinko S., 1995. Carte de la vegetation et de

Toccupation du sol du Burkina Faso. Ministere de la

cooperation frangaise, projet Campus, Toulouse, 68

pp.

Ganaba S., 2008. Caracterisation, utilisations, tests de

restauration et gestion de lavegetation ligneuse au

Sahel, Burkina Faso. These d’Etat, Universite Cheick

Anta Diop.

Goodman S.M., Cardiff S.G. & Ratrimomanarivo F.H.,

2008. First record of Coleura (Chiroptera: Embal-

lonuridae) on Madagascar and identification and

diagnosis of members of the genus. Systematics and

Biodiversity, 6: 283-292.

Green A.A., 1983. Rodents and bats of Arli and Pendjari

National Parks, Upper Volta and Benin. Nigerian

Field, 47: 167-184.

Guinko S., 1984. La vegetation de la Haute Volta. These

de doctorat. Universite de Bordeaux III, 318 pp.

Happold D.C.D., 1987. The Mammals of Nigeria.

Oxford: Clarendon; partim, nur Chiroptera, 402 pp.

Hawkins B.A., Field R., Cornell H.V., Currie D.J.,

Guegan J.-F., Kaufman D.M., Kerr J.T., Mittelbach

G.G., Oberdorff T., O'Brien E.M., Porter E.E. &

Turner J. R. G., 2003. Energy, water, and broad-scale

geographic patterns of species richness. Ecology, 84:

3105-3117.

Hayman R.W., 1967. Preliminary identification manual

for African mammals. In: Meester J. (Ed.), 1967. II.

Chiroptera. Smithsonian Institution, Washington,

D.C., 1-155.

Hayman R.W. & Hill J.E., 1971. Order Chiroptera. In:

Meester J. & Setzer H.W. (Eds.), 1971. The Mam-

mals of Africa, an Identification Manual. Smithso-

nian Institution, Washington, D.C., 1-73.

Hervy J.-P. & Legros F., 1981a. Enquete sur la circulation

d’ arbovirus dans plusieurs milieux boises de la region

Diversity and distribution of bats (Mammalia Chiroptera) in Burkina Faso

631

de Bobo-Dioulasso (Haute- Volta). II. Prelevements

de petits mammiferes: Lots constitues en 1980.

Organisation de Coordination et de Cooperation pour

la Lutte contre les Grandes Endemies, Centre Muraz,

Section d’Entomologie, Bobo-Dioulasso, Burkina

Faso, 9 pp.

Hervy J.-P. & Legros F., 1981b. Enquete sur la circulation

d’arbovirus dans plusieurs milieux boises de la region

de Bobo-Dioulasso (Haute- Volta): Lots de Culicidae

et prelevements de petits vertebres realises en 1981.

Organisation de Coordination et de Cooperation pour

la Lutte contre les Grandes Endemies, Centre Muraz,

Section d’Entomologie, Bobo-Dioulasso, Burkina

Faso, 15 pp.

Hervy J.-P. & Legros F., 1981c. Enquete sur la circulation

d'arbovirus en foret de Lera, Sud-Ouest de la Haute-

Volta (du 17 au 23 aout 1981). Organisation de

Coordination et de Cooperation pour la Lutte contre

les Grandes Endemies, Centre Muraz, Section d’

Entomologie, Bobo-Dioulasso, Burkina Faso, 17 pp.

Hill J.E., 1974. A review of Scotoecus Thomas, 1901

(Chiroptera: Vespertilionidae). Bulletin of the British

Museum (Natural History) Zoology 27: 167-188.

Hill J.E., 1977. A review of the Rhinopomatidae (Mam-

malia: Chiroptera). Bulletin of the British Museum

(Natural History). Zoology, 32: 29-43.

Hill J. E. & Harrison D. L., 1987. The baculum in the

Vespertilioninae (Chiroptera: Vespertilionidae) with

a systematic review, a synopsis of Pipistrellus and

Eptesicus and the desriptions of a new genus and

subgenus. Bulletin of the British Museum (Natural

History). Zoology, 52: 225-305.

Horacek I., Hanak V. & Gaisler J., 2000. Bats of the

Palaearctic Region: A taxonomic and biogeographical

review. In: Woloszyn B.W. (Ed.), 2000. Proceedings

of the VUIth EBRS, Vol. 1: Approaches to Biogeo-

graphy and Ecology of Bats. Krakow: Institute of

Systematics and Evolution of Animals PAS; 11-157.

Hulva P., Horacek I. & Benda P, 2007. Molecules,

morphometries and new fossils provide an integrated

view of the evolutionary history of Rhinopomatidae

(Mammalia: Chiroptera). BMC Evolutionary

Biology, 7: 165, 15 pp.

Kalko E.K.V. & Handley Jr. C.O., 2001. Neotropical bats

in the canopy: Diversity, community structure and

implications for conservation. Plant Ecology, 153:

319-333.

Kalko E.K.V, 1997. Diversity in tropical bats. In: Ulrich

H. (Ed.), 1997. Tropical Biodiversity and System-

atics. Proceedings of the International Symposium on

Biodiversity and Systematics in Tropical Ecosystems.

Bonn: Zoologisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum

Alexander Koenig, pp. 13-43.

Kalko E.K.V., 1998. Organisation and diversity of trop-

ical bat communities through space and time.

Zoology, 101: 281-297.

Kalko E.K.V., Handley Jr. C.O. & Handley D., 1996.

Organization, diversity and long-term dynamics of a

Neotropical bat community. In: Cody M.L. &

Smallwood J. (Eds.), 1996. Long-Term Studies in

Vertebrate Communities. Los Angeles: Academic,

503-553.

Kangoye N.M., Oueda A., Thiombiano A. & Guenda W.,

2012. Bats (Chiroptera) of Burkina Faso: Preliminary

list with fifteen first records species. International

Journal of Biological and Chemical Sciences, 6:

6017-6030.

Koch-Weser S., 1984. Fledermause aus Obervolta, W-

Afrika (Mammalia: Chiroptera). Senckenbergiana

Biologica, 64: 255-311.

Kock D., Al-Jumaily M.M. & Nasher A.K., 200 1 . On the

genus Rhinopoma E. Geoffroy 1818 and a record

of Rh. muscatellum Thomas 1903 from Yemen.

Senckenbergiana Biologica, 81: 285-287.

Kock D., 1969. Die Fledermaus-Fauna des Sudan. Abhand-

lungen Der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden

Gesellschaft, 521: 1-238.

Kock D., Barnett L., Fahr J. & Emms C., 2002. On a

collection of bats (Mammalia: Chiroptera) from the

Gambia. Acta Chiropterologica, 4: 77-97.

Koopman K.F., 1975. Bats of the Sudan. Bulletin of the

American Museum of Natural History, 154: 353-444.

Koopman K.F., Mumford R.E. & Heisterberg J.F., 1978.

Bat from Upper Volta, West Africa. American

Museum Novitates, 2643: 1-6.

Lim B.K. & Engstrom M.D., 2001. Bat community struc-

ture at Iwokrama Forest, Guyana. Journal of Tropical

Ecology, 17: 647-665.

Me Lellan L.J., 1986. Notes on bats of Sudan. American

Museum Novitates, 2839: 1-12.

Menzies, J.I. 1973. A study of leaf-nosed bats (. Hippos -

ideros coffer and Rhinolophus landeri ) in a cave in

northern Nigeria. Journal of Mammalogy, 54: 930-

945.

Ministere de l’Environnement et de l’Eau, 1999. Mono-

graphic nationale sur la diversite biologique au Burk-

ina Faso. Secretariat permanent du conseil national

pour la gestion de Tenvironnement, Ouagadougou,

Burkina Faso, 180 pp.

Monadjem A., Taylor P.J., Cotterill F.P.D. & Schoeman

M.C., 2010. Bats of Southern and Central Africa: a

biogeographic and taxonomic synthesis. University

of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, 596 pp.

Ossa G. Kramer-Schadt S., Peel A. J., Scharf A.K. & Voigt

C.C., 2012. The Movement Ecology of the Straw-

Colored Fruit Bat, Eidolon helvum, in Sub-Saharan

Africa Assessed by Stable Isotope Ratios. PLoS ONE

7(9): e45729. doi: 10. 137 1/joumal.pone. 0045729

Owen-Ashley N.T. & Wilson D.E., 1998. Micropteropus

pusillus. Mammalian Species, 577: 1-5.

632

Napoko Malika Kangoye et alii

Peterson R.L., 1972. Systematic status of the African

molossid bats Tadarida congica, T. niangarae and T.

trevori. Contributions, 85: 1-32.

Poche R.M., 1975. The bats of National Park W, Niger,

Africa. Mammalia, 39: 39-50.

Pye J.D., 1972. Bimodal distribution of constant frequen-

cies in some hipposiderid bats (Mammalia: Hippos-

ideridae). Journal of Zoology, 166: 323-335.

Qumsiyeh M.B., 1985. The bats of Egypt. Special Pub-

lications of the Museum of Texas Tech University,

23: 1-102.

Racey P.A., 1988. Reproductive assessment in bats. In:

Kunz T.H. (Ed.), 1988. Ecological and behavioral

methods for the study of bats. Smithsonian Institution

Press, Washington, D.C., 31-43.

Richter H.V. & Cumming G.S., 2008. First application of

satellite telemetry to track African straw-coloured

fruit bat migration. Journal of Zoology, 275: 172-176.

Robbins C.B., De Vree F. & Van Cakenberghe V., 1985.

A systematic revision of the African bat genus

Scotophilus (Vespertilionidae). Annales du Musee

Royal de l’Afrique centrale (Sciences Zoologiques),

246: 53-84.

Rosevear D.R., 1965. The Bats of West Africa. Trustees

of the British Museum (Natural History), London,

418 pp.

Sakamoto C.J., Jorgensen C.D. & Herrin C.S., 1979.

Haemolaelaps (Acarina: Laelaptidae) of the

northwest Ethiopian Region. International Journal of

Acarology, 5: 39-62.

Sampaio E.M., Kalko E.K.V., Bernard E., Rodriguez-

Herrera B. & Handley Jr. C.O., 2003. A biodiversity

assessment of bats (Chiroptera) in a tropical lowland

rainforest of Central Amazonia, including methodo-

logical and conservation considerations. Studies on

Neotropical Fauna and Environment, 38: 17-31.

Schlitter D.A., Robbins L.W. & Buchanan S.A., 1982.

Bats of the Central African Republic (Mammalia:

Chiroptera). Annales of the Carnegie Museum, 51:

133-155.

Schlitter D. A. & Qumsiyeh M. B., 1996. Rhinopoma

microphyllum. Mammalian Species, 542: 1-5.

Schmidt D.F., Ludwig C.A. & Carleton M.D., 2008. The

Smithsonian Institution African Mammal Project

(1961-1972), An annotated gazetteer of collecting

localities and summary of its taxonomic and geo-

graphic scope. Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology

(628), 320 pp.

Simmons N.B. & Voss R.S., 1998. The mammals of

Paracou, French Guiana: A neotropical lowland rain-

forest fauna. Part 1. Bats. Bulletin American Museum

of Natural History. 237: 1-219.

Tews J., Brose U., Grimm V., Tielborger K., Wichmann

M.C., Schwager M. & Jeltsch F., 2004. Animal

species diversity driven by habitat heterogeneity/

diversity: The importance of keystone structures.

Journal of Biogeography, 31: 79-92.

Thomas D.W., 1983. The annual migrations of three

species of West African fruit bats (Chiroptera:

Pteropodidae). Canadian Journal of Zoology, 61:

2266-2272.

Vallo P., Guillen-Servent A., Benda P., Pires D.B. &

Koubek P., 2009. Variation of mitochondrial DNA in

the Hipposideros caffer complex (Chiroptera: Hip-

po sideridae) and its taxonomic implications. Acta

Chiropterologica, 10: 193-206.

Van Cakenberghe V. & De Vree F., 1985. Systematics

of African Nycteris (Mammalia: Chiroptera). In:

Schuchmann K.-L. (Ed.), 1985. Proceedings of an

International. Symposium on African Vertebrates.

Bonn: Zoologisches Forschungsinstitut und Museum

Alexander Koenig, pp. 53-90.

Van Cakenberghe V. & De Vree F., 1993. Systematics of

African Nycteris (Mammalia: Chiroptera). Part II.

The Nycteris hispida group. Bonner Zoologische

Beitrage, 44: 299-332.

Van Cakenberghe V. & De Vree F., 1994. A revision of

the Rhinopomatidae Dobson, 1872, with the descrip-

tion of a new subspecies (Mammalia: Chiroptera).

Senckenbergiana Biologica, 73: 1-24.

Van Cakenberghe V. & De Vree F., 1998. Systematics of

African Nycteris (Mammalia: Chiroptera). Part III.

The Nycteris thebaica group. Bonner Zoologische

Beitrage, 48: 123-166.

Vaughan T.A., 1977. Foraging behaviour of the giant

leaf-nosed bat (Hipposideros commersoni ). Ecology

African Wildlife Journal, 15: 237-249.

Vaughan T.A., 1987. Behavioral thermoregulation in the

African yellow- winged bat. Journal of Mammalogy,

68: 376-378.

Vaughan T.A. &Vaughan R.P., 1986. Seasonality and the

behavior of the African yellow-winged bat. Journal

of Mammalogy, 67: 91-102.

Volleth M., 1989. Karyotyp evolution und Phylogenie der

Vespertilionidae (Mammalia: Chiroptera). Friedrich-

Alexander Universitat. Ph.D. dissertation Erlangen-

Numberg, 262 pp.

Volleth M. & Heller K.-G., 1994. Phylogenetic relation-

ships of Vespertilionid genera (Mammalia: Chirop-

tera) as revealed by karyological analysis.

Zeitschrift fur Zoologische Systematik und Evolu-

tionsforschung, 32: 11-34.

Weber N. & Fahr J., 2007. A rapid survey of small mam-

mals from Atewa Range Forest Reserve, Eastern

Region, Ghana. In: McCullough J., Alonso L.E., Na-

skrecki P., Wright H.E. & Osei-Owusu Y. (Eds.),

2007. A Rapid Biological Assessment of the Atewa

Range Forest Reserve, Eastern Ghana. Arlington, Vir-

ginia: Conservation International, 90-98; 178-180

(RAP Bulletin of Biological Assessment, V. 47).

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 633-636

Effects of climate changes on agriculture

Parinesa Moshefi 1 &Ata Bahojb-Almasi 2 *

'Department of Geology, Maragheh branch, Islamic Azad University, Maragheh, Iran; e-mail: parinesa.moshefi@yahoo.com

"Master of Agronomy, University of Tabriz, Iran; e-mail: Ataalmasi@yahoo.com

^Corresponding author

ABSTRACT This paper reviews literature concerning a wide range of processes through which climate

change could potentially impact agriculture. Agriculture is strongly influenced by weather

and climate and, at present, the aggregate impacts of climate change on global-scale agricul-

tural productivity cannot be reliably quantified.

KEY WORDS agriculture; climate; climate change.

Received 19.05.2015; accepted 20.06.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

Climate change has many elements, affecting

biological and human systems in different ways.

Global average temperature increases mask con-

siderable differences in temperature rise between

land and sea and between high latitudes and low;

precipitation increases are very likely in high lati-

tudes, while decreases are likely in most of the

tropics and subtropical land regions (IPCC, 2007).

Climate change is inevitably resulting in changes

in climate variability and in the frequency, intensity,

spatial extent, duration, and timing of extreme

weather and climate events (IPCC, 2012). Changes

in climate variability and extremes can be visualized

in relation to changes in probability distributions,

shown in figure 1 (IPCC, 2012). Current observa-

tions and climate projections suggest that one of the

most significant impacts of climate change is likely

to be on the hydrological system, and hence on river

flows and regional water resources (Strzepek &

McCluskey, 2007; Bates et al., 2008).

Principal climate variables affecting water avail-

ability are precipitation, temperature and potential

evaporation. Precipitation is the source of all fresh-

water resources and determines the level of soil

moisture, which is essential in the formation of

runoff and hence river flow. Soil moisture is de-

termined not only by the volume and timing of

precipitation, but also by a complex interaction and

feedbacks with evaporation and temperature (IPCC,

2001). Consequently, the likely impacts of climate

change on the agricultural sector have prompted

concern over the magnitude of future global food

production (Bindi & Olesen, 2000).

DISCUSSION

Effects of increased temperatures

Temperature often determines the potential

length of the growing seasons for different crops,

and generally has a strong effect on the timing of

the development processes and on the efficiency

with which solar radiation is used to make plant

biomass (Monte ith, 1981). Recent increases in

climate variability may have affected crop yields in

countries across Europe since around the mid-1980s

(Porter & Semenov, 2005) causing higher inter-

634

Parinesa Moshefi &Ata Bahojb-Almasi

annual variability in wheat yields. Changes in short-

term temperature extremes can be critical, especially

if they coincide with key stages of development.

Only a few days of extreme temperature at the

flowering stage of many crops can drastically reduce

yield (Wheeler et al., 2000).

Bryant et al. (2008) report the change of Corn

Heat Units under climate change scenarios in their

analysis on the economic impacts of climate change

on cash crop farms in Quebec. Wollenweber et al.,

(b)

Increased variability

(c) Charged shape

Figure 1 The effect of changes in temperature distribution

on extremes. Different changes of temperature distributions

between present and future climate and their effects on

extreme values of the distributions: (a) Effects of a simple

shift of the entire distribution towards a warmer climate; (b)

effects of an increase in temperature variability with no shift

of the mean; (c) effects of an altered shape of the distribu-

tion, in this example a change in asymmetry towards the hot-

ter part of the distribution. From IPCC (2012).

(2003) found that the plants experience warming

periods as independent events and that critical tem-

peratures of 358 °C for a short-period around an-

thesis had severe yield reducing effects. However,

high temperatures during the vegetative stage did

not seem to have significant effects on growth and

development.

In general, the conclusion is that increased mean

annual temperatures in mid- to high-latitude re-

gions, if limited to one to three degrees, across a

range of C0 2 concentrations and rainfall changes

can have a small beneficial effect on the main cereal

crops, notwithstanding that such simulations are

highly uncertain (IPCC, 2007).

Effects of rainfall

Climate changes remote from production areas

may also be critical. Irrigated agricultural land com-

prises less than one-fifth of all cropped area but pro-

duces between 40 and 45 per cent of the world’s

food (Doll & Siebert, 2002), and water for irrigation

is often extracted from rivers which depend upon

distant climatic conditions.

With no change in precipitation (or radiation),

slight warming (+1°C) might reduce average yields

by about 5-4%; and a 2°C warming might reduce

average yields by about 10-7%. In addition, reduced

precipitation could also decrease yields of wheat

and maize in these breadbasket regions. A com-

bination of increased temperatures (+2°C) and re-

duced precipitation could lower average yields by

over a fifth (Warrick et al., 1986). In a study looking

at the impacts of current climate variability, Ket-

tlewell et al. (1999) showed that heavy rainfall in

August was linked to lower grain quality which

leads to sprouting of the grain in the ear and fungal

disease infections of the grain.

Effects of C0 2 fertilisation

Increases in C0 2 concentration would increase

the rate of plant growth. A doubling of C0 2 may

increase the photosynthetic rate by 30 to 100%,

depending on other environmental conditions such

as temperature and available moisture (Pearch &

Bjorkman, 1983).

As well as influencing climate through radiative

forcing, increasing atmospheric C0 2 concentrations

can also directly affect plant physiological pro-

Effects of climate changes on agriculture

635

cesses of photosynthesis and transpiration (Field et

al., 1995). Therefore any assessment of the impacts

of C0 2 -induced climate change on crop productiv-

ity should account for the modification of the cli-

mate impact by the C0 2 physiological impact.

Many studies suggest yield rises owing to this C0 2 -

fertilization effect and these results are consistent

across a range of experimental approaches includ-

ing controlled environment closed chambers, green-

house, open and closed field top chambers, and

free-aircarbon dioxide enrichment experiments

(Tubiello, 2007). Despite the potential positive

effects on yield quantities, elevated C0 2 may,

however, be detrimental to yield quality of certain

crops. For example, elevated C0 2 is detrimental to

wheat flour quality through reductions in protein

content (Sinclair et al., 2000). There are, however,

important differences between the photosynthetic

mechanisms of different crops and hence in their

response to increasing levels of C0 2 .

Effects on pest and diseases

Studies suggest that temperature increases may

extend the geographic range of some pests currently

limited by temperature. In cool temperate regions,

where insect pests and diseases are not serious at

present, damage is likely to increase under warmer

conditions. Fungal and bacterial pathogens are also

likely to become more severe in areas where pre-

cipitation increases (Zhou et al., 1995).

Indications suggest that pests, such as aphids

and weevil larvae (Staley & Johnson, 2008), re-

spond positively to elevated C0 2 . Increased tempe-

ratures also reduced the overwintering mortality of

aphids enabling earlier and potentially more wide-

spread dispersion (Zhou et al., 1995). Over the next

10-20 years, disease affecting oilseed rape could

increase in severity within its existing range as well

as spread to more northern regions where at present

it is not observed (Evans et al., 2008).

Adaptation to climate change

Smith (1997) distinguishes between anticipatory

and reactive adaptation, in which anticipatory ad-

aptation forecasts climate change and acts before it

unfolds, while reactive adaptation changes beha-

viour only after climate change has taken place. Ac-

cording to Mendelsohn (2010), efficient adaptation

results in the actual net damages (damages minus

the cost of adaptation) being less than the potential

damages from climate change. Thus, if farmers

adapt their behaviour to new climatic conditions,

then the net impact to the farm and the sector can

be lessened. Adaptation through cropping pattern

change can in some cases ease the exposure of

plants to critical higher temperatures; for example

by introducing winter types that may benefit from,

or are less susceptible to, higher temperatures

(Peltonen-Sainio et al., 2011). As regards precip-

itation changes and water shortage, farmers can

adjust by improving soil water-holding capacity by

adding crop residues or manure, or by adopting

conservation tillage such as reduced tillage or no-

till (Smith & Olesen, 2010).

CONCLUSIONS

An increase in mean temperature can be confid-

ently expected, but the impacts on productivity may

depend more on the magnitude and timing of

extreme temperatures. Agricultural impacts in some

regions may arise from climate changes in other

regions, owing to the dependency on rivers fed by

precipitation, snowmelt and glaciers some distance

away. Few studies have assessed the response

of crop yields to C0 2 fertilization under actual

growing conditions, and consequently model pro-

jections are poorly constrained.

All these results are subject to significant uncer-

tainties under the most likely climate change. A

strong incidence of extreme events could increase

the variability of production in a way that is not cap-

tured by the standard estimations in the literature.

Farmers may significantly adapt farming practices,

or different degrees of adaptation to climate change

could be observed.

REFERENCES

Bates B.C., Kundzewicz Z.W., Wu S. & Palutikof J.P.,

2008. Climate Change and Water. Technical Paper of

the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change,

IPCC Secretariat, Geneva, 210 pp.

Bindi M. & Olesen J.E., 2000. “Agriculture”. In: M.L.

Parry (Ed.), Assessment of Potential Effects and Ad-

aptations for Climate Change in Europe: The Europe

ACACIA Project. Norwich, United Kingdom: Jackson

Environment Institute, University of East Anglia.

636

Parinesa Moshefi &Ata Bahojb-Almasi

Bryant C., Singh B., Thomassin P., Baker L., Desroches

S., Savoie M., Delusca K., Doyon M. & Seyoum E.,

2008. Evaluation of Agricultural Adaptation Processes

and Adaptive Capacity to Climate Change and Variab-

ility: The Construction of New Adaptation Planning

Tools and with Stakeholders and Farming Communit-

ies in the Saguenay-Lac-Saint-Jean and Monteregie

Regions, Project number A1332 submitted to Natural

Resources Canada, Climate Change Impacts and

Adaptation Program, Universite de Montreal and

McGill University Research Team, June 2008.

Doll P. & Siebert S., 2002. Global modeling of irrigation

water requirements. Water Resources Research, 38:

8.1-8.10. DOE10.1029/ 2001WR000355

Evans N., Baierl A., Semenov M.A., Gladders P. & Fitt

B. D.L., 2008. Range and severity of a plant disease

increased by global warming. Journal of Royal

Society, 5: 525-531. D01:10.1098/rsif.2007.1136

Field C., Jackson R. & Mooney H., 1995. Stomatal re-

sponses to increased C0 2 : implications from the plant

to the global scale. Plant, Cell and Environment, 18:

1214-1255.DOI:10.1111/j. 1365-3040.1995. tb00630.x

IPCC., 2001. Climate Change 2001: The Scientific Basis.

Contribution of Working Group I to the Third Assess-

ment Report of the IPCC. J.T. IToughton, Y. Ding,

D.J. Griggs, M. Noguer, J. van der Linden, X. Dai,

K. Masked and, C.A. Johnson (Eds.). Cambridge

University Press, UK., 944 pp.

IPCC., 2007. Climate Change 2007: impacts, adaptation

and vulnerability, summary for policy makers. Avail-

able at: www.ipcc.cg/SPM13apr07.

IPCC., 2012. Managing the risks of extreme events and

disasters to advance climate change adaptation. In: A

Special Report of Working Groups I and II of the

Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Field

C. B., Barros V., Stocker T.F. et al. (Eds.), Cambridge

University Press, Cambridge, NY, USA.

Kettlewell P.S., Sothern R. & Koukkari W.L., 1999. UK

wheat quality and economic value are dependent on

the North Atlantic oscillation. Journal of Cereal

Science, 29: 205-209. DOI: 10. 1006/jcrs. 1999.0258

Mendelsohn R., 2010. Agriculture and economic adapt-

ation to agriculture, COM/TAD/CA/ENV/EPOC

(2010)40/FINAL, OECD, Paris.

Monteith J.L., 1981. Climatic Variation and the Growth

of Crops. Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorolo-

gical Society, 107: 749-774.

Pearch R.W. & Bjorkman O., 1983. Physiological Ef-

fects. In: Lemon E.R. (Ed.), Cdeg.2 and Plants: The

Response of Plants to Rising Levels of Atmospheric

Cdeg.2, Westview Press, Boulder, Colorado, 65-105.

Peltonen-Sainio P., Hakala K. & Jauhiainen L., 2011. Cli-

mate Induced Overwintering Challenges for Wheat

and Rye in Northern Agriculture. Acta Agriculturae

Scandinavica, Section B, Soil and Plant Sciences, 61 :

75-83.

Porter J.R. & Semenov M.A., 2005. Crop responses to

climatic variation. Philosophical Transactions of the

Royal Society, 360: 2021-2035. DOI:10.1098/rstb.

2005.1752

Sinclair T.R., Pinter P.J. Jr., Kimball B.A., Adamsen F.J.,

La Morte R.L., Wall G.W., Hunsaker D.J., Adam N.,

Brooks T.J., Garcia R.L., Thompson T., Leavitt S. &

Matthias A., 2000. Leaf nitrogen concentration of

wheat subjected to elevated (C0 2 ) and either water

or N deficits. Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environ-

ment, 79: 53-60. DOE10. 1016/S0167-8809(99)

00146-2

Smith J.B., 1997. Setting Priorities for Adapting to Climate

Change. Global Environmental Change, 7: 251-264.

Smith P. & Olesen J.E., 2010. Synergies Between the

Mitigation of, and Adaptation to, Climate Change

in Agriculture. Journal of Agricultural Science

Cambridge, 148: 543-552.

Staley J.T. & Johnson S.N., 2008. Climate change

impacts on root herbivores. In: S.N. Johnson & P.J.

Murray (Eds.), Root Feeders: an ecosystem perspect-

ive. Wallingford, UK: CABI.

Strzepek K. & McCluskey A., 2007. The Impacts of

Climate Change on Regional Water Resources and

Agriculture in Africa.Policy Research Working Paper

4290. World Bank, Washington, DC.

Tubiello F.N., 2007. Crop response to elevated C0 2 and

world food supply-a comment on “Food for

Thought” by Long et al. Science, 312: 1918-1921,

2006. European journal of agronomy, 26: 215-223.

DOI: 10. 1016/j.eja.2006. 10.002

Warrick R.A., Gifford R. & Parry M.L., 1986. C0 2 ,

Climatic Change and Agriculture. In: Bolin B., Doos

B.R., Jager J. & Warrick R.A. (Eds.), The Greenhouse

Effect, Climatic Change and Ecosystems, SCOPE 29,

John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, 393^173.

Wheeler T.R., Craufurd P.Q., Ellis R.H., Porter J.R. &

Prasad P.V.V., 2000. Temperature variability and the

yieldof annual crops. Agriculture, Ecosystems and

Environment, 82: 159-167. DOI: 10. 10 16/SO 167-

8809(00)00224-3)

Wollenweber B., Porter J.R. & Schellberg J., 2003. Lack

of interaction between extreme high-temperature

events at vegetative and reproductive growth stages

in wheat. Journal of Agronomy and Crop Science, 1 89:

142-150. DOI: 10. 1046/j.l439-037X.2003. 00025.x

Zhou X.L., Harrington R., Woiwod I.P., Perry J.N., Bale

J.S. & Clark S.J., 1995. Effects of temperature

onaphid phenology. Global Change Biology, 1 : 303-

313. DOI: 1 0. 1 1 1 1/j . 1 365-2486. 1 995 .tb00029.x

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 637-662

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles

(Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region

Khaldoun Ali 1 *, Pierpaolo Rapuzzi 2 & Sleiman Ihsan'f

'Plant Protection Department, Faculty of Agriculture, Tishreen University, Latakia, Syria

2 Via Cialla 48, 33040 Prepotto, Udine, Italy; e-mail: info@ronchidicialla.it

^Corresponding author, e-mail: ali86klialdoun@gmail.com

ABSTRACT 51 species including 10 subspecies belonging to 37 genera from 25 tribes are reported from

the Syrian Coastal Region (SCR). Nine species were recorded for the first time in Syria. The

status of 2 subspecies previously recorded was considered doubtful, and alternatives were

suggested. Modern classification of the identified species is given; type species and some

synonyms of taxa are also mentioned. A checklist of Cerambycidae fauna of the SCR is

suggested.This knowledge of the Cerambycidae in SCR was a result of the study and exam-

ination of a total of 1224 specimens collected from 173 sites distributed across the different

areas of the SCR during the period from 2011 until 2014. Collected specimens were prepared,

examined, and then identified. All specimens were curated and permanently preserved in

Entomology Laboratory of Tishreen University. Available chorotypes, distribution ranges of

the identified species are provided; relating remarks, personal observations, and, sometimes,

suggestions are also supplied.

KEY WORDS Syria; Syrian Costal Region; Cerambycidae; new data; faunistics.

Received 19.05.2015; accepted 23.06.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

The Syrian Coastal Region (SCR) is considered

as the most important region of Syria, providing a

narrow window to the Mediterranean Sea, and

featuring an ideal Mediterranean environment,

with mildly cold winters, and relatively hot and dry

summers. These environmental characteristics

combined with fertile plains that stretch from sea

level and elevate gradually up to higher hills and,

eventually, relatively high mountains, associated

with a highly diversified flora, provide SCR with

rather various ecological niches that host rich fauna

communities.

Among the Syrian fauna, insects comprise a

major component, with Coleoptera at a high-profile

status of biodiversity. Coleoptera, generally

speaking, is the largest group of insects, including

families of worldwide distribution (Gillot, 2005).

Cerambycidae, more commonly known as “Long-

horn Beetles”, is considered as one of the largest

and most diverse families in Coleoptera, with more

than 35000 described species included in approx-

imately 4000 genera with global ranges of distri-

bution (Hanks, 1999; Alekseev, 2007; Evans et al.,

2007). The distinctively high diversity of longhorn

beetles is more accentuated by the great variance

in their morphology, size, and coloration, which

implies a corresponding variance in life histories

and host plant preferences as well (Twinn &

Harding, 1999; Paulino-Neto et al., 2005; Teledo

et al., 2007).

638

Khaldoun Ali et alii

Although Cerambycidae beetles reveal a primary

affinity to tropical and subtropical regions, they do,

in fact, inhabit almost all zoogeographical regions

of the planet (de Vaio et al., 1985; Awal, 2005). In

general, climatic factors in association with the

availability of suitable host plants act as the main

factors that determine the distribution of this Family

in the world today (Linsley, 1959). Furthermore,

behavior and reproductive strategies of the adults

are shaped by the host requirements of the larval

stages, with which the host plant conditions are

closely correlated (Flanks, 1999).

All Family members are phytophagous, with

different host plant preferences among species and

genera (Bily & Mehl, 1989). Larval Cerambycidae

of most species (86%) are xylophagous (e.g.

feeding inside living, moribund, or even decompo-

sing wood), while, in some certain species (14%),

larvae feed in stems or roots of some herbaceous

plants (Susana, 2009; Gnjatovic & Zikic, 2010).

These feeding habits emphasize not only the

economic importance of this family (e.g. being

pests of heavy damage) in agricultural ecosystems,

but also their ecological importance (e.g. serving as

wood decomposers) in natural ecosystems as well

(Paulino-Neto et al., 2005; Evans et al., 2007).

Furthermore, Cerambycidae are considered as

potentially significant indicators for the forest healt

hand biodiversity (Allison et al., 2004). In this ac-

cord, the changes in some sylviculture pratices have

led to a sheer decline in the populations of some cer-

tain species, especially in Europe, which rendered

some species indangered, and, accordingly; many

species were red-listed (Evans et al., 2007).

It is now established that taxonomy, biology, and

biogeography of Cerambycidae are well studied in

Europe and North America (Allison, 2004); how-

ever, the knowledge of this family in the Eastern

Mediterranean, specifically the Far East, is still

inchoate, but more attention has been drawn towards

this diversity-rich region recently (Cowling et al.,

1996; Sama, et al., 2010). In Syria, actually, the

knowledge of biology, taxonomy, and biodiversity

of longhorn beetles is still not well established, and

their complete fauna is far from fully known. In fact,

there is a painful dearth in local studies, and the avail-

ability of pertinent resources is quite limited. Fur-

thermore, most of the species recorded in Syria have

been collected, identified, and accounted for by

researchers who come from abroad (Hariri, 1971).

In this study, which comes to be the first of its

kind locally, we tried to deduce the biodiversity of

Cerambycidae in SCR as much thoroughly as

possible, in an attempt to bridge some of the gaps

that hinder a broader knowledge of their taxonomy,

and status in addition to clarifying some vague

aspects about their biodiversity and zoogeograph-

ical affinity as a stepping stone towards the know-

ledge of Cerambycidae in the whole of Syrian Arab

Republic.

MATERIAL AND METHODS

Study Area

The Syrian Arab Republic is situated on the

eastern coast of the Mediterranean Sea, bordered by

Turkey from the north, Iraq from the east, Palestine

and Jordan from the south, and by Lebanon and the

Mediterranean from the west.

The Syrian Coastal Region (SCR), which is also

commonly known as “The Coastal Strip”, is located

along the Mediterranean Sea, occupying the

western portion of the country.lt spans between 35°-

45° E, and 36°- 43° N with an estimated area of

5100 km 2 , representing less than 2.5% of the Syrian

territory.

The Coastal Region is considered as one of the

scarce natural resources of Syria, providing a

narrow window to the Mediterranean Sea for such

a relatively large country, with only 183 km of

coastline. From an administrative point of view, the

Coastal Region is partitioned into two coastal gov-

ernorates (provinces), namely: Latakia and Tartus.

Each of which consists of areas, arranged in the

following order:

- Latakia Province: congregating four areas,

namely: Latakia Area; Jableh Area; Qardahah Area;

Haffa Area.

- Tartus Province: congregating five areas, namely:

Tartus Area, Baniyas Area; Salita Area; Shayk-Badr

Area; Draykish Area.

The climate in the Syrian Coastal Region is

typically Mediterranean, with dry summers, and

wet and windy winters and springs. Annual precip-

itation ranges between 800-900 mm. The geo-

graphy is quite heterogenous; the shoreline consists

of sandy bays, alternating with rocky headlands and

low cliffs. The coastal mountain chains separate

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 639

Syria's interior from the Mediterranean coast, with

slopes originally covered in forests of oaks

(Quercus sp.) and pines (. Pinus sp.). On the coastal

slopes of the mountains north to Latakia sprout

some of the best natural forests of the country.

South to Latakia, the coastal strip widens into fertile

plains (Plains of Jableh), to the east of the third

major coastal city, Jableh. The strip then narrows

again and is interrupted by spurs of the mountains

immediate to the east in the sector between Banyias,

the fourth coastal city, and Tartous, the second

major coastal city. South to Tartus, the narrow

coastal strip then widens into the fertile “Sahl

'Akkar” (Plain of 'Akkar), which continues south

across the Lebanese border.

Collection, preservation, and identification

Specimens of adult Cerambycid beetles were

collected, by the first author, from different sites and

localities scattered all across the different areas of

SCR. The study began in 2011 and lasted until the

end of 2014, with the sampling process beginning at

the first of March and spanning all through the end

of December (e.g.10 months) of each year of study.

Collection techniques and tools were multiple,

ranging from the collection by hand, especially for

large specimens, to the sweeping of grasses and

herbaceous plants with entomological nets, (35 cm

in diameter), especially for small specimens. Sweep-

ing and hand-picking were achieved exploiting

different plant parts (e.g. truncks, twigs, branches,

park, stems, leaves, flowers, ...).

Some other passive sampling techniques were

also adopted, with the exploitation of light traps,

consisting of light source (e.g. a mercury light bulb

160 Watts) against a white sheet, these structures

were set near fruit-tree orchards and forest sites and

monitored during the early hours of the evening.

Pitfall traps (e.g. open plastic containers amended

with a slippery substance i.e. Vaseline) were also

applied, specifically in forest sites and fruit-tree

orchards. Paited traps fixed to tree banches and

hung at 1.5 - 2 m were also applied in some fruit-

tree orchards. The structure of these traps was

simple, it consisted of a plastic bottle with the

upper-third portion cut off, and then inversely glued

back to the body of the bottle. A lateral opening was

partially carved out with a knife leaving a part at-

tached to the body of the bottle to keep the opening

closed when the trap is in-action, so that the open-

ing could be used for the exratction of the speci-

mens. Different bait compositions were tried, in

some traps sweet wine was applied, in others a com-

bination of ripe banana with non-alcoholic beer was

used (Chalumeau & Touroult, 2005). Coordin-

ates and elevation were recorded for each collecting

site using a GPS device.

Some specimens were collected by chance, i.e.

intercepting some samples in Tishreen University

Campus, or encuntered on walls near light sources

during visits to some country houses.

After collection, specimens went through many

stages of preparation, identification and, eventually,

curation and preservation. First of all, specimens

were killed using killing jars charged with NaCN

(big specimens), or ethyl acetate (small specimens).

After killing, specimens were put in a sealed con-

tainer with a Styrofoam at the bottom to hold the

specimens, then frozen (0° Celsius) for 48-72 h, and

sometimes even for a longer period of time. Freez-

ing served as a temporary preserving technique

(Triplehom & Johnson, 2005; Gullen & Cranston,

2010), especially when the number of specimens

being prepared for studying was rather high, so that

the specimens will be kept intact until the time

comes for their handling. Moreover, freezing, as we

observed later on, helped in prolonging the “box-

life” of specimens in permanent preservation boxes

(i.e. no fowl smells, and less degradation). After

freezing, specimens were pinned using entomolo-

gical pins (No. 6), then spread of a Styrofoam, then,

finally, dried at the room temperature for 5-7 days.

After properly handled and prepared, specimens

were examined and identified using KONUS ST-

30-2L and NIKON SMZU microscopes. Identifica-

tion was done according to: Bense (1995), Bily &

Mehl (1989), Duffy (1952), Lorenc (1999), Ozdik-

men & Turgut (2009a, b, c, d, e), Ozdikmen &

Turgut (2010a, b), Picard (1929), Villiers (1978),

Wang & Leschm (2003), Zomoroka & Panin (2011).

Identification was followed by a labeling pro-

cedure, and then specimens were transferred to

wooden boxes equiped with glass frontal panels for

permanent preservation. Every box was amended

with Naphthalene pellets and a desiccant material

to help prolong the preservation period. All boxes

and specimens are kept in the Entomology Labor-

atory in Plant Protection Department in the Faculty

of Agriculture in Tishreen University, Syria.

640

Khaldoun Ali et alii

Due to some fading of specimens’ colors, with

storage, and due to some pests that might wreak

havoc to the specimens, each specimen was pic-

tured by Olympus SP 800 UZ digital camera.

All throught the period of this study, we re-

viewed all available studies relating to Ceramby-

cidae in both Syria and neighboring countries (e.g.

Iraq Jordan, Lebanon, Palestine, and Turkey), to

establish a solid background about taxonomy, biod-

iversity and biogeography of Cerambycid beetles.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

During this study a total of 5 1 species including

10 subspecies and belonging to 37 genera in 25

tribes were reported.

Reported taxa are listed below. With the follow-

ing arrangement:

- The classification system follows Danilevsky

(2015).

- Collection sites and localities with their geogra-

phical data (e.g. latitude, longitude, and altitude) are

provided in alphabetical order.

- Chorotype data, when available, are provided and

referenced (Villiers, 1978; Katbeh-Bader, 1996;

Doychev & Georgiev, 2004; Awal, 2005; Sama, &

Rapuzzi, 2006; Sama, 2008; Sama et al., 2010a, b;

Sakenin et al., 2011; Dascalu et al., 2012; Peris-

Felipo & Jimenez-Peydro, 2012; Ozdikmen, 2014;

Danilevsky, 2015).

- Bionomics, when available, are given, based on:

Bense (1995), Sama et al. (2010a, b), Hoskovec &

Rejzek (2013).

- Remarks, personal observations, and suggestions

relating to each taxon are also provided.

Family CERAMBYCID AE Latreille, 1802

Subfamily Prioninae Latreille, 1802

Tribe Aegosomatini J. Thomson, 1861

Genus Aegosoma Audinet-Serville, 1832

Type species: Cerambyx scabricornis Scopoli, 1763

1. Aegosoma scabricorne Scopoli, 1763

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Ghasaniah, 668.0 m, 36° 7'20.63"E, 35°

3'50.39"N, 5. VI. 2013 (1 male, 1 female)/Al-

Yaghansah, 31.0 m 35°51'57.75"E, 35°33'20.03"N,

8.XI.2014 (1 male)/Latakia City-Park, 20.0 m,

35°46'51.7"E, 35°31'47.1"N, 20.X.2014 (1 male,

lfemale)/Serskieh, 55.0 m, 35 o 55'10.40"E,

35°42'19.84"N, 16.V.2012 (1 female); 10.V.2013

(1 male). Jableh Area: Helbakko, 1100.0 m,

36°10'5.35"E, 35°20'0.39"N, 12.VIII.2012 (1

female); 4. VI. 2014 (2 males).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Al-Marana, 578.0

m, 36°5T4.71"E, 35°12'50.69"N, 10.XI.2014 (1

male).

Chorotype. Turano-European (Ozdikmenand

& Turgut, 2009c).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees:

Populus , Sal Lx, Junglans, Acer , Quercus, Alnus,

Tilia, Prunus, Platanus, Fagus, Ulmus, Celtis,

Fraxinus, Morus, Aesculus, Carpinus, Castanea,

Prunus, Malus, Eucalyptus', life cycle usually takes

3 years at least; adults are usually encounterd

between June- August.

Remarks. Not frequently encounterd in SCR,

and its distribution covers both lowlands and re-

latively highlands. In 2014 (uncommonly hot and

dry year) a specimen was colleted in autumn i.e.

November. Most of specimens were from light traps

situated near forests of broadleaf trees, and some-

times picked from walls near light sources.

Tribe Ergatini Fairmaire, 1864

Genus Callergates Lameere, 1904

Type species: Er gates gaillardoti Chevrolat, 1854

2. Callergates gaillardoti Chevrolat, 1854

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Demsarkho, 17.0 m, 35°46'36.8"E, 35°33T2.6"N,

29.IX.2011 (1 male, 1 female); Serskieh, 55.0 m,

35°55T0.40"E, 35°42T9.84"N, 16.V.2012 (1 male,

1 female). Jableh Area: Ain Al-Dilb, 440.0 m, 36°

3'14.17"E, 35°13'40.87"N, 16. IX. 2012 (1 female)/

Besaysin, 29.0 m, 35°57T2.27"E, 35°20’53.43"N

17.X.2013 (1 male).

Tartus Province. Sheik Badr Area: Ash-Shayk

Badr, 491.0 m, 36°4’52.70"E, 34°59’25.23"N,

10.IX.2011 (1 female).

Chorotype. E-Mediterranean/Palestino-Taurian

(Ozdikmen & Turgut, 2009c)

Bionomics. Usualy monophagus on pine

( Pinus ); life cycle usually takes less than three

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 641

years; adults are usually encountered between

June-August.

Remarks. Relatively hard to find, and is a rather

rare species in SCR. Specimens were collected by

hand from trunks and twigs of pine ( Pinus spp.)

trees, usually in the evening. Its close relative

Ergates faber (Linnaeus, 1761), which usually ac-

companies it (Hoslcovec & Rejzek, 2013), has never

been encounterd during the period of this study.

Tribe Macrotomini J. Thomson, 1861

Genus Prinobius Mulsant, 1 842

Type species: Prinobius myardi Mulsant, 1842

3. Prinobius myardi atropos Chevrolat, 1854

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Bahlouliyah, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E,

35°38'0.6"N, 13.VIII.2011 (2 females); 16.X.2014

(1 male); 12.XI.2014 (1 male)/Al-Qanjara,

72.45 m, 35°52'25.1"E, 35°30'43.4"N, 16.X.2014

(1 female)/Demsarkho, 17.0 m, 35°46'36.8"E,

35°33T2.6"N, 3.XI.2011 (2 females); 31.XI.2011

(1 male); 13.IX.2012 (1 male)/Mashqita, 88.0 m,

35°53'51.0"E, 35°39'34.1"N, 13.IX.2014 (1 male)/

Serskieh, 55.0 m, 35°55T0.40"E, 35°42T9.84"N,

16.IX.2012 (2 females); 18.IV.2012 (1 male)/Zak-

izkanieh, 54.0 m, 35°48'29.85"E, 35°31'47.30"N,

15. XI.2013 (1 female). Jableh Area:Ain Al-Beida,

6.0 m, 35°53'34.2"E, 35°39'28.7"N, 13.VIII.2011

(1 female); 26.IX.2011 (1 male)/ Bustan Al-Basha:

33.0 m, 35°56'3.35"E, 35°25'26.46”N, 7.X.2013 (2

males)/Jableh, 20.0 m, 35°8'43.4"E, 35°15'55.2"N,

23.X. 2013 (1 male, 1 female); 20.X.2014 (1 fe-

male); 25.XI.2014 (2 females)/Ras Al-Ain, 133.0

m, 36°0'38.71"E, 35°19'26.72"N, 19.IX.2012 (2

females). Qardahah Area: Bshilama, 265.0 m,

36°3'35.50"E, 35°26'53.57"N, 7.X.2014 (1 male)/

Fakhoura, 183.0 m, 35°58T7.46"E, 35°29'7.54"N,

16. XI.2012 (2 males). Haffa Ai-ea: Al-Haffah, 272.0

m, 36° 1'59.38"E, 35°35'41.57"N, 20.IX.2012

(2 females)/Aramo, 821.0 m, 36°8'5.77"E,

35°37'47.77"N, 28.XI.2013 (1 male)/Mzeraah,

515.0 m, 36°4T9.18"E, 35°31'59.55"N, 7.IV.2013

(1 male); 23.X.2014 (1 female); 16.XI.2014 (1 male)/

Sirna, 710.0 m, 36°6'24.03"E, 35°36'59.04"N,

27.VIII.2011 (1 female); 5.IX.2012 (1 female)/Shiek

Hussamo, 631.0 m, 36°5'46.01"E, 35°35'45.99"N,

13.VII.2013 (1 female).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Hosain Al-

Bahir, 162.0 m, 35°54'27.30"E, 34°58'57.66"N,

20. IX. 20 11 (2 females)/Matin Bouria, 240.0 m,

35°57'4.38"E, 35°2T0.67"N, 16.IV.2014 (1 male)/

Tartus, 14.0 m, 35°52'59.51"E, 34°53'1.01"N,

25.IX.2013 (2 females). Baniyas Area: Al-Qadmus,

919.0 m, 36°9'40.13"E, 35°6'6.53"N, 13.X.2013 (1

male, 2 females)/ Baniyas, 3.0 m, 35°56'24.85"E,

35°10'56.97"N, 11.XI.2012 (2 females)/Kherbet

Al-Sansel, 242.0 m, 35°58'20.48"E, 35°10'2.15"N,

1. IX. 2012 (2 females); 1.XII.2013 (2 females).

Safita Area: Al-Kashfeh, 334.0 m, 35°59'21.61"E,

35°4'52.91"N, 11.VIII.2013 (2 females). Shayk-Badr

Area: Ash-Shayk-Badr, 491.0 m, 36°4'52.70"E,

34°59'25.23"N, 13.VIII.2011 (1 male, 1 female);

4.IX.2013 (2 females); 14.XI.2014 (1 male, 1 female)/

Blawzeh, 462.0 m, 36°1'5.23"E, 35 o 8'59.40"N,

25.VIII.2012 (3 females).

Chorotype. W-Palearctic, or Turano-Mediter-

ranean (Ozdikmenand & Turgut, 2009c).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees:

Acacia , Casuarina, Ceratonia siliqua L., Citrus,

Eucalyptus, Quercus calliprinus L., Q. ilex L., Q.

ithaburensis Decne., Q. suber L., Pyrus, Acer,

Fraxinus, Alnus, Morus alba L., Olea, Populus,

Platanus, Salix; life cycles usually takes several

years; adults are usually encounterd between June-

August.

Remarks. Widely spread species, its distribution

pattern covers almost all the area of SCR. Speci-

mens were collected by hand, or from the walls near

light sources in some countryside houses.

Tribe Prionini Latreille, 1 802

Genus Mesoprionus Jakovlev, 1887

Type species: Prionus asiaticus Faldermann, 1837

A. Mesoprionus lefebvrei Marseul, 1856

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Yaghansah, 31.0 m, 35°51'57.75"E,

35°33'20.03"N, 2.XI.2014 (1 male)/Baksa, 89.0 m,

35°49T8.33"E, 35°34T5.2"N, 12.IX.2012 (1 male)/

Bisnada, 21.0 m, 35°48T4.97"E, 35°32'52.65"N,

24.VJ.2011 (2 males); 13.VI.2011 (1 male)/Demsarkho:

17.0 m, 35°46'36.8"E, 35°33T2.6"N, 17.X.2012 (1

male)/Fidio, 36.0 m, 35°51'43.87"E, 35°29'31.46"N,

10.X.2012 (1 male); 15.X.2012 (1 male)/Janatah,

642

Khaldoun Ali et alii

108.0 m, 35°49'49.4"E, 35°35'01.9"N, 1.X.2011

(1 female)/Jbariuon, 15.0 m, 35°53'20.43"E,

35°34'22.27"N, 30.VI.2014 (1 male); 9.X.2014 (1

male)/Kamlieh, 242.0 m, 35°54'6.06"E, 35°40'5.31"N,

17.IX.2013 (1 male)/Mashqita, 88.0 m, 35°53'51.0"E,

35°39'34.1"N, 3.VIII. 2012 (1 male, 1 female)/

Tisheen University Campus, 31.0 m, 35°48'25.7"E,

35°31'29.0"N, 5.VI.2013 (1 male). JablehArea: Ain

Al-Dilb, 440.0 m, 36°3'14.17"E, 35 o 13'40.87'’N,

16.V.2014 (1 male)/Al-Kalaie: 185.0 m, 36°2’31.34"E,

35°21'17.62"N, 15.VIII.2011 (1 male)/Beit Yashut,

1145.0 m, 36°11'42.93"E, 35°16'41.29"N,

19.IX.2013 (1 male)/Siano, 78.0 m, 35°59'39.73"E,

35°22'12.64"N, 13.XI.2011 (1 male); 10.IX.2014 (2

males); 25. XI. 20 14 (2 males). Qardahah Area:

Al-Qardahah, 310 m, 36°3'36.19"E, 35°27'28.76"N,

13.IX.2014 (2 males)/ Istamou, 73 m, 35°54'8.48"E,

35°29'51.27"N, 10.VII.2014 (1 male). Haffa Area:

Al-Qastal, 155.0 m, 36°1T4.81"E, 35°39'9.59"N,

30.X.2011 (1 male)/As-Samia, 197.0 m, 35°59'20.56"E,

35°33'16.80"N, 28.VIII.2011 (1 male)/Mzeraah,

515.0 m, 36°4'19.18"E, 35°31'59.55"N, 6.X.2011

(1 female)/ Slunfeh, 1056.0 m, 36°10'44.28"E,

35°36'0.81"N, 4.IV.2013 (1 male).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Tartus, 14.0 m,

35°52'59.51"E, 34°53T.01"N, 4.XII.2011 (1 male).

Baniyas Area: Al-Qadmus, 919.0 m, 36° 9'40.13"E,

35°6'6.53"N, 30.XI.2014 (1 female)/Baniyas, 3.0

m, 35°56'24.85"E, 35°10'56.97"N, 25. IX. 2014 (2

males); 4. XI. 20 14 (1 male)/Kherbet Al-Sansel,

242.0 m, 35°58'20.48"E, 35°10'2.15"N, 15.V.2014

(2 males). Safita Area: Safita, 310.0 m, 36° 7'5.14"E,

34°49'1.75"N, 3.XI.2013 (1 female). Draykish Area:

Draykish, 470.0 m, 36° 8'3.44"E, 34°53'50.65"N,

10.XI.2012 (1 male).

Chorotype. Anatolian (Ozdikmenand & Turgut,

2009c).

Bionomics. Unknown host plants; biology is

still unknown; adults are usually encounterd

between June-August.

Remarks. Frequently encountered and wide-

spread in SCR, most of specimens were collected

by hand, from trunks and branches of deciduous

trees, few samples were collected from wine traps

hung at 1.5-2 m above the ground.

Genus Prionus Geoffroy, 1762

Type species: Cerambyx coriarius Linnaeus, 1758

5. Prionus komiyai Lorenc, 1999

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Hannadi, 73.5 m, 35°52'53.5"E,

35°30T0.5"N, 12.XI.2013 (2 males); 7.VIII.2014

(1 male)/Al-Wadi, 470.0 m, 36° 3'0.21"E,

35°47'34.64"N, 26.VIII.2014 (2 males)/ Serskieh,

55.0 m, 35°55T0.40"E, 35°42T9.84"N, 9.V.2012 (1

male). JablehArea: Hmimim, 40.0 m, 35°57'1.30"E,

35°22'34.65"N, 14.IX.2012 (2 males)/Ras Al-Ain,

133.0 m, 36° 0'38.71"E, 35°19'26.72"N, 18.VII.2014

(2 males)/Siano: 78.0 m, 35°59'39.73"E, 35°22T2.64"N,

9.X. 2011 (1 male); 1.XI.2011 (1 male); 7.X.2012

(2 females); 7.XI.2012 (1 male). Qardahah Area:

Istamou, 73.0 m, 35°54'8.48"E, 35°29'51.27"N,

16. VII. 20 14 (1 male)/Ain Al-Arous, 65.0 m,

35°57T5.84"E,35°26T9.20"N, 18.Vm.2011 (2 females).

Haffa Area: Slunfeh, 1056.0 m, 36°10'44.28"E,

35°36'0.81"N, 17.VII.2013 (1 male)/Terjano, 110.0

m, 35°59'15.20"E, 35°31'44.06"N, 29.IX.2012 (2

males); 20.X.2013 (2 females).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Tartus, 14.0 m,

35°52'59.51"E, 34°53T.01"N, 21.XI.2014 (1 male).

Baniyas Area: Wadi Al-Saki, 519.0 m, 36° 5'26.53"E,

35°6'2.64"N, 7.VII.2014 (1 male). Shayk-Badr

Area: Ash Shayk Badr, 491.0 m, 36°4'52.70"E,

34°59'25.23"N, 4.X.2014 (1 male).

Chorotype. The chorotype is SW-Asiatic/Syro-

Anatolian (Ozdikmenand & Turgut, 2009c).

Bionomics. Unknown.

Remarks. Frequently encounterd in SCR. Spe-

cimens were usually collected by hand, from trunks

and twigs of deciduous trees. Two specimens were

collected from banana and beer traps situated in

fruit-tree orchards.

Tribe Remphanini Lacordaire, 1868

Genus Rhaesus Motschulsky, 1875

Type species: Rhaesus persicus Motschulsky, 1875

(= Prionus serricollis Motschulsky, 1838)

6. Rhaesus serricollis Motschulsky, 1838

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Ain Al-Beida, 6.0 m, 35°53'34.2"E, 35°39'28.7"N,

10.IX.2013 (2 females); 7.XI.2014 (2 females)/Al-

Bahlouliyah, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E, 35°38'0.6"N,

15. XI. 2013 (2 females); 11.XI.2014 (1 male, 3 females).

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 643

Jableh Area: Ain Shkak, 61.0 m, 35°58'54.93"E,

35°23'2.60"N, 7.IX.2012 (1 female)/Besaysin, 29.0

m, 35°57'12.27"E, 35°20'53.43"N, 4.X.2011 (1 male);

16.IX.2013 (2 males); 10X2013 (3 males); 11X2013

(2 females); 19.IX.2014 (3 males); 16.X.2014 (1

male, 2 females); 29. X. 2014 (1 male, 1 female)/

Jableh, 20.0 m, 35°8'43.4"E, 35°15'55.2"N,

5.IX.2013 (2 females); 19.VII.2014 (2 females)/ Ras

Al-Ain, 133.0 m, 36° 0'38.71"E, 35°19'26.72"N,

11. X.2013 (2 males, 1 female); 15. XI. 2014 (2 fe-

males). Qardahah Area: Al-Qardahah, 310.0 m,

36°3'36.19"E, 35°27'28.76"N, 3. X. 2011 (1 male,

1 female); 7.XI.2011 (4 females). Haffa Area:

Roimieh, 48.0 m, 35°55'57.70"E, 35°29'44.00"N,

12. XI.2010 (1 female); 16.VII.2013 (1 male);

12.X.2013 (2 females).

Tartus Province. Baniyas Area: Faresh Kaebieh,

301.0 m, 36° 1T8.71"E, 35°11'20.04"N, 6.X.2012

(1 female); 17.V.2014 (1 female)/Wadi Al-Saki,

519.0 m, 36° 5’26.53"E, 35°6’2.64"N, 4.X.2014 (1

female); 13.XI.2014 (1 female); 10.XI.2014 (1

male, 2 females).

Chorotype. Sibero-European+Turano-Europeo-

Mediterranean (Ozdikmenand & Turgut, 2009c).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees:

Fagus, Celtis, Platanus, Quercus, Castanea, Tilia ,

Junglans, Salix; life cycle usually takes several

years; adults are usually encountered between July-

September.

Remarks. Frequently encountered in SCR. Its

emergence is often late, with higher numbers being

ecountered during September. Samples were

collected by hand, from trunks and branches of

Juglans trees, especially during the evening. Some

specimens were attracted to light traps situated near

walnut trees. Larvae usually fed on the wood of live

walnut trees {Juglans sp.).

Subfamily Lepturinae Latreille, 1802

Tribe Lepturini Latreille, 1802

Genus Stictoleptura Casey, 1924

Type species: Leptura cribripennis LeConte, 1859

7. Stictoleptura ( s . str.) cordigera Fuessly, 1775

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Bahlouliyah, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E,

35°38'0.6"N, 17.XI.2012 (2 females)/Kirsana, 63.0

m, 35°49'38.4"E, 35°37'4.34"N, 3.IV.2013 (2 males)/

Wadi Qandil, 48.0 m, 35°50'28.9"E, 35°43'20.7"N,

2.IX.2012 (1 male, 1 female). Haffa Area: Ghomata,

246.0 m, 35°59'42.00"E, 35°33'35.95"N, 7.VIII.2103

(1 female).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Majdaloun Al-Bahr,

60.0 m, 35°56'21.57"E, 34°51T9.22"N, 3.IX.2014

(1 male, 1 female). Baniyas Area: Hreisoun, 14.0

m, 35°57'23.63"E, 35°14'8.88"N, 7.IX.2014 (1 male,

1 female).

Chorotype. Turano-European (Ozdikmen, 2008).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

{Castanea, Fagus, Pistacia, Pinus, Quercus)', life

cycle usually takes 2-3 years; adults are usually

encunterd between June-July.

Remarks. Not frequently encounterd in SCR. It

is usually collected from flowers, especially during

spring.

Genus Vadonia Mulsant, 1863

Type species: Leptura unipunctata Fabricius, 1787

Genus Neovadonia Kaszab, 1938: 151

Type species: Leptura unipunctata Fabricius, 1787

8. Vadonia unipunctata syricola Holzschuh, 1993

Examined material. Tartus Province. Baniyas

Area: Kirkafti, 77.0 m, 35°56'55.35"E, 35° 4'32.53"N,

16.X.2014 (1 female).

Chorotype. Unknown. Distribution: Lebanon,

and Syria.

Bionomics. Biology unknown, probably similar

to the nominal form; adults are usually encounterd

between May- August.

Remarks. Rather a rare species in SCR; the spe-

cimen was collected by hand, from flowers of

Euphorbia plants. The chorotype is unkown, but the

pattern of distribution of this subspecies suggests

endemism to Syria.

Subfamily Spondylinae Audinet-Serville, 1832

Tribe Asemini J. Thomson, 1861

Genus Arhopalus Audinet-Serville, 1834

Type species: Cerambyx rusticus Linnaeus, 1758

644

Khaldoun Ali et alii

9 . Arhopalus ferus Mulsant, 1839

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Zighrin, 44.0 m, 35°52'35.97"E, 35°42'55.45"N,

5. VI. 2011 (3 females); 17.VII.2013 (1 male, 1 fe-

male). Qardahah Area: Al-Qardahah, 310.0 m, 36°

3'36.19"E, 35°27'28.76"N, 29.VI.2013 (1 female);

19.IX.2013 (1 male,l female); 20.X.2013 (1 male,

2 females).

Tartus Province. Baniyas Area: Zoubeh, 407.0

m, 35°58'45.50"E, 35°7'14.92 ,, N, 19.XI.2014 (1 fe-

male); 23.VII.2014 (2 females).

Chorotype. Sibero-European and the Turano-

Europeo-Mediterranean (Ozdikmen & Turgut,

2006).

Bionomics. Monophagous on pine {Pinus spp.)

but might rarely feed on spruce ( Picea ); life cycle

usually takes 2-3 years; adults are usually en-

countered between May-August.

Remarks. Frequently encountered in SCR,

especially near pine (Pinus sp.) forests, and usually

attracted to light; few specimens were collected by

sweeping herbaceous plants.

10. Arhopalus syriacus Reitter, 1895

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Bdamioun, 66.0 m, 35°54'38.57"E,

35°35'33.84"N, 3.X.2012 (3 males)/ Latakia, 20.0

m, 35°46'51.7"E, 35°31'47.1"N, 1.XII.2014

(1 female)/Zighrin, 44.0 m, 35°52'35.97"E,

35°42'55.45"N, 11. IX. 20 14 (2 females); 17.X.2014

(2 females). Jableh Area: Al-Kabou, 20.0 m,

35°53'20.65"E, 35°27'43.20"N, 9.VIII.2013 (1 fe-

male)/Jableh, 20.0 m, 35°8'43.4"E, 35°15'55.2"N,

20. VIII. 2014 (1 male, 1 female). Qardahah Area:

Dibash, 447.0 m, 36°4'13.50"E, 35°30’50.08"N,

27.IX.2011 (2 males); 20.IX.2013 (2 females).

Tartus Province. Baniyas Area: Srijis, 585.0 m,

36°10'59.04"E, 34°55'55.51"N, 21.VIII.2014 (2

males)/Wadi Al-Saki, 519.0 m, 36°5'26.53"E, 35°

6'2.64"N, 12.IX.2013 (2 males).

Chorotype. S-European+E-Mediterranean/Pa-

laestino-Cyprioto-Taurian (Ozdikmenand & Turgut,

2006).

Bionomics. Usually monophagous on pine (e.g.

Pinus pinaster , P. salzmanni, P. laricio , P. halepen-

sis ); life cycle usually takes 2-4 years; adults are

usually encountered between June-September.

Remarks. Closely related to Arhopalus ferus

Mulsant, 1839 and usually accompanies it.

Subfamily Cerambycinae Latreille, 1 802

Tribe Achrysonini Lacordaire, 1868

Genus Icosium P.H. Lucas, 1854

Type species: Icosium tomentosum P.H. Lucas, 1854

11. Icosium tomentosum atticum Ganglbauer, 1882

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Bisnada, 21 m, 35°48T4.97"E, 35°32'52.65"N,

14.VI.20 12 (2 females).

Tartus Province. Baniyas Area: Baniyas, 3.0 m,

35°56'24.85"E, 35°10'56.97"N, 19.XI.2014 (2

males, 1 female). Shayk-Badr Area: Al-Msherfeh,

270.0 m, 35°59'57.49"E, 35° 9'40.74"N, 3.VI.2012

(2 females)/Qamsyiah, 398.0 m, 35°59'31.46"E,

35° 3T1.38"N, 22.X.2013 (2 males).

Chorotype. Mediterranean (Ozdikmen, 2008).

Bionomics. Oligophagous on various Cupres-

saceae: Cupressus sempervirens L., C. propinqua,

Tetraclinis articulata (Vahl) Mast., Juniperus

oxycedrus L., Thuja , Callitris ); life cycle usually

takes 2-3 years; adults are usually encountered

between June-August.

Remarks. This is the first record of this species

in Syria. Its activity is usually nocturnal; some spe-

cimens were collected from light traps, especially

near forests, other specimens were collected by

hand, from branches of some deciduous trees.

Tribe Callichromatini Swainson et Shuclcard, 1 840

Genus Aromia Audinet-Serville, 1834

Type species: Cerambyx moschatus Linnaeus, 1758

Terambus Gistel, 1848b [unnecessary substitute name]

12. Aromia moschata ambrosiaca Steven, 1809

Aromia melancholica Reitter, 1895

Aromia notaticollis Pic, 1928

Aromia rosara P.H. Lucas, 1 847

Aromia rosara A. Costa, 1855 ( Cerambyx )

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Bdamioun, 66.0 m, 35°54'38.57"E,

35°35'33.84"N, 28.XI.2011 (1 male). Jableh Area:

Qutaolabyah, 215 m, 36°1'8.98"E, 35°17T3.14"N,

24.XI.20 12 (3 males).

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 645

Chorotype. Palearctic (Ozdikmen, 2014).

Bionomics. Ecologically, it is strictly associated

with willow ( Salix spp.), it rarely feeds on other de-

ciduous trees: Populus nigra L., Sorbus, Alnus,

Acer; life cycle usually takes 3 or more years; adults

are usually encountered between May-September.

Remarks. Very attractive to collectors, but

rather rare in SCR. Specimens were collected by

hand form tree trunks of willow trees ( Salix sp.). It

is known to emit an aromatic scent that smells like

attar (Linsley, 1959).

Tribe Callidiini Kirby, 1837

Genus Phymatodes Mulsant, 1839

Type species: Cerambyx variabilis Linnaeus, 1760

(= Cerambyx testaceus Linnaeus, 1758)

Subgenus Paraphymatodes Plavilstshikov, 1934

Type species: Callidium fasciatum Villers, 1789

13. Phymatodes {Paraphymatodes) fasciatus

Villers, 1789

Paraphymatodes unifasciatus Olivier, 1790 {Callidium)

Paraphymatodes unifasciatus Rossi, 1790 {Callidium)

Examined material. Latakia Province, Latakia

Area: Zakizkanieh, 54.0 m, 35°48'29.85"E,

35°31'47.30"N, 4.V.2014 (1 male).

Chorotype. Unknown. Distribution: Europe

(Austria, Bosnia-Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Croatia,

Czeck Republic, France, Greece, Hungary, Italy,

Lativa, Macedonia, Moldavia, Poland, Romania,

Slovakia, Spain, Slovenia, Switzerland, Ukraine,

Serbia, and Montenegro), Asia (Cyprus, Limassol,

Troodos mountains, Kato Platres, Sama leg.;

Palestine, Tel Dan, Kravchenko leg.; Turkey, Anta-

lya, Perge and Igel, Qamliyayla, Sanaa’s collection).

New record for Cyprus, Turkey and Palestine.

Bionomics. Monophagous on grapevine Vitis

vinifera L., but it is also reported on other deciduous

tress: e.g. Parthenocissus quinquefolia (L.) Planch.,

Clematis, Populus alba L., Quercus robur L., Salix

alba L.; life cycle usually takes one year; adults are

usually encountered between May-June.

Remarks. This is the first record of this species

in Syria. It is very rare in SCR; the specimen was

encountered on a wall near a light source.

Tribe Cerambycini Latreille, 1802

Genus Cerambyx Linnaeus, 1758

Type species: Cerambyx cerdo Linnaeus, 1758

14. Cerambyx cerdo Linnaeus, 1758

Cerambyx heros Scopoli, 1763

Examined material. Latakia Province, Latakia

Area: Al-Bahlouliyah, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E,

35°38'0.6"N, 14.XI.2014 (2 males). Jableh Area:

Jableh, 20.0 m, 35°8'43.4"E, 35°15'55.2"N,

16.VIII.2014 (1 male)/ Ras Al-Ain: 133.0 m,

36°0'38.71"E, 35°19'26.72"N, 5.IV.2014 (2 males,

1 female).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Zarkat, 100.0 m,

35°57T4.82"E, 34°50'31.49"N, 21.X.2014 (1 male).

Baniyas Area: Al-Qadmus, 919.0 m, 36° 9'40.13"E,

35°6'6.53"N, 2.XI.2014 (1 female). Safita Area:

Safita, 310.0 m, 36°7'5.14"E, 34°49'1.75"N,

16.VI.2012 (2 males); 17.V.2014 (1 female).

Chorotype. Turano-Europeo-Mediterranean

(Ozdikmenand & Turgut, 2009b).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

(e.g. Quercus, Junglans, Ceratonia), it is reported

probably by occasional adaptation for other

broadleaf trees {Fraxinus, Castanea, Ulmus); life

cycle usually takes 3 years at least; adults are

usually encountered between May-August.

Remarks. Widely spread in SCR. The sub-

species C. cerdo acuminatus Motschulsky, 1853 is

recorded in countries of the Middle East (including

Syria), but it is rather a doubtful subspecies. We

prefer not to indicate the subspecies before a study

on the whole genus Cerambyx from the East Medi-

terranean. Specimens were collected by hand from

trunks and branches of deciduous trees (usually

from orchards). The flight of this species is rather

slow.

15. Cerambyx dux Faldermann, 1837

Examined material. Latakia Province, Latakia

Area: Ain Al-Laban, 68.0 m, 35°53'47.99"E,

35°35'36.83"N, 8.XI.2013 (1 male, 1 female)/Al-

Bahlouliyah, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E, 35°38'0.6"N,

14.XI.2012 (2 males, 2 females); 25.X.2013 (1

male); 3.IX.2014 (3 males)/Al-Qanjara, 72.45 m,

35°52'25.1"E, 35°30'43.4"N, 22.X.2013 (2 fe-

males)/Al-Safkoun, 206.0 m, 35°59'17.57"E,

646

Khaldoun Ali et alii

35°38'57.24"N, 15.X.2011 (2 females)/Al-Shil-

fatiyah, 45.0 m, 35°53'57.6"E, 35°32'21.5"N,

20.X.2012 (1 male, 1 female)/Balloran, 193.0 m,

35°53'35.30"E, 35°46'40.52"N, 3.VIIL2011 (1 fe-

male); 11.X.2012 (1 male)/Bisnada, 21.0 m,

35°48'14.97"E, 35°32'52.65"N, 14.IV.2012 (2

males); 24.IV.2012 (3 males); 27.V.2014 (2 males)/

Bouka, 62.0 m, 35°48'32.26"E, 35°32'17.80"N,

16.XI.2013 (1 male); 7.XI.2013 (3 males)/Dem-

sarkho, 17.0 m, 35°46'36.8"E, 35°33'12.6"N,

25.IX.2012 (2 males); 16.X.2012 (1 male)/Dibba,

32.0 m, 35°54'36.18"E, 35°32'18.46"N, 1.V.2013

(1 female); 26.IX.20 13 (2 males); 7.IV.2014 (2 males)

/Jbariuon, 15.0 m, 35°53'20.43”E, 35°34'22.27"N,

14.IX.20 14 (3 females)/Khreibeh, 816.0 m, 36°

6'11.91"E, 35°17'26.83"N, 26.X.2014 (2 males)/

Klouf: 120 m, 35°51'45.74"E, 35°38'33.34"N,

17.IV.20 14 (1 male, 1 female)/Latakia, 20.0 m,

35°46'51.7"E, 35°31'47.1"N, 11.XI.2011 (1 male)/

Rodo, 38.0 m, 35°51'5.65"E, 35°33'40.16"N,

16.IX.2013 (2 males)/Serskieh, 55.0 m, 35°55'10.40"E,

35°42'19.84"N, 16. V. 2013 (1 male, 1 female)/Sin-

jwan, 81.0 m. 35°49'28.7"E, 35°32'46.9"N,

14.VIII.2012 (1 male)/ Tisheen University Campus,

31.0 m, 35°48'25.7"E, 35°31'29.0"N, 3.IV.2013

(2 males)/Zeitouneh, 468 m, 36°8'37.49"E,

35°48'27.15"N, 13.IX.2014 (2 females). Jableh

Area: Ain Al-Dilb, 440.0 m, 36°3'14.17"E,

35°13'40.87"N, 6.IV.2014 (1 male, 2 females)/

Al-Eidia, 40 m, 35°58'33.97"E, 35°17'9.67"N,

30.IX.2014 (3 males, 1 female)/ Al-Klouh, 8.0 m,

35°57'3.08"E, 35°15'2.05"N, 29.V.2013 (3 males);

1 1 .X.2014 (1 male)/Al-Louzeh, 24.0 m, 35°56'27.99"E,

34°48'29.73"N, 11.X.2011 (1 male); 13.X.2011 (2

males, 1 female)/Babdah, 505.0 m, 36°3'15.47"E,

35°14'22.16"N, 15.X.2012 (2 males)/ Besaysin, 29

m, 35°57'12.27"E, 35°20'53.43"N, 17.VIIL2011

(1 male); 3.X.2012 (2 females); 7.IX.2014 (2

males); 13.IX.2014 (2 females); 16.IX.2014 (1

male, 2 females)/ Btimazah Mountain, 1280.0 m,

36°13'57.59"E, 35°13'11.66'’N, 1.XL2014 (3

males, 2 female s)/Burj an, 48.0 m, 35°58'44.66"E,

35°17'31.22"N, 11.X.2011 (2 females); 10.XL2011

(1 male)/Bustan Al-Basha, 33.0 m, 35°56'3.35"E,

35°25'26.46"N, 4.V.2013 (2 males); 7.V.2013 (1 fe-

male)/ Jableh, 20.0 m, 35°8'43.4"E, 35°15'55.2"N,

14.XL2012 (1 female)/Kfar Dbil, 110.0 m,

36°0'38.76"E, 35°22'48.90"N, 1.XL2013 (4 males)/

Qutaolabyah, 215.0 m, 36°1'8.98"E, 35°17'13.14"N,

6.IV.2014 (1 male, 1 female); 18.V.2014 (1 male)/

Rahbieh, 8.0 m, 35°57'22.07"E, 35°15'30.94"N,

6.V.2013 (1 male, 1 female)/Ras Al-Ain, 133.0 m,

36°0'38.71"E, 35°19'26.72"N, 22.VII.2012 (2

males); 20.IX.20 13 (2 females)/Rmelieh, 14.0 m,

35°55'26.93"E, 35°22'54.71"N, 17.VIIL2014 (1

male, 1 female)/Sarabion, 362.0 m, 36°1'8.00"E,

35°14'12.12"N, 19.IX.2012 (1 male, 2 female);

12.IX.2013 (1 male, 1 female); 21.X.2013 (2 females)

/Zama, 274.0 m, 36°4'30.32"E, 35°20'48.18"N,

21.XL2012 (2 males). Qardahah Area: Al-Qardahah,

310.0 m, 36° 3'36.19"E, 35°27'28.76"N, 23.XI.2011

(1 male); 1.XL2012 (1 male)/Istamou, 73.0 m,

35°54'8.48"E, 35°29'51.27"N, 15.X.2014 (2 males)/

Qulmakho, 160.0 m, 35°59'19.85"E, 35°27'46.22"N,

3. XI. 2011 (1 male). Haffa Area: Al-Haffah, 272.0

m, 36°1'59.38"E, 35°35'41.57"N, 8.VIII.2011 (1

male, 1 female)/ As-Samia, 197.0 m, 35°59'20.56"E,

35°33'16.80"N, 15.IX.2014 (2 females)/Marj

Khokhah, 834.0 m, 36°9'14.37"E, 35°41'29.50"N,

23.X.2013 (2 males)/Mzeraah, 515.0 m, 36°4'19.18"E,

35°31'59.55"N, 25.IX.2011 (2 females); 16.V.2012

(2 males); 13.IX.2014 (2 males); 2.XI.2014 (3

males, 2 females)/Shiek Hussamo, 631.0 m,

36°5'46.01"E, 35°35'45.99"N, 3.X.2012 (2 females)/

Talla, 178.0 m, 35°58'42.70"E, 35°38'14.99"N,

10.X.2012 (2 males).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Al-Karimeh, 185.0

m, 36°2'31.34"E, 35°21'17.62"N, 7.V.2013 (2

males, 1 female); 3.V.2014 (2 males)/As-Sifsafeh,

130.0 m, 36°2'55.04"E, 34°43'57.80 H N, 18.V.2013

(1 male)/Beit Alian: 56.0 m, 35°56'17.91"E,

34°51'13.93"N, 26.X.2014 (1 male, 3 females)/Tartus,

14.0 m, 35°52'59.51"E, 34°53'1.01"N, 15.X.2011

(1 male); 20.X.2011 (1 male)/Kherbet Al-Mezeh,

154.0 m, 36°1'43.98"E, 34°48'6.31"N, 23.X.2014

(2 males)/Marqueh, 55.0 m, 35°55'5.27"E,

35°1'56.45"N, 20.IX.2012 (1 male)/Saya, 216.0 m,

35°56'55.30"E, 35°2'46.23"N, 8.IX.2013 (2 males);

17.VIII.2014 (1 male, 2 females); 3.X.2014 (3

males, 1 female). Baniyas Area: Al-Qadmus, 919.0

m, 36°9'40.13"E, 35°6'6.53"N, 1.V.2013 (2

males)/Al-Roudah, 150.0 m, 35°54'53.46"E,

35°4'2.91"N, 13.IX.2013 (2 males, 1 female);

16.VIII.20 14 (1 male, 2 females)/Balloutieh, 460.0

m, 36°2'40.17"E, 35°11'2.14"N, 5.X.2011 (1 female)/

Baniyas, 3.0 m, 35°56'24.85"E, 35°10'56.97"N,

15. X.2012 (2 males)/Bustan Al-Hamam, 337.0 m,

36°2'0.50"E, 35°12'25.81"N, 7.IV.2013 (1 male);

16. VII. 2014 (1 male, 1 female)/Deir Al-Bishl,

101.0 m, 35°58'56.27"E, 35°11'48.97"N, 16.V.2013

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 647

(2 females)/Hreisoun, 14.0 m, 35°57'23.63"E,

35°14'8.88"N, 16.IX.2014 (2 males, 1 female)/

Hamam Wasel, 642.0 m, 35°59'42.00"E,

35°33'35.95''N, 9.IX.2013 (2 males)/ Isqublh, 690.0

m, 36°3'39.70"E, 35°9'54.14"N, 6.IV.2013 (1

male)/Kherbet Al-Sansel, 242.0 m, 35°58'20.48"E,

35°10'2.15 H N, 4.IV.2013 (1 male, 2 females); 3.V.2013;

15.V.2013 (1 male, 1 female)/Khirbit Al-Sindiana,

851 m, 36°11'40.29"E, 35°13'31.47"N, 17.VI.2014

(1 male, 1 female)/Mourid, 120.0 m, 35°56'19.04"E,

35°6'19.51"N, 17.IV.2014 (1 male)/Taenita, 471.0

m, 36°3'42.95"E, 35 0 6'42.87"N, 19.X.2011 (1 male,

1 female)/Zillo, 235.0m, 36°1'33.56"E, 35°12T.37"N,

8.VIII.2012 (2 females). Safita Area: Safita, 310.0

m, 36°7'5.14"E, 34°49'1.75 , ’N, 20.X.2011 (1 males);

7.X.2012 (2 males); 17.X.2012 (2 females); 22.XI.2012

(2 males); 25.X.2012 (1 males); 17.X.2013 (1

male); 12.X.2014 (3 female); 9.IX.2014 (3 males);

29.X.2014 (1 male, 1 female). Shayk-Badr Area:

Blawzeh, 462.0 m, 36°1'5.23"E, 35°8'59.40"N,

23. VII. 2011 (1 male, 1 female)/Kafroun, 675.0 m,

36°14'18.96"E, 34°51'58.57"N, 2.X.2011 (1 fe-

male)/Ash Shayk Badr, 491.0 m, 36°4'52.70"E,

34°59'25.23"N, 4. VIII. 2012 (3 males); 22.X.2013

(2 males, 1 female); 23.XI.2013 (1 male, 1 female);

7.IX.2014 (2 males)/Kfarieh, 368 m, 36°4'20.62"E,

34°58'17.16"N, 15.X.2012 (2 females). Draykish

Area: Draykish, 470.0 m, 36°8'3.44"E, 34°53'50.65"N,

6.V.2011 (1 male); 16.VI.20 12 (2 males); 16.V.2013

(2 males); 5.VIII.2013 (2 males); 1.X.2014 (3

males, 2 females); 3.X.2014 (1 female).

Chorotype. Turano-Mediterranean/Turano-

Balkan (Ozdikmenand & Turgut, 2009b).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on fruit and orna-

mental trees, and sometimes bushes: e.g. Prunus,

Elaeagnus, Crataegus, Pyracantha crenatoserrata

(Hance) Rehder); life cycle usually takes 3-4 years;

adults are usually encountered between May-July.

Remarks. Exteremely widespread in SCR, and

usually encountered everywhere, especially in

Prunus sp. orchards. Collection was usually con-

ducted by hand, or by entomological nets. Few

samples were obtained from ripe banana and sweet

wine traps. This species is considered as a major

pest to Prunus sp. orchards, inflicting heavy dam-

ages to fruit orchards. It is also considered as a no-

torious insect, and is often killed by farmers

whenever and wherever spotted.

16. Cerambyx nodulosus Germar, 1817

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Bahlouliyah, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E,

35°38'0.6"N, 25.IX.2014 (1 male)/Al-Shilfatiyah,

45.0 m, 35°53'57.6"E, 35°32'21.5 ,, N, 20.X.2012

(1 male, 2 females)/Al-Tarquia, 81.0 m,

35°57'12.55"E, 35°39'51.55"N, 31.VII.2013 (1

male, 2 females)/Bisnada, 21.0 m, 35°48'14.97"E,

35°32'52.65"N, 29.XI.2014 (1 male)/Kirsana, 63.0

m, 35°49'38.4"E, 35°37'4.34"N, 16.IX.2014 (2

males); 2.X.2014 (1 male). Jableh Area: Bustan Al-

Basha, 33.0 m, 35°56’3.35”E, 35°25'26.46"N,

8. IX. 20 14 (1 male); 15. IX. 20 14 (1 male)/Dwaer

Baabda, 606.0 m, 36°2'41.58"E, 35°14'54.99"N,

7. XI. 2014 (1 male)/Jableh, 20.0 m, 35°8'43.4"E,

35°15'55.2"N, 26.X.2011 (1 male)/Qutaolabyah,

215.0 m, 36°1'8.98"E, 35°17T3.14"N, 30.X.2012

(2 males, 1 female); 7.X.2014 (2 males). Qardahah

Area: Deir Hanna, 221.0 m, 36°2'2.82"E,

35°25'47.94"N, 22.X.2012 (2 males). Haffa Area:

Al-Haffah, 272.0 m, 36°1'59.38"E, 35°35'41.57"N,

15. IX. 2014 (2 males).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Yahmour, 65.0

m, 35°57'44.44"E, 34 0 48'57.66''N, 6.VI.2012 (2

males). Baniyas Area: Annaza, 553.0 m,

36°3'58.56"E, 35°11'47.31"N, 3.V.2013 (1 male)/

Kherbet Al-Sansel, 242.0 m, 35°58'20.48"E,

35°10'2.15"N, 7.V.2013 (2 males); 16.IX.2014 (2

males). Safita Area: Safita, 310.0 m, 36°7'5.14"E,

34°49'1.75"N, 16.VI.2012 (2 males, 1 female);

25.VII.20 13 (2 males). Shayk-Badr Area: Ash

Shayk Badr, 491.0 m, 36°4'52.70"E,

34°59'25.23"N, 23.XI.2014 (1 male).

Chorotype. East-Mediterranean.

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees:

Prunus, Pyrus, Malus, Crataegus, Acer, life cycle

usually takes 3-4 years; adults are usually en-

countered between May-July.

Remarks. Usually associated with Cerambyx

dux, but much less spread, and less frequently

ecountered. Specimens were collected from stone

fruit orchards {Primus sp.) usually by hand, very

few were attracted to wine traps.

17. Cerambyx welensii Kuster, 1845

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Latakia, 20.0 m, 35°46'5L7"E, 35°31'47.1"N,

648

Khaldoun Ali et alii

12. X.2011 (1 male)/Qismin, 191.0 m, 35°54T8.6"E,

35°38'1.2"N, 6.X.2013 (1 female). Jableh Area:

Siano, 78.0 m, 35°59'39.73"E, 35°22T2.64"N, 23.

VIII. 2014 (1 female). Qardahah Area: Al-Qardahah,

310.0 m, 36°3'36.19"E, 35°27'28.76"N, 3.X.2012 (2

females); 23.IX.2013 (1 male); 13.IX.2014 (1 fe-

male). HaffaArea: Mzeraah, 515.0m, 36° 4'19.18"E,

35°31'59.55"N, 13.XI.2014 (1 male).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Tartus: 14.0 m,

35°52'59.51"E, 34°53'1.01"N, 23.X.2013 (2 males)/

Yahmour, 65.0 m, 35°57'44.44"E, 34°48'57.66"N,

16.V.2014 (1 male). Baniyas Area: Al-Qadmus,

919.0 m, 36°9'40.13"E, 35°6'6.53"N, 17.VIII.2012 (1

female); 16.IX.20 14 (2 males); 30.XI.20 14 (2 males).

SafitaArea: Safita, 310.0m, 36° 7'5.14'E, 34°49T.75"N,

16.IX.2014 (1 female); 8.X.2014 (1 male).

Chorotype. S-European (Ozdikmenand & Tur-

gut, 2009b).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

(e.g. Quercus, Platanus, Ceratonia ), but mostly on

Quercus ilex , Q. ithaburensis, and Q. calliprinos;

life cycle usually takes three years at least; adults

are usually encountered between June-July.

Remarks. Frequently encountered in SCR. The

subspecies C. welensii centurio Czwalina, 1891 is

recorded in the countries of the Middle East (in-

cluding Syria), but it is rather a doubtful subspecies,

since it is little different from European subspecies;

accordingly, we prefer not indicate the subspecies

before a study on the whole genus Cerambyx from

the East Mediterranean.

Tribe Certallini Fairmaire, 1864

Genus Certallum Dejean, 1821

Type species: Saperda ruficollis Fabricius, 1781

(= Cerambyx ebulinus Linnaeus, 1767)

18. Certallum ebulinum Linnaeus, 1767

Examined material. Latakia Province. Jableh

Area: Siano, 78.0 m, 35°59'39.73"E, 35°22T2.64"N,

13. VIII.2013 (1 male).

Tartus Province. Shayk-Badr Area: Al-Msh-

erfeh, 270.0 m, 35°59'57.49"E, 35°9'40.74"N,

16.IX.2012 (1 female).

Chorotype. Turano-European-Mediterranean

(Ozdikmen, 2008).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on herbaceous plants

(e.g. Brassicaceae), and also recorded on Raphanus,

Raphanistrum, Raphanistrum arvense (All.) Merat;

life cycle takes usually two years; adults are usually

encountered between March-July.

Remarks. It is rather a rare species in SCR; spe-

cimens were collected by hand from flowers of

Astreraceae plants.

Tribe Clytini Mulsant, 1839

Genus Chlorophorus Chevrolat, 1863

Type species: Callidium annulare Fabricius, 1787

19. Chlorophorus varius damascenus Chevrolat, 1854

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Kirsana, 63.0 m, 35°49'38.4''E, 35°37'4.34"N,

6.X.2013 (1 male, 1 female).

Chorotype. Palearctic (Ozdikmen & Tugrut,

2009e).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

(e.g. Vitis,Acer, Quercus, Populus, Malus, Cratae-

gus, Junglans, Robinia, Elaeagnus, Ficus, Ses-

bania, Prunus, Pyrus, Morus, Castanea, Ulmus,

Alnus, Fraxinus, Pistacia, Paliurus, Spartium, Cer-

cis siliquastrum L., Pistacia atlantica Desf.); life

cycle usually takes 2-3 years; adults are usually en-

countered between June-September.

Remarks. It is a rare species in SCR. The spe-

cimen was collected by hand from the flowers of an

Apiaceae plant.

20. Chlorophorus sartor O.F. Muller, 1766

Examined material. Tartus Province. Baniyas

Area: Kirkafti, 77.0 m, 35°56'55.35"E, 35°4'32.53"N,

14. XI. 2014 (1 male).

Chorotype. Turano-European (Ozdikmen &

Turgut, 2009e).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

(e.g. Paliurus, Quercus, Ulmus, Crataegus, Elae-

agnus, Castanea, Robinia, Ficus, Cytisus, Pistacia,

Ceratonia, Salix, Fagus, Ostrya, Gleditsia ); life

cycle usually takes two years; adults are usually en-

countered between May-August.

Remarks. Rare species in SCR, the specimen

was collected from the flowers of an Asteraceae plant.

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 649

Genus Clytus Laicharting, 1784

Type species: Leptura arietis Linnaeus, 1758

21. Clytus rhamni Germar, 1817

Clytus innormalis Pic, 1927

Clytus paliuri Depoli, 1940

Examined material. Tartus Province. Baniyas

Area: Dahr Safra, 226.0 m, 35°55T7.81"E,

35°4'42.10"N, 10.XI.2014 (1 male).

Chorotype. European (Ozdikmen & Turgut,

2009f).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees;

life cycle usually takes two years; adults are usually

encountered between May-August.

Remarks. It is a quite rare species in SCR.The

pattern of its distribution suggests European-

Anatolian/Mediterranean chorotype. The specimen

was collected by the hand from the flowers of an

Asteraceae plant.

Genus Plagionotus Mulsant, 1 842

Type species: Leptura detrita Linnaeus, 1758

22. Plagionotus bobelayei Brulle, 1832

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Bahlouliyah, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E,

35°38'0.6"N, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E, 35°38'0.6"N,

13.XI.2014 (1 male)/Bisnada, 21.0 m, 35°48T4.97"E,

35°32'52.65"N, 7.VI.2013 (2 males); 8.VIII.2013 (1

male, 1 female). Jableh Area: Qutaolabyah, 215.0 m,

36°1'8.98"E, 35°17T3.14"N, 20. XI. 2012 (2 males, 1

female)/Siano, 78.0 m, 35°59'39.73”E, 35°22T2.64 H N,

28.IV.2014 (1 male).

Tartus Province. Baniyas Area: Baniyas, 3.0 m,

35°56'24.85"E, 35°10'56.97"N, 3.0 m, 35°56'24.85"E,

35°10'56.97"N, 13.V.2014(1 male, 1 female)/Mourid,

120.0 m, 35°56'19.04"E, 35°6T9.51"N, 7.IV.2014 (1

female).

Chorotype. Turano-European/Turano-Sarmato-

Pannonian (Ozdikmen & Turgut, 2009d).

Bionomics. Ecologically associated with Mal-

vaceae (e.g. Alcea , Malva), larvae usually feed on

roots; life cycle usually takes one year; adults are

usually encountered between May-July.

Remarks. It is usually encountered, especially

during spring (e.g. April and May). Specimens were

collected by hand from the flowers of some Aster-

aceae plants, or by sweeping some Malvaceae

plants.

Genus Xylotrechus Chevrolat, 1860

Type species: Clytus sartorii Chevrolat, 1860

23. Xylotrechus ( s . str.) stebbingi Gahan, 1906

Examined material. Tartus Province. Baniyas

Area: Kirkafti, 77.0 m, 35°56'55.35"E, 35°4'32.53"N,

3.X.2014 (1 male).

Chorotype. Mediterraneo-Sindian+Oriental

(Ozdikmen & Tezcan, 2011).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

(e.g. Alnus, Celtis australis , Ceratonia siliqua.

Ficus , F. carica, Juglans, Koelreuteria paniculata

Laxm., Morus alba , Populus , Ulmus ); life cycle

usually takes two years; adults are usually en-

countered between May-November.

Remarks. This is the first record of this species

in Syria. It is rather a rare species in SCR; the spe-

cimen emerged from a dead branch of a walnut tree

{Juglans sp.).

Tribe Hesperophanini Mulsant, 1839

Genus llesperophanes Dejean, 1835

Type species: Callidium sericeum Fabricius, 1787

24 . Hesperophanes sericeus Fabricius, 1787

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Wadi Qandil, 48.0 m, 35°50'28.9"E,

35°43'20.7"N, 29.X.2011 (1 male). Jableh Area: Bit-

shah, 920.0 m, 36°5'59.67"E, 35°14'48.47"N, 27. IX.

2012 (2 males); 25.X.2013 (1 female). Haffa Area:

Al-Haffah, 272.0 m, 36°1 , 59.38 ,, E, 35°35'41.57"N,

25. XI.2011 (1 male, 1 female); 15.XI.2012 (2 males)/

Mzer3ah, 515.0 m, 36°4T9.18"E, 35°31'59.55"N,

16.X.2011 (4 males); 27.X.2011 (2 males).

Tartus Province. Shayk-Badr Area: Al-Msherfeh,

270.0 m, 35°59'57.49"E, 35°9'40.74"N, 27.X.2011

(1 male, 1 female).

Chorotype. Mediterranean (Ozdikmen, 2008).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

(e.g. Junglans, Ficus, Pistacia, Vitis, Olea,

Platanus, Quercus, Halocnemum ); life cycle

usually takes 2-3 years; adults are usually en-

countered between June-September.

650

Khaldoun Ali et alii

Remarks. This is the first record of this species

in Syria; it is distributed in almost all SCR. It is

ususally encountered at night (nocturnal). Speci-

mens were collected by hand from branches of

deciduous trees usually at dusk, and some samples

were attracted to ligh traps situated near forest sites.

Genus Stromatium Audinet-Serville, 1834

Type species: Callidium barbatum Fabricius, 1775

25. Stromatium unicolor Olivier, 1795

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Bahlouliyah, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E,

35°38'0.6"N, 27.XI.2013 (2 males); 12.X.2014 (2

males)/Al-Karkit, 135.0 m, 35°58'48.62"E,

35°37'20.13"N, 13.VII.2013 (2 males, 3 females)/

Bisnada, 21.0 m, 35°48T4.97"E, 35°32'52.65"N,

3. VIII. 20 12 (1 male); 28.VII.2013 (2 males);

19.IX.2013 (1 male); 14.X.2014 (2 males)/Latakia,

20.0 m, 35°46'51.7"E, 35°31'47.1"N, 3.X.2014

(1 male)/Kamlieh, 242.0 m, 35°54'6.06"E,

35°40'5.31"N, 15.VII.2013 (1 male, 1 female)/Ras

Al-Basit, 21.0 m, 35°50'21.33"E, 35°50'47.86"N,

3.IV.2013 (2 males)/ Sett Markho, 134.0 m,

35°51'9.29"E, 35°35'8.83"N, 20.X.2011 (2 male). Ja-

bleh Area: Ain Shkak, 61.0 m, 35°58'54.93"E,

35°23'2.60"N, 2.XI.2013 (1 male, 1 female)/Al-

Baraem, 358.0 m, 36 o l'26.30"E, 35°16T9.27"N,

21.VIII.2010 (2 females)/ Al-Hwaiz, 107.0 m, 36°

0'27.93"E, 35°20'20.17"N, 24.X.2013 (2 males)/Be-

saysin, 29.0 m, 35°57T2.27"E, 35°20'53.43"N,

10.IX.2012 (3 males); 16.IX.2013 (2 males)/Beit Ya-

shut, 1145.0 m, 36°11'42.93"E, 35°16'41.29"N,

5 .XI. 2014 (1 male)/Jableh, 20.0 m, 35°8'43.4"E,

35°15'55.2"N, 20.XI.2013 (1 male)/Ras Al-Ain,

133.0 m, 36°0'38.71"E, 35°19'26.72"N, 6.X.2013 (1

male)/Wadi Al-Kalem, 35.0 m, 35°58'6.69"E,

35°15'3.17"N, 10.X.2012 (2 males). Qardahah

Area: Al-Qardahah, 310.0 m, 36°3'36.19"E,

35°27'28.76"N, 29.XI.2011 (2 females). Haffa Area:

Al-Haffah, 272.0 m, 36°1'59.38"E, 35°35'41.57 H N,

15.IX.2011 (1 male); 14.IV.20 14 (2 males)/Mzeraah,

515.0 m, 36°4T9.18"E, 35°31'59.55"N, 30.V.2013

(1 male); 7.XI.2014 (1 male, 1 female)/ Sima: 710.0

m, 36°6'24.03"E, 35°36'59.04"N, 12.VIII.2011 (1

male, 1 female); 17.VIII.2011 (1 male)/Slunfeh,

1056.0 m, 36°10'44.28"E, 35°36'0.81"N, 18.V.2011

(2 males).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Tartus, 14.0 m,

35°52'59.51"E, 34°53T.01"N, 13.VII.2012 (1 male);

13.IX.2013 (2 males, 2 females). Baniyas Area:

Al-Klouh, 8.0 m, 35°57'3.08"E, 35°15'2.05"N,

18.VI.20 13 (2 males)/Al-Mawsheh, 254.0 m,

35°58'40.36"E, 35° 3'51.05"N, 15.VIII.2011 (2 males)/

Baniyas, 3.0 m, 35°56'24.85"E, 35°10'56.97"N,

15.VIII.2013 (2 males, 2 females)/Isqublh, 690.0 m,

36° 3'39.70"E, 35°9'54.14"N, 20.XI.2013 (1 fe-

male)/Kherbet Al-Sansel, 242.0 m, 35°58'20.48"E,

35°10'2.15"N, 7.IV.2013 (3 males, 1 female)AVadi Al-

Saki: 519.0 m, 36° 5'26.53"E, 35° 6'2.64"N, 3.XI.2014

(1 male, 1 female); 3.X.2014 (1 female). Shayk-Badr

Area: Ash Shayk Badr, 491.0 m, 36°4'52.70"E,

34°59'25.23"N, 19.IX.2014 (1 male). Draykish Area:

Himmin, 365.0 m, 36°2'35.84"E, 34°54T1.12"N,

10.VIII.2013 (1 female).

Chorotype. Subcosmopolitan/Nearctic+Neo-

tropic+Mediterranean+Centralasiatic (Ozdikmen,

2008b).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

(e.g. Quercus, Celtis, Ulmus , Cytisus, Pistacia,

Junglans , Fagus, Morus, Cassia, Ficus, Corylus,

Platanus, Tarix, Robinia, Primus, Tilia, Carpinus,

Castanea, Salix, Alnus, Citrus, Eucalyptus, Pinus,

Cupressus ); life cycle usually takes 2-4 years;

adults are usually encountered between May-

August.

Remarks. Widely spread across SCR, and very

frequenty encountered. Some specimens were col-

lected by hand from trunks or branches of decidu-

ous trees, other specimens were attracted to light.

Genus Trichoferus Wollaston, 1 854

Type species: Trichoferus senex Wollaston, 1854

26. Trichoferus griseus Fabricius, 1793

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Sheer, 38.0m, 35°51T6.8"E, 35°31'38.3"N,

13.IX.2014 (2 females)/Al-Sanobar, 32.0 m,

35°53'7.05"E, 35°28'45.82"N, 14.X.2012 (2 males);

6.X.2104 (2 males)/Tisheen University Campus,

31.0 m, 35°48'25.7"E, 35°31'29.0"N, 3.V.2013

(2 males). Qardahah Area: Al-Qarer, 15.0 m,

35°54'46.29"E, 35° 8'8.52"N, 9.IX.2103 (2 males)/

Siano, 78.0 m, 35°59'39.73"E, 35°22T2.64"N,

12.XI.2010 (2 females); 7.IX.2013 (2 males, 2 fe-

males). Haffa Area: Sharifa, 300.0 m, 36°0'45.11"E,

35°37'28.03"N, 11.X.2014 (2 males).

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 651

Chorotype. Mediterranean (Ozdikmen, 2008a).

Bionomics. Usually monophagous on Ficus ca-

rica\ life cycle usually takes one year; adults are

usually encountered between June-August.

Remarks. Widly spread in SCR; samples were

collected by hand from Ficus carica L. trees, or by

intercepting traps situated in some orchards contai-

ning Ficus sp. trees.

Tribe Hylotrupini Zagajlcevitch, 1991

Genus Hylotrupes Audinet-Serville, 1834

Type species: Cerambyx bajulus Linnaeus, 1758

27 . Hylotrupes bajulus Linnaeus, 1758

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Serskieh, 55.0m, 35°55T0.40"E, 35°42T9.84"N,

17.VII.014 (2 males, 1 female).

Tartus Province. Baniyas Area: Kherbet Al-

Sansel, 242.0 m, 35°58'20.48"E, 35°10'2.15"N,

7.V.2014 (1 male).

Chorotype. Subcosmopolitan (Ozdikmen, 2008b).

Bionomics. Larvae usually feed on dead wood

of Pinus, Picea , Abies', life cycle usually take 2-9

years; adults are usually encountered between

June-S eptember.

Remarks. Not frequently encountered in SCR,

the first species was collected from a wall near a

light bulb during the night; the other specimen

emerged from a dying Vitis sp. vine.

Tribe Molorchini Gistel, 1848

Genus Molorchus Fabricius, 1793

Type species: Necydalis umbellatarum Schreber,

1759

Subgenus Caenoptera C.G. Thomson, 1859

Type species: Necydalis minor Linnaeus, 1758

28. Molorchus ( Caenoptera ) juglandis Sama, 1982

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Mashqita, 88.0 m, 35 o 53'51.0"E, 35°39'34.1"N,

16. VI. 2013(1 male).

Chorotype. E-Mediterranean (Palestino-Tau-

rian) or SW- Asiatic (Ozdikmen, 2014a).

Bionomics. Monophagous on walnut trees

( Juglans regia L.); life cycle usually takes 1-2 years;

adults are usually ecountered between May-June.

Remarks. This is the first record of this species

in Syria. The specimen was collected by the hand

from the flowers of an Apiaceae plant.

Tribe Phoracanthini Newman, 1 840

Genus Phoracantha Newman, 1 840

Type species: Stenocorus semipunctatus Fabricius,

1775

29. Phoracantha recurva Newman, 1840

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Bahlouliyah, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E,

35°38'0.6"N, 3.VIII.2014 (2 males)/Al-Bassa, 27.5

m, 35°50'51.9"E, 35°29'59.2"N, 3.V.2013 (1 male,

2 female)/Demsarkho, 17.0 m, 35°46'36.8"E,

35°33T2.6"N, 16.IV.2013 (1 male)/ Fattiro, 111.0

m, 35°51T1.3"E, 35°37'21.7 ,, N, 21.X.2013 (3

males)/Kirsana, 63.0 m, 35°49'38.4"E, 35°37'4.34"N,

21. XI. 2011 (2 males)/Tisheen University Campus:

31.0 m, 35°48'25.7"E, 35°31'29.0"N, 21.XI.2011

(2 males). Jableh Area: Jableh, 20.0 m, 35°8'43.4"E,

35°15'55.2"N, 11.X.2012 (2 females)/Sakhabe,

148.0 m, 36° 1'54.53"E, 35°19'5.58"N, 13.IX.2013

(2 males). Haffa Area: As-Samia, 197.0 m,

35°59'20.56"E, 35°33'16.80"N, 16.VII.2011 (2

males); 12.XI.20 12 (2 males)/Mzeraah, 515.0 m,

36°4T9.18"E, 35°31'59.55"N, 13.XI.2014 (3 males).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Al-Sawda, 314.0

m, 35°56'37.80"E, 34°58'55.93"N, 1.X.2011 (2

males, 1 female)/Tartus, 14.0 m, 35°52'59.51"E,

34°53T.01"N, 25. X. 2012 (2 males). Baniyas Area:

Baniyas, 3.0 m, 35°56'24.85"E, 35°10'56.97"N, 16.

VI. 2012 (1 male). Safita Area: Safita, 310.0 m, 36°

7'5.14"E, 34°49'L75"N, 16. V. 2013 (2 males).

Chorotype. Cosmopolitan (Ozdikmen, 2011).

Bionomics. Monophagous on Eucalyptus spp.;

life cycle usually takes one year; adults usually en-

countered between April-October.

Remarks. This is the first record of this species

from Syria. It frequently encounterd in SCR, espe-

cially on or near Eucalyptus sp. stands, specimens

were collected by hand from the trunks of some de-

ciduous trees; some specimens were collected from

light traps.

652

Khaldoun Ali et alii

30 . Phoracantha semipunctata Fabricius, 1775

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Bisnada, 21.0 m, 35°48T4.97"E, 35°32'52.65"N,

13.IX.2012 (1 male).

Chorotype. Cosmopolitan (Ozdikmen, 2011).

Bionomics. Monophagous on Eucalyptus spp.;

life cycle usually takes one year; adults are usually

encountered between April-October.

Remarks. It is a very rare species in SCR; as a

result, it is usually, erroneously, identified as Phor-

acantha recurva. The specimen was collected by

hand from the wall of a house near a light source.

Tribe Purpuricenini J. Thomson, 1861

Genus Purpuricenus Dejean, 1821

Type species: Cerambyx kaehleri Linnaeus, 1758

31. Purpuricenus budensis Gotz, 1783

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Al-Bahlouliyah, 224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E,

35°38'0.6"N, 5.X. 2104 (2 females); 8.X.2014 (2

males); 25. X. 20 14 (3 males)/Kamlieh, 242.0 m,

35°54'6.06"E, 35°40'5.31"N, 15. VIII. 2011 (2

males); 16.IX.20 12 (2 males)/Qismin, 191.0 m,

35°54T8.6"E, 35°38T.2"N, 25.XI.2014 (2 males,

1 female)/Latakia, 20.0 m, 35°46'51.7"E,

35°31'47.1"N, 6.XI.2014(2males, 1 female)/Tisheen

University Campus, 31.0 m, 35°48'25.7"E,

35°31'29.0"N, 25.XI.2014 (1 male, 2 female).

Tartus Province. Baniyas Area: Faresh Ka3bieh,

301.0 m, 36° 1T8.71"E, 35°11'20.04' , N, 25.X.2014

(3 males)/Kirkafti, 77.0 m, 35°56'55.35"E, 35°

4'32.53"N, 2.X. 2014 (3 males)/Srijis, 585.0 m,

36°10'59.04"E, 34°55'55.51"N, 6.X.2014 (3 fe-

males); 22.X.2014 (2 male). Safita Area: Safita,

310.0 m, 36° 7'5.14"E, 34°49T.75"N, 28.XI.2014

(2 females).

Chorotype . Turano -Europ e an-Mediterranean

(Ozdikmen, 2011).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

(e.g. Prunus , Quercus, Salix, Pistacia, Ulrnus ); life

cycle usually takes 2-3 years; adults are usually en-

countered between May-August.

Remarks. Widely spread in SCR. Specimens

were collected by hand from trunks and branches

of deciduous trees, especially oak ( Quercus spp.)

trees.

32. Purpuricenus dalmatinus Sturm, 1843

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Kamlieh, 242.0 m, 35°54'6.06"E, 35°40'5.31"N,

16.X.2014 (2 males).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Beit Alian, 56.0

m, 35°56T7.91"E, 34°51T3.93"N, 4.X.2014

(1 female). Baniyas Area: Srijis, 585.0 m,

36°10'59.04"E, 34°55'55.51"N, 5. VI. 2013 (1 male).

Chorotype. E-Mediterranean (Ozdikmen, 2011).

Bionomics. Monophagous on oak trees (e.g.

Quercus coccifera L., Q. conferta Kit.; life cycle

usually takes 2-3 years; adults are usually en-

counterd between May-July.

Remarks. Relatively rare in SCR. Specimens

were collected by hand from oak ( Quercus spp.)

forests.

Tribe Stenopterini Gistel, 1848

Genus Lampropterus Mulsant, 1862

Type species: Necydalis femoratus Germar, 1824

33. Lampropterus femoratus Germar, 1824

Examined material. Tartus Province. Baniyas

Area: Beit Al-Marj, 516.0 m, 36° 4'58.55"E, 35°

6'34.81"N, 18.VI.2014 (1 male, 1 female).

Chorotype. E-Mediterranean or S-E European

(Ozdikmen, 2014)

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees,

e.g. Quercus , Q. ithaburensis , Q. calliprinos Webb.,

Delonyx regia (Bojer ex Hook.) Raf., Acer, Ulrnus;

life cycle usually takes 1-2 years; adults are usually

encountered between May-July.

Remarks. This is the first record of this species

from both Syria, and Asia. It is an extremely rare

species in SCR, larvae and adults were obtained

from a live Prunus sp. tree.

Genus Stenopterus Illiger, 1804

Type species: Necydalis rufa Linnaeus, 1767

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 653

34. Stenopterus flavicornis Kiister, 1846

Examined material. Tartus Province. Baniyas

Area: Al-Marana, 578.0 m, 36° 5T4.71"E,

35°12'50.69"N, 7.VIII.2012 (1 male).

Chorotype. E-European (Ozdikmen, 2011).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

(e.g. Ceratonia siliqua, Cercis siliquastrum, Citrus

cinensis L., Cotoneaster franchetii Bois, Pistacia

atlantica , Quercus ithaburensis, Quercus callipri-

nos; life cycle usually takes two years; adults are

usually encountered between May-August.

Remarks. Rare species in SCR; the specimen

was collected by hand from the flowers of an Api-

aceae plant.

35. Stenopterus rufus syriacus Pic, 1892

Examined material. Tartus Province. Shayk-

Badr Area: Al-Msherfeh, 270.0 m, 35°59'57.49"E,

35° 9'40.74"N, 15.VIII.2012 (1 male, 1 female).

Chorotype. E-Mediterranean/Palestino-Taurian

(Ozdikmen, 2011).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on deciduous trees

(e.g. Quercus , Castanea , Robinia, Junglans, Prunus,

Salix, Paliurus, Pistacia, Ulmus, Ficus, Ostrya);

life cycle usually takes two years; adults are usually

encountered between May-August.

Remarks. Relatively a rare species in SCR; spe-

cimens were collected by hand from the flowers of

an Asteraceae plant.

Subfamily Lamiinae Latreille, 1825

Tribe Acanthocinini Blanchard, 1 845

Genus Acanthocinus Dejean, 1821

Type species: Cerambyx acdzVA Linnaeus, 1758

36. Acanthocinus griseus Fabricius, 1793

Examined material. Latakia Province. Qardahah

Area: Al-Qardahah, 310.0 m, 36°3'36.19"E,

35°27'28.76"N, 16.IX.2013 (1 male, 1 female)/ Deir

Hanna, 221.0 m, 36° 2'2.82"E, 35°25'47.94"N, 17.

X. 2014 (1 female).

Chorotype. Sibero-European (Ozdikmen, 2011).

Bionomics. Oligophagous mainly on coniferous

trees (e.g. Pinus, Picea, Abies)', life cycle usually

takes 1-2 years; adults are usually encountered

between April- August.

Remarks. This is the first record of this species

in both Syria and the Middle East.

It is a rather rare species in SCR; the specimen was

collected on the trunk of a pine tree Pinus sp.

Genus Leiopus Audinet-Serville, 1835

Type species: Cerambyx nebulosus Linnaeus, 1758

37. Leiopus (s.str.) syriacus Ganglbauer, 1884

Leiopus major Pic, 1898

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Salib al-Turkmen: 52.0 m, 35°48'49.98"E,

35°41T4.76"N, 16.IV.2014 (1 male).

Chorotype. The chorotype is East-Mediter-

ranean/Palaestino-Taurian (Ozdikmen, 2008b).

Bionomics. Oligophagous deciduous trees; life

cycle usually takes 2 years; adults are usually en-

countered between April-June.

Remarks. It is a rather rare species in SCR; the

specimen was collected on the trunk of an oak tree

Quercus sp.

Tribe Agapanthiini Mulsant, 1839

Genus Agapanthia Audinet-Serville, 1835

Type species: Cerambyx cardui Linnaeus, 1767

38 .Agapanthia (s. str.) lais Reiche et Saulcy, 1858

Examined material. Latakia Province. Jableh

Area: Bustan Al-Basha, 33.0 m, 35°56'3.35"E,

35°25'26.46"N, 5.V.2013 (2 males, 1 female).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Doir Sheik Saad,

104.0 m, 35°55'0.23"E, 34°55'2.54"N, 18.IX.2014

(2 males).

Chorotype. E-Mediterranean/Palaestino-Taurian

(Ozdikmen, 2013).

Bionomics. Oliphagous on various Asteraceae

plants, it is also recorded on Onopordon macroceph-

alum Eig in Syria; life cycle usually takes one year;

adults are usually encountered between May-June.

Remarks. Frequently encountered in SCR. Spe-

cimens were encountered on Apiaceae and Aster-

aceae plants.

654

Khaldoun Ali et alii

39 . Agapanthia (5. str.) suturalis Fabricius, 1787

Examined material. Latakia Province. JablehArea:

Besaysin, 29.0 m, 35°57T2.27"E, 35°20'53.43"N,

20.IV.2012 (2 males)/Kirfis, 210.0 m, 35°59'17.31"E,

35°16'5.79"N, 13.V.2012 (1 male).

Chorotype. Mediterranean (Ozdikmen, 2013).

Bionomics. Polyphagous on herbaceous plants:

Valeriana officinalis L., Salvia pratensis L., Knautia

arevensis (L.) Coulter, Jasonia montana L., Cirsium ,

Carduus , Melilotus , etc.; life cycle usually takes one

year; adultus are usually encountered between

March-July.

Remarks. Relatively rare in SCR. Specimens

were collected on Lamiaceae plants. This species

was previously regarded as a form of Agapanthia

cardni (Linnaeus, 1757), but has recently been con-

sidered a distinct species (Sama et al., 2010).

Subgenus Epoptes Gistel, 1857

Type species: Lamia asphodeli Latreille, 1804

40. Agapanthia ( Epoptes ) coeruleipennis Frivald-

szky, 1878

Examined material. Latakia Province. Jableh

Area: Dairon, 381.0 m, 36° 8T9.82"E, 34°59'2.40"N,

16.VII.2014 (2 males).

Chorotype. SW- Asiatic (Ozdikmen, 2013).

Bionomics. Monophagous on Gundelia tourne-

fortii L. (Asteraceae); life cycle usually takes one

year; adults are usually encounterd between May-

June.

Remarks. Very rare in SCR, the specimen was

encountered on the host plant.

Al. Agapanthia {Epoptes) pustulif era Pic, 1905

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia Area:

Janatah, 108.0 m, 35°49'49.4"E, 35°35'01.9"N,

16.VII.2011 (1 male)/Kirsana, 63.0 m, 35°49'38.4"E,

35°37'4.34"N, 7.X.2013 (1 male, 1 female).

Jableh Area: Besaysin, 29.0 m, 35°57'12.27"E,

35°20'53.43"N, 20.IV.2012 (1 male); 7.VI.2012

(1 female). QardahahArea: Deir Hanna, 221.0 m, 36°

2'2.82"E, 35°25'47.94"N, 10.X.2012 (1 male).

Chorotype. Unkown. Distribution: Asia (Jordan,

Lebanon, Palestine, and Syria).

Bionomics. Developes in stems and stalks of

herbaceous plants: e.g. Asphodelus sp., Carduus ,

Carthamus, Eremostachys laciniata (L.) Bunge,

Centaurea iberica Trevir. et Spreng.; life cycle

usually takes one year; adults are usually en-

countered between May-June.

Remarks. Realtively widespread in SCR. Spe-

cimens were collected on herbaceous plants.

Genus Calamobius Guerin-Meneville, 1 847

Type species: Saperda gracilis Creutzer, 1799

(= Saperda filum Rossi, 1790)

42. Calamobius filum Rossi, 1790

Examined material. Latakia Province. Jableh

Area: Bustan Al-Basha, 33.0 m, 35°56'3.35"E,

35°25'26.46"N, 5.V.2013 (2 males, 1 female).

Chorotype. Turano-European-Mediterranean

(Ozdikmen et al., 2010).

Bionomics. Oligophagous on various Poaceae:

Hedysarum, Hordeum , Triticum, Arrhenaterum,

Calamogrotis, Dactylis; life cycle usually takes one

year; adults are usually encountered between April-

July.

Remarks. Not quite frequently encountered in

SCR; specimens were collected by hand from

Graminceae plants.

Tribe Batocerini J. Thomson, 1864

Genus Batocera Dejean, 1835

Type species: Cerambyx rubus Linnaeus, 1758

43. Batocera rufomaculata DeGeer, 1775

Examined material. Latakia Province. Latakia

Area: Ain Al-Beida, 6.0 m, 35°53'34.2"E,

35°39'28.7"N, 11.IX.2012 (2 males)/Al-Bahlouliyah,

224.0 m, 35°57'20.7"E, 35°38'0.6"N, 28.X.2012

(1 male); 9.XI.2012 (2 males, 1 female); 15. VI. 2013

(2 males); 4.IX.2014 (2 males)/Al-Hannadi, 73.5 m,

35°52'53.5"E, 35°30T0.5"N, 6.VIII.2012 (1 male);

3.IX.2013 (2 males, 1 female)/Dibba, 32.0 m,

35°54'36.18"E, 35°32T8.46"N, 8.VIII.2013 (1 male,

1 female); 15.VIII.2014 (2 female)/Fakhoura,

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 655

183.0 m, 35°58'17.46"E, 35°29'7.54"N, 29.X.2014

(3 males)/Bouka, 62.0 m, 35°48'32.26"E,

35°32'17.80 H N, 9.X.2012 (2 female); 13.IX.2014

(1 female)/Bisnada, 21.0 m, 35°48'14.97"E,

35°32'52.65"N, 1.VII.2013 (3 males); 7.X.2013

(1 male); 16.VIII.2014 (2 males); 29.IX.2014

(2 males)/Bdamioun, 66.0 m, 35°54'38.57"E,

35°35'33.84"N, 15.X.2012 (1 male); 18.IX.2014 (1

male)/Baksa, 89.0 m, 35°49'18.33"E, 35°34'15.2"N,

16.X.2012 (1 male)/Al-Tarquia, 81.0 m,

35°57'12.55"E, 35°39'51.55"N, 10.X.2014 (3 males);

3.VII.2014 (1 male, 1 female)/Al-Sanobar, 32.0 m,

35°53'7.05"E, 35°28'45.82"N, 18.X.2013 (3 males);

21.XI.2013 (2 males, 1 female)/ Al-Shabatliyah, 178.0

m, 35°49'38.8"E, 35°41 , 10.3 ,, N, 16.X.2012 (1 male);

7.X.2013 (1 male, 1 female)/Al-Shilfatiyah,

45.0 m, 35°53'57.6"E, 35°32'21.5"N, 26.IX.2013

(1 male, 4 female)/Al-Sheer, 38.0 m, 35°51'16.8"E,

35°31'38.3"N, 13.X.2013 (1 male, 2 females)/

Al-Qanjara, 72.45 m, 35°52'25.1"E, 35°30'43.4 H N,

25.V.2013 (2 males)/Al-Mrouj , 5.0 m, 35°45'35.6"E,

35°34'41.1"N, 21.X.2011 (1 female); 7.IX.2013

(3 males)/Demsarkho: 17.0 m, 35°46'36.8"E,

35°33'12.6"N, 28.VI.2011 (1 male); 11.X.2012

(1 male); 7.X.2014 (1 male, 1 female); 13.X.2014

(2 males, 1 female)/ Jbariuon, 15.0 m, 35°53'20.43"E,

35°34'22.27"N, 16.X.2012 (1 male); 29.X.2012 (1

male)/Kamlieh, 242.0 m, 35°54'6.06"E, 35°40'5.3 1 "N,

15.X.2011 (1 male)/Kirsana, 63.0 m, 35°49'38.4"E,

35°37'4.34"N, 26.IX.2014 (1 male, 1 female)/

Latakia, 20.0 m, 35°46'51.7"E, 35°31'47.1"N,

20.XI.2014 (3 males)/Mashqita, 88 m, 35°53'51.0"E,

35°39'34.1"N, 8.VII.2011 (1 female), Mazar

Al-Qatria, 142.0 m, 35°55'32.1"E, 35°30'56.0"N,

15.X.2013 (1 male)/Qismin, 191.0 m, 35°54'18.6"E,

35°38'1.2"N, 2.X. 2011 (3 males); 17.IV.2013

(1 male, 1 female)/ Ras Al-Basit, 21.0 m,

35°50'21.33"E, 35°50'47.86"N, 10.XI.2 (2 males)/

Sit-Klieris, 55.0 m, 35°54'4.01"E, 35 o 34'10.43"N,

25.VII.2012 (2 males); 15.IX.2013 (1 male);

19.IX.2014 (3 males)/Sqoubin, 116.0 m,

35°49'52.8"E, 35°33'35.2'’N, 17.X.2011 (2males)/Ti-

sheen University Campus, 31.0 m, 35°48'25.7"E,

35°31'29.0"N, 1. XI. 20 12 (2 males); 3.IV.2013 (1

female); 19.X.2104 (2 males); 15.XI.2014 (2

males)/Tishreen Suburb, 66.0 m, 35°48'19.81"E,

35°32'3.46"N, 27.VII.2014 (1 male)/Zobar, 160.0

m, 35°58'53.81"E, 35°37'14.55"N, 26.X.2011

(1 female). Jableh Area: Ain Shkak, 61.0

m, 35°58'54.93"E, 35°23'2.60"N, 15.X.2012

(2 males)/ Al-Barzin, 370.0 m, 36°1'21.46"E,

35°15'14.05"N, 5.X.2013 (4 males)/Al-Eidia, 40.0

m, 35°58'33.97"E, 35°17'9.67"N, 6.XI.2014 (3

males)/Al-Hwaiz: 107.0 m, 36°0'27.93"E,

35°20'20.17"N, 13.IX.2013 (3 males); 25.X.2014

(2 males)/ Al-Kalaie, 185.0 m, 36°2'31.34"E,

35°21'17.62"N, 6.V.2011 (3 males); 2.IX.2012

(1 male, 1 female); 6.VIII.2013 (2 males); 7.IX.2014

(1 male)/Besaysin, 29.0 m, 35°57'12.27"E,

35°20'53.43"N, 7.X.2013 (2 females); 17.X.2013

(1 male, 1 female); 12.IX.2014 (2 males); 13.X.2014

(1 male); 12.XI.2014 (3 males); 16.XI.2014 (2 males,

1 female)/Ghnieri, 146.0 m, 36°1'0.01"E,

35°21'6.01"N, 5.X.2012 (2 males); 2.X.2011 (1 male,

3 females)/ Hmimim, 40.0 m, 35°57'1.30"E,

35°22'34.65"N, 12.VIII.2014 (2 males)/Jableh, 20.0

m, 35°8'43.4"E, 35°15'55.2"N, 1.XII.2011 (1 male);

25.VII.2013 (3 males, 2 females); 15.IX.2013 (1 fe-

male); 21.IX.2013 (4 males, 2 females); 23.IX.2013

(3 males); 16.X.2013 (3 males, 1 female)/Kirfis,

210.0 m, 35°59'17.31"E, 35°16'5.79"N, 31.VIII.2014

(3 males, 1 female)/ Qutaolabyah, 215.0 m, 36°

1'8.98"E, 35°17'13.14"N, 27.IX.2013 (1 male, 1 fe-

male); 20.X.2013 (6 males, 2 females); 23.X.2013

(1 male); 25.X.2013 (3 males); 7.X.2014 (1 male)/

Ras Al-Ain, 133.0 m, 36° 0'38.71"E, 35°19'26.72"N,

20.VII.2011 (2 females); 9.X.2011 (2 males);

18.IV.2014 (2 males); 13.IX.2014 (2 males)/

Rmelieh, 14.0 m, 35°55'26.93”E, 35°22'54.71"N,

11.XI.2013 (2 males)/Siano, 78.0 m, 35°59'39.73"E,

35°22'12.64"N, 17.X.2012 (2 males); 13.IX.2014 (2

males). Qardahah Area: Al-Qardahah, 310.0 m, 36°

3'36.19"E, 35°27'28.76"N, 5.VII.2013 (1 male);

5.X.2013 (3 males); 22.X.2013 (2 males); 13.X.2014

(2 males)/ Al-Qarer, 15.0 m, 35°54'46.29"E, 35°

8'8.52"N, 10.XI.2012 (1 male)/Istamou, 73.0 m,

35°54'8.48"E, 35°29'51.27"N, 3.IV.2014 (1 male)/

Yerti, 380.0 m, 36° 2'53.76"E, 35°31'5.68"N,

7.X.2014 (1 male); 16.X.2014 (1 male, 1 female).

Haifa Area: Ain Al-Tieneh, 644.0 m, 36° 5'37.51"E,

35°33'45.76"N, 15.IX.2012 (1 female)/ Al-Haffah,

272.0 m, 36° 1’59.38"E, 35°35’41.57"N, 2.V.2011

(1 male); 7.IX.2013 (2 males)/Ghomata, 246.0 m,

35°59'42.00"E, 35°33'35.95"N, 3.IV.2013 (1 male);

15.X.2013 (1 male)/Manjila, 75.0 m, 35°55'16.19"E,

35°32'56.26"N, 22.IX.2013 (2 males)/Mzeraah,

515 m, 36°4'19.18"E, 35°31'59.55"N, 25.X.2013 (1

male); 5.IV.2014 (2 males); 13.X.2014 (2 males)/

656

Khaldoun Ali et alii

Salma, 720.0 m, 36°8T2.32"E, 35°41'22.85"N,

24.X.2011 (1 male)/Slunfeh, 1056.0 m, 36°10'44.28"E,

35°36'0.81"N, 2.XL2013 (2 males); 16.XI.2013 (1

male, 1 female)/ Terjano, 110.0 m, 35°59'15.20"E,

35°31'44.06"N, 25.IX.2014 (2 males); 20.X.2013 (3

males).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Al-Karimeh, 185.0

m, 36°2'31.34"E, 35°21T7.62"N, 6.X.2011 (4

males)/As-Sifsafeh, 130.0 m, 36°2'55.04"E,

34°43'57.80"N, 4.V.2013 (1 male)/Matin Bouria,

240.0 m, 35°57'4.38"E, 35° 2'10.67"N, 7.IX.2013 (1

male); 16.V.2014 (1 male)/Nakib, 168.0 m,

35°59'3.16"E, 34°51T6.23"N, 7.XL2014 (1

male)/Saya 216.0 m, 35°56'55.30"E, 35° 2'46.23"N,

26. X.2014 (2 males)/ Tartus, 14.0 m, 35 0 52'59.51"E,

34°53T.01"N, 18.VI.2012 (1 female); 3.VI.2013 (2

males, 3 females). Baniyas Area: Al-Mawsheh, 254.0

m, 35°58'40.36"E, 35°3'51.05"N, 9.XL2012 (2

males); 15.IV.2013 (2 males)/Al-Qadmus, 919.0 m,

36°9'40.13"E, 35°6'6.53"N, 9. X. 2012 (1 male);

17.V.2013 (1 male); 14.X.2014 (2 males)/Al-

Roudah: 150.0 m, 35°54'53.46"E, 35°4'2.91 ,r N,

15.V.2013 (2 males)/Baniyas: 3.0 m, 35°56'24.85"E,

35°10'56.97"N, 10.VIIL2011 (1 male); 6.X.2011 (3

males); 10.X.2012 (1 male); 29.X.2012 (1 male);

29.X.2012 (1 male); 16.VIII.20 13 (3 males, 2 fema-

les); 29.X.2013 (3 males); 16.IX.2014 (3 males, 1 fe-

male); 28.IX.2014 (2 males)/Btilleh, 145.0 m,

35°59'44.17"E, 35°12'31.74"N, 10.X.2012 (1

male)/Deir Al-Bishl: 101.0 m, 35°58'56.27"E,

35°11'48.97"N, 7.V.2013 (1 male)/Faresh Kaebieh,

301.0 m, 36° 1'18.71"E, 35° 11 '20. 04 "N, 16.VIL2014

(1 male)/ Isqublh: 690.0 m, 36°3'39.70"E, 35°

9'54.14"N, 9.X.2013 (1 male)/Hreisoun, 14.0 m,

35°57'23.63"E, 35°14'8.88"N, 3.X.2013 (1 male);

17.IX.2014 (4 males); 12.X.2014 (3 males);

6.XII.2013 (2 males); 8.VIIL2014 (2 females);

27. X.2014 (2 males); 15.XI.2014 (3 males)/Mihourti,

131.0 m, 35°58'45.84"E, 35°14'53.08"N, 3.XL2012

(2 males, 3 females)/Srijis, 585.0 m, 36°10'59.04"E,

34°55'55.51"N, 4.XI.2011 (2 males); 14.IX.2012 (2

males)/ Wadi Al-Saki, 519.0 m, 36°5'26.53"E, 35°

6'2.64"N, 26.VL2014 (2 males)/Zoubeh, 407.0 m,

35°58'45.50"E, 35°7T4.92"N, 4. IX. 2013 (3 males,

2 females); Q 6.IX. 013 (3 males). Safita Area: Safita,

310.0 m, 36°7'5.14"E, 34°49T.75"N, 22.IX.2012 (1

male); 19.XI.2012 (2 females); 23.XI.2012 (1 male);

19.X.2013 (2 males, 1 female); 9.XI.2014 (5 males);

14.XI.2013 (4 males). Shayk-Badr Area: Ash Shayk

Badr, 491.0 m, 36°4'52.70"E, 34°59'25.23"N,

19.IX.2013 (4 males, 2 females)/ Darti, 278.0 m,

35°59T8.70"E, 35° 4'48.29"N, 15.V.2013 (2 males)/

Kfarieh: 368.0 m, 36°4'20.62"E, 34°58T7.16"N,

15.X.2013 (2 males, 3 females)/Qamsyiah: 398.0 m,

35°59'31.46"E, 35° 3T1.38"N, 16.IX.2012 (1 male,

1 female). Draykish Area: Draykish, 470.0 m, 36°

8'3.44"E, 34°53'50.65"N, 16.V.2012 (1 male);

5.VI.2014 (1 female).

Chorotype. Afrotropico-Indo-Mediterranean+

Neotropic (Ozdikmen et al., 2010).

Bionomics. Oligophagous on deciduous trees:

Ficus rubiginosa Desf. ex Vent., Morns alba , Avo-

cado, Ceratonia siliqua; life cycle usually takes one

year; adults are usually encountered between June-

September.

Remarks. Extremely widespread, and its distri-

bution covers the whole area of SCR. Specimens

were collected in large numbers from light traps and

from walls near light sources in almost every area

of the Coastal Strip, other specimens were collected

by hand from tree trunks and branches, especially

Ficus spp. trees.lt is one of the most destructive

pests to the fig trees in SCR, and often considered

noxious and often killed by farmers.

Tribe Monochamini Gistel, 1 848

Genus Monochamus Dejean, 1821

Type species: Cerambyx sutor Linnaeus, 1758

44. Monochamus galloprovincialis tauricola

Germar, 1818

Examined material. Latakia Province. Qarda-

hah Area: Al-Qardahah, 310.0 m, 36°3'36.19"E,

35°27'28.76"N, 16.VIII.2012 (1 male).

Chorotype. Sibero-European (Ozdikmen, 2008).

Bionomics. Monophagous on pine ( Pinus spp.);

life cycle usually takes 1-2 years; adults are usually

encountered between May-September.

Remarks. This is the first record of this species

in Syria.lt is a very rare species is SCR; the speci-

men was collected by hand from the trunk of a pine

Pinus sp. tree.

Tribe Phytoeciini Mulsant, 1839

Genus Oberea Dejean, 1835

Type species: Cerambyx linearis Linnaeus, 1760

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 657

45. Oberea ( s . str.) oculata Linnaeus, 1758

Oberea borysthenica Mokrzecki, 1900

Oberea inoculata Heyden, 1892

Oberea quadrimaculata Donisthorpe, 1913

Oberea tomensis Kiseleva, 1927

Examined material. Latakia Prov., Latakia Area:

Al-Hannadi, 73.5 m, 35°52'53.5"E, 35°30T0.5"N,

16.VI.2014 (1 male).

Chorotype. Palaearctic (Ozdikmenet al., 2009).

Bionomics. Monophagous on willow ( Salix

spp.); life cycle usually takes 1-2 years; adults are

usually encountered between June-September.

Remarks. Not widely spread in SCR, and can

be cosiderd rare, the specimen was collected by the

hand from a willow ( Salix sp.) tree.

Genus Phytoecia Dejean, 1835

Type species: Cerambyx cylindricus Linnaeus, 1758

46. Phytoecia {s. str.) caerulea bethseba Reiche

et Saulcy, 1858

Examined material. Latakia Province. Qarda-

hah Area: Al-Qardahah, 310.0 m, 36°3'36.19"E,

35°27'28.76"N, 13.IX.2011 (1 male).

Tartus Province. Safita Area: Safita, 310.0 m,

36° 7'5.14"E, 34°49T.75"N, 16.V.2012 (1 male).

Chorotype. Unknown. Distribution: Asia (Jordan,

Lebanon, Palestine, and Syria).

Bionomics. Oligophagous on various Brassicaceae

and Boraginaceae: Sinapis , Sisymbrium , Rapistrum,

Echium, Cerinthe, Cynoglossum, Anchusa , Sym-

phytum, Lithospermum, Lappula , Lycopsis); life

cycle ususally takes one year; adultus are usually

encountered between April-June, and sometimes

earlier between February-May.

Remarks. Not frequently encountered in SCR;

specimens were collected by the hand from the

flowers of Brassicaceae plants. The current pattern

of distribution suggests an E-Mediterranean choro-

type.

47. Phytoecia ( s . str.) rufipes latior Pic, 1895

Examined material. Latakia Province. Haffa

Area: Slunfeh, 1056.0 m, 36°10'44.28"E,

35°36'0.81"N, 16.VIII.2013 (1 male).

Chorotype. Unkown. Distribution: Syria, and

Turkey.

Bionomics. Host plants are unknown; life cycle

usually takes one year; adults are usually en-

countered between May-June.

Remarks. Quite a rare species in SCR. The spe-

cimen was collected by sweeping herbaceous plants

with an entomological net. The current pattern of

distribution suggests a SW- Asiatic /Syro- Anatolian

chorotype.

Subgenus Helladia Fairmaire, 1864

Type species: Saperda flavescens Brulle, 1832

48. Phytoecia {Helladia) alziari Sama, 1992

Examined material. Tartus Province. Safita

Area: Safita, 310.0 m, 36° 7'5.14"E, 34°49T.75"N,

22.V.2014 (2 males).

Chorotype. SW-Asiatic, or E-Mediterranian

(Ozdikmen, 2010b).

Bionomics. Monophagous on Dittrichia viscosa

(L.) Greuter (Asteraceae); life cycle is unkown;

adults are usually encountered between March-

May.

Remarks. Not frequently encounterd in SCR;

specimens were collected by hand from the host

plant (Asteraceae).

49. Phytoecia {Helladia) humeralis humeralis

Waltl, 1838

Examined material. Latakia Prov., Latakia Area:

Bisnada, 21.0 m, 35°48T4.97"E, 35°32'52.65"N,

16.VII.2013 (1 male).

Tartus Province. Shayk-Badr Area: Darti, 278.0

m, 35°59T8.70"E, 35° 4’48.29"N, 3.VII.2013 (1 fe-

male).

Chorotype. SW-Asiatic, or E-Mediterranian

(Ozdikmen, 2010b).

Bionomics. Monophagous on Centaurea hyalo-

lepis Boiss.; life cycle usually takes one year; adults

are usually encountered between April-June.

Remarks. Not frequently encounterd in SCR;

specimens were collected by sweeping herbaceous

plants with an entomological net.

658

Khaldoun Ali et alii

Subgenus Pilemia Fairmaire, 1864

Type species: Phytoecia tigrina Mulsant, 1851

50 . Phytoecia (Pilemia) griseomaculata Pic, 1891

Examined material. Tartus Province. Ban-

iyas Area: Mihourti, 131.0 m, 35°58'45.84"E,

35°14'53.08"N, 31.V.2013 (3 males, 1 female).

Chorotype. SW-Asiatic/Syro- Anatolian (Ozdik-

men, 2010a): Syria, and Turkey.

Bionomics. Monophagous on Anchusa cf. bar-

relieri (All.) Vitman (Boraginaceae); life cycle

usually takes one year; adults are usually en-

countered during June.

Remarks. Rather rare in SCR. Specimens were

collected from the flowers of aherbaceous plant late

in autumn.

Tribe Pteropliini J. Thomson, 1 860

Genus Niphona Mulsant, 1839

Type species: Niphona picticornis Mulsant, 1839

51. Niphona ( s . str.) picticornis Mulsant, 1839

Examined material. Latakia Prov. Latakia Area:

Al-Hannadi, 73.5 m, 35°52'53.5"E, 35°30T0.5"N,

20.X.2013 (4 males)/Al-Shamyiah, 55.0 m,

35°48'27.8"E, 35°38T3.3"N, 3.VI.2014 (2 males,

2 females)/ Balloran, 193.0 m, 35°53'35.30"E,

35°46'40.52"N, 14.X.2011 (2 males)/Bisnada,

21.0 m, 35°48T4.97"E, 35°32'52.65’’N, 13.IV.2013

(1 male)/Dahtour, 23.0 m, 35°47'33.18"E,

35°33T3.22"N, 25.X.2014 (1 male)/Kamlieh,

242.0 m, 35°54'6.06"E, 35°40'5.31"N, 2.X.2012

(2 males)/Khreibeh: 816.0 m, 36°6'11.91"E,

35°17'26.83"N, 5.IV.2013 (1 male)/Kirsana:

63.0 m, 35°49'38.4"E, 35°37'4.34"N, 12.XI.2013

(1 male)/Latakia, 20.0 m, 35°46'51.7"E,

35°31'47.1"N, 24.X. 2014 (2 males); 11.IX.2014

(1 male)/Raboueh, 700.0 m, 35°58'54.48"E,

35°54'31.40"N, 12.XI.2014 (1 male)/Zakizkanieh,

54.0 m, 35°48'29.85"E, 35°31'47.30"N, 7.X.2013

(1 male). Jableh Area: Al-Louzeh, 24.0 m,

35°56'27.99"E, 34°48'29.73"N, 21.X.2014 (1

male)/ Bustan Al-Basha, 33.0 m, 35°56'3.35"E,

35°25'26.46"N, 7.IX.2014 (2 males)/Dairon, 381.0

m, 36°8T9.82"E, 34°59'2.40"N, 3.IV.2014 (2

males)/Dwaer Baabda, 606.0 m, 36° 2'41.58"E,

35°14'54.99"N, 6. XI. 2014 (2 males, 1 female)/

Hmimim, 40.0 m, 35°57T.30"E, 35°22'34.65"N,

3. XI. 2014 (2 males)/ Jableh, 20.0 m, 35°8'43.4"E,

35°15'55.2"N, 13.X.2011 (3 males); 1.X.2014 (3 males)/

Siano, 78.0 m, 35°59'39.73"E, 35°22T2.64"N,

16.VIII.2013 (2 males); 17.V.2014 (1 male). Qar-

dahah Area: Al-Qardahah, 310.0 m, 36° 3'36.19"E,

35°27'28.76"N, 7.IX.2013 (2 females)/Dibash,

447.0 m, 36° 4T3.50"E, 35°30'50.08"N, 20.X.2014

(1 male). Haffa Area: Al-Haffah, 272.0 m, 36°

1'59.38"E, 35°35'41.57"N, 16.V.2014 (2 males).

Tartus Province. Tartus Area: Al-Khreibat, 82.0

m, 35°56'8.38"E, 34 0 53'24.19"N, 16.VII.2013 (1

male)/Tartus, 14.0 m, 35°52'59.51"E, 34°53T.01"N,

9.X.2011 (3 males); 7.X.2013 (2 males). Baniyas

Area: Baniyas, 3.0 m, 35°56'24.85''E, 35°10'56.97"N,

7. XI.2013 (3 males, 2 females); 16.VI.2014 (1 male,

1 female)/Baamrael, 122.0 m, 35°59'0.84"E,

35°11'47.78"N, 2.XI.2011 (2 males)/Deir Al-Bishl,

101.0 m, 35°58'56.27"E, 35°11'48.97"N, 6.V.2013 (1

female). Safita Area: Safita, 310.0 m, 36° 7'5.14"E,

34°49T.75"N, 25.IX.2011 (2 females); 30.IX.2012

(1 male, 1 female); 2.IX.2013 (1 male); 5.XI.2013

(2 males). Shayk-Badr Area: Al-Msherfeh, 270.0 m,

35°59'57.49"E, 35° 9'40.74"N, 12.XI.2012 (2 males);

8. X.2014 (2 males, 2 female)/ Ash ShaykBadr, 491.0

m, 36° 4'52.70"E, 34°59'25.23"N, 19.X.2014

(1 male); 17.XI.20 14 (1 male). Draykish Area:

Draykish, 470.0 m, 36° 8'3.44"E, 34°53'50.65"N,

22.X.2012 (1 male); 4.IX.2013 (1 male).

Chorotype. Mediterranean (Ozdikmen, 2008).

Biomomics. Broadly polyphagous species:

Spartium , Pistacia, Robinia, Castanea, Ulmus,

Punica granatum L., Morns, Prunus, Quercus ilex,

Q. suber, Calycotome, Sambucus, Laurus, Cercis,

Euphorbia dendroides L., Rhamnus, Phoenix,

Genista ; life cycle usually takes two years; adults

are usually encountered between April-October.

Remarks. Widely spread, and its distribution

covers all the area of SCR. Specimens were collec-

ted by hand from trunks and twigs of Ficus sp.

trees, and some specimens were collected by swee-

ping herbaceous plants near forests and orchards.

CONCLUSIONS

In total 51 species, incuding 10 subspecies, from

37 genera, 25 tribes and 5 subfamilies of Longhorn

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 659

Beetles have been found to inhabit Syrian Coastal

Region (Table 1). The complete number of Ceramby-

cid species inhabiting Syria is still unknown.

This study resulted in the first record for 9

species and one subspecies in Syria.

All species mentioned are recorded for the first

time in the study area.

Analysis of the biodiversity among Ceramby-

cidae collected from Syrian Coastal Region (e.g.

number of identified taxa in each given subfamily)

revealed the following data: the biodiversity of the

identified subfamilies was analyzed, resulting in

49% of taxa belonging to the subfamily Ceramby-

cinae, 31% to the subfamily Prioninae, 12% to the

subfamily Lamiinae, 4% to subfamily Spondylidi-

nae, and 4% to the subfamily Lepturinae (Fig. 1).

Analysis of the biodiversity in study areas of

Syrian Coastal Region (e.g. number of identified

taxa in each given area) revealed the following data:

biodiversity was highest in Latakia area with 20%

of taxa collected from that area, followed by

Baniyas Area with 17%, followed by Jableh Area

with 15%, followed by Tartus Area with 11%,

followed by Qardahah Area with 10%, followed by

Haffa Area with 9%, followed by Shayk-Badr Area

with 8%, followed by Safita Area with 7%, and

finally Draykish Area with 3% (Fig. 2).

According to the aforementioned results, we

suggest the following checklist for Cerambycidae

in Syrian Coastal Region:

Subfamily Prioninae

1. Aegosoma scabricorne Scopoli, 1763

2. Callergates gaillardoti Chevrolat, 1854

3. Prinobius myardi atropos Chevrolat, 1854

4. Mesoprionus lefebvrei Marseul, 1856

5. Prionus komiyai Lorenc, 1999

6. Rhaesus serricollis Motschulslcy, 1838

Subfamily Lepturinae

1. Stictoleptura (s. str.) cordigera Fuessly, 1775

2. Vadonia unipunctata syricola Holzschuh, 1993

Subfamily Spondylinae

1 . Arhopalus ferus Mulsant, 1839

2. Arhopalus syriacus Reitter, 1895

Subfamily Cerambycinae

1. Icosium tomentosum atticum Ganglbauer, 1882

2. Aromia moschata ambrosiaca Steven, 1809

3. Phymatodes ( Paraphymatodes ) fasciatus Villers,

1789

4. Cerambyx cerdo Linnaeus, 1758

5. Cerambyx dux Faldermann, 1837

6. Cerambyx nodulosus Germar, 1817

7. Cerambyx welensii Kuster, 1845

8. Certallum ebulinum Linnaeus, 1767

9. Chlorophorus varius damascenus Chevrolat,

1854

10. Chlorophorus sartor OP. Muller, 1766

1 1 . Clytus rhamni Germar, 1817

Taxa

8 %

3%

7%

17 %

10 %

9%

21 %

10 %

Latakia Area

a Jableh Area

Qardahah Area

d

m Haffa Area

Tartus Area

15%

■ Baniyas Area

1

w

Safita Area

Shayk-Badr

Area

Draykish Area

Figure 1. Taxa percentage among Cerambycidae

subfamilies of Syrian Coastal Region.

Figure 2. Percentage of taxa collected from the

different area of Syrian Coastal Region.

660

Khaldoun Ali et alii

12. Plagionotus bobelayei Bralle, 1832

13. Xyloterchus ( 5 . str ) stebbingi Gahan, 1906

14. Hesperophanes sericeus Fabricius, 1787

15. Stromatium unicolor Olivier, 1795

16. Trichoferus griseus Fabricius, 1793

17. Hylotrupes bajulus Linnaeus, 1758

18. Molorchus ( Caenoptera ) juglandis Sama, 1982

19. Phoracantha recurva Newman, 1840

20. Phoracantha semipunctata Fabricius, 1775

21. Purpuricenus budensis Gotz, 1783

22. Purpuricenus dalmatinus Sturm, 1843

23. Lampropterus femoratus Germar, 1824

24. Stenopterus flavicornis Kuster, 1846

25. Stenopterus rufus syriacus Pic, 1892

Subfamily Lamiinae

1 . Ac anthocinus griseus Fabricius, 1793

2. Leiopus {s. str ) syriacus Ganglbauer, 1884

3. Agapanthia (s. str ) lais Reiche et Saulcy, 1858

4. Agapanthia (s. str. ) suturalis Fabricius, 1787

5. Agapanthia ( Epoptes ) coeruleipennis Frival-

dszky, 1878

6. Agapanthia {Epoptes) pustulifera Pic, 1905

7. Calamobius Jilum Rossi, 1790

8. Batocera rufomaculata DeGeer, 1775

9. Monochamus galloprovincialis tauricola Ger-

mar, 1818

10. Oberea (s. str.) oculata Linnaeus, 1758

11. Phytoecia (s. str.) caerulea bethseba Reiche et

Saulcy, 1858

12. Phytoecia {s. str. ) rufipes latior Pic, 1895

13. Phytoecia (Helladia) alziari Sama, 1992b

14. Phytoecia {Helladia) humeralis humeralis

Waltl, 1838

15. Phytoecia ( Pilemia ) griseomaculata Pic, 1891

16. Niphona {s. str.) picticornis Mulsant, 1839

Although the study area is relatively small

(roughly 2.5% of the total area of the country), its

diversity richness is rather obvious as the results

indicate, and it is highly likely that more and further

studies relating to Cerambycidae beetles will reveal

new taxa and more data to the Syrian fauna of this

family.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We are sincerely grateful to all researchers who

kindly shared their knowledge, and sometimes,

unpublished work. We are very grateful to M.

Danilevsky (Moscow, Russia) for his greatly help-

ful comments and remarks; and to S. Ihsan for his

honest support and exceptional trust from the very

moment work put us together up until the sad

moment death set us apart. To his deep and indelible

impact shall this work be dedicated.

REFERENCES

Alekseev V.I., 2007. Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera:

Cerambycidae) of Kaliningrad Region. Acta Biolo-

gica Universitatis Daugavpiliensis, 7: 37-62.

Allison J.D., Borden J.H. & Seybold S.J., 2004. A Re-

view of The Chemical Ecology of The Cerambycidae

(Coleoptera). Chemoecology, 14: 123-150.

Awal M.M., 2005. A Contribution to The Longhorned

Beetles fauna (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) of Khir-

asan Province, Iran. Turkish Journal of Zoology, 29:

273-278.

Bense U., 1995. Longhorn Beetles, Illustrated key to the

Cerambycidae and Vesperidae of Europe. Margraf

Verlag, Germany, 512 pp.

Bily S. & Mehl O., 1989. Longhorn beetles (Coleoptera,

Cerambycidae) of Fennoscandia and Denmark. Brill.

Vol. 4. The Netherlands ISBN 9004086978,

9789004086975.

Chalumeau F. & Tourroult J., 2005. Les longicornes des

Pettites Antilles (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae): Tax-

onomie, Ethologie, Biogeographie. Pensoft Series

Faunistica No. 51, Bulgaria, 241 pp.

Cowling R.M., Rundel P.W., Lamont B.B., Arroyo M.K.

& Arianoutsou M., 1996. Plant diversity in Mediter-

ranean-climate regions. Trends in Ecology and Evol-

ution, 11: 362-366.

Danilevsky M.L., 2015. Catalogue of Palaearctic

Cerambycoidea: http://www.zin.ru/Animalia/

Coleoptera/rus/cer _edit.htm (last update05.03.2015).

Dascalu M.M., Sama G. & Ramel G., 2012. A report on

the Cerambycidae species from the lake Kerkini

National Park, Northern Greece. Analele Stiintifice

ale Universitatii, Alexandra loan Cuza” din IaSi, s.

Biologie animala, Tom LVIII.

de Vaio E.S., da Silva A., Crivel M., Postiglioni A.,

Ponce de Leon R. & Leira M.S., 1985. Comparative

description of male meiosis in two species of Ceramby-

cines (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Revista Brasileira

de Genetica, 3: 263-269.

Doychev D. & Georgiev G., 2004. New and rare

longhorn beetles (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in

Bulgaria. Acta Zoologica Bulgarica, 56: 167-174.

Duffy E.A., 1952. Cerambycidae (Coleoptera): Keys to

genera and species. Handbooks for Identification of

British Insects, 5: 1-19.

Contribution to the knowledge of the Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera Cerambycidae) of the Syrian Coastal Region 661

Evans H.F., Morral L.G. & Pajares J.A., 2007. Biology,

Ecology, and Economic Importance of Buprestidae

and Cerambycidae, pp. 447-474. In: Bark and Wood

Bring Beetes in Living Trees in Europe; a Synthesis

(F. Lieutier et al. editors). Springer, The Netherlands,

569 pp.

Gillot C., 2005. Entomology. Springer, 3rd Edition, The

Netherlands, 831 pp.

Gnjatovic I & Zikic V., 2010. Cerambycids of Southeast

Serbia (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Biologica Nys-

sana, 1: 111-115.

Gullen P.J. & Crantson P.S., 2010. The Insects: an outline

of Entomology. Wiley-Blackwell, 4th Edition, Hong

Kong, 565 pp.

Hanks L.M., 1999. Influence of the larval host plant on

reproductive strategies of cerambycid beetles. Annual

Review of Entomology, 44: 483-505.

Hariri G., 1 97 1 . A List of Recorded Insect Fauna of Syria.

Allepo University Press, Aleppo-Syria. 306 pp.

Cerambycidae: 222-230.

Hoskovec M. & Rejzek M., 2013. Longhorn Beetles

(Cerambycidae) of the West Palaearctic Region:

http:// www.cerambyx.uochb.cz/ (Visited on 15. 2.

2015).

Katbeh-Bader A., 1996. Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) of

Jordan. Zoology in The Middle East 13: 93-98.

Linsley E.G., 1959. Ecology of Cerambycidae. Annual

Review of Entomology, 4: 99-138.

Lorenc J.A., 1999. New species of Prionus (Coleoptera:

Cerambycidae) from Syria. Folia Heyrovskyana, 7:

13-17. *

Ozdikmen H., 2007. The Longicorn Beetles of Turkey

(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Part I - Black Sea Region.

Munis Entomology & Zoology 2: 179-422.

Ozdikmen H., 2008a. The Longicorn Beetles of Turkey

(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Part III - Aegean Region.

Munis Entomology & Zoology 3: 355-436.

Ozdikmen H., 2008b. The Longicorn Beetles of Turkey

(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Part IV - Mediterranean

Region. Munis Entomology & Zoology, 6: 6-145.

Ozdikmen H., 2011. Longhomed beetles of Bolu province

in Turkey (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Munis Ento-

mology & Zoology, 6: 210-240.

Ozdikmen H., 2013. Turkish Agapanthiini Mulsant, 1839

with identification keys (Coleoptera: Lamiinae).

Munis Entomology & Zoology, 8: 9-40.

Ozdikmen H., 2014a. Turkish Red List Categories of

Longicorn Beetles (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Part

V - Subfamily Stenopterinae. Munis Entomology &

Zoology, 9: 483-493.

Ozdikmen H., 2014b. A synopsis of Turkish Callichro-

matini (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Munis Entomo-

logy and Zoology, 9: 554-563.

Ozdikmen H. & Cihan N., 2005. Twenty-six new species

group taxa records of longhorned beetles for Cau-

casus fauna from Artvin Province (NE Turkey)

(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae. Turkish Journal of Zo-

ology, 29: 273-278. '

Ozdikmen H. & Tezcan S., 2011. A synopsis of turkish

Xylotrechus Chevrolat, 1860 with a new record,

Xylotrechus stebbingi Gahan, 1906 (Coleoptera:

Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae). Munis Entomology

& Zoology, 6: 276-281.

Ozdikmen H. & Turgut S., 2006. A zoogeographical

review of Spondylidinae in Turkey (Coleoptera:

Cerambycidae). Munis Entomology & Zoology, 1 :

279-288.

Ozdikmen H. & Turgut S., 2009a. A review on the genera

Pseudovadonia Lobanov et al., 1981 and Vadonia

Mulsant, 1863 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Leptur-

inae). Munis Entomology & Zoology, 4: 29-52.

Ozdikmen H. & Turgut S., 2009b. On Turkish Cerambyx

Linnaeus, 1758 with zoogeogrephical remarks

(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae). Munis

Entomology & Zoology, 4: 301-319.

Ozdikmen H. & Turgut S. 2009c. A synopsis of Turkish

Vesperinae Mulsant, 1839 and Prioninae Latreille,

1802 (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Munis Entomo-

logy & Zoology, 4: 402-423.

Ozdikmen H. & Turgut S. 2009d. A short review on

the genus Plagionotus Mulsant, 1842 (Coleoptera:

Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae). Munis Entomology

& Zoology, 4: 457-469.

Ozdikmen H. & Turgut S., 2009e. A synopsis of Turkish

Chlorophorus Chevrolat, 1863 with zoogeographical

remarks (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae).

Munis Entomology & Zoology 4: 577-595.

Ozdikmen H. & Turgut S., 2009f. A synopsis of Turkish

Clytus Laicharting, 1784 and Sphegoclytus Sama,

2005 with zoogeographical remarks (Coleoptera:

Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae). Munis Entomology

& Zoology, 4: 353-370.

Ozdikmen H. & Turgut S., 2010a. An over view on the

Palaearctic subgenus Phytoecia ( Pilemia ) Fairmaire,

1864 with a new species Phytoecia ( Pilemia ) samii

sp. n. from Turkey (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Lami-

inae). Munis Entomology & Zoology 5: 90-108.

Ozdikmen H. & Turgut S., 2010b. An overview on the

W-Palaearctic subgenus Phytoecia (Helladia) Fair-

maire, 1864 with a new subspecies Phytoecia {Hel-

ladia) humeralis caneri ssp. n. from Turkey

(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Lamiinae). Munis Ento-

mology & Zoology, 5: 317-343.

Ozdikmen H., Ali M.A. & El-Hamadani N., 2014. New

records for longhorn beetles fauna of Iraq (Cole-

optera: Cerambycidae). Pakistan Journal of Zoology,

46: 267-270.

Ozdikmen H., Giiven M. & Goren C., 2010. Longhorned

beetles fauna of Amanos Mountains, Southern Tur-

key (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae). Munis Entomology

& Zoology, 5 (suppl.): 1141-1167.

662

Khaldoun Ali et alii

Ozdikmen H., Turgut S. & Guzel S., 2009. Longhorned

beetles of Ankara region inTurkey (Coleoptera:

Cerambycidae). Munis Entomology & Zoology, 4:

59-102.

Paulino-Neto H.F., Romero G.Q. & Neto J.V., 2005.

Interactions Between Oncideres humeralis Thomson

(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) and Melastomalaceae:

Host-Plant Selection and Patterns of host Use in

South East Brazil. Neotropical Entomology, 34: 7-

14.

Peris-Felipo F.J. & Jimenez-Peydro R., 2012. Ceramby-

cidae (Coleoptera) richness in Mediterranean land-

scapes of Spain: diversity and community structure

analysis. Biodiversity Journal, 3: 59-68.

Picard F., 1929. Coleopteres Cerambycidae. Faune de

France, Lechevalier, Paris, 167 pp.

Sakenin H., Samin N., Beitollahi S.M., Ezzatpanah S.,

Hacaskary M., Rastegar J., Valizadeh A. & Shakouri

M.J., 201 1 . A Study on The Longhorn Beetles (Cole-

optera: Cerambycidae) from North-Western Iran.

Calodem, 143: 143-149.

Sama G., 2008. Preliminary note on the Cerambycidae

fauna of North Africa with the description of new

taxa. Quaderno di Studi e Notizie di Storia Naturale

della Romagna 27: 217-245.

Sama G. & Rapuzzi P., 2006. Preliminary report on a

recent survey of the Egyptian Cerambycidae, with

description of three new species. Quaderno di Studi

e Notizie di Storia Naturale della Romagna, 23: 179—

194.

Sama G., Buse J., Orbach E., Friedman A.L.L., Rittner

O. & Chikatunov V., 2010a. A new catalogue of the

Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) of Israel with notes on

their distribution and host plants. Munis Entomology

& Zoology, 5: 1-55.

Sama G., Rapuzzi P. & Kairouz A., 2010b. Catalogue

commente des Cerambycidae du Liban (An annot-

ated catalogue of the Cerambycidae of Lebanon).

Quaderno di Studi e Notizie di Storia Naturale della

Romagna, 30: 131-201.

Susana R., 2009. Observations on The Larval Biology in

The Genus Calydon (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) in

Patagonia Argentina. Revista de la Sociedad Ento-

mologica Argentina, 68: 391-396.

Teledo V.H., Corona A.Ma. & Morme J.J., 2007. Track

Analysis of The Mexican Species of Cerambycidae

(Insecta, Coleoptera). Re vista Brasileira de Ento-

mologia, 51: 131-137.

Triplehorn C.A. & Johnson, N.F. 2005. Borror and De-

long’s introduction to the study of insects. Thomson,

7th Edition. USA, 866 pp.

Twinn P.F.G. & Harding, PT. 1999. Provisional Atlas of

The Longhorn Beetles (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae)

of Britain. Huntingdon: Biological Records Centre,

Great Britain, 96 pp.

Villiers A., 1978. Faune des Coleopteres de France-1.

Cerambycidae. Editions Leche Valier S.A.R.L. Paris,

France, 611 pp.

Wang Q. & Leschen, R.A.B. 2003. Identification and

distribution of Arhopalus species (Coleoptera:

Cerambycidae: Aseminae) in Austria and New

Zealand. New Zealand Entomologist, 26: 53-59.

Zamoroka A.M. & Panin R.Yu., 2011. Recent records of

rare and new for Ukainian Carpathians species of

Longhorn beetles (Insecta: Coleoptera: Ceramby-

cidae) with notes on their distribution. Munis Ento-

mology and Zoology, 6: 155-165.

Biodiversity Journal, 2015, 6 (2): 663-668

Germination of Atriplex halimus Linnaeus, 1 753 (Caryophyllales

Chenopodiaceae) in North West Algeria

Kerzabi Rachida, Abdessamad Merzouk*, Stambouli-Meziane Hassiba & Benabadji Noury

Laboratory of ecology and management of natural ecosystems, Department of Biology, Faculty of Sciences, Universite Abou Bekr

Belkaid Tlemcen, BP 119, 13000, Algeria

‘Corresponding author, e-mail: as_merzouk@yahoo.fr

ABSTRACT In arid and semi-arid ambients, soil salinity is a constraint for the development of plants and

a threat for balanced diet. Current data in the Mediterranean basin report up to 16 million

hectares of salt soil, 3.2 million of which in Algeria. Germination in vitro of seeds of Atriplex

halimus Linnaeus, 1753 (Caryophyllales Chenopodiaceae) in both synthetic media (nutrient

agar, and Mueller Hinton) reached rates of 80% at 25 °C and 50% at 5 °C. The taxon shows

a good resistance to salt; because of high salinity treatments (500 to 600 meq/1), there is a

delay in germination but not complete inhibition of the process.

KEY WORDS Atriplex halimus', germination, salinity; North West Algeria.

Received 01.06.2015; accepted 24.06.2015; printed 30.06.2015

INTRODUCTION

From the physiological point of view, germina-

tion is a process that translates the passage of the

slow life of a seed to active life in the optimum

conditions for germination. Several Authors (Come,

1970; Mazliak, 1982; Suszka et al., 1994) divide the

process of germination in two phases including:

- a first phase of entry of water into the seed

(imbibition) which is accompanied by a resumption

of intense metabolic activity;

- a second phase of turgidity of the seed which

induces root elongation and therefore germination

sensu stricto.

But all these steps occur only if certain intrinsic

(conservation of the power of germination, lack of

inhibition) and extrinsic (temperature, humidity, vent-

ilation, and, sometimes, light) factors come together.

Given the importance of the germinal phase for

the later stages of growth and development of any

plant species, it is essential to study the germ beha-

vior under various environments conditions. If

some works have addressed the germination pro-

cess of Atriplex halimus Linnaeus, 1753 (Caryo-

phyllales Chenopodiaceae) (Belkhodja & Bidai,

2004), however little work has been done on the

rootlets in synthetic culture media. This has led us

to approach throughout this work:

- Seed germination of Atriplex halimus in dif-

ferent culture media

- Germination of seeds of Atriplex halimus and

salt stress.

I. GERMINATION IN DIFFERENT CUL-

TURE MEDIA

Material and methods

As plant material used in this experimental

work, we employed seeds of Atriplex halimus

collected in the fields.

664

Kerzabi Rachida etalii

The laboratory equipment was composed of

Boxes of Petri dishes, oven set at 25 °C and 35 °C,

sterile forceps, bleach, 95% ethyl alcohol, nutrient

agar flask, flask of Mueller Hinton, cotton wool,

distilled water.

Each culture medium was prepared from a

dehydrated medium (20 g/1), incorporated in one

litre of distilled water; all being heated to boiling.

The medium was then put in autoclaved bottles for

20 minutes at 120 °C (Table 1).

Disinfection of the plant material is always

difficult and uncertain. The degree of infection of

tissue on the surface is highly variable.

The method of disinfection of seeds was done

according to the following protocol:

- washing under running water,

- immersion in a 80% solution of chlorine

bleach for four minutes,

- rinsing with sterile distilled water for thirty

seconds,

- soaking of seeds in 95% ethyl alcohol for ten

seconds,

- three washes with sterile distilled water.

Then culture medium was liquefied by bath-

marie and poured (in supercooling) in Petri dishes

between two benzene bees.

The boxes were kept open to prevent the forma-

tion of water droplets on the cover. After disinfec-

tion, ten seeds were placed in Petri dishes by

sterilized pliers. The boxes were then closed to

avoid contamination.

All manipulations took place under hood (in

sterile conditions). As controls, seeds were seeded

on a cotton ball moistened with distilled water.

The number of repetition was six for each

medium. The boxes were then placed at three

different temperatures: 5 °C (refrigerator), 25 °C

(room temperature) and 35 °C (oven) to test the

effect of temperature on germination.

Results and interpretations

Germinated seeds were counted per week regu-

larly, taking as criteria of germination the envelopes

pierced by the radicle; this allowed us to plot

germination curves describing the course of ger-

mination, cumulative over time.

In our experience, we had a germination rate

appreciable with a percentage of 80% (nutrient

agar), 70% (distilled water and Mueller Hinton) at

room temperature. But at cold temperature, ger-

Nutrient agar

Mueller Hinton

Peptone

15 g

beef infusion solids

300 g

meat extract

2g

casein hydrolysate

10.9 g

NaCl

5g

Starch

1.5 g

Agar Agar

15g

Agar

IVg

Distilled water 1 000 ml

Distilled water

1000 ml

pH

7.6-7.S

pH

7.4

Table 1 . Chemical composition of two culture media.

mination percentage was lower reaching 40% (for

Mueller Hinton), 50% (agar), and 70% (in distilled

water) (see Tables 2, 3; Figs. 1, 2).

II. GERMINATION AND SALT STRESS

Halophytes develop naturally in strongly saline

environments and their seeds do appear to express

a certain tolerance to salt at the germination stage

(Binet, 1988).

In Halophytes seeds germination in saline condi-

tions is variable and species specific (Ungar, 1978).

We have undertaken this work to determine the

critical response to germination of Atriplex halimus

in a saline environment since its seeds have a great

potential for germination.

Material and methods

The Petri dish (es) used were sterile boxes of

19 cm in diameter and 3 cm thick. In each of the

boxes, were placed ten seeds on cotton balls

soaked in saline solutions at different concentra-

tions. Each treatment included five boxes contain-

ing 10 seeds each. Petri dishes were kept with main

parameters (temperature, photoperiod, humidity)

helping to ensure a good environment relatively

favourable to germination.

The seeds were selected based on size and

health status. They were separated manually from

fruit valves, then sterilized according to the follow-

ing protocol:

- washing under running water,

- soaking in alcohol at 70% for 25 seconds,

- soaking in 80% bleach solution for 15 minutes,

- three washes with sterile distilled water, 10

minutes each.

Germination of Atriplex halimus (Caryophyllales Chenopodiaceae) in North West Algeria

665

1 st week

2nd week

3 r d week

4 th week

Number

%

Number

%

Number

%

Number

%

Distilled water

2

20

4

40

6

60

7

70

Nutrient agar

3

30

4

40

6

60

8

80

Mueller Hinton

2

20

3

30

5

50

7

70

Table 2. Number of Atriplex halimus seeds germinated at 25 °C.

1 st week

2 nd week

3 r d week

4 th week

Number

%

Number

%

Number

%

Number

%

Distilled water

0

6

60

7

70

Nutrient agar

1

10

2

20

4

40

5

50

Mueller Hinton

0

1

10

2

20

4

40

Table 3. Number of Atriplex halimus seeds germinated at 5 °C.

90

fweek 2°week 3°week 4°week

Figure 1. Atriplex halimus seed germination in

various culture media at 25 °C.

By mixing equal volumes of two different salts:

Sodium chloride (NaCl) and Calcium chloride

(CaCl 2 ) (VNaCl = VCaCl 2 ), prepared in one litre of

distilled water, we prepared six different concen-

trations (100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600 meq.l' 1 ).

Distilled water was employed as control.

Results and interpretations

Tolerance of plants to salt stress varies at dif-

Figure 2. Atriplex halimus seed germination in

various culture media at 5 °C.

ferent stages of development (Rev & Freeman,

1976, 1976). Germination appears to be a stage of

high sensitivy to salt stress (Zid & Boukhris, 1977).

Seeds of Atriplex halimus have a great ability to

germinate under high salinity conditions.

For treatments at 100 meq./l, 200 meq./l and

300 meq./l there is a respective decrease in germin-

ation of 10, 30 and about 40% compared with the

control. For treatment at 400 meq./l, 500 meq./l and

600 meq./l, the germination was seriously affected,

666

Kerzabi Rachida etalii

ranging from 4 to 22% of germination rate. Germin-

ation occurred two days later for treatments at 300

meq./l, 400 meq./l and 500 meq./l, and four days

later for treatment with solution at 600 meq./l

Therefore salinity of waters and soils not only

results in inhibition of germination, but also in a

very net delay of the process itself.

DISCUSSION

Germination appears to be a stage of high sens-

itivity to salt stress (Zid & Boukhris, 1977). Changes

in salinity degree strongly affect on germination,

growth and cellular anatomy of plants. Inhibition

of germination of the seeds of Atriplex halimus is

caused by the presence of high concentrations of

sodium chloride. Stroconov (1964) confirms by his

works that the response of seed to salinity is an

indicator of tolerance of the plant.

Salinity can affect germination in two ways:

- decreasing the input speed of the amount of

water absorbed by seed, the increase in the osmotic

pressure of the water where the inhibition is too high.

- increasing the penetration of the ions that can

accumulate in the seed at doses that become toxic

Riyad (1987).

Atriplex halimus support concentrations of

meq.l' 1

100

200

300

400

500

600

NaCl

(mM)

100

200

300

400

500

600

g/1

5.84

11.68

17.53

23.37

29.22

35.06

CaCl 2

(mM)

100

200

300

400

500

600

g/1

5.54

11.08

16.64

22.19

27.74

33.29

Table 4. Composition of saline solution.

Treatment

B1

B2

B3

B4

B5

average

deviation

standard

deviation

Witness

8

7

6

7

8

7.6

0.94

Tl

6

5

7

6

6.2

0.83

T2

5

4

3

5

4.4

0.89

T3

3

2

4

3.2

0.83

T4

2

3

2

2.2

0.44

T5

1

0

1

0.8

0.20

T6

1

0

1

0

0.4

0.42

Table 5. Number of sprouts in different salinity conditions. B1-B5: Boxes or Petri dishes; Treatments: 100 meq/1 (Tl),

200 meq/1 (T2), 300 meq/1 (T3), 400 meq/1 (T4), 500 meq/1 (T5), 600 meq/1 (T6).

Germination of Atriplex halimus (Caryophyllales Chenopodiaceae) in North West Algeria

667

Differences

between

averages

calculated

t

Tests

of

significance

Ml -M2

1.4

*

Ml -M3

3.2

*

M1-M4

4.6

*

M1-M5

5.4

**

M1-M6

6.8

**

M1-M7

7.2

**

M2-M3

1.8

*

M2-M4

3.2

*

M2-M5

4

*

M2-M6

5.4

**

M2-M7

5.8

**

M3-M4

1.4

*

M3-M.5

2.2

*

M3-M6

3.6

*

M3-M7

4

*

M4-M5

0.8

NS

M4-M6

2.2

*

M4-M7

2.76

*

M5-M6

1.4

*

M5-M7

1.8

*

M6-M7

0.4

NS

Figure . Average number of Atriplex halimus germinated

seeds at different salinity conditions.

Table 6. Pairwise comparison between germination Figure 4. Percentages of germinated seeds at different

averages (M1-M7, in %); t = standard deviation. salinity conditions.

Treatement

germination

Witness

T1

T2

T3

T4

T5

T6

1

day

0

2

day

10

26

6

0

3

day

30

36

12

8

6

2

0

4

day

40

41

20

10

12

3

0

5

day

50

44

22

14

16

4

2

6

day

60

52

33

25

20

5

3

7

day

76

62

44

32

22

6

4

Table 7. Percentages of Atriplex halimus seed germination in different salinity conditions.

668

Kerzabi Rachida etalii

sodium chloride similar as that found in seawater

(Ben Ahmed et al., 1996).

This is consistent with our results where the

high salinity treatments at 500 meq./l and 600

meq./l, cause a delay in germination, but not a

complete inhibition. It would be necessary much

higher concentrations to really observe inhibition

of germination of the seeds of Atriplex halimus.

Clemens et al. (1983) showed that at different

daline concentrations there are differences in the

germination rate of the seeds. These differences

would likely come from the exogenous NaCl effect

in general, which causes a reduction of the ger-

mination process.

The final stage of germination or inability of

seeds to germinate seems to mean that with increas-

ing salt concentration, the toxicity effect dominates

due to the accumulation of sodium in the embryo

by installing an osmotic inhibition (Guerrier, 1983;

Bliss et al., 1986). Tolerance of Atriplex halimus

to salt stress is often attributed to the presence of

trichomes, on the surface of the leaves. The os-

motic pressure of cell content is very high which

is due to the massive mineral salts (sodium)

accumulation or to the synthesis of large amount

of organic substances.

CONCLUSIONS

This study was carried out to highlight the ger-

mination capability of Atriplex halimus in various

synthetic media. Germination in vitro in two

synthetic media (nutrient agar and Mueller Hinton)

and different temperatures (5 °C and 25 °C) shows

that Atriplex halimus are characterised by a consid-

erable germination rate.

According to our results, seeds seem to support

a variable temperature range noting that cold

induced retardation of germination, without how-

ever affecting the final germination percentage.

Atriplex halimus has a resistance to saline stress,

despite the observed delay, there was a germination

rate that varies between 8 and 22% at a concentra-

tion of 600 meq./l. As already well underlined by

Belkhoudja & Bidai (2004), our results confirm

that confirm that Atriplex support high salinity

conditions which allows to cultivate it on soils and

waters generally considered unsuitable for agri-

culture.

REFERENCES

Belkhodja M. & Bidai Y., 2004. Reponse des graines

d Atriplex halimus L., a la salinite au stade de la ger-

mination. Secheresse, 15: 331-337.

Ben Ahmed H., Zid E., El Gazzah M. & Grignon C., 1996.

Croissance et accumulation ionique chez d Atriplex

halimus L. Cahiers d' Agricultures, 5: 365-372.

Binet R, 1988. Metabolisme et adaptations des vegetaux

superieurs aux contraintes. Plant Physiology and

Biochemistry, 26: 609-614.

Bliss R.D., Platt-Aloia K.A. & Thomson W.W., 1986.

The inhibitory effect of NaCl on barley germination.

Plant, Cell and Environment, 9: 727-733.

Clemens S., Campbell L.C. & Nurisjah S., 1983. Ger-

mination d ' Atriplex halimus dans des milieux salins.

Cahiers d' Agricultures, 6: 159-167.

Come D., 1970. Les obstacles a la germination. Masson

& Cie, Paris, 162 pp.

Guerrier G., 1983. Capacite germinative des semences en

fonction des doses graduelles en NaCl. Importance

des transferts sur milieux sodes ou temoin. Revue

generate de Botanique, 90: 3-21.

Heller R., 1990. Physiologie vegetate. Masson Ed., Paris,

Tome II, 266 pp.

Mazliak R, 1982. Croissance et developpement. Physiolo-

gie vegetale n. Hermann ed., Paris, Collection Methodes,

465 pp.

Rev R.C. & Freeman M., 1976. Salt problems in relation

to irrigation. Coe, agron. Wisconsin, 998 pp.

Riyad A.F., 1987. Etude et selection de jeunes plantes

d 'Eucalyptus tolerant au sel des populations de divers

niveaux de variability These de Doctorat Universite

de Nancy, 246 pp.

Suszka B., Muller C. & Bonnet-Masimbert M., 1994.

Graines des feuillus forestiers : de la recolte au semis.

Ed. INRA, Paris, 292 pp.

Ungar I.A., 1978. Halophyte seed germination. Botanical

Review, 44: 233-264.

Zid E. & Boukhris M., 1977. Quelques aspects de la

tolerance de V Atriplex halimus au chlorure de

sodium: Multiplication, croissance, composition

minerale. Oecologia Plantarum, 12: 355-362